Home

Aloha QuickService User`s Guide

1. pem x Vanilla ii Hint mek Corcel Used with Smart Select to select the correct item from the database efficiently Figure 5 113 Smart Item Button Function 2 Select the smart group as defined in the associated Smart Select but ton function 3 Select the smart element to designate the corresponding Smart Ele ment as defined in the Smart Select button function For example Item 9080 Small Coke corresponds to the Smart Element 1 Small 4 Select the smart item to designate the item to associate with the Smart Group and Smart Element You must create an item for each variation in Maintenance gt Menu gt Items and placed in their respec tive order in the drop down lists For example the employee touches a FOH Large Smart Select button then a Coke smart item button to ring up a large Coke Note This behaves the same way as a Shift key function common in the POS industry 5 Select Default Item to designate the default Smart Item selection when a Smart Select button is not chosen first in the FOH Ex Ifa medium size is selected as the default french fry size the employee Menu Maintenance Functions 5 147 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SUeUDIUIEIN nus touches the French Fry Smart Item button without a preceding Smart Select function button 6 Click OK Store Adds the current order to the end of the queue It would be used in a drive thru environment whe
2. C C Make the CustomerHappy ss it sS S S SCS Item Mnt Event Mnt Clock In Information To edit press Retum to add type unused ID and Retum NUM 7 Figure 9 4 Clock In Messages Maintenance ID Holds a five digit number that uniquely identifies each record To cre ate a new record enter an unused ID and press Enter To edit an existing record scroll through the ID drop down list select the record to edit and press Enter Employee Used to select an individual employee as the target of the mes sage If an individual employee is selected from the list the message displays on the order entry terminal when the person clocks in If the message is to be directed to more than one employee select None 9 8 Message Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Job Code Used to select a job code as the target of the message If a job code is selected from the list the message displays on the order entry terminal when an employee who is assigned to that job code clocks in If the message is to be directed to all employees select None in the Employee and Job Code drop down lists Text Holds the message that displays on the order entry terminal as employees clock in Each line accepts up to 30 characters The message dis plays exactly as it is typed with no changeable formatting Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Message Maintenance Functions 9 9 aoueUus u
3. Function Script hd pe ER 7 Function Parameters 0 00 visame Z Tender 4 1 c CloseCheck 0 C Lett 2 ani Chain 35 G Center x FANS i Right 7 Top Top Center Center Bottom C Bottom Bitmap Only Highlight m Preview Figure 5 107 Complete Script Button Function 8 Click OK Send Sends the current order to the kitchen with an order mode Self Assign Delivery Order Opens the FOH Delivery Orders screen and enables the employee to assign delivery orders if the Delivery and Self Assign Orders check boxes are selected for the job code This function is used with the Delivery Frequent Buyer Server Sales Displays the FOH Server Sales Report Menu Maintenance Functions 5 141 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SUeUDIUIEIN nus To add a server sales button 1 Select Server Sales from the Function drop down list Additional options display as shown in Figure 5 97 Edit Buttons Quick Service x Function Server Sales P m Text Serverins ales Justify Color C Left C Top Center Center __ Font C Right Bottom m Backaround Color I Transparent Highlight r Bitmap I Tie I Transparent IM Display Text On None x e Up l None z m Down j None 7 Preview OK Server m Hint Sales Cmca Displays the Server Sales report Figure 5 108 Server Sa
4. Enter the application name an path m Text Run n pplication Justify i Color C Left Top I Pass Parameters F Center Center T Continue script immediately m C Right Bottom m Background Color I Transparent Highlight Bitmap F Tie Jo Transparent R Display tert Justify gt N Clet f Top fap None g Cc Up l None z Homi Down l None 7 m Preview Run rier Hint Application Cancel Enables the use of another application located on the fileserver Figure 5 102 Run Application Button Function 2 Enter a unique name as the Text or accept the default description of Run Application 3 Define the path to the application in Enter the application name and path 4 Ifdesired select Pass Parameters to pass any parameters that might be defined in the command line of the application 5 If desired select Continue Script Immediately to bypass any error messages the Run Application function might encounter Use this set ting if the system takes too long to locate the external application and holds up the FOH 6 Click OK Menu Maintenance Functions 5 137 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SUeUDIUIEIN nus Script Enables the use of multiple button functions scripted together in one button selection The example provided is a typical script function for tendering a check To create a typical script button
5. Figure 10 6 Example Debout File At the start of each line entry the system inserts the date and time the entry was created to make analysis of the file easier DEBUGMSR in Aloha ini to TRUE The entry for each swipe 9 To track each time a mag stripe was used set the variable appears in the debout for the terminal 10 12 Utilities Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Create Diagnostic Files During normal operation of the Aloha system the program interacts with the operating system to create debout files and to make entries in those files to record events as they happen in the system These files are seldom needed so the information recorded in them is periodically replaced However when problems occur the information in these files may be invaluable in identifying the causes Occasionally it is necessary to obtain more information than the set of files normally available through the View Debugging File feature When more information is needed the Create Diagnostic Files feature is invaluable in diagnosing problems experienced in the system Select Utilities gt Create Diagnostic Files to display the Create Diagnostic Files function tab as shown in Figure 10 7 7 Aloha Manager QuickService Fie Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Mai _ MECE trea ai ots e Employee Dated Subdirectories EDC Subdirectories Maintenance OS Version a NT 4 0 Build 1381 S
6. Play Video OK Cancel Video File m Hint Activates an available AVI video clip commonly used for training Figure 5 91 Play Video Button Function 2 Enter the path for an available AVI file or click Browse to search the local hard drive for an application 3 Click OK PLU List Opens a FOH numeric keypad for entering an item s ID number if known to order 5 122 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 To add a PLU list button 1 Select PLU List from the Function drop down list Additional options display as shown in Figure 5 92 Edit Buttons Quick Service x Function PLU List x r Text PLU nList r Justify lor Tsa sw Center Center o Fm Right Bottom r Background T Chain to Open Item if not found Open Items Color I Transparent Highlight r Bitmap Eie E Transparent I Display Text r Justify None E Cie Cio On None X cene Up None E Flight Eston Down None 7 r Preview PLU List l OK m Hint cma Displays a numeric keypad that allows an item to be ordered by entering an item ID Figure 5 92 PLU List Button Function 2 Select Confirm Item to add a FOH confirmation prompt asking if you want to order the item at the specified price 3 Select Chain to Open Item if N
7. Edit Buttons Quick Service x Function Recall 7 Text Select the type of orders to recall Recall Ai Justify C Open Color Left Top Closed Center Center C Right Bottom Font I Use search feature Background Color I Transparent Highlight r Bitmap F Tie P Trensparent J Display Test Justify m oO None x C let Top n Genter Genter Up None z Aight Botton Down None 7 Preview OK Recall m Hint Cancel Enables a guest check to be recalled Figure 5 99 Recall Button Function 2 Select ONE ofthe following options from the Select the Type of Orders to Recall inset Menu Maintenance Functions 5 131 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SUeUDIUIEIN nus All Recalls all checks whether they are opened or closed Open Recalls only open checks Closed Recalls only closed checks 3 If desired select Use Search Feature to open an additional screen to recall a check by entering the first letter s of the name or the first number s of the check number 4 Click OK Recall Next Recalls the next available order in the specified queue Recall Next Open Recalls the next available open order in the specified queue Recall Previous Recalls the previous available order in the specified queue Refund Enables the refund mode so a refund can be a
8. Figure 2 26 Menu Item Sales File Creation Select the date or range of dates to export and click OK The MENUSALE FLT file is created and placed in the ALOHAQS directory Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Functions 2 33 suonoun4 Settings Button Click Settings to open the Menu File Settings dialog box as shown in Figure 2 27 Menu File Settings x I Use Profit Center Code aes If this field is NOT set the Profit Ctr Code field in each rec will be the store from ALOHA INI If checked the Profit Ctr Code will be the first 2 digits of the Cat Name plus the first 3 digits of the store I Report Sales By Period Figure 2 27 Menu File Settings Use Profit Center Code Assigns a profit center code made up of the first two digits of the category number plus the first three digits of the store num ber Report Sales by Period Defines the sales report based on a period Click OK to return to the first screen Click OK again to create the file 2 34 Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Create Coconut Code Payroll File Select Create Coconut Code Payroll File The Create Coconut Code Time Card Output File dialog box shown in Figure 2 28 prompts for the date s to use for the export file Create Coconut Code Time Card Output Ea Select Dates Figure 2 28 Coconut Code Time Card Output Select the date or range of dates to e
9. Figure 5 48 Edit Panel Dialog Box Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 69 SUeUDIUIEIN nus Click Yes to edit the panel or click No to display the Panel dialog box If there are no active or displayed panels on the workspace the Panel dialog box displays a list of existing panels from which to choose Figure 5 46 2 Select the panel and click OK or double click the desired panel The panel displays on the workspace W You can also double click an active panel to open the Edit Panel dia log box and change the settings 3 Edit the panel as necessary Copy Panel Use the Copy Panel command to create a duplicate panel The copied panel inherits all properties such as name appearance template settings text and color selections size and location and all button functions and more The copied panel is placed exactly on top of the original panel Two panels cannot contain the same name There is an option for each panel type as shown in Figure 5 49 l gt x 413 cx 200 FA Cony Panel gt Button Functions eH oy EE Close Panel Order Entry Check sneins Delete Panel Review Check Show Panels for Screen Queue Bar Test Screen Save All Panels Close All Panels Unnamed Panel New Button Edit Button Delete Button Buttons gt Show Coordinates Options Exit Help Panel x 413 y 146 cx 200 cy 140 Figure 5 4
10. Eii Delete Figure 5 41 Current Order Entry Check in Queue Example The First Check in Queue Specifies the order displayed in the review check panel is based on the first open check in the queue order In Figure 5 42 the current or active check is CO502 however the first open check is CO500 The review check panels are defined as 1 and 2 behind to display checks C0501 and COS502 respectively These checks remain the same until CO500 is closed and the next open check becomes the first open check Chili Sp Reg Chili Sp On Reg Coney Chz Burrito Dix Dine In Total Chili 5 Way Reg Burrito Dix Chili 5 Way Reg Dine In Total Sub Total Tax Dine In Total Balance Due id Delete i DINE IN TAKE OUT Figure 5 42 First Check in Queue Example 5 64 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 The Last Open Check in the Queue Specifies the order displayed in the review check panel is based on the last open check or the most recent order in the queue order In Figure 5 43 the last open check is CO504 The review check panels are defined as 1 and 2 behind to display checks CO503 and COS02 respectively If you select another check as active these checks remain the same until you select a new check in the queue cobs ak cdo cbs C0504 Burrito Dix Chili 5 Way Reg Togo Total 8 66 Burrito Dlx Dine In
11. 5 18 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 The diagram shown in Figure 5 16 represents building a menu system from the bottom up and reflects the interdependencies between the database files Bll ace Categories gt Panels SCREENS Top Figure 5 16 Bottom to Top Menu Building Method To build a menu from the bottom up 1 Select Menu gt Taxes and define all required tax methods Tax records are complete and are not interdependent on other database files Every item must be assigned a tax method For items that are not taxed create a No Tax tax record and assign this tax to the item Refer to Taxes in this chapter for details on creating taxes 2 Select Menu gt Flex Taxes and define all flex taxes if applicable Flex Tax records are complete and are not interdependent on other data base files Refer to Flex Taxes in this chapter for details on creating flex taxes 3 Select Menu gt Surcharges and define all surcharges if applicable The Surcharge records are complete and are not interdependent on other database files Refer to Surcharges in this chapter for details on creating surcharges Menu Maintenance Functions 5 19 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Ss UeUDIUIEIN nus 4 Select Menu gt Items and enter all menu items as well as items that are used to modify the newly entered items Assign the correct tax method when entering each menu item Refer
12. A delay time is specified for the item that takes the longest to prepare This time displays on the video monitors to which any other items on the order are sent When the item with a specified delay time is bumped a countdown is initiated on the other video monitors A delayed order cannot be bumped until the countdown for the item with the delayed time begins If more than one item on the order has a delay time specified the longest delay time is used For example a pizza takes 10 minutes to cook A salad takes one minute to prepare Set the pizza to have a delay time of 10 minutes 600 seconds When the pizza is bumped indicating start of preparation the delay time of the pizza item is indicated on the video monitor where the salad displays The delay time counts down to zero The delay time indicates the time the pizza will be ready and enables the food preparer to prepare the salad and have it ready at the same time the pizza is ready 5 30 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Label Inset Label ID If the item requires a printed label when it is ordered select the corresponding Label ID from the drop down list Labels are defined in Main tenance gt Hardware gt Labels Item Weight Inset Guest Count Weight Establishes the weight value of the item when counting guests by category For example you can set the guest count weight of an item named Fajitas for Two so that it increases the g
13. Displays a bitmap when you select the button and is commonly used for bill denominations which are computer enhanced with a depressed look All bitmaps in the ALOHAQS BMP directory are available for selection You must use a graphics program to create a bitmap with a depressed look An example is shown on the left side in Figure 5 57 Down Displays a bitmap when you release the button and is commonly used with the Up check box for bill denominations All bitmaps in the ALO Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 79 SUeUDIUIEIN nus HAQS BMP directory are available for selection An example is shown on right side in Figure 5 57 Figure 5 57 Up and Down Examples of a Ten Dollar Bill Bitmap Justify Inset The justification settings determine how the bitmap is displayed on the button Select Left Center or Right to horizontally align the bitmap on the button Select Top Center or Bottom to vertically align the bitmap on the button Center is selected as the default for both of these To define the justification of a bitmap on the background of the button 1 Select an available bitmap from the Bitmap drop down list 2 Select Left Center or Right for the horizontal justification of the bitmap 3 Select Top Center or Bottom for the vertical justification of the bit map 4 Click OK Preview Inset The Preview window displays with a replica of the button s a
14. Figure 4 1 Labor Menu In this chapter you learn how to e Enter and edit employee information e Assign enter and edit job codes e Establish access levels for job codes e Establish labor groups Define performance measures e Establish termination reasons Labor Maintenance Functions 4 3 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SOUBUDIUIEIN 1oqe e Establish back office security levels and define the functions each security level can access e Define other wage types for the administration of paid time off PTO 4 4 Labor Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Employees The Employees function tab contains all pertinent data on current and past employees Use this function tab to enter edit or delete employees as well as to maintain various settings and records for the employee Due to certain state laws and labor codes always terminate employees instead of deleting them from the Aloha system Select Maintenance gt Labor gt Employees to display the Employees function tab as shown in Figure 4 2 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Maintenance Number ENANA Employee Job Codes Zap Delivery Tax Back Office Security SSN fic0 00 0000 Address Last Name Cashier J First Name fam 7 J Middle Nickname Jam T1 City Town Birthdate 0070070000 State Start Date 0
15. To edit press Retum to add type unused ID and Return NUM Figure 5 140 Sample Canadian GST Always Flex Type An example of the Canadian GST amp Canadian Provincial Always flex type tax is shown in Figure 5 141 74 Aloha Manager QuickService Reports Maintenance tities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Flex Tax Maintenance Flex Taxld 03 Can GST amp Pro Conditions Is item quantity less than 0 Description Can GST amp Prov Is check subtotal less than 0 00 Flex Type Always 0 m Do any items in this category Category Teld Can GST amp Prov 14 F appear an the check j Chaining ooo Flex Tax Id 1 Condition Success Flew Tax Id 2 7 Condition Fails To edit press Retur to add type unused ID and Retum NUM Ui Figure 5 141 Sample Canadian GST and Provincial Always Flex Type 5 186 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 An example of the Canadian GST Subtotal flex type tax is shown in Figure 5 142 74 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help _Employee mai arene a Employee Maintenance ee Flex Taxid 13Can GST Subto m Is item quantity less than JT Description Can GST Subto Is check subtotal less than 4 00 Flex Type Subtotal 2 ea Do any items in this category Category JFO0D 10000 x Tag lat Tax Coke 10 v app
16. 14 Activate Comp The Activate Comp event activates and disables a specific comp Use this event when a comp is not available at a certain time and add an additional 7 14 System Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 event to re activate the comp To disable a comp add the event and DO NOT select the Active check box The dialog box shown in Figure 7 10 displays Comp 00 none Button Pos je amos Figure 7 10 Activate Comp Comp Select the comp as defined in Maintenance gt Payments gt Comps Button Pos Enter the button position for the comp Activate Activates the comp when selected or disables the comp when cleared 16 Set Guest Check Message The Set Guest Check Message event activates a guest check message The dialog box shown in Figure 7 11 displays Set Guest Check Message x Message Figure 7 11 Set Guest Check Message System Maintenance Functions 7 15 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SoUeUDdIUIEIN wa SAS ID Specifies the message as defined in Maintenance gt Messages gt Main Screen Message Displays the message selected from the ID drop down list This message cannot be edited in Events 17 Set Modifier Item The Set Modifier Item event adds an item to a modifier group only when the system modifier method is in use Use this event for such things as displaying a modifier that is not available at certain ti
17. Address and Tele phone text boxes defined on the Store Information subtab in Maintenance gt Store Settings gt System Print on Check Exit Prints the check stub each time you exit the check The check stub does not print until you exit the check regardless of whether an item was ordered or not Single Print Only Only prints the check stub the initial time you open and close the check It does not print when you make modifications to the check 3 58 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Suppress Bar Code Printing Does not print the bar code on the check stub The bar code display is only supported on thermal printers Stub Text Specifies the text to print on the check stub Type up to 50 char acters Employee Checkout Cfg Subtab The Employee Checkout Cfg Configuration subtab enables you to deter mine the information to print on the employee checkout slip when an employee completes a shift and completes the checkout process If an employee has multiple checkouts per shift the checkout displays the fol lowing lines Shift 1 Checkout 1 2 Shift 1 Checkout 2 2 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 59 s6uly9S 9103S Select the Employee Checkout Cfg subtab from the Printing group as shown in Figure 3 33 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Store Settings Maintenanc
18. Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SUBUDIUIEIN nus 5 Select Tender from the list box and click OK The Edit Script dialog box returns with the function displayed in the Functions in Script list box and the attributes displayed on the right as shown in Figure 5 106 Functions in Script Tender ID M Automatically open drawer I7 Continue script on error or cancel OK Cancel Figure 5 106 Edit Script Tender Function Display the functions to perform in the order in which they are entered It is important that they follow a logical procedure to perform correctly For example a check cannot be closed if the close function is defined before a tender function Parameters Displays in parenthesis after the function in the Functions in Script list box The digit s before the comma designate the ID number for the record as defined in its respective function if applicable The digit s after the comma designate additional selec tions made in the Edit Script dialog box for the selected function 6 Repeat steps 3 through 5 using button functions other than Tender until the script is complete Typically a tender script includes a Close Check and Chain function 5 140 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 7 Click OK to return to complete the script and return to the Edit But ton dialog box with the completed script as shown in Figure 5 107 Edit Button
19. City Town Denotes the name of the city or town for your store State Denotes the name of the state for your store Postal Code Denotes the postal code for your store Interfaces Subtab This subtab enables you to specify automatic BOH settings FOH interface third party interface etc Select the Interfaces subtab from the System group as shown in Figure 3 55 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Mai Store Settings Maintenance amp Group System X Employee Aloha Settings Disk Maintenance End Of Day l Date Time Store Information Interfaces Maintenance oot DT Order Taker 7 M Third Party Interfaces F Use FOH COM Interface Store Settings Automatically start IBERBOH on startup oo N Zi Figure 3 55 System Group Interfaces Subtab Auto Start Back of House Upon Startup Works in conjunction with the selected terminal to automatically start the BOH on the selected terminal at system startup This check box is normally selected when the Aloha network file server is the same as the master terminal Third Party Interfaces Inset Third party interfaces permit the selection of a third party table management and or frequent diner system software interface 3 100 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Use FOH COM Interface Activates the Aloha FOH interfaces Aloha Settin
20. Dollar Amount C User selects each qualified item Amount fi oo System selects all qualified items PNA F000 10000 Distribution Ree FOOD 10000 S Distribute discount across items COUPON Modifiers None 0 7 Apply discount to each item Req d Items FOOD 10000 Minimum Items fi Item Limit 4 Ok Cancel Figure 6 13 Promotions Coupon 6 28 Payments Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Type of Discount Inset Percentage Defines the coupon discount as a percentage Dollar Amount Defines the coupon discount as a fixed dollar amount Amount Treats the value as a percentage for percentage coupons and as a dollar amount for dollar amount coupons Percentages are entered as deci mals such as 0 50 for 50 100 free is entered as 1 00 Specify the per centage or fixed dollar amount in the text box A dollar amount entered here establishes a maximum amount to prevent the discount from exceeding a cer tain amount For example if a customer purchases two entrees they may receive a dessert free However if the amount specified is 3 00 the customer must pay the difference if the price of the dessert is more than 3 00 Application Inset User selects each qualified item Enables the person entering the cus tomer order to select the items that qualify for the promotion System selects all qualified items Causes the system to select items from
21. Figure 3 11 Labor Group Electronic Payroll Settings Subtab ADP Inset Use ADP Specifies ADP as the third party payroll processor you are using ADP Company Represents the 3 digit ADP company number This number must be obtained from ADP ADP Store Represents the ADP store number This number is obtained from ADP and is for use by chain operations only ADP Version Represents the ADP software version number This num ber must be obtained from ADP Omit Credit Card Tips Eliminates credit card tips from the ADP export file Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 23 s6uiy9as 310 S Omit Control Totals For early versions of ADP software that do not sup port these fields Don t Output Primary Rate or Job Code Excludes pay rates and job codes from the export file Output Sales as Whole Dollars Discloses sales in rounded whole dollar amounts rather than exact dollar and cent amounts Output Cash Tips Includes cash tips in the ADP export file Use RealWorld Payroll Specifies RealWorld Payroll as the third party payroll processor you are using Use Payroll One Specifies Payroll One as the third party payroll processor you are using PayUSA Inset Use PayUSA Specifies PayUSA as the third party payroll processor you are using Pay Period Days Represents the number of days in a PayUSA pay period PayUSA currently requires this number be either 7
22. Group Security 7 POS Security POS Password Settings Restictions Cash Drawer I Preopen Cash Drawer T Hide Cash Drawer Amount Allow cash drawer to automatically open on checks with a zero total NUM 7 Figure 3 51 Security Group Cash Drawer Subtab 3 92 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Preopen Cash Drawer Pre opens the cash drawer on each cash in out transaction Hide Cash Drawer Amount Prevents the cash drawer amount from dis playing in drawer functions If you select this check box the calculated amount in the cash drawer does not display on the Drawer screen in the Cash Drawers function If you clear this check box the calculated dollar amount in the cash drawer displays on the Drawers screen Allow Auto Open on Zero Total Checks Automatically opens the cash drawer when the check is reduced to a zero balance A zero balance occurs when you add items to a check then the check is reduced to zero using a void comp and or a promotion A zero balance also occurs when an employee try to close a check with a zero priced item such as water This setting over rides the Open Drawer on Close check box in Maintenance gt Payments gt Tenders gt Tenders subtab Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 93 s6uly9S 9103S System The System group enables you to set up your system date and time security key information store address and phone numb
23. Multiplier i Auto Menu Piore 4 4 4 Member of Category Food Saye Capea Le Delete n Taxes Printers Items To edit press Retum to add type unused ID and Retum NUM A Figure 1 4 Main Screen Function Tabs Function tabs with the label at the bottom are used for features that are dis tinctly different from each other A function tab can contain any of several standard Windows control features including but not limited to e Subtabs with labels at the top e Check boxes e Option buttons e Function buttons 1 8 Aloha Manager Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 e Text boxes e List boxes The sample QuickService screen shows three Aloha Manager function tabs running simultaneously Aloha Manager does not allow more than one instance of a function to run at the same time The functions active in the example are Taxes Printers and Items The function currently in use is Items as its tab is on top of the others To access Printers or Taxes click the desired tab or use the Back button to return to the previously used function Each function currently running displays a tab along the bottom of the function area with the function name on the tab When a new function is executed Aloha Manager appends the new tabbed dialog to the existing list of currently running functions If more tabs are dis played than can fit in the application window buttons display in the bottom righ
24. Text Additional Charge C Percentage 0 0000 I On Promos Fe T On Comps Category None 0 x I Print On Reports I Display Additional Charge Save Cancel Store Settings Select to automatically apply additional charges to the quest check Figure 3 27 Add Charges Subtab Use Additional Charges Enables additional charges be applied automati cally to the guest check per the defined criteria Once selected the system checks for an inclusive GST tax If one is used the system selects and disables both the On Comps and On Promos text boxes and adds additional charges to the full item prices In addition the system disables the Amount text box so that you may not use a flat rate for the additional charge If Use Additional Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 45 s6uiy9as 910 S Charges is not selected the additional charge does not appear on FOH or BOH reports e The GST tax is the only tax that may be applied to an additional charge Name Denotes the name of the additional charge Text Determines the text to print on the guest check when the additional charge is added For example you may wish to print Service Charge as the description on the guest check rather than Additional Charge On Promos Indicates whether the additional charge is applied to promo s If selected the additional charge is applied to th
25. 1 Select Script from the Function drop down list Additional options display as shown in Figure 5 103 Edit Buttons Quick Service x Function Script 7 Text Function Parameters Script Justify Color C Left C Top C Center Center t Right Bottom r Background Color I Transparent Highlight m Bitmap Po Tile J Transparent Iv Display Text dusty On None Left Cop z Center Genter Up None z C Fight Bottom Down None 7 gt Preview OK m Hint __Cancel_ Allows several button functions to be called one after the other for a single button Figure 5 103 Script Button Function 5 138 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 2 Click Edit The Edit Script dialog box displays as shown in Figure 5 104 Functions in Script T Continue script on error or cancel Delete OK Cancel Figure 5 104 Edit Script Dialog Box 3 Ifnecessary select Continue Script on Error or Cancel to enable the script to continue if the selected function fails or asks for a confir mation 4 Click Add The Select Function dialog box displays as shown in Fig ure 5 105 Select Function Adjust Tender Adjust Tips Allow Clock In Change Password Change Size Check Info zl Figure 5 105 Select Function Dialog Box Menu Maintenance Functions 5 139
26. Cancel Store Settings Select the option category you are interested in viewing or editing Figure 3 42 Printing Group Other Chits Subtab Copies of Cash In Out Denotes the number of chit copies to print for each petty cash in out transaction Set this to a number greater than zero Print Void Chits at Remote Printer Prints only voided chits to a remote printer Print Void Chit when an Item is Voided Prints a void chit when an item is voided Tray Chits Inset Print Tray Chits Enables tray chit printing on the printer designated in the drop down list This option facilitates the Sub orders feature Items print to their designated printer routings and the expediter receives a full chit with all items listed for their respective sub orders 3 76 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Tray Chit drop down Specifies the printer to use as a tray chit printer Exclude Specific Category Indicates you want to exclude a specific cate gory from printing on the chit This feature is used with the Sub orders feature so that a category of items such as Beverages does not print on kitchen chits Exclude All Modifiers Does not print the modifiers on the tray chit Max Seats per Tray Chit Sets the maximum number of seats per tray for each chit Order Taker Chits Inset Print Order Taker Chits Prints order taker chits This works in conjunc tion with the Order Taker check b
27. Done button 1 4 Downtime 4 32 drink dispensers 8 48 Driver Fee 4 13 E Edit a Panel 5 70 Edit Break 5 113 Edit Button 5 83 Edit button 1 4 Edit Deposits 2 4 Edit Punches 2 6 Edit Time 5 113 Eject Cash Card 5 113 Eligible for Rehire 4 12 Eligible Items 6 38 Employee Minimum Age 3 14 Employee Scheduling copy schedule 2 19 edit schedule 2 19 print schedule 2 21 Employees function tab 4 5 Back Office Security Subtab 4 15 Back Office Security subtab Clear Back Office Pass word button 4 16 End Time 4 16 Security Level Button 4 16 Start Time 4 16 Delivery subtab 4 13 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 DL Exp 4 13 Driver Fee 4 13 Insurance Exp 4 13 Mileage Fee 4 13 Employee subtab Export ID 4 7 Mag Card Password Button 4 8 Must Use Mag Cards 4 7 Prefers Qwerty Keyboard 4 7 Job Codes subtab 4 11 Rate 4 11 Tax subtab 4 14 Undefined Code 1 4 15 Zap subtab 4 11 Eligible for Rehire 4 12 Last Day 4 12 Leave of Absence 4 12 Reason Button 4 12 Return Date 4 12 Terminated 4 12 Transfer 4 12 Transfer to Unit 4 12 Will Employee Move 4 12 Enable EDC 3 114 Enable Surcharges 3 40 End Date 6 20 End Of Day 5 113 End Test 5 152 End Time 4 16 Enforce Unpaid Break Time 3 16 Enter Advance Order 5 113 Enter Details 6 17 Enter Totals 6 17 Events function tab 7 5 Event Time amp Type dialog box 7 7 programmed event types 7 9 Activate Comp 7 14 Activate Promo 7 14 Activate Tender 7 20 Disable Price Change 7 2
28. E Cancel Figure 4 23 Back Office Security Attributes Copy Confirmation Labor Maintenance Functions 4 41 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SOUBUDIUIEIN 1oqe Click OK to copy the security level access settings from the existing security level to the new security level The new security level contains all functions from the copied security level Enter a new security level ID and name to identify the new level Complete any additions or deletions of security func tions to the new level by selecting the function from the Functions list and selecting the appropriate options from the Security Level inset box Copy Button Used to copy the security level specified in Start Level to a new security level 4 42 Labor Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Other Wage Types Use the Other Wages feature to manually enter and edit PTO in the form of sick holiday or vacation time for your employees Calculate the PTO pay in hours dollar amounts or both In addition you can set parameters for system generated adjustments relating to meal and rest period breaks split shift pre miums and others Enter other wages from either the FOH or the BOH with appropriate access The Other Wages feature uses wage types you define In addition to sick pay holiday and vacation pay here are some examples of PTO wage types Name Description Bonus Pay for bonus hours or dollar amount Bereavement
29. Holds text that is printed at the top of the guest check Two lines are available although it is not necessary to use both lines The text in the Title text boxes is printed on the guest check exactly as typed If a centered appear ance is desired the message must be typed to appear centered Message Holds text that is printed at the bottom of the guest check and is used to communicate directly with the guest It is used for sales messages and promotions seasonal greetings upcoming events or any other desired mes sage The lines center automatically as the message prints on the guest check Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Message Maintenance Functions 9 7 aoueUus ule sabessay Clock In Information The Clock In Information message feature allows the creation of special mes sages that target individual employees or specific job codes These messages are displayed on order entry terminals when employees clock in The mes sages do not print Select Maintenance gt Messages gt Clock In Information to display the Clock In Information function tab 7f Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Clock In Message Maintenance 10 a F Employee 000 None z Job Code CASHIER 2 z Text JRemembet ss ss SSCSCiS nie st i s S S S S SOSOSOT O TCOC C lt lt 73 Ot Becomes s i CSD
30. Payments Maintenance Functions 6 9 aoueUusUleEW sjuowAeg IVR Number Holds the Integrated Voice Response IVR number to con tact the Stored Value Systems host This is only used if you select Stored Value Systems from the Gift Card drop down list Foreign Currency Inset Foreign Currency ID If using foreign currency select the ID that corre sponds to the current tender from the drop down list These are set up in Maintenance gt Payments gt Foreign Currencies Foreign Currencies ID Button Click Foreign Currencies ID to access the Foreign Currencies function tab Here you can perform maintenance in the Foreign Currency function includ ing add new foreign currencies if the foreign currency you need is not already there Note that changing foreign currency information in the function tab changes the foreign currency information for all tenders assigned to the for eign currency Voucher Printing Inset Do Not Print Vouchers Suppresses vouchers for non cash tenders from printing Select this option when you do not need a signed voucher from the guest when you use this tender such as meal discount cards Options Inset Use Magnetic Card Only Prevents a server from manually entering a gift card or credit card number when applying a payment The system prompts for a manager password when a server attempts to manually enter the number to enter the gift card number without manager approval by selecting
31. Ready uw A Figure 2 22 Print House Accounts Invoice 2 Ifapplicable click Balance to consolidate all existing transactions on the accounts and create balance forward totals display on statements as a previous balance This is normally done after printing statements for the current month Infrequent consolidation creates long state ments and premature consolidation drops transaction details from current statements 3 Select an account from the list and click Print The report is printed to the local printer 4 Click Done to exit the Print House Accounts dialog box 2 28 Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Payment Reconciliation Payment Reconciliation provides a simple automated method of reconciling cash drawers This functionality is an enhancement to the Must Declare Cash function by defining the requirements of how the employee declares the pay ments they received For example the employee can be required to enter the transaction detail for a particular type of credit card or total of all transactions for that credit card A calculator is provided to assist in counting cash and non cash payments This feature can be set up to run from the FOH or from the BOH for additional security A variance level can be specified for an accumulation of cash tender types while non cash tender types can require the employee to enter total amounts of itemized transactions per tender type The difference between the e
32. Target Category FOOD 10000 7 C Sales To Guests C Count To Count Base Category ALL FOOD 1 7 Sales To Sales C Sales Per Check Performance Measures Enter a description for this Performance Category NUM Ui Figure 4 20 Performance Measures Maintenance Performance Measure Holds the description and a unique five digit num ber that identifies each performance measure To create a new performance measure enter an unused number and press Enter To edit an existing perfor mance measure scroll through the Performance Measure drop down list select one to edit and press Enter Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Labor Maintenance Functions 4 37 SOUBUDIUIEIN 1oqe Description Holds a description up to 15 characters that identifies the performance measure Target Category Represents the item category to use in performance cal culations Base Category Compares against the target category when Count To Count or Sales To Sales is selected Straight Sales Provides a sales count and total in dollars of the target cate gory Sales per Hour Provides a sales per hour figure in dollars of the target category Count to Guests Provides a total count of the target category divided by the number of guests served Sales to Guests Provides total sales of the target category divided by the number of guests served Count to Count Compares target category count to base category
33. down list Each secondary dialog box is specific for each of the six different types of promotions built into the Aloha POS System gt When setting up a promotion do not include revenue items for dis F counting When you attempt to apply a promotion to a revenue item the FOH error message Comps and Promos cannot be applied to a Revenue Item displays Buy One Get One Promotion Type BOGO The BOGO promotion type is a buy one get one of equal or lesser value either free or at a discounted price Chargeable modifiers are included in the calcu lated cost when determining the lower priced item For example buy two large sandwiches at regular price and receive a small sandwich at the dis Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Payments Maintenance Functions 6 25 aoueusuleW sjuowAeg counted price of 0 99 Cheese and bacon are the only charged modifiers allowed in the discounted price as shown in Figure 6 11 Promotions Buy One Get One Required fi of BOGO Items Fop 10000 7 Allow Discount Items aL FOOD 1 x BOGO Modifiers aLL FOOD 1 x BOGO Pricing Method c Free Figure 6 11 Promotion BOGO Required Specifies the required number of items that must be purchased from the category specified in of BOGO Items before the promotion can be applied of BOGO Items Specifies the category in which items must be purchased for the promotion Allow Discount Items Specifies the cate
34. eyolVy The default HTML page is distributed by Aloha Technologies as part of the installation and is stored in a file called MAIN HTM in the ALO HAQS HTML subdirectory This HTML page displays when there is no one logged in to QuickService and also for employees assigned to a security level that does not have an HTML page specified The default HTML page spinning globe distributed by Aloha F Technologies is great for demonstrating the system However if you perform dial in support we recommend you replace it with an HTML page that contains generic bitmaps In addition to security level specific HTML pages you may wish to designate a custom designed default HTML page Because security is obtained during the log on process the default HTML page generally contains generic bitmaps or graphics and does not include any type of links The default HTML page must be named MAIN HTM If you create your own default HTML page you must rename the current default page and name the new page MAIN HTM for it to display in Aloha Manager 1 24 Aloha Manager Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Functions This chapter discusses the functions used to edit deposits and create employee schedules In addition third party accounting applications are accessed through Functions Edit D POSits eee eeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeaeeeaeeaaeesaeeaaeeaaeeaeeaaecaaeeaeeeaaeeas 2 4 EGILIPUNGIGS siss ccsseteseeoe eect a E tect eeieciees 2 6 Edit
35. from the drop down list A tare weight is not subtracted if the item weight is entered by the x a Scales function Refer to the Accessories manual for more informa 3 4 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 tion on tare weights Affects Inventory Indicates the item should be deleted from inventory Click Save The Quantity Pricing dialog box displays to allow further maintenance Click Done and exit the function Menu Maintenance Functions 5 195 SOUBUDIUIEIN nus 1 Refer to the Pric ing Methods and Pricing Hierarchy section at the beginning of this chapter for more information on pric ing Price Levels The Price Levels pricing method enables a common price to be assigned to items in a group For example all large soft drinks are the same price regard less of the specific type Create a price level called Large Soft Drinks and set the common price in the price level The price level to use can be designated at the item level the submenu level and the modifier level When the price is changed in the price level all items set to that price level reflect the price change Select Maintenance gt Menu gt Price Levels to display the Price Levels func tion tab as shown in Figure 5 149 7 Aloha Manager QuickService Of x File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Mai S Sea eer EY Curtis Employee Maintenance Price Level 0
36. ment process begins If no scanner is attached to the terminal in use at the time the system takes no action After all settings are in place you must select Utilities gt Refresh Data to transfer the new information to the FOH terminals After the data refresh is complete the manager may enroll thumb prints and employees may clock in for work or log in to the Aloha system using the thumb scanner When an employee uses the thumb scanner the system proceeds in accor dance with a hierarchy of employee categories to minimize the amount of time the system spends looking through employee records Using the identifi cation technique the system begins its search at the top of the hierarchy and moves to successive levels until it locates the employee who is using the thumb scanner The system uses the following search hierarchy when identifying employ ees 1 The system searches first for employees who are clocked in have used this specific terminal for the current day and have server or bar tender job codes 8 20 Hardware Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 2 The system next searches for employees who are clocked in begin ning with those with server or bartender job codes then for employ ees with any other job codes 3 The system finally searches through all employees who are not clocked in 4 The system takes no action if no match is found for the thumb print Pen Reader Setup Requir
37. Click Save to write the data to the disk any time a new record is added or changes are made to an existing record Otherwise the changes and additions are discarded Edit Click Edit press Enter or click anywhere in the function to display the record in Edit mode Cancel Click Cancel to exit the function tab without writing the changes to disk All entries since the last time Apply was selected are not saved Delete Click Delete to remove the active record from the database Use caution when deleting records Carelessly deleting records can cause serious errors because of the relational nature of the Aloha file structure Apply Click Apply to write the changes to the disk This is very similar to Save but keeps the record available for further edit Done Click Done to exit the function 1 4 Aloha Manager Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Security Access The Aloha system provides employees access to Back of House and Front of House functions BOH and FOH respectively with a log in process requir ing the input of their employee ID and password The employee ID and pass word provide access to both functions in accordance with the security access established for each employee This log in procedure avoids complexity by requiring managers and employees to remember only one user ID and pass word This security concept also enables card readers to interface with the system for access to the BOH and FOH systems
38. Down None x gt Preview OK Promo p Hint ces pores the specified promotion to the guest Ses check Figure 5 94 Promo Button Function 2 Select the promo to assign to the button from the Promo Type list box 3 Click OK Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 125 SUeUDIUIEIN nus Promo Lookup Enables the FOH to select a promo to apply to the guest check Only promo tions that are Active meet the start and end date criteria and do not have Do Not Show in Promo List selected in the Promotions dialog box display for selection Quantity Applies a multiplier to a selected item or the last item ordered according to the number entered in the Quantity text box To add a quantity button 1 Select Quantity from the Function drop down list Additional options display as shown in Figure 5 95 Edit Buttons Quick Service x Function Quantity x Gluantiy 0 for enter ty r Text 5 5 Justify I Append to current qty Color C Let Top Center Center m C Right C Bottom r Background Color I Transparent Highlight r Bitmap F Tie IE Transparent R Display Text Justify N aii oi On None Genter C C Up None x last item ordered Fight Bottom Down l None 7 p Preview gt OK 5 Hint Carcel Applies a multiplier to a selected item or
39. Drag them off to the right to clear the workspace for ease of design Menu Maintenance Functions 5 47 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SUeUDIUIEIN nus Click CMDS on the toolbar to display the Commands menu The menu pro vides a list of commands sectioned off by panel and button commands The Buttons option provides an additional submenu Create open edit copy save and delete panels using the panel commands Define headings backgrounds and text appearance on all panels using panel commands and button com mands Depending on where it is performed right clicking the mouse on F either the workspace panel or button displays a shortened version of the toolbar and serves as an editing shortcut throughout the Panel Editor process To open the commands menu and toolbar 1 Click CMDS on the toolbar The Commands menu displays 2 Select an option from the menu Panel Editor Grid The Panel Editor workspace uses a grid to align panels and buttons The Options command enables you to change the default number of pixels to use at a time when you increase or decrease a coordinate in the Coordinates dialog box We recommend increments of five such as five or ten pixels All panels and buttons snap to the grid settings for easy alignment and editing This fea ture is an optional setting 5 48 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 To define and display the Panel Editor gr
40. Employee forgot to clock in The reason appears with the corre sponding punch on the Edited Punches report You must select Use Edit Punch Reasons in Maintenance gt Store Settings gt Labor Group gt Employee Settings subtab to activate the feature Select Maintenance gt Labor gt Edit Punch Reasons The Edit Punch Reasons function tab displays as shown in Figure 4 25 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Edit Punch Reasons Description Forgot to Clock In Gaye Cancel Le Delete To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return Figure 4 25 Edit Punch Reasons Function Tab ID Holds the name and unique number that identifies each edit punch rea son Enter a number up to 99 Description Describes the reason for the punch up to 40 characters of text such as Forgot to clock in or Returned early 4 46 Labor Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions This chapter outlines creating items setting up menus and using Panel Editor Topics include modifiers categories and taxes and how they interact with the menu system Pricing Methods and Pricing Hierarchy 5 5 Order Entry Screen User Interface 2 ccssessescceeeeeeeeteneeeeees 5 8 The Home SCreen ccecccceccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeesneeeeeeees 5 9 Secondary
41. Manual Card in the access level to which they are assigned This setting is located in Maintenance gt Labor gt Access Levels gt Finan cials 9 You can override this setting for certain employees and allow them Expiration Sets order entry terminals to automatically prompt for a credit card or gift card expiration date 6 10 Payments Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Verify Expiration Checks the credit card or gift card expiration date against the system date to automatically verify the card has not expired Print Expiration Prints the credit card or gift card expiration date on the guest check Identification Subtab The Identification subtab defines the ID requirements screen used by the order entry terminals to identify credit cards and validate customer IDs Select the Identification subtab from the Tender function tab to edit and enter identi fication information as shown in Figure 6 4 Maintenance Tender Type Identification Authorization Back Office Reconciliation M Require Identification Prompt ident Minimum 8 Maximum 10 Prefix Checking Prefix 1 I Numeric Only Prefix 2 tw T Print On Check T Validate es T Vaid Prefix 4 Digits To Validate 0 ltem Maintena To edit press Retum to add type unused ID and Retum NUM A Figure 6 4 Tenders Identification Subtab Require Identification Enables an Identification prompt on orde
42. PM Allow Subseg For Check VM Allow Subseg For Check Max Per Check 79 To edit press Retum to add type unused ID and Retur NUM Z Figure 6 10 Promotions Restrictions Subtab Promo Restrictions Inset Promo Items Eligible Eligible items already define as promotions are eli gible for inclusion in the promotion being defined Allow Prior for Check Allows multiple promotions on the same guest check Allow Subseq for Check Allows subsequent promotions on the check to be eligible for the defined promotion 6 24 Payments Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Comp Restrictions Inset Comp Items Eligible Allows comp items to be eligible for the defined promotion If comp items are not permitted this check box should not be selected Allow Prior for Check Allows multiple comps on the same guest check Allow Subseq for Check Allows subsequent comps on the check Max per Check Defines the maximum allowable number of the defined promotions permitted on each guest check Attempts to apply more promo tions than the number specified in Max Per Check result in a warning mes sage on the order entry terminal This must be at least 1 Promotion Types The Promotions subtab defines each promotion as to type and behavior A specific promotion is defined in a secondary dialog box activated by clicking Type Specifics To edit an existing promotion select from the Number drop
43. Poof poof of of of oo of 0 of of 0 dd DD EF Breakpoints of of of of of of of of o of o o oj o 0 dd O Poof off of of of off op oo To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Retum Tf NUM A Figure 5 138 Sample of No Tax Record After you create the primary tax records create the following flex tax records in the order in which they are listed e Create a No Tax record with Always selected as the Flex Type e Create a Canadian GST record with Always selected as the Flex Type e Create a Canadian GST and Provincial record with Always selected as the Flex Type e Create a Canadian GST record with Subtotal selected as the Flex Type chaining to Flex Tax ID 1 as Canadian GST Always and Flex Tax ID 2 as Canadian GST amp Provincial Always e Create a Canadian GST record with Quantity selected as the Flex Type chaining to Flex Tax ID 1 as the Canadian GST Subtotal 5 184 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 type you just created and the No Tax Always record as Flex Tax ID 2 It is not possible to create Quantity Subtotal or Category flex taxes if the Always flex taxes which they utilize do not exist For this reason you must create flex taxes in the proper order The following graphics illustrate the flex taxes required to configure the Canadian tax scenario They are shown in the order in w
44. Populates all Payment Reconciliation fields without the employee entering the amount This scenario would be for operations that only verify payments mmr If the Cash check box is selected on the Type subtab Enter xa Details Enter Totals and Auto Fill are not accessible These options are ONLY available for non cash tenders Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Payments Maintenance Functions 6 17 aoueUsUleW sjuowAeg 1 Refer to Chap ter 5 Menu Maintenance Functions for detailed information on using the Panel Editor CS For more details about the six predefined promo tion types refer to the Pro motion Types section in this chapter Promotions Promotions is a comprehensive feature set that allows the configuration of a wide array of promotions to fit every need There are six different types of promotions Each one is defined in a separate secondary dialog box specific to the type These promotions are created in conjunction with the categories defined in Maintenance gt Menu gt Categories Promotions are placed on the FOH using the Panel Editor feature accessed in Maintenance gt Menu gt Panel Editor Categories are the cornerstone in the promotions structure and you must have full understanding of them in order to get the most from the promotions fea tures Promotions are defined in terms of categories and depending on the needs of the restaurant it may be necessary to c
45. Select Maintenance gt Hardware gt Cash Drawers to display the Cash Drawers function tab as shown in Figure 8 9 7 Aloha Manager QuickService Fie Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Cash Drawer Maintenance Employee Maintenance p Printer Interface Drawer ID MARTE Printer None 00 z Description Counter mber 1 Drawer Type Serial 225 32000 z Drawer Number Serial Interface _ p Other lntetaces Terminal oot Counter 7 Port rt Card Port 3 7 opos aires ets m z Cash Drawers To edit press Retum to add type unused ID and Return NUM A Figure 8 9 Cash Drawers Drawer ID Holds a three digit number that together with Description uniquely identifies each Cash Drawer record To create a new record enter an Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Hardware Maintenance Functions 8 23 S UeUDdIUIEN alemMpieH unused number and press Enter To edit an existing record scroll through the Drawer ID drop down list select the record to edit and press Enter Description Enter a descriptive name for the Cash Drawer record Nam ing conventions are entirely up to the user However it is suggested that the name be descriptive or reflect the location of the cash drawer Drawer Type Defines the drawer type that is attached to the system The list contains the names of cash drawer types that currently work with the Aloha system S
46. System Hardware s Main Screen Quick Count Guest Check Membership Clock In Information A Store Settings A S Event Mnt Figure 9 1 In this chapter you learn how to e Create messages to greet customers e Create messages to print on guest checks e Cause messages to display on a pole or screen device e Create messages for all employees to view when they clock in Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 p Refer to Chap ter 7 System Maintenance Functions for information about setting Events Message Maintenance Functions 9 3 vueLeu zuUleN s ess W Main Screen Main Screen Messages display on the main order entry terminal screen If a pole display is attached to the terminal and is active the message also displays there Main screen messages are active by default or by selection Select Maintenance gt System gt Events to specify messages for display Select the following events as appropriate to your objectives e 11 Set Left Message e 12 Set Right Message It is not necessary to select events to display messages on the main screen If no events are selected the first defined message displays on the left side of the order entry terminal log in screen and the second defined message displays on the right side of the screen Select Maintenance gt Messages gt Main Screen to display the Main Screen function tab 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance U
47. The ability to detect collision during transmission reduces the amount of band width wasted on collisions compared with simple Aloha broadcasting CSMA CA Collision Avoidance Announces intention to send data Appletalk CTS Clear to Send Checksum A computed value that depends on the contents of a block of data and which is transmitted or stored along with the data in order to detect corruption of the data The receiving system recomputes the checksum based upon the received data and compares this value with the one sent with the data If the two values are the same the receiver has some confidence that the data was received correctly The checksum may be 8 bits modulo 256 sum 16 32 or some other size It is computed by summing the bytes or words of the data block ignoring overflow The checksum may be negated so that the total of the data words plus the checksum is zero Internet packets use a 32 bit checksum Circuit switching v A communications paradigm in which a dedicated communication path is established between the sender and receiver along which all packets travel The telephone system is an example of a circuit switched network Also called connection oriented Contrast connectionless packet switching Collision When two hosts transmit on a network at once causing their packets to collide and corrupt each other Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Networking Glossary 7 Collision detection A
48. The Edit Button dialog box displays as shown in Figure 5 53 Function ESSE Edit Buttons Quick Service Text Unassigned dusty Color e C Top Center Center Pee C Right Bottom r Background Color I Transparent Highlight Jnassignec Bitmap F Tie I Transparent I Display Text Justify Sone C left Top Gente Genter Up m C Riant Bottom Down E m Preview OK Cancel Hint No function assigned to this button Used as a place holder for future expansion Figure 5 53 Edit Button Dialog Box Function Defines the function of the button The function assigned to a button determines the behavior of the button and how the FOH operates Every button must have an assigned function and every new button has a default Unassigned function When you select a function some require addi tional information on the right side of the dialog box The Text Background and Bitmap properties may be disabled as well Text Inset Text Defines the text to display on the button To display text on multiple lines insert n without spaces for line breaks Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 75 SOUBUDIUIEI nus Color Button Click Color to display the Color dialog box and set the color of the button text To set the color of the button text 1 Click Color The Color dialog bo
49. The same employee card provides access to the FOH terminal for order entry activities and to the BOH system for managerial activities in accordance with the security level assigned to each employee Define security setup through the Security Levels function in the BOH appli cation Aloha Manager Assign security levels to each employee through Employee maintenance When an employee logs in the Aloha system grants access only to functions permitted by the employee s security level Functions to which the employee has no access are not displayed or display with obvi ously blocked functionality This approach enables employees to easily recog nize the functions available to them If an employee who does not have access to back office functions attempts to log on the only menus available are File Tools View and Help Functions available on the Shared Navigation Bar dis play as padlocks if the employee does not have access to them QuickService File Menu When you launch QuickService the Aloha Manager Login dialog box dis plays as shown in Figure 1 1 When you are logged in the File menu offers three choices Change Password Logout and Exit If you log out of QuickSer vice the program continues to run and the Logout command changes to Login The Change Password selection is unavailable if you are not logged in to QuickService Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Aloha Manager sebeue eyolVy Login To log in to
50. Type 6 20 Restrictions subtab 6 24 Allow Prior for Check 6 24 6 25 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Allow Prior for Table 6 24 6 25 Allow Subseq for Check 6 24 6 25 Comp Items Eligible 6 25 Max Per Check 6 25 Promo Items Eligible 6 24 Taxes subtab 6 22 Food Cost 6 24 Guest Pays Tax 6 22 Surcharge Promotion Amount 6 22 Tax Applied Before Promotion 6 23 Tax Applied Before Promption 6 23 Tax Food Cost 6 23 Tax ID 6 23 VTax Food Cost 6 23 VTax Promo Amount 6 23 Prompt for Manager Password if Unscheduled 3 13 Provide Change 6 7 Punch Edit Limit Job Codes 3 14 Punch Edit Num Prds 3 14 Q Qualify 6 33 Qualifying Items 6 33 Quantity 5 126 Quantity Pricing 5 193 Query Cash Card Balance 4 34 5 127 Quick Combo 5 127 Quick Combo Level 5 129 Quick Combo promotion type 6 34 Quick Count 3 105 4 32 5 130 Qwerty 3 79 R Rate 4 11 Reason 4 39 Reason Button 4 12 Recall 5 131 Recall Next 5 132 Recall Next Open 5 132 Recall Previous 5 132 Reconcile All Tenders 4 25 Refresh Data 10 5 Refund 5 132 Regrind Subdirectories 10 23 Remove Tip Line if Auto Gratuity 6 7 Reopen Check 4 30 4 32 5 132 Repeat 5 132 Report as 6 20 6 39 Report Daily Summary 5 133 Report Flash 5 133 Report PMix 5 133 Report Prep 5 133 Report Printer 3 105 Report Quick Count 5 135 Report Restaurant Labor 5 133 Report Restaurant Sales 5 133 Report Sales By Period 2 34 Reprint 4 30 4 32 Require Authoriza
51. as shown in Figure 3 29 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Store Settings Maintenance Group Printing X Check Content1 Check Content 2 Check Style Employee Checkout Cig Reports PM Do not print Voided items JV Consolidate like items on check T Print PMS Guest Name I Print Bar Code T Print Revenue Center J Print PMS Info I Print Day Part on Check I Suppress check number IT Print Business Number IT Print Order Mode On Check W Use Store Wide Order Numbering Minimum Order 0 Maximum Order 0 Store Settings Separate taxes by ID on the guest check NUM A Figure 3 29 Printing Group Check Content2 Subtab Do Not Print Voided Items Prevents voided items from printing on the guest check If not selected voided items are printed and shown as voided Consolidate Like Items on Check Combines like items on guest checks For example if one guest orders a salad and another guest orders a salad on the same check the salads are listed as 2 Salads rather than as separate line items Print PMS Guest Name Prints the guest name on the guest check Print Revenue Center Prints the revenue center on the guest check This is useful for guests who want to remember from what area bar dining room etc the check originated 3 52 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Print PMS Info P
52. in the Maintenance module but is not currently being used by the FOH at the restaurant Order Time Order time is the time at which items are sent to the kitchen When using the Advance Orders feature the system uses the following calcu lation Serve Time Prep Time Order Time Ordered Items Ordered items are items that are sent to the kitchen The text displays as black in the guest check window and you must perform a void to remove them from the check PLU Price Look Up The PLU Price Look Up function allows the price of an item to be located using its PLU number as defined in Item mainte nance Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Aloha Glossary 5 PMS Property Management System The industry standard interface for hotels to manage the various functions of a hotel The Aloha POS system interfaces with the following PMS systems Generic Micros 4700 Encore RDP Springer Miller HIS CSS and Fidelio POS Point of Sale Prep Time Indicates the time required to prepare an order Printer groups Printer groups allow individual printers to be combined into logical groups once the individual printers have been defined in Mainte nance This allows routing of items to individual or multiple remote printers for chit printing Printer groups can contain between zero and five individual printers and are attached to the item at the item level in Item maintenance Printer logs All prin
53. item numbers between each new item Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Aloha Manager sebeue eYolVy Delete Range Deletes items from a specified range Use this feature to delete a single item or multiple items depending upon the selections made in the drop down lists as shown in Figure 1 7 Delete Range Ea From 002000 NACHOS 7 Figure 1 7 Delete Range Select the first item in the series in the From drop down list and the last item in the series in the To drop down list If you only want to delete a single item select the same item in both drop down lists Click OK to delete the selected items When deleting a single item it is much faster to do so from the function tab in which the item is listed When copying items or ranges or when deleting items or ranges it is important to exercise extreme care and to plan changes carefully All changes made using database editing functions are permanent 1 14 Aloha Manager Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Navigation Options In addition to menu selections the Aloha system provides navigation bar nav bar or keyboard access to functions and user tools The nav bar is located on the left of the QuickService screen It includes only groups and shortcuts that have been assigned to it shared and specific to the employee unlike the QuickService menu which contains all functions to which you have access A function can be run from the nav bar
54. nal Home screens are defined in Maintenance gt Menu gt Screen Editor and are considered the default screen when attaching order entry screens to job codes and terminals Figure 5 3 shows a possible layout for a home screen Your screen could be very different depending on your needs Submenu Panel Order Queue Guest Check Menu Panel 053 NU Meee aac gag Check Tenders Panel Functions Panel Comps and Promos Panel Cursor x 228 4 462 Figure 5 3 Home Screen Example po The Aloha system does not refer to these panels as a home screen Menu Maintenance Functions 5 9 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SUBUDIUIEIN nus For a more efficient design the home screen should be a collection of separate panels instead of one central panel for button consolidation The fewer the panels the less flexible the FOH operates What makes up the home screen affects vital elements of the food industry such as speed of service item accessibility and operational needs and procedures The home screen should meet the needs of the specific environment Secondary Panels Secondary Panels are panels that are not displayed on the home screen yet they can be accessed from the home screen or another secondary panel Sec ondary panels as shown in Figure 5 4 range from panels of tenders func tions items to user prompt messages Figure 5 4 Secondary Panels Relationship pi T
55. 0 0 To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Retum NUM i Figure 6 18 Comps Taxes Subtab 6 40 Payments Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Guest Pays Tax Requires the guest to pay the tax on the comp If not selected the restaurant pays the tax Surcharge Comp Amount Applies a surcharge to the comp amount Select this check box only if using surcharges Surcharges are defined and activated in Maintenance gt Menu gt Surcharges Primary Taxes Inset Tax Comp Amount Applies the appropriate tax to the full amount of the comp Tax Food Cost Uses the percentage defined in the Food Cost text box to apply a tax amount on the food cost in the comp Food Cost Defines a tax percentage entered as a decimal to use to calcu late an approximate food cost when the Tax Food Cost check box is selected Tax ID Accepts a number corresponding to a tax method previously defined in Maintenance gt Menu gt Taxes Some jurisdictions require the res taurant to pay the tax on all comps Thus one way to track comp tax amounts is to create a special tax method called Promotions gt Comps then enter that tax ID in the Tax ID text box Tax ID Button Click Tax ID to display the Taxes function tab Here you can perform mainte nance in the taxes function including add new tax records if the tax you need to apply is not already there Secondary Taxes Inset Tax
56. 3 Functions 2 41 suoijoun 2 42 Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings This chapter discusses the Store Settings functions within Aloha Man ager You will gain an understanding of each store settings group the available functionality for each group and how to create customized settings for your store Ordet ENV assassin dee et arenees aad poe eet ed eee 3 5 E eE SEITA TAEA cc2ea tats TAT T A PE A sauce 3 12 Financial S eee cetecdecc ch bceat tera tec ann EEE EANAN EAEE ANENA 3 39 Fr FV PIG mesmasinonne anank niata 3 48 Printing CNS cccacsdccotcdecbivdadnnincniatestucnatdeo ith ladeiecauetentmndetmebataalaanies 3 63 User INTC HACC cesictecnctess ccnstnedvetzen exate anaa deateaasansenaneaxsanenas 3 78 SECUTI Y iisi Eea Eaa Eai E AENEAN EAEE 3 88 Sy STE haoire eer Ret Pee eer e a ETE 3 94 International 0 cccc ccc ccccccccceecceuecceueeceuuecseeucesuuaseeuuueseueseueaneenaess 3 106 Credit Card eorn ia erena rn a E E E EEN EEE aa 3 114 BrE EIA EE TEA T E TT 3 116 Gift Card Certificate Sales asoeeenneeeeeneeeeunernrneserrrerrrrreerrrren 3 117 QUICK Coumt sh aanraai aa Aa enaa aia Taea e aa a AT 3 118 XI 0 1 o a 3 119 3 2 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings is used to create global settings for the restaurant You can establish order policies labor and scheduling restrictions tax policies and receipt print qualities Policies that you create in
57. 4 12 Index l 13 U U S Daylight Savings Time 3 95 Unassigned 5 149 Undefined Code 1 4 15 Update Now 6 48 Use ADP 3 23 Use Aloha Spy 3 89 Use Bar Code Reader 8 13 Use Full Paper Cuts 3 66 Use Guest Check Heading 3 58 Use Large Font for Check 3 56 Use Large Font for Check Name 3 56 Use Large Font for the Check Total 3 56 Use Mag Stripe Reader 8 12 Use Magnetic Card ONLY 6 10 Use Non Reset Totals 3 88 Use Paychex 3 24 Use Payroll One 3 24 Use PayUSA 3 24 Use Profit Center Code 2 34 Use Punctuality 3 13 Use RealWorld Payroll 3 24 Use Schedule 3 13 Use Secondary Taxes 3 39 Use Special Currency 3 109 Use Store Wide Order Numbering 3 53 Use the Archive Bit to Purge Data 3 103 Use Wide Currency Columns in Reports 3 106 User Navigation Bar subtab 1 17 User Tools subtab 1 20 Uses Password 4 21 V Valid 6 12 Validate 6 12 Variance Amount Allowed 6 16 Vendor Tax 5 24 Verify Customer Data 6 15 Verify Data 10 9 Verify Expiration 6 11 1 14 Index Vertical Spacing 5 85 View Tables 4 30 Void Items 4 30 4 32 Void Reasons function tab 7 46 Volume Level 5 149 Voluntary 4 39 VTax Food Cost 6 23 VTax Promo Amount 6 23 WwW Warning Threshold 3 102 Will Employee Move 4 12 Winhook 3 104 X X Coordinate 3 84 Y Y Coordinate 3 84 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3
58. 4 27 Labor Groups a ies uvrataveaticeralimmintsstidaiadtuia tine E a I ENESE EEEn 4 35 Performance Measures ccccececceeeeceesceueeeceseueeeceseueueeeseeeeeeeenanes 4 37 Termination REASONS ccccccceccccceccccueceseuceeuuuceuuuceueuceuueeeuaeeunaess 4 39 Back Office Security Levels cceccceeeesscceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenneeeeneee 4 40 Other Wage TY PGS vicciecoscicuavcivessivciedaxtanntnnnvautentevanssuenievaastbeensickantauas 4 43 Edit PUNCH REASONS ceccececeecceeeeeecueceeeceeeeeseeesecneeneeeneeeaeeeneens 4 46 4 2 Labor Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 This section discusses the preparation of Labor settings in the Aloha system and establishes such things as employee and job code information security access levels performance measures and more Labor is the backbone of a restaurant and must follow certain state and federal regulations The settings described in this chapter determine which functions the employee performs and restrictions placed on the employee Select Maintenance gt Labor to access the Labor menu as shown in Figure 4 1 7 Aloha Manager QuickServi File Functions Reports ilitie or Scheduler Tools View Help Job Codes Payments Access Levels System Labor Groups Hardware Performance Measures Messages Termination Reasons Quick Count Back Office Security Levels Enterprise Other Wages Membership Store Settings Employee Maintenance
59. 6 6 Print Check Stub 3 58 3 59 Print Checks 3 61 Print Clock In 3 20 Print Defined Comp Check Lines 3 49 Print Double Height Text 3 72 Print Entrees in Bold 3 72 Print Expiration 6 11 Print in Large Font 3 72 Print Independently 5 26 Print Item Count Before Subtotal 3 108 Print Message if Order Contains Items Routed to Mo 3 66 Print Modifiers in Red 3 71 Print Mods on Single Line 3 76 Print Non Cash Tenders 3 60 Print on Check 5 32 6 12 6 13 Print on Check Exit 3 58 Print Only Custom Checkout 3 60 Print Only Selected Items in Red 3 71 Print PMS Guest Name 3 52 Print PMS Info 3 53 Print Receipt 5 125 Print Reference on Receipt 6 15 Print Revenue Center 3 52 Print Rounded Indicator 3 108 Print Signature Line 6 6 Print This Text before Tip Line 3 49 Print Total Tip and Gratuity Lines on All Checks 3 49 Print Void Chit when an Item is Voided 3 76 Print Zero Lines on Checkout 3 60 printer configuration 8 32 Printer Groups function tab 8 34 Printers function tab 8 26 Options subtab 8 29 Setup subtab 8 27 Prioritize Items 3 85 Prioritize Modifiers 3 85 Priority 5 23 Promo 5 125 Promo Items Eligible 6 24 6 42 Promo Lookup 5 126 promotion types Buy One Get One 6 25 Check Reduction 6 32 Combo 6 27 Coupon 6 28 New Price 6 31 Quick Combo 6 34 Promotions 5 200 Promotions function tab 6 18 Promotions subtab 6 19 End Date 6 20 Manager Needed 6 21 Max Amount 6 20 Print Check 6 21 Report As 6 20 Start Date 6 20
60. All Errors Before Running FOH Button 117 Test Routing Level is assigned to Routing Level 3 which is invalid Button 326 Slow Routing Level is assigned to Routing Level 1 which is invalid Button 326 Normal Routing Level is assigned to Routing Level 2 which is invalid No errors found Figure 10 4 Verify Text The file can also be viewed at other times using Windows Notepad or other Windows word processing programs If the file is too large for Notepad an error message displays asking if you want to open the file using Windows WordPad Permit Windows to open the file with WordPad but do not convert the file to another format when closing it Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Utilities 10 9 sonn The file itself contains a report of all errors omissions and data integrity problems in the database files The errors listed can range in severity from minor data integrity errors that result in unexpected results to fatal errors that can cause the system to halt One of the most common errors exposed in Verify Data is that an item number is not in a sales or retail category This error if not corrected might lead to inaccurate sales reporting Another typical data integrity error is when an item has no tax ID Correcting all data integrity errors helps to ensure that no fatal errors occur Run Verify Data each time modifications are made to the database files and before running Refresh Data as part of the E
61. Allow Clock In 5 99 Allow Clock In Early 3 13 Allow Clock In Late 3 13 Allow Discount Items 6 26 Allow Employees Only One Shift Per Day 3 13 Allow Item Lookup 4 22 Allow Overpayment 6 7 Allow Paid Breaks 4 20 Allow PreAuth with EDC 6 14 Allow Prior for Check 6 24 6 25 6 42 6 43 Allow Prior for Table 6 25 Allow Subseq for Check 6 25 6 43 Allow Subseq for Table 6 43 Allow Tips 6 7 Allow Unpaid Breaks 4 20 Aloha eCard 3 117 Aloha Gift Certificate Manager 3 117 Aloha Manager screen 1 8 Append to Current Qty 5 127 Apply button 1 4 Apply Surcharge 5 26 AR Field on Receipt 6 15 AR Sales Cat 5 36 AR Tax ID 5 156 Ask for Description 5 31 Ask for Price 5 31 Assign Comp 4 29 Assign Day Part 4 29 1 2 Index Assign Drawer 5 99 Assign Driver 5 100 Assign Promo 4 29 Authorize Using EDC 6 13 Auto Apply 6 27 6 32 Auto Apply if Possible 6 35 Auto Clockout 3 14 Auto Fill 6 17 Auto Fix Logs 3 102 Auto Start Back of House Upon Startup 3 100 Auto Print when Food is Ordered 3 56 B Back Office Security Levels func tion tab 4 40 add copy edit delete 4 41 Copy Button 4 42 HTML Page 4 41 Screen Timeout 4 41 Start Level 4 41 Base Category 4 38 Base Text 3 111 3 112 Basic Gift Certificates 3 117 BOGO Modifiers 6 26 Break 5 100 Break In Out 5 100 Breaks button 2 10 button commands 5 74 Align Right Sides 5 91 Create Button 5 75 Delete Button 5 83 Edit Button 5 83 Horizontal Grow to Largest 5 89 S
62. Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Hardware Maintenance Functions 8 33 SUeUDdIUIEIN oJeMpJeH Printer Groups The Printer Groups feature allows printers to be combined into logical groups after they are defined in Maintenance gt Hardware gt Printers Most compo nents of the Aloha system use printer groups instead of individual printers to give added flexibility to the system Printer Groups are a powerful feature of the Aloha system The user can han dle virtually any printing situation by routing items to a dedicated Printer Group which can then be rerouted without affecting other items Creating printer groups has less to do with physical printer layout and more to do with the logical organization of printers in the restaurant setting While printers can be considered a hardware issue printer groups are operational issues For example if an order prints to multiple printers in the kitchen the entire order can be sent to an expediter printer for quality control before it is received by the customer This is accomplished by including the expediter printer in each printer group For this reason well considered printer group planning can take significant advantage of the efficiencies built into the Aloha system 8 34 Hardware Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Select Maintenance gt Hardware gt Printer Groups to display the Printer Groups function tab shown in Figure 8 13 7 Aloh
63. Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 System Maintenance Functions 7 17 SoUeUDdIUIEIN wa SAS 22 Reroute Video by Terminal The Reroute Video by Terminal event activates rerouting videos by terminal The dialog box shown in Figure 7 15 displays Reroute Video by Terminal x Terminal 000 none From Video Group To Video Group None 0 z None 0 7 Cancel Figure 7 15 Reroute Video by Terminal Terminal Specifies the terminal associated with the video group as defined in Maintenance gt Hardware gt Terminals From and To Video Group Select the video group rerouting from and the target video group as defined in Maintenance gt Hardware gt Video Groups 7 18 System Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 24 Set Job Screen The Set Job Screen event sets the default screen for employees assigned to a specific job code If the event is set to occur at a specific time it will function as a time related change If a time is not specified for the event it becomes effective the next time the data is refreshed The dialog box shown in Figure 7 16 displays Set Job Screen x Jobcode CASHIER 2 v Screen Sig One Home 1 Cancel Figure 7 16 Set Job Code Job Code Select the job code as defined in Maintenance gt Labor gt Job Codes Screen Select the screen as defined in Maintenance gt Menu gt Panel Edi tor 25 S
64. Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 soueUazUIeI nus Inclusive Tax Tax Text Amt and Base Text Tax The entries made here display on the guest check as shown in the sample guest check in Figure 5 123 Item 250 00 Item 350 00 Item 400 00 Total 1000 00 Total Includes Additional Charge 87 47 Inclusive Tax 1 Amt 970 87 Tax 8 75 GST Tax 3 Amt 1000 00 Tax 29 13 Figure 5 123 GST Guest Check with Use Inclusive Breakout If the GST tax is inclusive and the Use Inclusive Tax Breakout is cleared the guest check appears as shown in Figure 5 124 Item 250 00 Item 350 00 Item 400 00 Sub Total 1000 00 Total 1000 00 Total Includes Additional Charge 87 47 GST Tax 29 13 Figure 5 124 GST Guest Check with Use Inclusive Breakout Cleared 5 166 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 If the tax breakout is not desired at the bottom of the guest check do not fill in the three text boxes and select Do Not Print Tax Breakout on Check 7 Select the GST subtab Figure 5 121 8 Select the GST tax record from the Taxes drop down list 9 Enter the dollar amount for the Tax Invoice Threshold in your juris diction 10 Select an exempt item category for which there should not be a GST tax collected if applicable from the Category drop down list 11 Enter the text to display on the guest check preceding the GST tax amount in GST Tax Text on Guest Che
65. Canadian GST tax may apply If six donuts are purchased and the guest check subtotal is 4 00 or more the system can be set to apply both Canadian GST and Canadian Provincial taxes If more than six donuts are purchased in this scenario the system can be configured to suspend both taxes To implement the taxation in this scenario create four primary tax records and five flex tax records Once all the tax records are in place associate just one of the flex tax records with the plain donut item in Menu gt Items Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 181 aoueUdazUIeI nus The following graphics illustrate the basic primary tax records required to support the sample Canadian tax scenario including the Canadian GST and Canadian Provincial taxes mmm Canadian GST taxes are unique to Canada and are best configured in po the flex tax module rather than the GST module Therefore the GST check box is not selected in any of the examples that follow Primary tax records are created in Maintenance gt Menu gt Taxes An example of the primary Canadian GST tax is shown in Figure 5 135 74 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help _Employee Mai DE 4a Erre Tax ID 17 Canadion GST se poe L Maintenance C Inclusive Exclusive C Vendor Description Canadian GST Tax Rate 7 00000 T Seconday AR Tax ID fo Minimum
66. Center C Right Bottom m Background Color I Transparent Highlight m Bitmap TE gt Transparent Jv Display text On None x Up i None z Down None ha m Preview Order Type Call In Takeout Deliver Drive Thru Walk In Takeout Hint Activates the delivery screen Figure 5 83 Delivery Button Function 2 Select an order mode from the Order Type list box to designate the order type to assign to the button 3 Click OK Delivery Information Displays information regarding the delivery order if the Delivery Frequent Buyer is in use Disable Labor Schedule Disables the Aloha Labor Scheduler product if in use Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 111 SUeUDIUIEIN nus Display Order Total Displays a Your Total is message on the display board screen followed by the balance of the current check Most likely you will include this function in a script with the Send button function when display boards are in use When you press Send from the FOH the Your Total is message displays The message displays under the following conditions e An item is ordered on a new order e A new menu item is added to the current order e Accomp promo tax exemption or another element which affects the balance is added to the current order The message disappears when you start a new order
67. Chapter 5 Menu Main tenance Functions To add the ability to display a Your Total is message for each order add a Display Order Total button function to a panel or script as explained in Panel Editor located in Chapter 5 Menu Maintenance Functions 8 44 Hardware Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 To allow the system to activate a reroute at a certain time create a Reroute Display Board event as explained in Events located in Chapter 7 System Maintenance Functions Select Maintenance gt Hardware gt Display Boards to open the Display Boards function tab shown in Figure 8 16 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Display Board Maintenance Display Board ID X Display Type Jaccuview 7 Connected to Zo e oremi zj 1 DispleyActive T Displey Prices C Display Graphics Hide Zero Tax I Port RT Card Port 0 z ie _ __ 4 DEFAULT font z Terminal ID ooz TERM 2 z Num Columns 0 0 255 Gest LO o y O Num Rows fo 0 255 Scrolling Messages Delay Time NonmessgetoScokl0 El Change Due 0 0 255 sec Scrolmessage t AmtTendered T 0 255 sec Scroll message 2 Scrolmessage 3 0 Gaye Cancel Le Delete Display Boards To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return Figure 8 16 Display Boards Display ID Holds a two digit number that un
68. Check Name 3 56 Use Large Font for the Check Total 3 56 Chit Content subtab 3 76 Disable Standalone Chit Printing 3 67 Print a Separator Line Be tween Priority 3 68 Print All Items 3 78 Print All Items on Each Chit 3 67 Print Check Number on Chits 3 67 Print Message if Order Contains Items Routed to Mo 3 66 Print Mods on Single Line 3 76 Sort Before Cut 3 68 Sort Items According to Priority 3 68 Use Full Paper Cuts 3 66 Chit Font subtab 3 63 Print Double Height Text 3 72 Print Entrees in Bold 3 72 Print in Large Font 3 72 Print Modifiers in Red 3 71 Print Only Selected Items in Red 3 71 Show Entry Fields in Inverse 3 72 Chit Style subtab 3 67 Expedite for 1 Printer 3 68 Expediter Printer 3 68 Max Items per Chit 3 67 Max Lines per Chit 3 67 Max Seats per Tray Index l 11 Chit 3 77 Employee Checkout Cfg subtab 3 59 Change Due Detail for Non Cash Tenders 3 61 Ckout Cash 3 60 Inc Tax in Perf Measures 3 60 Print Check Count 3 73 Print Checks 3 61 Print Non Cash Tenders 3 60 Print Only Custom Checkout 3 60 Print Zero Lines on Checkout 3 60 Separate Tips and Grat in Tip Tracking 3 61 Sort by Revenue Center 3 61 Multi Part Checks subtab Print Check Stub 3 59 Stub Text 3 59 Other Chits Subtab 3 76 Other Chits subtab Copies of Cash In Out 3 76 Check Text 3 76 Print Order Taker Chits 3 77 Print Void Chit When an Item is Voided 3 76 Reports subtab 3 62 FOH Flash Report Time Interval
69. Currency ID 6 47 Customer Information 5 108 Customer Reward Report 5 108 Customize 1 16 1 4 Index Shared Navigation Bar 1 19 User Navigation Bar 1 17 User Tools 1 20 D Daily Summary 3 105 Database Upgrade 10 20 Day of Business 3 95 Day Parts function tab 7 42 Debug Events 3 101 Decimal Places 6 47 Decimal Separator 3 109 6 47 Declare Cash Only 4 25 Default Amt 6 6 Default Item Justification 3 71 Delay Time 5 30 Delete a Panel 5 72 Delete All Items 5 110 Delete Button 5 83 Delete button 1 4 Delete Checkout 4 32 5 110 Delete Clockout 4 30 4 32 5 110 Delete Comp 4 33 Delivery 5 110 Delivery Information 5 111 Digits to Validate 6 12 Disable Auto Grind 3 101 Disable Labor Reporting 3 20 Disable Labor Schedule 5 111 Disable Real Time Updates 3 91 Disable Standalone Chit Printing 3 67 Display Adjustment 3 108 Display Boards function tab Scrolling Messages 8 47 Display in Balance Due Section 6 47 Display in Change Due Section 6 48 Display Order Total 5 112 DL Exp 4 13 Do any items in this category ap pear on the check 5 176 Do Not Copy CDX Files at EOD 3 104 Do Not Print a Total Line 3 49 Do Not Print Inclusive Tax Break out on Check 3 111 3 112 Do Not Print Jobcode 4 22 Do Not Print Voided Items 3 52 Do Not Show when Item 5 30 Do Not Show when Modifier 5 30 Do Not Update Flash Hourly Sales Report 4 21 Dollar Amount 6 29 Don t Output Primary Rate or Job code 3 24
70. Dbl Big One Cheese 002009 Super Junior 002011 Super Jr Ch 002013 Dbl Super Jr 002015 Dbl Superr Jr Ch 002017 Hamburger 002019 Cheeseburger Member Maint To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return Figure 5 150 Price Changes Function Tab Price Change Holds a four digit number that together with Name uniquely identifies each Price Change To create a new Price Change enter an unused number and press Enter To edit an existing record scroll through the Price Change drop down list select the record to edit and press Enter Name Enter a name to identify the price change Start Date and End Date When an event is fired unless otherwise specified it ends when the EOD pro cess runs The Start Date and End Date text boxes work in conjunction with the Set Price Change event in Event Scheduler and enable you to control the date or range of dates in which a Set Price Change event is active These dates are used to fire up the event when the DOB occurs between the range of dates specified in the Price Change record activated by the event Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 199 SsdUeUDzUIEIN nus Start Date Establishes the first date in which the Price Change should be in effect End Date Establishes the ending date for the price change Type Inset Use these options to toggle the selection between items price levels and pro motions when making
71. Drawer 4 24 Self Banking 4 24 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 K Kodiak Entry 5 114 Kodiak Exit 5 114 L Label ID 5 31 Labels function tab 8 36 Labor Groups 4 35 Labor Report Interval 3 20 Limit by Percent 6 7 List All Surcharges as a Single Surcharge 3 40 login 1 6 logout 1 7 M Mag Card Password button 4 8 mag card passwords adding 4 8 Main Screen function tab 9 4 Manage Advance Order 5 114 Manage Delivery Drivers 5 115 Manage Delivery Orders 5 115 Manage Drawers 5 115 Manager Can Always Overpay 6 7 Manager Must Checkout 4 21 Manager Needed 6 21 6 39 Mark as Template 5 56 Max Amount 6 20 Max Items per Chit 3 67 Max Lines per Chit 3 67 Max Password Digits 3 90 Max per Check 6 25 6 43 Max per Table 6 43 Max Seats per Tray Chit 3 77 Maximum 6 38 Maximum Allowed 6 32 Maximum Check Amount 3 91 Maximum Order 3 53 Maximum Tip 6 7 Member of Category 5 25 Mileage Fee 4 13 Min Password Digits 3 90 Min Wage 3 14 Minimum Amt 5 155 Minimum Order 3 53 Minimum Required 6 31 Modified By 5 27 Modifier Code 5 115 Modifier Screen 3 83 Modify 5 116 Modify Panels 5 43 Move a Button 5 81 Must Declare at Checkout 4 25 Must Declare Tips 4 22 Must Enter Amount 6 40 Must Enter Name 6 39 Must Enter Percent 6 40 Must Enter Unit 6 39 Must Select Items 6 39 Must Use Mag Cards 4 7 N Name Order 5 116 navigation bar 1 16 Negative Format 6 48 New Order 5 117 New Price 6 32 New Price p
72. Edi tor and sets the screen resolution You should design in Panel Editor using the screen resolution used on the FOH terminals The resolutions available are determined by the system in use This is more apparent when large bitmaps may be specific to a resolution For instance a hamburger bitmap in 640x480 mode would display as too small for a terminal in 800x600 mode You can place bitmaps in the BMP directory or in subdirectories for each screen resolution within the BMP directory The subdirectories for each screen resolution are labeled using an x_y format where x is the screen width in pixels and y is the screen height in pixels For example you would label the directory for the 640x480 screen resolution as BMP 640_480 the 800X600 screen resolution as BMP 800_ 600 and so on Place bitmaps common to all screen resolutions in the BMP directory and bit maps for a specific resolution in a separate directory When you open Panel Editor you are required to select the screen resolution of the panels for which you are editing so when you assign a bitmap to a button screen or panel the bitmap drop down list only displays bitmaps in the BMP directory for the selected screen resolution For example if you select a screen resolution of 800x600 when opening Panel Editor then bitmaps in the BMP directory and the BMP 800x600 directory are available in the drop down list This is less complicated than trying to select bitmaps from a
73. FOH terminal Settings Activated only when Windows Printer Name is selected Dis plays a secondary dialog box that permits margin column and font settings to be defined Press Tab to move from one setting to the next Make all desired changes then click Save to save the changes A Select Font dialog box is also available when using a Windows printer The Select Font dialog box permits the font font style and font size to be defined To make changes scroll through the selection lists and highlight the desired font font style and font size When finished click OK Send Non Checks to Establishes the printer to which non check print jobs are to be sent Print jobs of this nature would include reports generated from an order entry terminal Generally used with slip printing but not required Any printer can send non checks to another printer Preloaded Logo Takes advantage of preloaded logos stored in non vola tile RAM NVRAM in certain models of printers This check box is available only when a printer containing preloaded logos is selected from the Type drop down list To determine the logo to use consult the literature received with the printer or consult the printer manufacturer 8 28 Hardware Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Code Page Used to associate the printer to a set of character codes for another language on Epson printers We currently support the Euro prints the Euro mo
74. Guide v5 3 Edit Event Button Click Edit Event to change an event It opens a secondary dialog box specific to each type of event in the system Delete Button Click Delete to delete an event Done Button Click Done to save the changes and closes the Events subtab Select after add ing a new event or editing an existing event Add New Events Select Add Event in the Events function tab to open the Event Time amp Type dialog box as shown in Figure 7 3 Event Time amp Type x Event Type Time C Daily C Weekly C Monthly C Special Do aa j lt a Cancel Figure 7 3 Event Time amp Type Dialog Box Event Type Specifies the type of event There are approximately 40 event types available in the drop down list These are described in detail in the Programmed Event Types section in this chapter System Maintenance Functions 7 7 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SoUeUDdIUIEIN wa SAS Time Specifies the start time for the event Enter the time in hours and minutes using a 36 hour clock When using a 36 hour clock the date of busi ness is extended by 12 hours so that events are accounted for during the same date of business For example assume the date of business is 01 01 2000 After midnight the date of business remains 01 01 2000 but the system date becomes 01 02 2000 The date of business remains 01 01 2000 until the End of Day procedure runs which is typically 4 00 a m the followi
75. Guide v5 3 Use the Archive Bit to Purge Data Purges only the files that have the Archive attribute cleared turned off There are many ways in which to clear the Archive attribute but normally this is done by a third party backup program You would not normally select the Use the Archive Bit to Purge Data check box unless you are using a third party program to perform regular backups When you create or change a file Microsoft Windows sets the Archive file attribute turns it on If you specify a number in Number of Days to Keep On and do not select Use the Archive Bit to Purge Data during the end of day process the system purges all dated subdirectories older than the number of days you specify If you specify a number and you also select Use the Archive Bit to Purge Data the end of day process will not purge any file in which the Archive attribute is not cleared turned off regardless if it is older than the number of days you specify Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 103 sBuiyes 9103S End Of Day Subtab This subtab enables you to create various End of Day EOD settings Select the End Of Day subtab from the System group as shown in Figure 3 58 7 Aloha Manager QuickService Of x File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Mai IRIA Settings Maintenance amp E Group fs ystem E
76. Inclusive Tax Breakout Enables you to print a breakout of VAT Value Added Tax on the guest check The breakdown separates and describes the pre tax price and the corresponding tax The VAT is the predom inant tax method in European and Latin American countries and is very simi lar to inclusive taxes The tax breakdown is displayed at the bottom of the guest check Before you can display the VAT breakdown you must first create the appropriate VAT tax or taxes in Maintenance gt Menu gt Taxes Remember that VATs are inclusive taxes You should not use this feature if exclusive taxes are being used Do Not Print Tax Breakout on Check Omits inclusive tax information from guest checks It disables printing the subtotal and tax on guest checks In European countries that use VAT it is confusing when the subtotal and tax lines print and VAT information prints on the bottom of guest checks Pre Text Contains the text to display before the tax information Tax Text Contains the text to display before the tax amount Base Text Contains the text to display before the item s pre tax amount Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 111 s6uly9S a10 S International Date Subtab This subtab enables you to specify the format for dates entered into the sys tem Select the International Date subtab from the International group as shown in Figure 3 62 Scheduler Tools View Help _Empioves Mai _ EA
77. LevelSp issii neon decease eee 7 52 Vol me evelSe a a a Aa 7 54 Hardware Maintenance Functions cccccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 1 TEPMINAIS ess 22 forsee elven edeeae deat accatiowe E A a dae eines iecdeed 8 5 Thumb Scanner Setup Requirements ccccecceeeeeeeeees 8 18 Pen Reader Setup Requirement ccccccccccceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 21 Cash DIEE STEE E E E N E 8 23 Printers innis oe eee KOR e cen eee eie 8 26 Printer Configuration ci ncccievacillecee te cchtanedewd ident dasutscecvindenecctessdartee 8 32 Printer Group sescesivees Sereteea vated E A A Ei E Med ade 8 34 LaDGIS EE EAE E A 8 36 Video OOU S a ee ea a e E E EE e aa 8 40 Video Q eUES nenea ae E na a a a 8 41 Video DOVICES ccccecccecceccccecceeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeetetiieeess 8 42 Video Keypads panan a sone lel Satan AE Aa EE 8 43 Display B oardS rated sciiicet iesea aaa a aE a EESE esaia 8 44 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Table of Contents v vi Table of Contents ACCESSOMES mmia ee eaa aa a a Pontes tuctesade snr aan 8 48 Cash Cards ciiscscassacevcscesstesievsscestevercescautvedi EEA E EAEE EEE REEERE 8 48 Drink DISPENSEMS sissceesncerenten cheat ea a aa a e a toebes 8 48 Scales ANd Tare eroe aea EAR Eaa Ri 8 48 Message Maintenance Functions sseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 9 1 Main SCre n AEE EE PE EES 9 4 Guest Check easier aeee a e A RE AE AE a SE Ee a Siete 9 6 Clock In Informa
78. Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Authorization Subtab The Authorization subtab affects the credit card authorization and configures authorization characteristics Select the Authorization subtab from the Ten ders function tab to set up credit card authorization as shown in Figure 6 5 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Mai i Pet ran ECE amp Employee Maintenance Tender Type Identification Authorization Back Office Reconciliation Require Authorization Prompt Auth Maximum Length 16 M Print On Check I Authorize Using EDC T Allow Pre Auth With EDC To edit press Retum to add type unused ID and Retum NUM Vi Figure 6 5 Tenders Authorization Subtab Require Authorization Enables an authorization prompt on order entry screens Prompt Text that displays on order entry terminals prompting for the authorization number such as Authorization Maximum Length Defines the maximum length of the authorization code for the defined credit card If the authorization number is greater than zero a message stating Must enter auth code displays If the maximum length is set to zero the system accepts blank authorization codes Print on Check Prints the authorization code on the guest check Authorize Using EDC Specifies Aloha EDC is used for credit card pre authorizatio
79. Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools Yiew Help Store Settings Maintenance Group Order Entry gt GuestCounts Options Pizza Advance Orders Advance Order Queue Select 00 7 Default prep minutes 30 Store Settings Save this Record Figure 3 5 Order Entry Group Advance Orders Subtab Advance Order Queue Establishes the order entry queue in which to automatically place all of your advance orders If you select Select 00 you can choose a queue for each advance order If you are using advance orders you may want to define a new queue specifically for advance orders Default Prep Minutes Defines the default increment for preparation time needed for advance orders For example if you type 30 minutes you can only use increments in 30 minutes such as 30 60 90 and 120 minutes Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 CS Refer to the Advance Orders feature in the Spe cial Features Guide for more information on set ting up advance orders CS Refer to Order Entry Queues in Chapter 7 System Maintenance for more information on defining order entry queues Store Settings 3 11 s6uiy9as 310 S Labor The Labor group enables you to establish policies and procedures for schedul ing payroll checkout and clock in out functions To access the Labor group settings select Maintenance gt Store Settings Select Labor from the Group drop down list The corresponding subtabs dis
80. PANGS ics has cer hiamsnas nha os cehdnadaaduet notadaaidscuddamdaal adidas 5 10 Panel Examples cccssecsseecenscnneaeeeeeeeaeeeaeceaeceaeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeaees 5 11 Menu Building Methods cccceseessseecceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeenenenecs 5 18 MEM Sierras eanne EEEE NEE ENEE Eas 5 21 Categories eee one Re Peers Ss ee eT Ty eer errn ere ee terre ery a eres 5 34 Category RUGS aresccdidatti tein bcaaxes canimracteetounndacniaretaicasiastoubionaanatee 5 34 Modhe otitis Mectievi ied en eet ee 5 38 Modifier Item ButtOns 0 c cccccscccsecceeccaeceeeceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 41 Panel Editor secera e a a a ates 5 43 Panel Editor Tools ccccssccceecneceaeeeaeceaeecaeceaeeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeees 5 44 RaNGIS aos a A 5 52 Single BUON Sasae eia kaiia in aa AARE Easra ia 5 74 Group BUtONS oiris eiia aa E EKE aA 5 84 Button FUNCTIONS cece cesseeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeaaeeaaeeaaeeaeeeaeesaeeeeeeeeeneas 5 98 Screen EGCiHOMN ascris a en a EE A EA 5 151 TaS auena E E E S 5 154 GST TaXxeS ereden eie EEn EEE a a 5 162 FEX TAKES oeiia a 5 174 Size GrOUpS ee 5 189 SUNAJ ES erino E a A 5 191 Special IPM GING sssrini miiia aaiae iiiaae iaieiiea daia 5 193 Quantity Pricing perpen peepee re ener rene ee cranes RE AA 5 193 Price Levels 0 0 0 0 ccceeeesecssenenenaeecaeeeaeeeeceeeceeeceeeceeeceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeness 5 196 PGS Changes cm osi tiroe N O A 5 198 5 2 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User
81. Preview automatically be calculated Number of Buttons js Rows j Columns fs Horizontal Spacing is Vertical Spacing 5 Button Width f Button Height o Figure 5 59 Layout Panel Buttons Dialog Box A basic grid showing the layout of the buttons displays in the Preview win dow The grid reflects the numeric values entered in the text boxes to the left of the window If any are left blank the system automatically generates default amounts to complete the button layout in a logical manner 5 84 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Number of Buttons Designates the number of buttons to place on the panel If you are unsure of the number of desired buttons we recommend you select a low number Once a number is selected and saved the number cannot be edited for a lower number The system remembers the previous number and displays the following error message as shown in Figure 5 60 The panel already has 25 buttons You must lay out at least that many Figure 5 60 Layout Panel Button Error Nee 9 You can place a total of 50 buttons on a panel Rows Specifies the number of horizontal rows to place on the panel Columns Specifies the number of vertical columns to place on the panel Horizontal Spacing Specifies the number of pixels to use to separate the buttons horizontally Vertical Spacing Specifies the number of pixels to use to
82. Print X OK Week fiz 9 1999 Cancel S Figure 2 17 Select Week to Print Week Displays dates for selection in the drop down list Hide Clock Out Hours and Total Hours Omits the employee schedule and total hours from the report Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Functions 2 23 suonoun4 House Accounts House Accounts lets you manage house account activity by applying credits payments and debits to an account Select Functions gt Post to House Account to display the Post to House Account function tab as shown in Figure 2 18 7 Aloha Manager QuickService Eile Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Mai ay Payment to House Account fE Employee Maintenance Account fovooo GREGSON 7 Amount i250 C Payment Credit Current Balance 50 00 oj Debit New Balance 37 50 EREA Post to House Account O N A Figure 2 18 Post to House Account Select Payment Audit or Debit before entering an amount in the Amount text box This prevents the incor rect display of the running balance Account Displays a list of predefined house accounts Amount Specifies the amount to post to the account Payment Indicates a payment is being posted to the house account Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 2 24 Functions Credit Indicates a reduction other than a payment is being posted
83. Print entire order with previous items T Consolidate like items T Print all items being ordered Optional Single Chit Text Save Cancel Print summary and single chits Summary chit will print first E NUM ds Figure 3 35 Printing Group Chit Content Subtab Chit Type Select Summary Chit Single Chit Only or Summary Chit with Single Chit to determine the information on chits and the way you print them Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 63 s6uiy9as 910 S Summary Chit Prints the standard Aloha chit with a summary of all items for the order followed by a full cut Single Chit Only Prints a chit for each ordered item followed by a half cut as shown in Figure 3 36 Printer Name Printer Name Printer Name Printer Name Printer Name Support up to 30 Character Support up to 30 Character Support up to 30 Character Support up to 30 Characte Support up to 30 Character waiter name date time date time date time table 1 of 8 3 of 5 4 of 5 Order Mode Guests Check 12345 Order Mode Order Mode 4 50 Cheeseburger 7 00 Snapper 7 00 Snapper TOTAL 50 31 TOTAL 50 31 TOTAL 50 31 TOTAL 50 31 TOTAL 50 31 Order Mode Order Mode Order Mode Order Mode lt Partial Cut gt lt Partial Cut gt lt Partial Cut gt Figure 3 36 Single Chit Printing Summary Chit with Single Chit Prints the standard Aloha chit with a summary o
84. Prior Days Time ccsecc cescattenshexpatetsstncceritdeanssetstiacdtchtentiadenclcets 2 7 Other WAGES er sereine ernaar e E E SEER 2 12 Basic Labor SChHedUulet cccccssccececceceaeeeeeeeeceeaeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 17 Fil MOQ NUsiscsescatssccents cantsauetetdeatiawesencevtwccotsbueiticeedudwevencasetvdanwateavades 2 18 Edit MG AU eiers a ra anaE 2 18 Print Schedule Reports cccccccccccecccecceeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 21 House ACCOUNNS ceecsecseecceeeaaeeaaeeaeeeaeceaeceeeceececaeceecseeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 24 Payment Reconciliation yccicasese cccer eteasatoares setsaddiusudaaccnter dean aesbinaes 2 29 EXPO aie ty eccetepieheeestesscsesc te easter eevee eese pate sect ei ererest eats 2 30 Create ADP Pay File iicc c 2 c nideridadsnercssteds deanccdeeetddmetdocastedcadiitustoce 2 31 Create ReMACS RealWorld Pay File ceeeeeeessseeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 32 Create REeMACS Menu File 0 0c eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenteenseeeeeeees 2 33 Create Coconut Code Payroll File ccccceeeesseeeneeeee settee 2 35 Create Coconut Code Daily Sales Files 00 0 0 eeeeeeeeeee eee 2 36 Create Coconut Code Sales Mix File 2 37 Create Paychex Extract File ccicinsssanictccroctetietiderediaseatduntinetitheimdie 2 38 Create PayUSA Extract File cccccessececcceeeneeeeeeeeeeneeceneeeeeeeees 2 39 IG VORTY anatema e E E E 2 40 Settle Current Batch cccccccecececeeceeeeeeeceneeeeeeeeee
85. Quantity Item Pricing associates an item to be sold in bulk or by the usage such as ounces liters and pounds When you order an item with Quantity Item Pricing an additional screen appears for entering the amount so the sys tem can calculate the price You create a quantity item price in Maintenance gt Menu gt Special Pricing gt Quantity Pricing from items defined in Mainte nance gt Menu gt Items This method takes precedence over any other pricing method Menu Maintenance Functions 5 7 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SOUBUDIUIEIN nus Order Entry Screen User Interface The Aloha QuickService FOH order entry screen is composed of the home screen that displays when you log in to the FOH and secondary screens if required The home screen is defined in Screen Editor and is made up of des ignated panels that are created in Panel Editor A The job code in which the employee is assigned determines the F order entry screen that displays when the user logs in Select the screen from the Order Entry Screen drop down list Panels are groups of buttons that form a logical group of similar items such as Burgers Drinks Sides etc They are constructed from elements contained in the Item file This file contains the individual menu items sold by the res taurant as well as many of the component parts which are called modifiers Modifiers which are assigned to items are made up of items that mo
86. Reports at End of Day Inset Sales Summary Report Prints the FOH Sales Report at EOD Clock In Out Report Prints the FOH Clock In Out Report at EOD Daily Summary Prints the FOH Daily Summary Report at EOD Quick Count Prints the Quick Count Report at EOD Report Printer Denotes the printer in which to print the selected POS reports at EOD Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 105 sBuiyes 9103S International The International group enables you to establish policies for international cur rency use taxes and international date settings This permits customizing of the system to match local currency requirements Select Maintenance gt Store Settings Select International from the Group drop down list The correspond ing subtabs display with International as the default subtab as shown in Fig ure 3 59 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Tools View Help Store Settings Maintenance Group International fal Intemational Special Currency Inclusive Taxes Intemational Date GST l I Print Cash Drawer Serial Number T Intemational Field Formatting M Print Check Counter Text to print before I Print Store Id TF Print Terminal Id J Print Item Count Before Subtotal Country Region Text I United States X C No Check Rounding Mopo eause I Print Rounded Indicator Method Nearest z Stor
87. Save All Panels Close All Panels New Button Edit Button Delete Button Buttons gt Show Coordinates Options Exit Help Panel x 413 y 146 cx 200 cy 140 Figure 5 31 Create New Panel Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 53 SOUBUDIUIEIN nus Button Functions Panel Use the Button Functions option to create panels which you will place but tons To create a new Button Functions panel select Create New Panel gt But ton Functions from the Commands menu The Edit Panel dialog box displays for the new panel as shown in Figure 5 32 Edit Panel Button Function Name REMES Set Title Title Text Unnamed Panel I Mark as Template T Fixed Position Title Color Title Font BRAA r Background Bitmap T No Border None z I Transparent I Tile I Transparent Color Justify 7 Left Top Center Genter Fight Bottom OK Cancel Figure 5 32 Edit Panel Button Function Name Designates a unique name according to the function it performs Approximately 30 alpha and or numeric characters can be entered Two pan els can not have the same name The text Unnamed Panel is the default panel name Naming conventions are often put into place here to avoid confusion when accessing panels The panel name also displays in numerous dialog boxes with limited text space It is recommended to abbrevi
88. Scheduler Tools View Help Item Maintenance Number E Item Modifiers Price Miscellaneous Print r Check Printing I Print on check r Chit Printing Highlight If Item I Consolidate 1st modifier group T Print in Bold Justification Defaut x Save Cancel Edit Delete mean To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return NUM ZA Figure 5 21 Print Subtab Check Printing Inset Print on Check Prints the item on the guest check when it is used as a modifier otherwise it prints only on the chit Chit Printing Inset Highlight if Item Prints an item in reverse type on the chit white on black on monochrome printers and in red on color printers when the item is used as a modifier A The Red Items check box in the Chit Print subtab located in F Maintenance gt Store Settings gt Printing group must be selected to activate the Highlight if Modifier feature on color printers 5 32 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Consolidate 1st Modifier Group Prints and consolidates modifiers based on the first modifier group of the item Use this setting in conjunction with Consolidate Items with Different Modifiers in Maintenance gt Store Settings gt Printing gt Chit Appearance This is for food items such as steaks which commonly have prep temperature as the first modifier group The kitchen can then know how m
89. Security subtab from the Employees function tab to enter or edit back office security informa tion for the selected employee as shown in Figure 4 10 7 Aloha Manager Qui File Functions Reports M e Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Maintenance Number ETATE Employee Job Codes Zap Delivery Tax Back Office Security Security Level INo Start Level 7 Login Restrictions Start Time foo o0 End Time 00 00 leer Back Office Password To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return r NN Figure 4 10 Back Office Security Subtab Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Labor Maintenance Functions 4 15 SUeUDIUIEIN 1oqe The information entered here relates to the security level access given to each employee Security Level Determines the access the employee has to BOH functions Security Levels are defined in Labor gt Employees gt Back Office Security Levels Security Level Button Click Security Level to access the Back Office Security Levels function tab and create or edit security levels as needed Changing the security level in the Back Office Security Levels function tab changes the selected security level access for each employee assigned to that security level s The Back Office Security Levels function tab is discussed in detail z later in this chapter Login Restrictions Refers to a 24 hour time interval the employee is allowed t
90. Store Settings are enforced throughout the entire restaurant To access Store Settings select Maintenance gt Store Settings as shown in Figure 3 1 7 Aloha Manager QuickServi File Functions Reports Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Item Maintena Labor Employee Mai Menu Payments aa System 2 Hardware Employee Messages Maintenance Quick Count Membership S ings Store Settings Maintenance NUM 7 Figure 3 1 Store Setting Menu Option Upon selecting Store Settings the Store Settings function tab displays The Group drop down list contains groups which may be selected to set policies Each of the groups their subtabs and check box settings are discussed in this chapter Default values have been established in some of these functions therefore they do not have to be edited However these items are specific to a particular restaurant or group of restaurants and should be reviewed Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 3 sbuiyes 9103S In this chapter you learn how to e Define order entry settings such as SKU options and pizza pricing options Establish employee scheduling rules employee setting rules clock in out procedures electronic payroll settings and shift and break tules e Define taxes and surcharges reports and house accounts Define print settings for checks chits reports and employee check out configuration e Select user interface options
91. Surcharge Store Settings Select the option category you are interested in viewing or editing am NUM A Figure 3 23 Taxes amp Surcharges Subtab The Financials group provides the following subtabs Taxes amp Surcharges Reports Banks House Accounts and Add Charges Taxes amp Surcharges Subtab This subtab enables you to select to use secondary or smart taxes and to enable surcharges Tax Settings Inset Use Secondary Taxes Enables the use of secondary taxes by the system If you associate any secondary taxes to an item in Maintenance gt Menu gt Items then you must select this setting Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 39 s6uly2S 910 S Enable Surcharges Inset Enable Surcharges Activates surcharges in the system and applies them to the designated menu items Surcharges must first be created and defined in Maintenance gt Menu gt Surcharges Surcharge Text Specifies the text to display on guest checks when Enable Surcharges is selected Guest Pays Surcharge Applies surcharges to designated menu items and includes them on guest checks Use Smart Surcharges Indicates smart surcharges are in use List All Surcharges as a Single Surcharge Combines all surcharges into a single entry on guest checks If not selected surcharges are listed separately each time they are applied 3 40 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5
92. TCP Connectionless Protocol The data communication method in which com munication occurs between hosts with no previous setup Packets sent between two hosts may take different routes Also called packet switching Contrast circuit switching connection oriented Constant mapping Some TCP software constructs the destination Ether net Address from the top 24 bits of the Ethernet address followed by the low 24 bits of the class A destination Internet address For this scheme the top 24 bits of the Ethernet address must be the same on all hosts on the net Contrast ARP 8 Networking Glossary Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Contention slot Or contention period Minimum time a host must trans mit for before it can be sure that no other host s packet has collided with its transmission If the maximum propagation delay from one host to any other is T then a host that starts to transmit at time t0 may collide with a host that starts just before t0 T The first host will not detect the collision until time t0 2T Cross over See Null Modem Cross pinning See Null Modem Crosstalk Signal overflow from one wire to another adjacent wire DB9 The standard 9 pin D shell connector used for RS 232 serial com munication DB25 The standard 25 pin D shell connector used for RS 232 serial com munication DCE Data Communications Equipment DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol A protocol th
93. Tax ID drop down list select the record to edit and press Enter Description Contains a descriptive name that identifies the flex tax record Flex Type Defines the type of flex tax The choices are e Always 0 Applies to all items in the system e Quantity 1 Applies to a specific quantity of items ordered e Subtotal 2 Applies to a specific subtotal value of items ordered e Category 3 Applies to a specific category of items ordered Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 175 SOUBUDIUIEI nus Tax ID Determines the tax record as established in Maintenance gt Menu gt Taxes used to calculate flex taxes on items For example if the Always flex type is specified the Tax ID specified here is applicable at all times The information contained here regarding taxes is intended solely as a guide for use with Aloha software Consult state and federal regulations regarding the col lecting and reporting of all taxes by your establishment Chaining Inset The Chaining inset contains two text boxes in which you can specify one of the other flex taxes depending upon the conditions defined by the tax laws in your area Flex Tax ID 1 Specifies a flex tax that becomes active when the terms specified in the Conditions inset are met The flex tax specified in this field applies only if the specified conditions succeed Flex Tax ID 2 Specifies a flex t
94. Tools menu without leaving the Aloha Manager environ ment User tools can also be placed on the nav bar once they are added to the Tools menu For increased back office security set Aloha Manager up so that it can not be shut down it runs as a service immediately upon system start up Because all applications whether they are Aloha software or not can be run from Aloha Manager there is no reason to leave its controlled environ ment Customize the Navigation Bar To access the navigation bar editor select Tools gt Customize from the menu or right click in the nav bar area and select Customize The Customize Prop erties dialog box displays with up to three available subtabs depending on your security access User Navigation Bar Shared Navigation Bar and User Tools as shown in Figure 1 8 Customize Properties x User Navigation Bar Shared Navigation Bar User Tools ategory Maintenance New Group Group Text Category Maintenance Shortcuts Category Maintenance 7 New Shortcut Shortcut Text Category Maintenance Function Category Maintenance Function Description Category Maintenance T Apply current settings as default for new users Apply Cancel Figure 1 8 Customize Navigation Bar 1 16 Aloha Manager Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 User Navigation Bar Subtab You may define groups to display on the nav bar for your own personal use This capability is defined by
95. Word and Excel are examples of user tools When applications are added using User Tools they display in the Tools menu and only employees assigned to a secu rity level with access to the Tools menu can access them Once applications are added to the Tools menu they can also be added to the Shared or User navigation bars As with other functions in the Aloha system applications to which employees have no security level access display as a padlock on the nav bar Only employees assigned to a security level with the User Tools Configuration function selected can add edit or delete items in the user tools group 1 20 Aloha Manager Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Keyboard Support In addition to the uniformity in functions and their subtabs there are several standard methods used to move around within subtabs and for entering and selecting data The most common method is to click the left mouse button in the desired setting or on the desired button Keyboard support is also provided for navigating within Aloha Manager function tabs The following keystrokes are used to navigate within Aloha Manager using the keyboard F4 Displays the drop down list for the active text box if applicable F10 or Alt Activates the menu bar so that the keyboard can be used to select a menu command Use the right or left arrows to make a menu selec tion F12 Toggles between the HTML page and the open function tab s Ctrl right or le
96. Xx Tl DBF Files Only I Enterprise Ids I Relational Database Only J Create RDB T Central Site Ids IV Attended Displays Screen Messages T Assign Security Levels M Debug Messages To Debout txt J Force Upgrade Iberdi C AlohaQlS I Configuration Data Only Input C AlchaQS NEWDATA per DoNetCony DBF Files Output C AlchaQS NEWDATA ber Me I Upgrade DBF Index Files Cancel Figure 10 13 Database Upgrade DBF Files Only Upgrades the database files only Relational Database Only Upgrades the relational database files only Create RDB Creates the relational database during the upgrade Attended Displays Screen Messages Displays progress messages on the screen as the upgrade proceeds Debug Messages to Debout txt Sends progress messages to the DEBOUT TXT file 10 20 Utilities Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Iberdir Designates the path to the directory containing the Aloha pro gram Enter the complete path to the directory including the drive letter Input Designates the path to the directory containing the new database files to be used in the upgrade Enter the complete path to the directory including the drive letter Output Designates the path to the directory into which the new database files are to be installed Enter the complete path to the directory including the drive letter Enterprise IDs Creates Enterprise IDs for individual sites during the data
97. ___ Minute Breaks check box in Maintenance gt Labor gt Job Codes Delete Checkout Enables an employee to delete checkout transactions Delete Clockout Enables an employee to delete clockout transactions Clear Password Enables an employee to clear passwords for other employees This setting is generally selected for managers Assign Pen ID s Enables an employee to assign Pen IDs to other employ ees for system access Enroll Thumbprints Enables an employee to assign login system access via thumbprint scanner system to employees Force Reconciliation Enables an employee to force reconciliation even if the number of attempts at reconciliation exceeds the number specified in that employee s job code This is generally reserved for a manager Open Any Drawer Enables an employee to open cash drawers associated with a specific terminal A reason for opening the drawer is required The event is recorded like the No Sale event and displays in the audit log Deassign Drawers Enables an employee to deassign employees from their assigned cash drawers This is typically a manager function Open Items Enables an employee to ring up open items on the FOH Quick Count Enables an employee to access Quick Count screens and reports on the FOH and BOH Enter Other Wages Enables an employee to enter other wages from the FOH manager screen Downtime Enables an employee to transfer the BOH
98. a range of items to a specified destination in the database The func tions available in the Copy Range of Items dialog box as shown in Figure 1 6 are very similar to those in the Copy Items dialog box Copy Range of Items x SEED Fields to Copy Begin 002000 NACHOS x aM r Modifiers I Description 5 End 020675 MEATBALL gt Tares All Modifiers Selected Mod To Range 030152 EXISTING Mw M Surcharge M Mod 1 M Routine M Mod2 M Priorit M Create New Items riority T Mod3 M PrintOnCheck E Mod4 i M Combine Pri Spacing Cond mode fi SSS kods M Surchg Mod IV Mod 6 M Highlight T Mod M Cost I Mod8 F Mod 3 OK Cancel T Mod10 Figure 1 6 Copy Range of Items The source and destination functions are reversed in that you select any num ber of items in a continuous series for the source and specify a destination item number to which you copy all selected items Three selections are avail able for controlling the output of this function Create New Items Creates new items in the database replacing any items selected or implied in the To Range setting Condense Items Condenses the blank spaces in the database until items are added into them Spacing Cond mode Determines the numeric interval at which the new items are created if Condense Items is selected If you type 5 in this space the new items are created five numbers apart in sequence leaving four unused
99. a single linear cable called a trunk Data is sent to all computers on the trunk Computers listen and accept only messaged addressed to them Bus is a passive topology Performance degrades as more computers are added to the bus Signal bounce is eliminated by a terminator at each end of the bus Barrel connectors can be used to lengthen cable Repeat ers can be used to regenerate signals Byte A unit of information often character made up of 8 bits CAT 1 Voice only CAT 2 4 Mbps CAT 3 10 Mbps CAT 4 16 Mbps CAT 5 100 Mbps 6 Networking Glossary Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check or Cyclic Redundancy Code A number derived from and stored or transmitted with a block of data in order to detect corruption By recalculating the CRC and comparing it to the value originally transmitted the receiver can detect some types of transmission errors CSMA CD Carrier Sense Multiple Access Collision Detect The low level network arbitration protocol used on Ethernet Nodes wait for quiet on the net before starting to transmit and listen while they are transmitting If two nodes transmit at once the data gets corrupted The nodes detect this and con tinue to transmit for a certain length of time to ensure that all nodes detect the collision The transmitting nodes then wait for a random time before attempt ing to transmit again thus minimizing the chance of another collision
100. always enter a preceding indicator or prefix such as DT for Drive Thru or MGR for Manager This technique groups panels together when displayed inside selection dialog boxes All panel types have a title in the Panel Title text box that displays at the top in a system generated portion of the panel 5 52 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 The color of the text is defined by the panel s properties The color of the title bar and panel border displays according to the system s Microsoft Windows color settings One technique is to leave the Panel Title text box blank An unassigned button is then created for a title heading Refer to the Unassigned button function later in this chapter All panels and buttons snap and fit flush to the grid settings defined in the Panel Editor Settings dialog box This eases the aligning and editing of panel construction Create a New Panel You must create a panel before it can be placed on the Panel Editor work space Once created you can perform any of the other panel commands There is an option to create a new panel for each panel type as shown in Fig ure 5 31 Coordinates x Creal gt Button Functions Help Open Existing Panel gt Order Entry Check x 1413 4 cx 200 Edit Panel gt Review Check Exit Copy Panel gt Queue Bar y 146 a cy 140 E c Cose Paed Delete Panel Show Panels for Screen AI Unnamed Panel
101. an active message display at the same time as a message that is activated using this event type The mes sages alternate on the pole display The dialog box shown in Figure 7 19 dis plays Set Pole Message xj Message Figure 7 19 Set Pole Message ID Select the message set up for pole display as defined in Maintenance gt Messages gt Main Screen Message Displays the message selected from the ID drop down list This message cannot be edited in Events System Maintenance Functions 7 21 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SoUeUDdIUIEIN wia shs 28 Disable Void Reason The Disable Void Reason event disables a void reason The dialog box shown in Figure 7 20 displays Disable Void Reason x Void None 0 Figure 7 20 Disable Void Reason Void Select the void reason as defined in Maintenance gt System gt Void Reasons 30 Disable Price Change The Disable Price Change event schedules a temporary suspension of a price change Use this event for times such as when a happy hour price that begins at 6 p m and that would otherwise end at EOD can be set to end at 8 p m The dialog box shown as Figure 7 21 displays Disable Price Change x Price Change E Cancel Figure 7 21 Disable Price Change Price Change Select the price change as defined in Maintenance gt Menu gt Price Changes 7 22 System Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s
102. and Terminal Type from the drop down lists as you define a new terminal To edit an existing terminal record scroll through the Term ID drop down list select the record to edit and press Enter 8 6 Hardware Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 As you create new terminal records it is important to note that Revenue Cen ter and Term Queue are required settings If no queue for the terminal is spec ified the system will not allow you to save the record If no revenue center is assigned the system displays a warning that the reports may not balance but will allow you to continue For correct income reporting in the restaurant it is recommended that a revenue center is selected for the terminal As many terminals as there are nodes on the network can be defined as long as the number of terminals defined as order entry terminals does not exceed the number provided under the Aloha license agreement Terminals are desig nated as order entry terminals using the Order Entry Terminal check box on the General subtab General Subtab Settings on the General subtab enable you to define the terminal itself and to define its print output You can also establish the input screen available to the terminal The General subtab is shown in Figure 8 2 Name Enter a name for the terminal Terminal naming conventions are entirely up to the user However it is suggested that the terminal name be descriptive or reflect the
103. are selected but 15 is the actual amount select the quan tity 6 then select a button assigned with the Delete Previous Like Menu Maintenance Functions 5 109 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SUeUDIUIEIN nus Items function Six cookies are deleted and the guest check window displays with only 15 3 Click OK Delete All Items Behaves differently for items that have been ordered and those that have not The Delete All Items button deletes all items that have been ordered from the guest check in the same manner as Clear However if items have been ordered the Void Reasons screen displays and a reason must be selected before the items can be deleted In this scenario the items are voided from the guest check Delete Checkout Deletes an employee s Checkout after the employee is chosen from the FOH Select the Employee s Checkout to Delete screen Delete Clockout Deletes an employee s clockout after the employee is chosen from the FOH Select the Employee s Clockout to Delete screen Delivery Activates the delivery screens if using the Aloha Delivery Frequent Buyer product 5 110 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 To add a delivery button 1 Select Delivery from the Function drop down list An additional option displays as shown in Figure 5 83 Function Edit Buttons Quick Service Text Delivery Font C Left f Top Center
104. as an Unpaid Break Leaves the employee s break as an unpaid break for the time frame that the employee took the break For example if the employee began the break at 11 00 a m and the manager selects this option at 11 20 a m the system keeps the break as an unpaid break with a time frame of 20 minutes Convert Break into a Paid Break Nullifies the unpaid break and adds a paid break for the time frame that the employee took the break For example if the employee took the break at 11 00 a m and the manager selects this option at 11 20 a m the system creates a paid break with a time frame of 20 minutes Remove Break Nullifies the unpaid break For example if the employee began the break at 11 00 a m and the manager selects this option at 11 20 a m the system removes the unpaid break and makes no other changes An exception occurs when converting an unpaid break to a paid break for an employee clocked in with a job code that does not allow paid breaks An error message appears and the manager must select a different option Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 19 s6uly9S 9103S Clock In Out Subtab This subtab enables you to set labor reporting options overtime calculations and clock in out rounding Select the Clock In Out subtab from the Labor group as shown in Figure 3 10 Employee Maintenance Group Labor fasl Breaks Shifts Labor Policies Scheduling Employee Set
105. at no charge For example if the value for Free is set to 1 then the first modifier item is at no charge Substitute Group Select a previously defined modifier group from the drop down list that contains items that can be substituted for items listed in this modifier group It is not necessary to select a substitute group but if selected the system places a substitute button on order entry terminals Screen Flow Required Forces the order entry terminal to automatically open the Modifier Group screen Typically the value in Min would be greater than 0 zero forcing the server to select at least one modifier from the group Use Modifier Panel Forces the order entry terminal screens to automati cally open a modifier group screen on the FOH terminal The screen is gener ated by the system to display the modifiers created This feature is used in conjunction with Modifier Panel Use Modifier Panel requires an order taker to enter the modifiers and enter either an OK or Cancel on the modifier panel This feature is available when Screen Flow Required is activated Show Keypad on Panel Displays a numeric keypad on the modifier panel This check box is available when Use Modifier Panel is activated The numeric keypad enables the user to enter multiple entries of the same modi fier 5 40 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Modifier Panel Select a modifier panel from the drop d
106. automatically acti vate menus reroute printers activate messages on order entry termi nals activate comps and promos and many other activities necessary for a restaurant operation e Define required fields for data entry such as for Employee mainte nance e Define required order modes such as To Go Dine In etc Define order entry queues Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 System Maintenance Functions 7 3 SoUeUDdIUIEIN wia shs e Define the different revenue centers in the restaurant so that income from the different areas can be summarized e Define day parts which are used to divide the day into time blocks Day parts help to organize business data for reporting e Establish void reasons that are used to define why an item is voided and whether or not the void affects inventory Establish no sale reasons that are trapped in an audit report each time a cash drawer is opened without the entry of a sale e Create petty cash accounts for tracking petty cash transactions e Establish routing levels to route items waiting in queues from one place to another within the restaurant in a controlled manner 7 4 System Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Events Adding and configuring Events provides a powerful tool that permits the automation of many of the event scheduling procedures that are normal for restaurant operations Configure Events to automatically activate menus
107. be edited in Events 7 12 System Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 12 Set Right Message The Set Right Message event activates a message to display on the right side of the log on screen of order entry terminals Use this event to activate special messages such as holiday greetings new specials and more The dialog box Figure 7 8 displays Activate Right Message x Figure 7 8 Activate Right Message ID Select the message as defined in Maintenance gt Messages gt Main Screen Message Displays the message selected from the ID drop down list This message cannot be edited in Events System Maintenance Functions 7 13 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SoUeUDdIUIEIN wia shs 13 Activate Promo The Activate Promo event activates and disables a specific promotion Use this event when a promotion is not available at a certain time such as a Friday night meal and add an additional event to re activate the promotion To dis able a promotion add the event and DO NOT select the Active check box The dialog box shown in Figure 7 9 displays Activate Promo x Promo None 0 Button Pos 0 P Active Cancel Figure 7 9 Activate Promo Promo Select the promo as defined in Maintenance gt Payments gt Promo tions Button Pos Enter the button position for the promo Active Activates the promo when selected or disables when cleared
108. by which a computer is known on a network used to identify it in electronic mail Usenet news or other forms of electronic information interchange HOSTS File that contains mappings between DNS host names and their IP addresses IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers The world s largest technical professional society based in the USA Founded in 1884 by a hand ful of practitioners of the new electrical engineering discipline today s Insti tute has more than 320 000 members who participate in its activities in 147 countries Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Networking Glossary 13 The IEEE sponsors technical conferences symposia and local meetings worldwide publishes nearly 25 of the world s technical papers in electrical electronics and computer engineering and computer science provides educa tional programs for its members and promotes standardization Areas covered include aerospace computers and communications biomedical technology electric power and consumer electronics To learn more go to http grou per ieee org groups 802 802info html IP Internet Protocol The network layer for the TCP IP protocol suite widely used on Ethernet networks defined in STD 5 RFC 791 IP is a con nectionless best effort packet switching protocol It provides packet routing fragmentation and reassembly through the data link layer IP address See Internet Address IPX SPX Novell Simila
109. can also activate the Table Tent feature which includes defining the range of table tent numbers and what displays or prints on the screen and chit Select the Chit Fields subtab from the Printing Chits group as shown in Figure 3 41 7 Aloha Manager QuickService By slot x File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Store Settings Maintenance Group Printing Chits gt Chit Content Chit Style Chit Appearance Chit Fields Other Chits Table Tents I Print Order Mode On ChitInFled M Print Table Tent Numbers Minimum Tent fl Maximum Tent 99 On screen Prompt Red Tent Guest Check Message Red Tent Chit Message Red Tent I Suppress Table Tent for Named Orders I Force Sequence Store Settings Print the check number on remote chits Figure 3 41 Printing Chits Group Chit Fields Subtab Print Check Number Prints the check number on the chit Print Order Mode on Chit in Red Prints the selected order mode s in red on the chit Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 73 s6uiy9as 910 S Table Tents Inset Table Tents are physical markers placed on the table by either the guest or the employee to help identify the delivery of orders This is common in a counter environment that does not employ the use of table numbers and the orders require preparation time This reduces the time a guest spends in line When enabled
110. change the category of the item Select Menu gt Items Select the donuts item from the Number drop down list Select Canadian GST Subtotal from the Flex Tax drop down list as shown in Figure 5 144 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Ulilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help proves Item Maintenance a Employee Maintenance Number 005005 Plain Dont z Item Modifiers Price Miscellaneous Print Primary Tax Nen Short Name Plain Dont Secondary Tax Neon SY Chit Name Plain Dort Flex Tak Can GST Oty 14 Long Name Plan Dont SCS Vedat None I Control Name ts C an Paint Front Crt Extra 2 gt Priority jo x Videos Fesa z Member of Category FOOD Multiplier 1 E Menu Priority Tencel Ei Dee Quick Cound Member Maint Special Home Office Name not curently used NU A Figure 5 144 Associate Donut Item with Flex Tax 5 188 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Size Groups The Aloha system enables you to order multiple sizes of an item that have corresponding modifiers that change with the size of the ordered item Size groups provide button consolidation for the Front of House interface A default size of an item is placed on a button and used for ordering Function buttons are added to increment up decrement down and leap to a specific size level After the default si
111. chapter discusses the functions used to edit deposits and create employee schedules In addition third party accounting applications are accessed through Functions Chapter 3 Store Settings This chapter discusses the Store Settings functions within Aloha Manager You will gain an understanding of each store settings group the available functionality for each group and how to create customized settings for your store Chapter 4 Labor Maintenance Functions This chapter explains how to create and maintain employee files job codes access levels and other labor related settings Chapter 5 Menu Maintenance Functions This chapter outlines creating menu panels and function buttons setting up menus and assigning menu items to function buttons Topics include Panel Editor items taxes modifiers and categories and how they interact with the menu system Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Introduction xv Chapter 6 Payments Maintenance Functions This chapter discusses creating and setting up payment tenders promotions comps gift certificates house accounts and foreign currencies Chapter 7 System Maintenance Functions This chapter discusses the features available in Aloha Manager that relate to adding and creating events order modes revenue centers and tables and defining void reasons no sale reasons and petty cash accounts Chapter 8 Hardware Maintenance Functions This chapter discusses the setup and c
112. class of methods for sharing a data transmission medium in which hosts transmit as soon as they have data to send and then check to see whether their transmission has suffered a collision with another host s If a collision is detected then the data must be resent The resending algorithm should try to minimize the chance that two hosts data will repeat edly collide For example the CSMA CD protocol used on Ethernet specifies that they should then wait for a random time before retransmitting Combination Networks Combines the features of both peer to peer and Server based networks Users can share resources among themselves as well as access server based resources Connection The data communication method in which communication occurs between hosts with no previous setup Packets sent between two hosts may take different routes UDP is a connectionless protocol Also called packet switching Contrast circuit switching connection oriented Connection oriented Or connection based stream oriented A type of transport layer data communication service that allows a host to send data in a continuous stream to another host The transport service will guarantee that all data will be delivered to the other end in the same order as sent and without duplication Communication proceeds through three well defined phases connection establishment data transfer connection release The most com mon example is Transmission Control Protocol
113. computers WAN Wide Area Network At least two LANs or MANs connected over a great distance sometimes even intercontinentally WINS Windows Internet Naming Service Used to resolve a NetBIOS computer name to an IP address WINS supports network client and server computers running Windows and can provide name resolution for other com puters with special arrangements Workgroup A group of users in a multi user environment who share data 28 Networking Glossary Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Index Numerics 24 Hour Operation 3 104 83509 Inset Titles Table Tents Inset 3 74 A Access Levels function tab 4 27 Assign Comp 4 29 Assign Promo 4 29 Cash Drawers 4 30 4 32 CC Refunds 4 30 Clear Password 4 30 4 31 Delete Checkout 4 32 Delete Clockout 4 30 4 32 Delete Comp 4 33 Description 4 27 Downtime 4 32 Force Reconciliation 4 32 4 35 No Sale 4 30 Open Any Drawer 4 30 4 32 Open Items 4 32 Query Cash Card Balance 4 34 Quick Count 4 32 Reopen Check 4 30 4 32 Reprint 4 30 4 32 Rest Sales 4 28 Server Sales 4 28 Shutdown Term 4 33 Transfer Tables 4 30 View Tables 4 30 Void Items 4 30 4 32 Accounts Receivable 6 15 Activate Card 5 29 Add Value 5 29 Adjust Tender 5 99 Adjust Tips 5 99 ADP Company 3 23 ADP Store 3 23 ADP Version 3 23 After __ Hrs 7th Day 3 21 After Hrs Day 3 21 After _ Hrs Week 3 21 Align Right Sides 5 91 All Tenders Round to 0 05 3 108 Allow Add Item 4 22
114. database for errors that could stop the FOH from operating e View debugging files which contain information about problems and errors e Create diagnostic files containing additional information about prob lems and errors e Start and stop the FOH e Force the EOD process to take place e Perform a database upgrade 10 4 Utilities Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Refresh Data This feature is used to forcibly update the database and configuration files that have been modified System changes do not normally take effect until the End of Day EOD The normal EOD process handles data updates automati cally and safely and is the best course of action in most cases In some cases however it may be necessary to update the database files in the middle of the day When necessary use the Refresh Data feature only between meal peri ods Select Refresh Data from the Utilities menu to replace the current data files A warning is received before Refresh Data executes as shown in Figure 10 2 Refresh Data 2 Are you sure you want to use the new data Figure 10 2 Refresh Data Confirmation Click OK Refresh Data copies the database and configuration files from the NEWDATA subdirectory to the DATA subdirectory This process stops the FOH during the procedure but the transaction log is not affected After refreshing the data the FOH restarts automatically using the information in the updated files Refresh Data shou
115. day parts can be defined To create a new record enter an unused number and press Enter To edit an existing record select it from the Day Part drop down list and press Enter Description Determines the name of the day part The name should be descriptive of the day part for ease of reference 7 42 System Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Start Time Determines the start time for the day part Enter the time using a 24 hour clock format Hours are entered on the left minutes on the right A time after midnight 00 00 is specified by adding 24 to the hour For exam ple 28 00 is 4 00 a m the next day System Maintenance Functions 7 43 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Ss UeUDdIUIEIN wia shs Concepts Concepts are an increasingly common convention in the corporate to store hierarchy where a master database is used to conform to multi branding oper ations For example a master database which corporate maintains may include menus and items for all supporting operations such as an ice cream parlor donut shop and more but are only used in their respective store This provides top level reporting capabilities per store in the Sales report and PMix report The PMix report displays two columns for quantity count and percent age sold for each concept When concepts are defined they are assigned to individual items in Mainte nance gt Menu gt Items for proper distribution Fo
116. delivery program Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 System Maintenance Functions 7 37 aoueUusUleW wia shs Order Entry Queues Order Entry Queues organize and route incoming orders and the information generated by the item order process This feature provides the ability to estab lish the default order mode for the queue assign a bitmap to the button that is used to select the queue sets the number of orders that can remain open and assigns numbers to the orders Automatic processes such as credit card order closure printing and new order opening are also controlled here Select Maintenance gt System gt Order Entry Queues to display the Order Entry Queues function tab as shown in Figure 7 31 7 Aloha Manager QuickService 2 0 x File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Order Entry Queue Maintenance Queue ID MEETME Mag Open Orders 25 Name Teminat Minimum Order 100 Default Order Mode 00001 Order Maximum Order fi 99 Bitmap None zl Order Prefix Terminal IV Auto Close TF Auto Print Auto Open New Order Order Entry Queues To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return Figure 7 31 Order Entry Queues Function Tab Queue ID Holds a two digit number that together with Name uniquely identifies each order entry queue Name Enter a descriptive name for the queue Default Order Mode Establishes the order mode that is auto
117. dialog box displays with all exist ing panels for the selected type as shown in Figure 5 46 Cancel Figure 5 46 Panel Dialog Box 2 Select a panel from the list and click OK or double click the desired panel The panel displays on the workspace 5 68 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Edit Panel Use this command when you want to change the properties of the panel such as name appearance template settings and more You must display the panel on the workspace before you can edited it There is an option for each panel type as shown in Figure 5 47 i L Create New Panel gt Help Open Existing Panel x 413 cx 2003 Button Functions Exit Copy Panel gt Order Entry Check FIELE Close Panel Review Check Delete Panel Queue Bar Show Panels for Screen Test Screen Save All Panels Close All Panels Unnamed Panel New Button Edit Button Delete Button Buttons Show Coordinates Options Exit Help Panel x 413 y 146 cx 200 cy 140 Figure 5 47 Edit Panel Options To edit an existing panel 1 Select Edit Existing Panel from the Commands menu and select one of the panel types If there are active or displayed panels in the workspace the Edit Panel dialog box displays a prompt asking if you want to edit the last active panel for the selected panel type as shown in Figure 5 48 Edit Panel x Edit the panel Combos
118. edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return NUM VA Figure 6 7 Tenders Reconciliation Subtab A cash tender with a 0 00 default value displays the FOH cash we screen for entering an amount If there are no cash tenders defined with a 0 00 value in Default Amt one must be created for use with Payment Reconciliation Variance Amount Allowed Defines the currency amount this tender can differ when verifying amounts for reconciliation The variance amount applies to over and under the amount entered for reconciliation 6 16 Payments Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 The system recognizes the variance amount from the first cash tender with 0 00 defined in the Default Amt text box Variance settings for all other cash tenders are not necessary and are invalid If an amount is entered in Default Amt and Variance Amount Allowed the variance amount is ignored and the Variance Amount Allowed text box becomes unavailable after the tender is saved Enter Details Enter transaction detail when running Payment Reconcilia tion For example if the tender is defined as personal checks each individual check is entered Enter Totals Total amount must be entered when running Payment Recon ciliation For example if a tender is defined as a Visa credit card the total amount of all Visa transactions without itemizing is entered This is the default selection Auto Fill
119. enable you to specify the contents of the label Print Barcode Enables barcode printing on the label When scanned the barcode causes the system to display information about the item or the full guest check depending upon the setting in the Label Type inset Print Item Price Prints an item price on the label This selection is unavailable if a label type of Guest Check is selected Print Name Prints a customer name on the label Print Address Prints a customer address on the label Filter by Order Mode Inset Settings in this inset enable you to specify the order modes that cause labels to print 8 38 Hardware Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Print Label for ALL Order Modes Prints a label for all order modes If this check box is selected the order mode drop down lists are not available Order Modes Causes a label to print for any order mode specified in these drop down lists When the Print Label for ALL Order Modes selection is not selected the system looks at the order mode selections to determine the order modes which require a label Order Mode 1 through 4 Buttons Click any of the Order Mode buttons to display the Order Modes function tab Here you can perform maintenance in the printer order mode function includ ing add new records if the order mode you need is not there After defining the label items requiring a label need to be edited to include th
120. following variables Name Default Description NAME None The name of the scheme Recom mended 20 characters or less BUTTONCOLOR 176 176 20 Red Green Blue RGB value of the 8 default button color BACKGROUND None The name of a bitmap to use as the background texture for dialog boxes BACKGROUND 255 255 25 RGB value of the default dialog box COLOR 5 background color MSGBOXCOLOR 192 192 19 RGB value of the default message box 3 color BORDERPIXELS 8 7 or 3 The number of pixels around the button border The defaults are based on reso lution 1024x768 8 800x600 7 640x480 3 CHECKBACK None The name of a bitmap to use as the GROUND background texture for the check display This function is currently not used CHECKCOLOR 255 255 25 RGB value of the default color for an 5 inactive check SELECTED 51 204 255 RGB value of the default color of a CHECKCOLOR selected check TRAININGCHECK 102 255 15 RGB value of the default color of training COLOR 3 checks LABEL 0 0 0 RGB value of the default color for text labels on the window background RED 255 0 0 RGB value of the color to substitute for red text on buttons GREEN 0 255 0 RGB value of the color to substitute for green text on buttons Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 81 s6uly9as 9103S Name BLUE Default 0 0 255 Description RGB value of the color to substitute f
121. for the POS and Order Entry screens and FOH screen layout e Define security settings for the POS employee passwords access restrictions and cash drawer restrictions e Set up system features such as the date and time security key infor mation interface usage Aloha settings and End of Day settings Define international dates currency standards and rounding options and taxes 3 4 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Order Entry The Order Entry group enables you to establish policies and procedures for taking orders and handling guests To access the store settings for Order Entry select Maintenance gt Store Settings The Store Settings function tab displays with the Order Entry Group displayed as the default group and the Guest Count displayed as the default subtab as shown in Figure 3 2 7 Aloha Manager QuickService o x File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools Yiew Help Store Settings Maintenance GuestCounts Options Pizza Advance Orders IV Use Entrees for Guest Counts Category None 0 I Use Next Seat for Guest Counts Figure 3 2 Order Entry Group Guest Count Subtab The Order Entry group provides the following subtabs Guest Count Options Pizza and Advance Order Guest Counts Subtab The Guest Counts subtab enables you to calculate guests by entrees and select the category for counting Use Entrees for Guest Count
122. generated from a sale e The total number of server checkouts e The total number of sales reports printed Select from the options located in the Print Check Counter inset to activate the check counter feature and determine the information to print on the guest check Aa The perpetual check counter does not roll over at EOD To reset the F counter for a terminal delete COUNTER BIN located in the root directory for the corresponding terminal Print Check Counter Enables a check counter that never resets and prints the sequential number on the guest check Print Store ID Works with the Print Check Counter feature and prints the store ID on the guest check Print Terminal ID Works with the Print Check Counter feature and prints the terminal ID on the guest check Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 107 s6uly9as 9103S Text to Print Before If Print Check Counter is selected specifies the text to print before the sequential number check number on the guest check for example Check Number Print Item Count Before Subtotal Prints the total number of items on the guest check Text Specifies the text to print before the item count number on the guest check for example Item Number Country Region Indicates the method to use for expanding data text boxes This accommodates regions which require extra characters for names addresses and phone numbers Sel
123. group of buttons to the width of the thinnest button select the but tons using the rubberbanding technique The button submenu displays Select SIZE Horizontal Shrink to Smallest The selected buttons horizontally resize based on the width of the thinnest button as shown in Figure 5 65 Unnamed Panel Unnamed Panel Figure 5 65 Size Horizontal Shrink to Smallest 5 88 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Size Horizontal Grow to Largest To resize a group of buttons to the width of the widest button select the but tons using the rubberbanding technique The button submenu displays Select SIZE Horizontal Grow to Largest The selected buttons resize based on the width of the widest button as shown in Figure 5 66 Unnamed Panel Unnamed Panel Figure 5 66 Size Horizontal Grow to Largest Size Vertical Shrink to Smallest To resize a group of buttons to the height of the shortest button select the but tons using the rubberbanding technique The button submenu displays Select SIZE Vertical Shrink to Smallest The selected buttons resize based on the height of the shortest button as shown in Figure 5 67 Unnamed Panel Unnamed Panel Figure 5 67 Size Vertical Shrink to Smallest Menu Maintenance Functions 5 89 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SUBUDIUIEIN nus Size Vertical Grow to Largest To resize a group of buttons to the height of the tallest but
124. gt Printing on the Check Content 2 subtab Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Hardware Maintenance Functions 8 17 SUeUDdIUIEIN oJeMpJeH Thumb Scanner Setup Requirements After setting up each terminal as appropriate to use a thumb scanner you must also complete the steps outlined below to activate this capability in your system You must define which employees must use the thumb scanner for log in or clock in purposes You must also select the managers access level and enable thumb print enrollment capability Employee Setup Each employee that is required to use the thumb print scanner must be desig nated as such in Employee Maintenance Select Maintenance gt Labor gt Employees to display the Employees function tab as shown in Figure 8 6 7 Aloha Manager QuickService Eile Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Maintenance ag Employee Number EEES Maintenance Employee Job Codes Zap Delve Tax Back Otfice Security iow 49433 2199 CO Address 235 NE Loop820 Last Name Roberts 500 First Name luia Middle oooO Nickname Ra City Town Just Birthdate 01 01 1948 State TX Start Date 0170171399 Postal Coder E Export 0 0 Telephone 800 585 1212 Prefers Qwerty Keyboard I Hust use Man Cards Mag Card Password I Must use Thuimb Scanner Clock In I Must use Thumb Scanner Log In JIT e He Lest Delete To e
125. have clocked out and an EOD is processed mmr Jn a 24 hour operation Auto Clockout functions differently At EOD clocked in employees are clocked out Employees do not appear on the Edit Punches screen li Can Edit Clock In Out Enables the clock in and clock out times to be edited from an order entry terminal by a manager No PTD Hours on Clockout Chit Suppresses the accumulated hours line on the clockout chit Use Edit Punch Reasons Enables you to specify reasons for editing a punch from the BOH and FOH Edit Punch reasons are defined in Mainte nance gt Labor gt Edit Punch Reasons and appear for each punch on the Edit Punches report Enable Enforcement of Unpaid Break Returns Activates the enforce ment of unpaid break times an employee takes to a set break time frame If an employee returns from a break too early a manager can override the enforce ment and allow the employee to return to work This setting also enables the Approve Break Return Options inset the Enforce _ Minute Breaks check box in Maintenance gt Labor gt Job Codes and the Approve Unpaid Break Returns check box in Maintenance gt Labor gt Access Levels Approve Break Return Options Inset Select at least one of the following check boxes pertaining to returning from an unpaid break Keep Break as an Unpaid Break Retains the break as unpaid Select this to display the Keep Break as Unpaid Break
126. in this chapter for more information about how to use this type of equipment with the Aloha sys tem and about how the system searches for a match to a thumb print Use Thumb Scanner Enables thumb scanners in the system Type Select the type of thumb scanner from the drop down list Veridicom is the only type of thumb scanner supported by the Aloha system although support for other types of equipment may be added later Other Subtab Settings on the Other subtab enable you to define and configure any of several output devices that are used to communicate with or to supply change to the customer You can also enable PIN pads for use with debit cards on this sub tab 8 14 Hardware Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Select the Other subtab to display these settings shown in Figure 8 5 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Terminal Maintenance Employee Tem ID M Maintenance General Readers Other r Pole Display I Use Pole Display Type PO220 L Port RT Card Port 0 OPOS r Coin Changer Type Telequip 7 Port RT Card Port 3 r Aloha Spy Server Port 2393 IP f195 195 1 20 m PIN Pad Port rT Card Port 6 Type None r Order Numbering At start of order normal Delay until order is sent To edit press Retum to add type unuse
127. ing When you attempt to apply a comp to a revenue item the FOH error message Comps and Promos cannot be applied to a Revenue Item displays Select Maintenance gt Payments gt Comps to display the Comps function tab as shown in Figure 6 17 74 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Comp Maintenance amp Employee Number Comps Taxes Restrictions Maintenance fax M Active Boe I Print Check Check fi0 Disc T Open Drawer Percent Off 10 0 I Manager Needed Maximum 0 00 Eligible Items ALL FOOD 1 m Report As 10 1 x T Apply Gratuity Must Select Items T Must Enter Unit I Must Enter Name Te Ute Meg bard only I Must Enter Amount I Must Enter Percent eave Cancel edt _ Delete To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Retum T N A Figure 6 17 Comps Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 CS Refer to Chap ter 5 Menu Maintenance Functions for more information on using the Panel Editor Payments Maintenance Functions 6 37 aoueusuley sjuowAeg Number Holds a three digit number that together with Name identifies each comp To create a new comp enter an unused number and press Enter To edit an existing record scroll through the Number drop down list select the comp to edit and press Enter The Comps function tab provides the following subtabs Comps Taxes and Res
128. item Miscellaneous Subtab The Miscellaneous subtab defines alternate SKU numbers for the same item set video attributes define open items define gift cards and more Many set 5 28 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 tings display only if other features are activated Select the Miscellaneous subtab as shown in Figure 5 20 from the Items function tab 7 Aloha Manager QuickService Be iol x File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools Yiew Help tem Modifiers Price Miscellaneous Prine Token Distribution Mise r Video r SKU Numbers I Cash Card T Do not show when item T Do not show when modifier I Revenue Item I Show modifier independently Delay Time I Do Not show on Summary Cell I Show on Tracking Summary r Label I Gift Card Label ID None 0 r Item Weight r Open Item Guest Count Weight 1 L zn nen tor Save Cancel Edit Delete Guick Gun To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return Figure 5 20 Miscellaneous Subtab Misc Inset Cash Card Designates this item is used to sell a cash card in the FOH Ee eee sories User s Guide for Gift Certificate Designates this item is used to sell a gift certificate in the more information regard FOH This check box is only available if Gift Certificate Manager is in use eer ior Revenue Item Specifies the item is
129. its Ethernet address The Internet address is usually expressed in dot notation such as 128 121 4 5 The address can be split into a network number or net work address and a host number unique to each host on the network and sometimes also a subnet address The way the address is split depends on its class A B or C as determined by the high address bits Class A high bit 0 7 bit network number 24 bit host number n1l a a a 0 lt nl lt 127 Class B high 2 bits 10 14 bit network number 16 bit host number n1 n2 a a 128 lt nl lt 191 Class C high 3 bits 110 21 bit network number 8 bit host number nl n2 n3 a 192 lt nl lt 223 The Internet address must be translated into an Ethernet address by either ARP or constant mapping The term is sometimes used incorrectly to refer to a host s fully qualified domain name Internetworking The interconnection of two or more networks usually local area networks so that data can pass between hosts on the different net works as though they were one network This requires some kind of router or gateway Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Networking Glossary 15 Inter packet gap A time delay between successive data packets man dated by the network standard for protocol reasons In Ethernet the medium has to be silent that is no data transfer for a few microseconds before a node can consider the network idle and start to transmit This is necessary for f
130. link layer and is used by the transport layer The most common network layer protocol is IP Deferral Waiting for quiet on the Ethernet Digital A description of data that is stored or transmitted as a sequence of discrete symbols from a finite set most commonly this means binary data rep resented using electronic or electromagnetic signals The opposite is analog Domain On the Internet domain is most commonly used to refer to a group of computers whose hostnames share a common suffix the domain name The last component of this is the top level domain Domain address The name of a host on the Internet belonging to the hier archy of Internet domains Dot notation Berkeley UNIX notation for Internet addresses An Internet address in dot notation consists of one to four numbers in hexadecimal lead ing Ox octal leading 0 or decimal It represents a 32 bit address Each lead ing number represents eight bits of the address high byte first and the last number represents the rest Such as address 0x25 32 0xab represents 0x252000ab By far the most common form is four decimal numbers such as 146 169 22 42 Many commands will accept an address in dot notation in place of a hostname Dynamic Router Automatically track routes Routers talk to routers and add them to the tables 10 Networking Glossary Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Dynamic Routing Routing that adjusts automatically to netwo
131. network portion of the address can be determined by the class inherent in an IP address The address mask has ones in positions corresponding to the network and subnet numbers and zeros in the host number positions Aloha A Hawaiian greeting Also the world s best POS software Analog A description of a continuously variable signal or a circuit or device designed to handle such signals The opposite is discrete or digital Analog circuits are much harder to design and analyze than digital ones because the designer must take into account effects such as the gain linearity and power handling of components the resistance capacitance and induc tance of PCB tracks wires and connectors interference between signals power supply stability and more Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Networking Glossary 3 A digital circuit design especially for high switching speeds must also take these factors into account if it is to work reliably but they are usually less crit ical because most digital components will function correctly within a range of parameters whereas such variations will corrupt the outputs of an analog cir cuit Application Layer The top layer of the OSI seven layer model This layer handles issues like network transparency resource allocation and problem partitioning The application layer is concerned with the user s view of the network such as formatting electronic mail messages The presentation layer
132. number of hour s required to work before a meal break If the employee works more than this set number of hours without a first meal period break of a set number of min utes add additional hour s as Other Wages A valid range is 1 00 to 24 00 Meal period break length Represents the length of the first meal period break in minutes for a set number of hours worked A valid range is from 1 00 to 24 00 Meal period pay hour s Represents the number of hour s entered as Other Wages if the employee works more than a set number of hours without a first meal period break for a set number of minutes A valid range is 1 00 to 24 00 Meal period pay rate Represents the rate of pay if the employee does not receive first meal period break The default is the regular rate of pay Mini mum wage is an option Add as Consent wage type Represents the maximum number of hour s worked before meal pay is mandatory If the employee s total work hours are less than or equal to this number of hours post the hour s as a consent type of wage in Other Wages A valid range is 1 00 to 24 00 3 28 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 The table in Figure 3 14 shows examples of results generated by the criteria you may set for first meal periods Criteria Employee works more than 5 hours without a 30 minute meal break pay 1 hour at regular rate If total contiguous paid hours are less than 6 hours ext
133. number of hours without a second meal period break for a set number of minutes A valid range is 1 00 to 24 00 Meal period pay rate Represents the rate of pay if the employee does not receive a second meal period break The default is the regular rate of pay Minimum wage is an option Add as Consent wage type Represents the maximum number of hour s to work before meal pay is mandatory If employee s total work hours are less than or equal to this number of hours post the hour s as a consent type of wage in Other Wages A valid range is 1 00 to 24 00 The following table shows examples of results generated by the criteria set for second meal periods Criteria Employee works more than 10 hours without a second 30 minute meal break pay 1 hour at regular rate If the total contiguous paid hours are less than 12 hours extra pay can be waived Scenario Result Bob works 9 5 hours with Bob gets paid actual hours worked plus 1 hour out a meal break of Meal Period 1 pay The system generates an Other Wages entry as System Meal Period 1 Mandatory Bob works 11 5 hours Bob gets paid actual hours worked plus 1 hour of Meal Period 1 pay plus one hour of Meal Period 2 pay The system generates an Other Wages entry as System Meal Period 1 Man datory and another as System Meal Period 2 Consent 3 30 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 B
134. of fries and a drink may be combined and 6 34 Payments Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 assigned a discounted price An example of a quick combo promotion is shown in Figure 6 16 Promotions Quick Combo Regular Name Spicy Chk Combo Upsell Name Crowned Regular Price fis o Upsell Price fos Regular Item Upsell Item Surcharge Fry Medium 204 Fry Medium 204 I Group Delete m check 0 00 T Consolidate Like Components 0 00 Num Requied Components 2 5 3 Nene 0 00 Update Name Exclude C Component 1 Sandwich r Component 2 Fries None 0 Component 3 Soda r None 0 J 4 r r Ok Cancel Figure 6 16 Promotions Quick Combo Regular Name Enter a descriptive name for the promotion Upsell Name Enter a descriptive name for the upsell Regular Price Enter the price of the quick combo This must be lower than the total of each item included in the quick combo if it were priced sepa rately Upsell Price Enter the incremental price of the upsell Show Upsell as Modifier Displays the quick combo on the check as mod ifier Auto Apply if Possible The FOH automatically applies the Quick Combo promotion to all eligible items on the check The Select items prompt does not display This option disables Max Per Check and Max Per Table Group Delete Deletes the individual items from the check and only
135. or 14 Company Code Represents the assigned company code obtained from PayUSA Paychex Inset Use Paychex Specifies Paychex as the third party payroll processor you are using Pay Period Days Specifies the number of days in a Paychex pay period Paychex Branch Represents the Paychex branch number This is a num ber from 0 999 Use leading zeros if the branch number is less than three dig its long 3 24 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Paychex Client Represents the four digit 0 9999 Paychex client num ber Paychex Sitecode Represents the single character Paychex site code The site code is a code assigned to each location from which Paychex payroll data is exported If using Paychex an Export ID must be assigned to each employee in Maintenance gt Labor gt Employees lh Refer to the Other Wages This subtab allows you to enable meal period and rest period break rules and section of Chapter 2 set the parameters for those rules If all criteria is met according to the param Functions for more infor eters the system automatically generates a pay record in Other Wages when T oi Other Wages End of Day is run This record is identifiable as system generated and can either be accepted or deleted when the Other Wages section is reviewed by the manager The system generated records for breaks are Breaks Subtab z e Rest Period Premium e Meal Period
136. or when the time set in the Display Message for __ Seconds text box expires It does not display when you recall an order after a new check is started To add a Display Order Total button 1 Select Display Order Total from the Function drop down list An additional option displays as shown in Figure 5 83 Edit Buttons Quick Service x Function Display Order Total 7 p Text Display Message for p seconds DisplayinOrdernT otal Justy i Color C Lett C Top Center Center ofm C Right C Bottom Background Color I Transparent Highlight r Bitmap F Tie I Transparent M Display Text SE On None x C Center Cente Up None 7 Fight Boton Down None 7 r Preview OK m Hint Fal Cancel Display order total message on the display board screen Figure 5 84 Display Order Total Function 5 112 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 2 Type the number of seconds in the Display Message for __ Seconds check box to determine how long the message displays before you start a new order 3 Touch OK Edit Break Enables edits to an employee s break after you select the employee from the FOH Select the Employee to Edit Break screen Edit Time Enables edits to an employee s clock in and out time after you select the employee from the FOH Select the Employee to Edit Clock In Time screen End Of
137. order Item information on the label is then used to ring up the item but no guest check information is conveyed by the label Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Hardware Maintenance Functions 8 37 SUeUDdIUIEIN oJeMpJeH Guest Check Prints a label that contains guest check information about the item or items in the intended container If Print Barcode is selected in the Print Options inset the label prints with a barcode that when scanned returns information that is used to pull up the customer s check The check can then be closed if the guest is in the store or it can be transferred to a driver for delivery If Guest Check is selected it is not possible to assign the label to a menu item If the selected label is subsequently changed to Guest Check prior label assignments to menu items involving the label become invalid Item Prints a label that describes only the item in the intended container When multiple items are included a label is printed for each item When a barcode label is printed the information encoded relates only to the item in the container one label per item Guest Check Prints a label that relates the order to the guest check by means of a barcode only to the guest check as currently defined in your busi ness Selecting Guest Check disables the ability to assign a label to an item in Maintenance gt Items Print Options Inset The settings in this inset
138. page 4 43 in Chapter 4 Labor Maintenance Func tions for more information p Refer to Other Wages on page 2 12 for more infor mation on adding and edit ing PTO Edit Punches Edit punches enables you to manually edit add or delete an employee s punched time for prior days Punches refer to an employee s clock in and out times hence the phrase punching the time clock The Edit Punches feature explained in this section can only be performed on prior days with available subdirectories Punches made for the current day are managed from the FOH under Special Functions provided you have appropriate access rights to make such entries for your employees The entry does not display in the BOH until a new business day occurs Once they are defined entries for the Other Wages feature can be performed in the bottom portion of the Edit Prior Days Time and Attendance screen shown in Figure 2 5 This enables manual additions edits and deletions for paid time off PTO as well as system generated entries that the employee is due Paid time off may include jury duty sick time vacation time or any other time that your establishment may designate This time may be paid in the form of hours dollars or both System generated entries populate the Other Wages portion of the screen based on the shifts and breaks rules defined in the Labor group section of Maintenance gt Store Settings reflect the company policies defined a
139. panel in a fixed position on the screen therefore you can not accidentally move the panel to another part of the screen This review check should display behind Specifies the number of orders in the queue order to display in the review check based on the selec tion of the next three options This number can be a positive number to decre ment DOWN the queue or a negative number to increment UP the queue To configure this observe the operation and ordering methods such as the number of car lengths from the speaker to the takeout window or the average number of guests in waiting while an order is being prepared The Current Order Entry Check Specifies the order displayed in the review check panel is based on the current or active check in the queue order When you select any other check as active the orders displayed in the review check panel s change to the orders that follow the current check s numbering sequence In Figure 5 41 the last open check is CO504 however CO502 is Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 63 SOUBUDIUIEIN nus selected as active or current The two review check panels are defined as 1 and 2 behind to display checks CO501 and CO500 respectively Chili Sp Reg Chili Sp On Reg Coney Chz Burrito Dix Dine In Total Chili 5 Way Reg Chili Way Reg Chili 5 Way Reg Dine In Total Sub Total Tax Dine In Total Balance Due
140. post to the account in the Amount text box 3 Select ONE of the following options for the account The amount is reflected in the Current Balance and New Balance text boxes Payment Indicates a payment is being posted to the house account Credit Indicates a reduction other than a payment is being posted to the house account Debit Indicates a debit is being posted to the house account 4 Click OK and Done to exit the Post Payment to House Account dia log box 2 26 Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Print House Account Invoices You can print an invoice for a house account for distribution To print an invoice for a house account 1 Select Reports gt House Accounts as shown in Figure 2 21 7 Aloha Man ickService File Functions Mie Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Mai Employee Payments Product Mix ltem Forecast Quick Count Delivery Driver Delivery Production Voids Surcharges Open Drawer Back of House Security Levels Back of House Users Detailed Access Levels System Parameter Summary Reprints Audits Item Maintena Crystal Reports Member Maint House Account Figure 2 21 House Account Invoice Path Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Functions 2 27 suonoun4 The Print House Accounts dialog box displays as shown in Figure 2 22 Employee Maintenance 00007 AMBER
141. presently assigned to the selected category The list on the right side of the screen contains the items in the Items file To add an item to a category 1 Select the desired item or items in the list on the right You can also double click an item to move it to the opposing list box To add more than one item at a time hold down Ctrl and use the mouse to select multiple items in the list on the left 2 Click Include The item is copied to the list on the left indicating it is included in the category To remove an item or items from a category 1 Select the desired item or items in the list on the left You can also double click an item to move it to the opposing list box To add more than one item at a time hold down Ctrl and use the mouse to select multiple items in the list on the right 2 Click Remove The item is copied to the list on the right indicating it is removed from the category Menu Maintenance Functions 5 37 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SOUBUDIUIEIN nus Modifiers Modifiers are groups of items used to extend alter or further define menu items Modifier groups have a circular relationship to items in that they are composed of items defined in the Items file grouped into a modifier group and then assigned to an item Modifiers convey information to the kitchen when printers and remote display systems are in use For example lettuce onions and pickles are added to the Items file col
142. provides the application layer with a familiar local representation of data independent of the format used on the network Asynchronous Transmission Transmission in which time intervals between transmitted characters may be of unequal length Transmission is controlled by start and stop bits Data stream passed in one direction Most common Attenuation The degrading of a signal as it travels farther from its origi nation BDC Backup Domain Controller A computer that receives a copy of the domain s security policy and database and authenticates network logins It provides a backup in case the PDC becomes unavailable It is not required but is recommended to be a backup to the PDC Bandwidth The amount of data that can be sent through a given commu nications circuit per second Baseband A transmission medium through which digital signals are sent without frequency shifting In general only one communication channel is available at any given time Ethernet is an example of a baseband network 4 Networking Glossary Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Binary 1 Base two A number representation consisting of zeros and ones used by practically all computers because of its ease of implementation using digital electronics and Boolean algebra 2 Any file format for digital data encoded as a sequence of bits but not consisting of a sequence of printable characters text The term is often used for executab
143. reason The void reason displays on the Void Report Cash Drawers Enables an employee to access cash drawer management and petty cash functions Override Category Limits Enables an employee to enter more than the number of items defined in the Max per Check text box in Maintenance gt Menu gt Categories or to enter their employee number in the Manager Approval screen to approve the entry when more items are entered than defined in Max Per Check Adjust Payments Enables an employee to make adjustments to payments comps or promos for any employee This is generally reserved for a manager No Sale Enables an employee to access the No Sale function in the FOH Cash Refunds Enables an employee to issue cash refunds Non Cash Refunds Enables an employee to issue refunds for non cash tenders other than credit cards Examples include room charges accounts receivable charges and gift certificates CC Refunds Enables an employee to issue credit card refunds 4 30 Labor Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Manual Card Enables the employee to bypass the Manager Approval screen that normally displays when they attempt to manually enter a credit card or gift card number The Manager Approval screen displays if you select Use Magnetic Card Only in Maintenance gt Payments gt Tenders gt Type sub tab or Use Mag Card Only in Maintenance gt Store Setti
144. reports or rerouting The Employee Functions and Manager Functions panels Figure 5 12 are normally created as a copy of the square menu panel ae MGR FUNCTIONS as Check Delete Cali Recall out heckout brate All Delete en JEL Clockout Drawer Iri Change Clear Edit Recall Password Password Time Next Recall Assign Manage End oan Drawer Drawers Of Day Open Allow Clock Item Close Clock In In Out Lookup Refund to MGR REPORTS and ROUTINGS Figure 5 12 Employee and Manager Functions Panel Example Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 15 soueUDazUIeIN nus Fast Screen Panel Contains a compilation of the most frequently ordered items whether they are food beverage retail etc This shortcut panel is designed for large menus that pass through several secondary screens In order to function properly it must be on the home screen and is usually the same size as a menu panel A smaller version can be created as a horizontal sidebar that remains on the screen Another common variation is creating a small Beverage sidebar panel Figure 5 13 to meet situations where a beverage is required on every transaction Ey LARGE GIANT KIDS cov ee EE Figure 5 13 Fast Screen Panel Example Informational Prompt Panel Prompts the employee to upsell an item or provide dialogue information or instructions to convey to the guest similar to reading from a cue card Inf
145. s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 51 Ss UeUDIUIEIN nus Panels Panels make up the user interface for the FOH Each component of the screen is a panel defined for a specific function and purpose The first four panel commands provide an additional submenu enabling you to select a type of panel to define or to filter the type of panel with which you wish to work There are four types of panels in Panel Editor Button Functions Panel Holds button functions such as menu items manager functions order modes bitmaps etc Order Entry Check Panel Displays the current order Review Check Panel Displays a mirror image of the current or previous order s in the queue bar Queue Bar Panel Displays a visual queue order sequence for the terminal You can have more than one of each of the above panel types on the home screen All panel types are explained later in this chapter All panel types must have a name in the Panel Name text box If the panel name is left blank the panel is automatically assigned a sequential number in order of panel creation Naming conventions are often put in place when nam ing panels to avoid confusion when accessing panels The panel name dis plays in numerous dialog boxes with limited text space It is recommended to abbreviate as much as possible and to make the name descriptive of the func tion it performs When dealing with multiple concepts that use different pan els
146. s Guide v5 3 The Aloha Menu system offers nearly unlimited options to construct com puter based menus that are comprehensive flexible and modifiable You can define as many different menus as necessary for different sections of the establishment different times of the day different days of the week or for special events You can also assign a different screen to each job code and have them active at the same time The Aloha POS system supports up to 999 different menus a number well beyond what most restaurants find necessary This section discusses the menu building process in detail and establishes such things as the components of the menu system the interdependencies between the components and the recommended method for building a menu system Before building the menus you must first understand the available pricing methods and the hierarchy used to determine the price in effect for the item when it is ordered Select Maintenance gt Menu to access the menu setup taxing and pricing options as shown in Figure 5 1 7 Aloha Manager QuickSe File Functions Reports Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Items P Categories k System Modifiers Hardware Messages Quick Count Membership Taxes Store Settings Flex Taxes Employee Maintenance Panel Editor Screen Editor Size Groups Surcharges Special Pricing gt Price Levels Price Changes Member Maint Figure 5 1 Maintenance Menu Aloha Q
147. set a restriction As you are adding items to the check the system monitors the total and when the complete total including taxes and surcharges exceeds the specified amount an error message displays You can no longer add items to the check You must close the check and start a new one Restrict Open Items by Access Level Uses access levels to determine who can use the open item feature Disable Real Time Updates Requires a full refresh be performed to update employee and PLU item changes or additions in the FOH Disable Petty Cash Accounts Disables the use of petty cash accounts Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 91 s6uiy9as 910 S Allowable Open Item Amounts Inset Min Sets the lowest price that can be entered for an open item Max Sets the highest price that can be entered for an open item Time Allowed To Void Entries Inset Restrict Void Items Limits the amount of time to void entries after they are committed to an order mode of Minutes After Ordered Specifies the number of minutes allowed between the time an item is committed to an order mode and the time it can be voided Cash Drawer Subtab This subtab enables you to specify cash drawer security settings Select the Cash Drawer subtab from the Security group as shown in Figure 3 51 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Tools View Help Store Settings Maintenance
148. shown in Figure 5 26 Select Desktop Size I Set as default Figure 5 26 Select Desktop Size 2 Select the appropriate resolution from the drop down list device an additional option appears in the drop down list To use a custom resolution set the Alohapexres and Alohapeyres variables to the desired resolution in the Aloha ini F If you are using a custom resolution for such things as a handheld 3 Select Set as Default to set the resolution to be used each time Panel Editor is accessed 4 Click OK 5 46 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Workspace Toolbar and Commands Menu After setting the Desktop size the workspace displays with the toolbar as shown in Figure 5 27 FS a Order Entry Check Edit Panel Review Check Queue Bar Delete Pare Show Panels for Screen Test Screen Save All Pan EWE Buttons gt Show Coordinates Options Exit Help Cursor x 134 y 19 Figure 5 27 Panel Editor Workspace Toolbar and Commands Menu The workspace is the white area used to replicate the screen Use this work space to design your panels and screens The toolbar provides access to the Commands menu the help files and enables you to exit Panel Editor Use Coordinates to move and resize panels mmm The toolbar and Coordinates dialog box display in the same loca pi tion as when you last exited Panel Editor
149. summarized at the top of the chit as follows More Items Food Bar Grill Use Full Paper Cuts Cuts printed receipts completely instead of partially Print all Items Being Ordered Prints all items of an order that have not been committed to an order mode This is for a normal printing environment Print Entire Order with Previous Items Prints all items of an order regardless if previous items have been committed to an order mode For example if a dessert is added to a check that contained a previously ordered entree both the dessert and the entree print on the chit 3 66 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Chit Style Subtab The Chit Style subtab enables you to define how lines are printed expediter printing and sort options for the chit Select the Chit Style subtab from the Printing Chits group as shown in Figure 3 39 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Store Settings Maintenance Group Printing Chits X Chit Content Chit Style Chit Appearance Chit Fields Other Chits Leading Lines 1 Max Lines per Chit 99 Trailing Lines 6 Max Items per Chit 4 Expediter Pinter None 00 z Eea ennai ri Sort Options I Sort Items according to Priority J Print a separator line between Priority I Always use maximum modifier priority Modifier Sorting None z Store Settings Print expedi
150. tax 1 Setup a basic tax record according to procedures cited earlier in this chapter Select the GST and Inclusive text boxes Click Save and Exit to the main menu 2 Select Maintenance gt Store Settings gt International group The International subtab displays as the default subtab 3 Select the Inclusive Taxes subtab The Inclusive Taxes subtab dis plays as shown in Figure 5 122 7f Aloha Manager QuickService Eile Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Mai store Settings Maintenance amp Employee Group International v Intemational Special Curency Inclusive Taxes Intemational Date GST Maintenance I Do Not Print Subtotal and Tax on Check IV Exempt Inclusive Tax Indicator past m Inclusive Tax Breakout Use Inclusive Tax Breakout Printing Inclusive Tax Breakout T Do Not Print Inclusive Tax Breakout On Check Pre Text Inclusive Tax Tax Text Amt Base Text CO Member Maint Indicator to appear on printed receipt a a r Y Figure 5 122 Inclusive Taxes Subtab 4 To print detail for inclusive taxes select Do Not Print Subtotal and Tax on Check Otherwise only the subtotal and tax will print 5 Select Use Inclusive Tax Breakout 6 Enter text in the Pre Text Tax Text and Base Text text boxes In the example in Figure 5 123 text was entered as follows Pre Text Menu Maintenance Functions 5 165
151. tax For example if the first box contains a 7 then sales from 0 00 to 0 06 cents have no tax The second box holds the number of one cent intervals with 0 01 cent tax applied a 12 in the second box means that sales from 0 07 cents to 0 18 cents have a 0 01 cent tax applied The third box holds the number of one cent intervals with 0 02 cents tax applied a 12 in the third box means that sales from 0 19 cents to 0 30 cents are subject to a 2 cent tax 5 158 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Select Nonrepeating to display the Nonrepeating subtab as shown in Figure 5 119 74 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Tax Maintenance Number Tax Repeating Nonrepeating r Non tepeating Breakpoints ref of of of of of of of o sas of of of oy of of of o wef off of of of of off of o awl of of of of of oy oy o weal of of of of of off of o ma o of of of oy of o a To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return NUM A Figure 5 119 Nonrepeating Subtab The system uses the values in Non repeating Breakpoints until it reaches a zero value It then uses the values in the Repeating Breakpoints table Values are entered as in the Non repeating Breakpoints table however the calcula tions begin at the last value entered in Non Repeating Breakpoints rather than at zero Sufficient breakpoint values s
152. tax rate you will use for this type of tax in the Tax Rate text box Enter the minimum sale amount required before a tax is applied in the Minimum Amount text box You may acquire this figure from the tax tables you use to collect tax on sales at your establishment Select the GST and Exclusive text boxes Click Save and Exit to the main menu Select Maintenance gt Store Settings gt International group The International subtab displays as the default subtab Select the GST subtab Select the GST tax record created earlier from the Taxes drop down list Enter a dollar amount for the Tax Invoice Threshold Select an exempt item category for which there should not be a GST tax collected if applicable from the Category drop down list Enter the text to display on the guest check preceding the GST tax amount in GST Tax Text on Guest Check Click Save Menu Maintenance Functions 5 169 Ss UeUDIUIEIN nus A sample guest check for items with an exclusive GST tax is shown in Figure 5 125 Item 250 00 Item 350 00 Item 400 00 Sub Total 1000 00 Tax 10 00 Additional Charge 100 00 GST Tax 33 30 Total 1143 30 Figure 5 125 GST Guest Check with Exclusive Tax Type Tax Invoice When you select a GST tax from the GST Tax drop down list on the GST subtab in Maintenance gt Store Settings gt International group you enable the Print Tax Invoice feature The Print GST Tax Invoice function resides in Panel Ed
153. than via modems Since according to the specification both computers should transmit on pin three of their RS 232 connectors and receive on pin two a null modem cable needs to connect one computer s pin two to the other s pin three and vice versa It also needs to have male connectors at both ends again according to the specification OSI Open Systems Interconnection model A model of network architec ture and a suite of protocols a protocol stack to implement it developed by ISO in 1978 as a framework for international standards in heterogeneous computer network architecture The OSI architecture is split between seven layers from lowest to highest 1 physical layer 2 data link layer 3 network layer 4 transport layer 5 session layer 6 presentation layer 7 application layer OSPF Open shortest path first routing algorithm Optical fiber A plastic or glass silicon dioxide fiber no thicker than a human hair used to transmit information using infrared or even visible light as the carrier usually a laser The light beam is an electromagnetic signal with a frequency in the range of 10 14 to 10 15 Hertz Optical fiber is less suscepti ble to external noise than other transmission media and is cheaper to make than copper wire but it is much more difficult to connect Optical fibers are difficult to tamper with to monitor or inject data in the middle of a connec tion making them appropriate for secure communicat
154. that require use of a tax table instead of calcu lations The system calculates taxes for the defined record using the value placed in this field if all elements in the Non repeating Breakpoints and Repeating Breakpoints arrays are set to zero Minimum Amt Designates the minimum sale amount required before a tax is applied The tax is not applied until the guest check total is more than the amount entered here This is used in certain tax jurisdictions such as a Canadian province Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 155 SOUBUDIUIEI nus Secondary Defines the tax method as a secondary tax that is used in con junction with another tax method It is required for some types of menu items in certain jurisdictions Secondary taxes must be exclusive GST Defines the tax method as a Goods and Services tax GST Refer to the section on GST Taxes in this chapter for more information on the GST AR Tax ID Interfaces with the Aloha Accounts Receivable product There are eight tax rate text boxes located on the General tab in Accounts Receiv able These are labeled POS Tax Rate 1 through POS Tax Rate 8 Enter the number between 1 and 8 for the POS Tax Rate text box that corresponds with this tax record Tax Type Inset Inclusive Calculated as part of the menu price Inclusive taxes are included in the stated price of the menu item Inclusive tax methods are typi cally u
155. the Figure 5 95 Quantity Button Function 5 126 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 2 Enter the quantity multiplier for the quantity button in the Quantity 0 for enter Qty text box If 0 is entered a FOH numeric keypad opens and prompts for a quantity A button must be created for each different quantity 3 Select Append to Current Qty to enhance the function with the abil ity to select double digit entries For example To ring up 12 burgers touch and 2 4 Click OK Query Cash Card Balance Queries the remaining balance on a cash card Query Gift Card Balance Refer to the Aloha QuickService Special Features Guide for Quick Combo more information on gift cards Enables you to connect with the gift card host and query the remaining bal ance of a gift card Applies a Quick Combo promotion to the guest check The Quick Combo is defined in Maintenance gt Payments gt Promotions Menu Maintenance Functions 5 127 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Ss UeUDIUIEIN nus To add a quick combo button 1 Select Quick Combo from the Function drop down list Additional options display as shown in Figure 5 96 Edit Buttons Quick Service x Function Quick Combo hs Text Box 12Don Justify Item Color C Left C Top Box Of Joe Choose x Center Center Font Right Bottom 12 Donuts 12 Donuts bal Componer Co
156. the Prompt text box 3 Click OK 5 104 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Checkout Opens the Are you sure you want to check out screen enabling you to run the checkout process To add a checkout button 1 Select Checkout from the Function drop down list Additional options display as shown in Figure 5 79 Edit Buttons Quick Service x Function Checkout z m Text Checkout I Automatically open drawer Justy Color C Left Top Center Center C Right Bottom Font Color I Transparent Highlight Background Bitmap F Tie r Tiranspaerent Jv Display text 1 Down None X m Preview OK Checkout m Hint Cca Runs the checkout process Figure 5 79 Checkout Button Function 2 Ifdesired select Automatically print checkout to print the checkout report when the employee has completed the checkout process 3 If desired select Automatically Open Drawer to open the cash drawer when the employee has completed the checkout process 4 Click OK Clear Clears all unordered items from the current check Menu Maintenance Functions 5 105 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Ss ueUDzUIEI nus Clear Password Clears an employee s password after you choose the employee from the FOH Select Employee to Clear Password screen The next time the emp
157. the Aloha system requires you to enter a table tent number when you send an order to the kitchen that contains an item routed to a printer group For example if you only order a non alcoholic beverage which is commonly not routed to a printer the table tent prompt does not display Scenario The guest orders a pizza from the front counter The employee takes a physical table tent with a number hands it to the guest and enters the same number when sending the order The guest places the table tent at his table The food is delivered to the correct location by comparing the number on the chit or guest check with the number on the table tent You can only assign one table tent number per check The number is gener ated from all terminals in use and appears on the chit guest check and in the Change Due message box It does not appear on the video screen if you are using a remote display systems add on In operations where you wish to name certain orders with the Name Order function instead of using the table tent prompt select Suppress Table Tent for Named Orders There are two FOH options for entering table tent numbers The system auto matically increments the table tent number by one for each order You can override the system generated number and enter the number for each order which starts a new numbering sequence You can also use the Force Sequence option to allow the system to keep the same numbering sequence and o
158. the No Tax Coke Always flex tax record is shown in Figure 5 133 L taupea al Figure 5 133 Sample No Tax Coke Always Flex Tax 5 180 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 An example of the Tax Coke with Food Category flex tax record is shown in Figure 5 134 74 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Flex Tax Maintenance Conditions Flex Taxi 07 Tax Coke w Food ee Desorption JT ax Coke w Food Is check subtotal less than 5 00 Flex Type Category 3 z Do any items in this category Category FOOD 10000 Tax Id Tax Coke 10 ppear on the check Chaining Flex Tax Id 1 Tax Coke 06 Condition Success Flex Tax Id 2 No Tax Coke 05 Condition Fails To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Retum NUM 7 Figure 5 134 Sample Tax Coke with Food Category Flex Tax Example of Canadian GST and Provincial Flex Tax with Always Quantity and Subtotal Conditions The sample graphics in this section are based on an example involving the interaction of the Canadian Provincial and Canadian GST taxes These two taxes work interdependently to tax food items such as donuts in accordance with the quantity purchased and the subtotal of the guest check For example if six donuts are purchased and if the guest check subtotal is less than 4 00 only the
159. the Service Charge inset Charge Line Text Specifies the text for an additional line to print on the guest check Fixed Designates the service charge is a fixed monetary value If selected the amount entered in the adjacent text box is added to the guest check when this order mode is applied For example if there is a 2 00 charge for To Go items select Fixed then enter 2 00 in the adjacent text box 7 34 System Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Percentage Designated the service charge is treated as a percentage rate If selected the percentage rate entered in the text box to the right is used to cal culate a percentage of the guest check total The amount is added to the guest check when this order mode is applied For example if there is a 10 percent up charge for To Go items select Percentage then enter 0 10 in the adja cent text box Round to Nickel Rounds the order mode charges if any to the nearest nickel For example if a To Go charge is 1 98 it is rounded to 2 00 Tax Button Click Tax to access the Taxes function tab and create new taxes if necessary Changing a tax changes all order modes assigned to that tax Tax Select the tax method if any to apply to the service charge Expediter Printer Button Click Expediter Printer to access the Printers function tab and create a new printer if necessary A printer must physically exist and be co
160. the ease of use and completely integrated fea tures necessary to give you the freedom to manage your restaurant business instead of managing your software Some of the features available in Quick Service are Intuitive touch screen interface Touch the screen to place orders run reports and perform many other vital tasks directly from the Front of House terminal Built in redundancy If a terminal fails its sales information resides in duplicate on the file server If the file server fails one of the order entry termi nals takes over its functions until it is returned to service Customizable screens and screen flow Design function and order entry screens that support and facilitate your unique type of restaurant Create unique screens that direct your employees quickly and easily through the sales and tendering process and that provide easy access to employee functions such as time and funds accountability Simple check or item splitting Guest checks are simple to work with to add delete and change items Comprehensive reporting Complete information is available about sales inventory profit replenishment and more Menu management Add edit or delete items from the menu quickly and easily Multiple graphical user interfaces Define different interfaces for differ ent labor categories to present appropriate menus to employees working in different areas of the restaurant Servers who are working
161. the front counter the drive through window and the pizza counter can all work from order entry screens that are customized to suit their functions Server performance measurements Distinguish easily those employees who are hustling for you from those who are not Built in security Easily configure access to provide the right access to the right employees Multiple job codes and per employee access levels Establish two or more jobs for each employee with access levels to match each job code Job code specific menu assignments Define specific menus for two or more different types of servers such as bartenders cocktail waitresses fine dining waiters and waitresses pizza servers and snack bar servers Modular design Incorporates several modules for reporting scheduling employees and numerous other functions xX Introduction Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 What s New This section describes new features and functions made available to you in each new release with the oldest version being v5 2 8 If you are viewing this manual in PDF format each new reference contains a hyperlink Click this hyperlink to move to the page containing the information Aloha QuickService v5 3 We added the following enhancements in the Aloha QuickService User s Guide for version 5 3 Regrinding Sub directories We added the Regrinding Sub directories function to the manual to support non SuperSite enviro
162. the number of minutes for the system to wait before checking the vol ume level of the restaurant Volume Levels work with remote display systems and defined in Maintenance gt System gt Volume Levels For example an interval is 15 minutes and volume level 1 with a high low of 0 to 100 and volume level 2 with a high low of 100 01 to 200 with the default set to Automatic The volume level displays at level 2 for a sale of 120 would make the volume level display at level 2 Default Volume Level Select the volume level for the default as defined in Maintenance gt System gt Volume Levels Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 87 s6uly2S 310 S Security The Security group enables you to define security settings for the POS sys tem POS passwords restrictions and the cash drawer To access the Security group settings select Maintenance gt Store Settings The Store Settings func tion tab displays Select Security from the Group drop down list The corre sponding subtabs display with POS Security as the default subtab as shown in Figure 3 48 Employee Maintenance Soup ET AAA POS Security POS Password Settings Restrictions Cash Drawer F Use NonReset Totals IF Use Aloha Spy Fun Payment Reconciliation From Front and Back of House Back of House OOOO N A Use Non Resettable Totals Figure 3 48 Security Group POS Security Subtab The Security group provid
163. the order that qualify for the promotion Distribution Inset Distribute discount across items Distributes the discount across each item that qualifies for the discount The system prompts you to select qualify ing items Only items specified in Req d Items display for selection Two items that qualify for a 1 00 discount would each be discounted by 50 Apply discount to each item Applies the discount to each item that quali fies for the discount The system prompts you to select qualifying items Only items specified in Req d Items display for selection Two items that qualify for a 1 00 discount would each be discounted 1 00 General Settings Items Available Select a category of eligible menu items for the discount Any category previously defined in Maintenance gt Menu gt Categories can be selected Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Payments Maintenance Functions 6 29 aoueUsUleW sjuowAeg COUPON Modifiers Specify a category from which chargeable modifiers are free when the coupon is applied Req d Items Specifies the category in which a purchase must be made in order to qualify for the discount The quantity that must be purchased is deter mined by the value entered in Minimum Items Req d Minimum Items Req d Used to set up promotions that require the pur chase of an item from a particular category to receive a discount on an item from either another category or the s
164. the price change selections Only one option can be selected at a time however a price change can contain price changes for a combination of all three types therefore creating a batch Items Displays the items in the Item file in the selection list Price Levels Displays all price levels defined in Maintenance gt Menu gt Price Levels in the selection list without prices Promotions Displays all promotions defined in Maintenance gt Menu gt Promotions in the selection list without prices If the promotion is defined as a percentage the Price text box accepts a percentage value e Quick Combos Select a promotion defined as a quick combo to activate the upsell text box e New Price Promotion Displays all items defined in the New Price Promotion record Select an individual item record to set the a new price change for the item Change Inset Active Activates the price override for the selection However the price change does not take effect until the batch is activated using the Set Price Change event 5 200 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Price Designates the new price for the selection when the price change is in effect If the promotion is defined as a percentage specify the percentage in this text box Percentages are entered as a number and two decimal places For example a percentage of 10 is entered as 10 00 A To deactivate an item price
165. the second event active when the scheduled time is due for the second event It is also important to note that the system will not permit you to add a pair of events in reverse order with regard to scheduling For example you may want to add one event that sets the price of an item at all times and another event that sets the price differently for just a few hours during the day If you add the event scheduling the price for just a few hours and then add the event that establishes the price as it will be at all times the two events display on the event list in time order rather than the order in which they were added This apparent reversal of order is due to the hierarchy established by the scheduled times for the two events Button Functions You can add edit and delete events using button functions located on the side of the function tab Add Event Button Click Add to add a new event It opens the Event Time and Type secondary dialog box After you select an event type and click OK a secondary dialog box opens that is specific to the type of event selected except for EOD In most cases the new dialog box prompts for data specific to the event type see Programmed Event Types To add the event click OK To cancel the addi tion click Cancel Edit Time Button Click Edit Time to change the time of an event It opens the Event Time and Type secondary dialog box 7 6 System Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s
166. the security level to which you are assigned Groups Contains a list of currently defined user groups New Group Button Click New Group to create a new user group on the QuickService nav bar Group Text Holds the descriptive name of the user group that displays on the user navigation bar Shortcut Contains a list of currently defined shortcuts in the selected user group New Shortcut Button Click New Shortcut to create a new shortcut on the QuickService nav bar Shortcut Text Holds the descriptive name of the shortcut to display on the user navigation bar Function Lists the available functions for assignment to the user naviga tion bar This list includes any user tools currently defined in the system Apply current settings as default for new users Sets the selected user navigation bar as a default for all new Aloha system users i e employees who have never logged in to the system before This setting causes the sys tem to save the selected user navigation bar to the default user folder IBER DIR Profiles DefUser New employees who log in to QuickService have access to this user navigation bar in addition to any other default or shared navigation bars that may be defined in the system Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Aloha Manager sebeue eyolVy Until a new employee logs in to QuickService there is no UsrNNNNN folder for them under the Profiles folder When the new employee logs in t
167. time slice until it becomes a hand shaped cursor Click and drag the time slice to the new loca tion and release the mouse button Double click a time slice to delete it and respond to the delete shift confirmation prompt If an employee has more than one job code and is scheduled under a different job code than the one currently being edited the time slice displays in gray and cannot be edited Print Schedule Reports The Reports menu enables the production of printed reports for labor sched ules Once selected reports are sent directly to the printer defined in File gt Print Setup in Employee Scheduling Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Functions 2 21 suonoun4 The Employee Scheduling choice has three report format options Regular With Wages and By Job Code as shown in Figure 2 16 4 904 Employee Scheduling ioj x File Edit Report Help Regular With Wages By Job Code Figure 2 16 Reports Menu Format Options Regular Contains hourly information and can be used as a posted schedule With Wages Contains estimated labor costs and is often used as a management tool By Job Code Groups the report content by job code 2 22 Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 All Scheduled Labor reports list scheduled labor for the week in dollars Select any one of the reporting options and a prompt for the week to print dis plays as shown in Figure 2 17 Select Week to
168. to access the Taxes function tab and create a new primary tax if necessary Changing a tax changes the tax on all items assigned to that tax Primary Tax Designates the tax record to apply to the item Primary Flex Tax Button Click Primary Flex Tax to access the Flex Taxes function tab and create a new flex tax if necessary Changing a flex tax changes the flex tax on all items assigned to that tax Flex Tax Designates the primary flex tax to apply to the item if applica ble Secondary Tax Button Click Secondary Tax to access the Taxes function tab and create a new tax if necessary Changing a tax changes the tax on all items assigned to that tax Secondary Tax Designates the secondary tax to apply to the item if appli cable Only tax records with Secondary selected display in the drop down list Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 23 Ss UeUDIUIEIN nus Sec Flex Tax Button Click Sec Flex Tax to access the Flex Taxes function tab and create a new flex tax if necessary Changing a flex tax changes the flex tax on all items assigned to that tax Sec Flex Tax Designates the secondary flex tax to apply to the item if applicable Vendor Tax Button Click Vendor Tax to access the Taxes function tab and create a new vendor tax if necessary Changing a tax changes the tax on all items assigned to that tax Vendor Tax Designates the vendor tax to apply to t
169. to dictate whether or not a receipt prints Disable Tips Disables tip tracking for the selected revenue center only This selection overrides the Tips selection found under Maintenance gt Pay ments gt Tenders Wait for Credit Card Authorization Pauses the terminal while a credit card transaction is taking place The Authorization in Progress screen displays during credit card authorizations and the terminal is not available for input until the authorization is complete System Maintenance Functions 7 41 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Ss UeUDdIUIEIN wia shs Day Parts The Day Parts function tab defines specific blocks of time used to divide the parts of the day These time blocks organize business data for reporting pur poses and enable other Aloha features that rely on defined day parts such as event scheduling surveys and tip sharing Select Maintenance gt System gt Day Parts to display the Day Parts function tab as shown in Figure 7 33 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Empoyes Mm Day Part Maintenance Day Part HEEE Description Breakfast Start Time 06 400 Cancel Delete To edit press Retum to add type unused ID and Retum NUM Figure 7 33 Day Parts Function Tab Day Part Holds a two digit number that together with Description uniquely identifies each day part Up to 99
170. to the house account Debit Indicates a debit is being posted to the house account Current Balance Displays the current balance of the account New Balance Displays the new balance of the account once the current transaction is applied Post Transactions to a House Account Payments credits and debits can be posted to a house account for any day from the BOH This is usually done when the customer makes a payment or credit to the account however the credit is posted to the customer s balance not to a particular check Select Functions gt Post to House Account as shown in Figure 2 19 Edit Punches Basic Labor Scheduler Po Payment Reconciliation Export IC Verify Item Maintena Member Maint Post Payment to House Account Figure 2 19 Post to House Account Path Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Functions 2 25 suonoun4 The Post Payment to House Account dialog box displays as shown in Figure 2 20 7 Aloha Manager QuickService Oy x File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Mai CAN a oettiruis tl tree teeth GE Employee Maintenance Current Balance o oo New Balance ooo x a Post to House Account Figure 2 20 Post Payment to House Account To post a transaction to a house account 1 Select a predefined house account name in the Account drop down list and press Enter 2 Enter the amount to
171. token is regenerated Router A device which forwards packets between networks The for warding decision is based on network layer information and routing tables often constructed by routing protocols Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Networking Glossary 23 Routing The process performed by a router of selecting the correct inter face and next hop for a packet being forwarded SMDS Switched multi megabit data service Up to 34 Mbps Same fixed length cell relay technology as ATM SONET Synchronous Optical Network Fiber optic cabling 1 Gig per second SQL Structured Query Language Used by most databases to manipulate data STP Shielded Twisted Pair Twisted pair wiring carries signal 100 meters Has foil or braided jacket around wiring to help reduce crosstalk and to pre vent electromagnetic interference SVC Switched virtual circuit Segment A part of an Ethernet or other network on which all message traffic is common to all nodes that is it is broadcast from one node on the segment and received by all others This is normally because the segment is a single continuous conductor though it may include repeaters Since all nodes share the physical medium collision detection or some other protocol is required to determine whether a message was transmitted without interference from other nodes The receiving node inspects the destination address of a packet to tell if it was one of
172. total of 120 characters The 120 characters can be arranged in any manner on the eight available lines 4 The first and second messages are automatically displayed on the FOH terminal If any other message must be displayed that message must be set as an event This results in the display of multiple mes sages By default message ID 01 displays on the left side of the main screen and message ID 02 displays on the right side 5 When creating a message for pole display leave a blank line between the lines of text so the message scrolls across the screen with a paus ing effect The message will be easier for the customer to view s The Main Screen Message is always on display but unlike some other mes sages in the system it cannot be targeted to different areas of the restaurant or to different job codes Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 CS Refer to Pro grammed Events Types in Chapter 7 System Maintenance Func tions for more information about displaying messages on a pole display Message Maintenance Functions 9 5 aoueusuleW s ess W p Refer to Pro grammed Event Types in Chapter 7 System Maintenance Func tions for information about programmed events and guest check messages Guest Check The Guest Check message feature permits customizing the information to be printed on the guest check and credit card vouchers This feature enables the restaurant manager to communicate with the guest by pri
173. version of the customer s order It prints or displays on remote printers or remote display systems which are typically located in the bar and or kitchen area This aids the kitchen personnel and bartender in prep aration of the order Clockout chit A printed receipt showing the date and time an employee clocked out and the employee s name job code and unpaid break times Comps A method in which items on a guest check are discounted given away as complimentary by a dollar amount or a percentage Typically used for frequent diner incentives employee meals or to appease an upset cus tomer Cool interface One of three color themes available for the FOH Front of House including Marble Fabric Blue Stone and Wave These are in addition to the default interface CounterService Aloha QuickService flag setting which limits the end user to two FOH terminals and three remote printers or remote display sys tems All other functionality is the same Allows the Aloha POS system to be cost effective and cost competitive for smaller venues Mom amp Pop shops DATA subdirectory The DATA subdirectory contains the working data for the FOH terminals of the restaurant and is a subdirectory of the ALOHA directory Dated subdirectory The directory or file folder created by the EOD End of Day process that contains all of the sales data and all other data for that DOB Date of Business These dated subdirec
174. 0 00 0000 Postal Code Export ID boo Telephone IV Prefers Qwerty Keyboard I Must use Mag Cards Mea Werd Password I Must use Thuimb Scanner Clock In I Must use Thumb Scanner Log IndJIT Bring up Security Level Maintenance E NUM A Figure 4 2 Employees Tab Number Holds the employee s name and unique number that identifies each employee Use this number to log in to the Aloha Front of House and to perform certain functions that require approval to continue When using the employee number to log in to the FOH system all pi leading zeroes must be entered For example if the number of employee digits specified in Maintenance gt Store Settings gt Secu rity Group gt POS Password Settings is set to four an employee that has been assigned an employee number of 0523 must enter 0523 in the login screen not 523 Labor Maintenance Functions 4 5 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SOUBUDIUIEIN 1oqe CS Refer to the Security group in Chapter 3 Store Settings for instructions on how to set up employee number specifications To add a new employee enter an unused number from 0001 to 9 999 and press Enter Create employee numbers in a designed numbering system for organization and manageability One suggestion is to group employee num bers by their job functions such as 0100 0199 Management positions 0200 0499 Counter staff 0500 0599 Prep employees 0600 0799 Kitchen e
175. 0 3 Preferences Each file is listed in the Sort Options inset and three methods of filtering the employee file are available on a drop down list in the Filter Options inset Select the desired options in these two insets then click OK to save the change The next time the file is accessed the information will be sorted and filtered according to the selected method Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Utilities 10 7 soniin Sort Options Inset This inset contains a list of items that can be sorted alphabetically or by ID number The items are arranged in a column and the sort options are arranged in two columns Select the desired sort method for each item Filter Options Inset This inset contains a drop down list from which you can select a method for selecting employees for listing Employee Select All Active or Terminated from the drop down list 10 8 Utilities Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Verify Data Verify Data is used to initiate a processing routine that tests the validity of the data and modifications to the files When complete this routine creates a text file named VERIFY TXT in the ALOHAQS TMP subdirectory on the file server The system automatically opens VERIFY TXT using Windows Note pad Select Utilities gt Verify Data to open VERIFY TXT as shown in Figure 10 4 EA Verify txt Notepad Of x Fie Edit Search Help VERIFY DATA 4 922 Mar 30 14 04 54 MUST Correct
176. 000 7 Category Min Max Category Min Max iret SP e slp gt ire SP two a1 Pp gt Ma SP two slp gt oe Io gt reo ep Ok Cancel Figure 6 12 Promotions Combo The price of the combo promotion must be less than the total price of the combined items for the combo to be applied il Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Payments Maintenance Functions 6 27 aoueusuleW sjuowAeg Combo Check Name Enter the name of the combo to display on the guest check Price Sets the reduced special price of the combo Free Modifiers Specify a category from which chargeable modifiers are free when the combo is applied Category Up to 10 categories can be included in the combo promotion Select a category from the drop down list Min Determines the minimum number of items that can be ordered from the selected category Max Determines the maximum number of items that can be ordered from the selected category There is no additional charge for the items over the min imum limit Coupon Promotion Type The Coupon promotion type Figure 6 13 enables a percentage or fixed dol lar coupon discount to be applied to a specific category Restrictions may be established such as two items must be purchased from a specific category to receive a discount or the coupon can be applied to only one qualifying item per guest check Promotions Coupon ype of Discount _ p Application Percentage
177. 1 Consent e Meal Period 1 Mandatory e Meal Period 2 Consent e Meal Period 2 Mandatory Meal Period 1 refers to the period you designate for a typical meal period during the first shift of a work day Meal Period 2 refers to a meal period typically worked on a second shift or extended work day based on pre defined parameters set in the system Consent refers to rules for meal peri ods that may be waived when for example the employee s work day will be completed in less than a pre defined and mutually agreed upon time Manda tory refers to rules that require mandatory pay for meal periods because max imum requirements are met Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 25 s6uly9S 910 S Select the Breaks subtab from the Labor group as shown in Figure 3 12 74 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help ployee Store Settings Maintenance amp Employee Maintenance Group Labor z Scheduling Employee Settings Clock In Out Electronic Payroll Settings Breaks Labor Policies Based or D minutefs net rest time per 0 00 hour s worked or major fraction thereof pay 0 00 hour s at Minimum Wage rate unless Employee s total daily work time is less than 0 00 hour s oor oo hours without 0 minute Meal Period pay 0 00 hour s at Minimum Wage rate If total work hours are not more 0 00 addas Conse
178. 2 Disable Void Reason 7 22 End of Day 7 11 Reroute Print by Terminal 7 11 Reroute Printer 7 10 Reroute Printer Group 7 10 Reroute Tables 7 11 Reroute Tax 7 24 Reroute Video 7 17 Reroute Video by Terminal 7 18 Reroute Video Group 7 17 Set Cashier Menu 7 17 Set Gst Check Footer Msg by Term 7 23 Set Guest Check Message 7 15 Set Left Message 7 12 Set Menu By Term Jobcode 7 24 Set Modifier Item 7 16 Set Pole Message 7 21 Set Price Change 7 19 Set Right Message 7 13 Excess 6 7 Exchange Rate 6 48 Exclude Open Sales from BOH Reports 3 41 Exclusive 5 156 Exempt Inclusive Tax 3 110 Exit 5 113 Expedite for 1 Printer 3 68 Expediter Printer 3 68 Expiration 6 10 Export Code 4 19 Export ID 4 7 Export utilities 2 30 Create Coconut Code Daily Sales Files 2 36 Create Coconut Code Payroll File 2 35 Create Coconut Code Sales Mix File 2 37 Create Paychex Extract Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 File 2 38 Create PayUSA Extract File 2 39 F Fileserver Recovery 10 26 First Day of Week 3 95 Fiscal Printer 3 108 Fixed Button Layout 5 57 Fixed Position 5 57 Flex Tax ID 5 175 Flex Tax ID 1 5 176 Flex Tax ID 2 5 176 Flex Taxes 5 174 Flex Type 5 175 FOH Flash Report Time Interval 3 62 FOH Theme 3 79 Food Cost 6 23 6 24 6 41 6 42 Force End of Day 10 17 Force Reconciliation 4 32 4 35 Force Tender 5 114 Foreign Currencies function tab 6 46 Currency ID 6 47 Decimal Places 6 47 Decimal Separato
179. 2 50 2 13 38 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 9 s6uly9S 9103S 3 10 Store Settings Higher Priced Item Charged Adds the cost of the toppings on each half of the pizza to the base pizza price as if it were charging for a whole pizza to get a total for each half then charges the customer the highest total For exam ple if a customer orders a Large Pizza with a base price of 12 00 and wants bacon 1 on the right half and extra cheese 75 on the left half the price is calculated based on the following Right Half 13 00 Left Half 12 75 The customer is charged the higher price of 13 00 Whole Price for Topping Calculates the toppings at full price No dis counts are given for split toppings For example if a customer orders a Large Pizza with a base price of 12 00 and wants bacon 1 on the right half and hamburger 1 00 on the left half the price is calculated based on the follow ing Base Price 12 00 Bacon 1 00 Hamburger 1 00 Total 14 00 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Advance Orders Subtab The Advance Orders subtab enables you to establish how you place advance orders in order entry queues and to define the default increment for prepara tion time Select the Advance Orders subtab from the Order Entry group as shown in Figure 3 3 7 Aloha Manager QuickService o x File Functions Reports
180. 2 has a special meaning to the Aloha system 3 82 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Order Screen Subtab This subtab enables you to define the number of rows and columns in your order entry screen and to define categories available for use Select the Order Screen subtab from the User Interface group as shown in Figure 3 44 File Functions Reports Maintenance Utiities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Store Settings Maintenance Group User Interface pat POS Order Screen QuickService Layout Pole Settings Volume Levels Order Entry Rows Columns Modifier Screen 3 Rows of item buttons to display on modify dialog NM Z Figure 3 44 User Interface Group Order Screen Subtab Order Entry Inset Modifier Screen Rows Specifies the number of rows of item buttons to display on the Modifiers function tab in Maintenance gt Menu gt Modifiers and on the FOH Modifier Screen Columns Specifies the number of columns of item but tons to display on the Modifiers function tab in Maintenance gt Menu gt Modi fiers and on the FOH Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 83 s6uly2S 910 S QuickService Layout Subtab This subtab enables you to determine the position and size of the Change Due message on the FOH as well as the properties of the on screen guest check Select the QuickService Layout subtab from the User Interface group as shown in Figure 3
181. 282i Select up to 20 sales categories per labor group The categories listed more information on cate z Sales Categories Lists the categories available to place in the selected are the sales categories found in Maintenance gt Menu gt Categories gories Job Codes Lists the job codes to place in the selected labor group To remove a category from the selected labor group click it again Select up to 99 job codes per labor group The available job codes are found in Mainte nance gt Labor gt Job Codes 4 36 Labor Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Performance Measures Use the Performance Measures function tab to set profiles for sales targets and comparisons to track employee performances against the objectives of each performance measure Define up to 99 performance measures These mea sures display for the current day in the FOH Server Sales report and checkout report Each profile can have one check box selected to govern how the mea surements are calculated Select Maintenance gt Labor gt Performance Measures to display the Perfor mance Measures function tab as shown in Figure 4 20 7 Aloha Manager QuickService Of x Eile Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Mai_ Teron Cetra etait Employee Maintenance Performance Measure D0007 E C Straight Sales at Sales Per Hour Description Food Sales C Count To Guests
182. 3 Reports Subtab This subtab enables you to select to include comps and promos in net sales and to exclude open sales on the net server report Select the Reports subtab from the Financials group as shown in Figure 3 24 Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Taxes amp Surcharges Reports Banks House Accounts Add Charges I fiplide Comps in Net Sled T Include Promos In Net Sales I Exclude Open Sales from BOH Reports T Include Zero Priced Items On FOH Prix Rpt T Display FOH Labor Hours in Minutes T Display clockin clockout chit in minutes and hundredths Tip Threshold 200 Save Cancel Include comps in net sales r Figure 3 24 Financials Group Reports Subtab Include Comps in Net Sales Includes comp sales in the net sales amount Include Promos in Net Sales Includes promo sales in the net sales amount Exclude Open Sales from BOH Reports Open check sales are not included in the calculation of BOH reports Only sales that are finalized are included in the reports Include Zero Priced Items on FOH Pmix Rpt Items with a price of 0 00 are included on the FOH Product Mix report Display FOH Labor Hours in Minutes Controls display of hours and minutes on FOH reports for Clock In Out Times and the Labor report When this check box is cleared which is the default setting the hours display in a decimal or hundredths format Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settin
183. 3 62 Store Settings Quick Count 3 118 Store Settings Security 3 88 Cash Drawer subtab 3 92 Hide Cash Drawer Amount 3 93 Preopen Cash Drawer 3 93 1 12 Index POS Password Settings sub tab Disabled 3 90 Max Password Digits 3 90 Number Employee 3 90 Optional 3 90 Required 3 90 POS Security subtab 3 88 Run Payment Reconcilia tion from Back of House 3 89 Run Payment Reconcilia tion from Front and Back of 3 89 Use Aloha Spy 3 89 Use Non Reset Totals 3 88 Restrictions subtab of Minutes After Ordered 3 92 Disable Real Time Updates 3 91 Restrict Open Items by Access Level 3 91 Restrict Void Items 3 92 Store Settings System 3 94 Aloha Settings subtab 3 101 Auto Fix Logs 3 102 Debug Events 3 101 Disable Auto Grind 3 101 Maximum Number of Items 3 101 Date Time subtab 3 94 Day of Business 3 95 First Day of Week 3 95 International Daylight Savings Time 3 95 No Daylight Savings Time 3 95 Open Time 3 95 Synchronize POS Time With Back Office Time 3 96 U S Daylight Savings Time 3 95 Disk Maintenance subtab 3 102 Number of Days to Keep On 3 102 Use the Archive Bit to Purge Data 3 103 Warning Threshold 3 102 End Of Day subtab 3 104 24 Hour Operation 3 104 Clock In Out Report 3 105 Daily Summary 3 105 Do Not Copy CDX Files at EOD 3 104 Quick Count 3 105 Report Printer 3 105 Sales Summary Report 3 105 Winhook 3 104 Interfaces subtab 3 100 Auto Start Back Of House Upon Startup 3 100 Licensing subt
184. 45 Ultities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help amp Employee Maintenance Group User Interface pe POS Order Screen QuickService Layout Pole Settings Volume Levels POS Change Due Message Box Positioning Location on the Screen Size of the Message X Coordinate T Height 0 Y Coordinate 0 wide fo Check Display T Prioritize Modifiers X Coordinate of the Change Due Dialog NN Z Figure 3 45 User Interface Group QuickService Layout Subtab POS Change Due Message Box Positioning Inset X Coordinate Designates the X coordinate number of the Change Due message box on the FOH Y Coordinate Designates the Y coordinate number of the Change Due message on the FOH Height Designates the text height of the Change Due message box on the FOH Width Designates the text width of the Change Due message box on the FOH 3 84 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Check Display Inset Prioritize Items Prioritizes items on the guest check by order of entry Consolidate Items Combines like items on the guest check rather than list them separately Prioritize Modifiers Prioritizes modifier items by order of entry Pole Settings Subtab The Pole Settings subtab provides options to display a user defined message on the pole display when the terminal is not in use display the guest check subtotal during ordering and enable any remaining gift ca
185. 5 135 Reroute Printer Group 5 135 Reroute Video 5 135 Reroute Video Group 5 135 Review Lock 5 135 Review Next 5 135 Routing Level 5 136 Run Application 5 137 Script 5 138 Self Assign Delivery Order 5 141 Send 5 141 Server Sales 5 141 Shutdown Term 5 142 Sign In Out Driver 5 142 Smart Item 5 146 Smart Select 5 145 Smart Select and Smart Item 5 143 Store 5 148 Tax Exempt 5 148 Tender 5 148 Unassigned 5 149 Volume Level 5 149 Button Height 5 85 Button Width 5 85 Buy One Get One promotion type 6 25 Cc Calculate as Percentage 5 192 Calculate Overtime by Shift Rate 3 22 Calibrate 5 100 Can Edit Clock In Out 3 15 Can Get Checks 4 22 Cancel button 1 4 Cash 6 8 Cash Card 5 29 6 8 cash cards 8 48 Cash Drawer job codes 4 23 Cash Drawers 4 30 Cash Drawers access levels 4 30 4 32 Cash Drawers function tab 8 23 Other Interfaces 8 25 Printer Interface 8 24 Serial Interface 8 24 Cash Tenders Round to 0 05 3 108 Categories 5 34 AR Sales Cat 5 36 PMS Sales Cat 5 35 Category 6 28 CC Refunds 4 30 Chain 5 101 Chain to Open Item if Not Found 5 123 Change Due Detail for Non Cash Tenders 3 61 change password 1 6 Change Size 5 102 Check 6 8 6 38 Check Minimum 6 33 Check Reduction promotion type 6 32 Check Text 3 76 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Checkout 5 105 Chit Name 5 22 Ckout Cash 3 60 Clear 5 105 Clear Back Office Password button 4 16 Clear Password 4 30 4 31 Clock In Information function tab
186. 9 8 Clock In Report Available 3 20 Clock In Out 5 106 Clock In Out Report 3 105 Clock Out 5 106 Clock In Round Threshold 3 21 Clock Out Round Threshold 3 21 Close a Group of Panels 5 73 Close a Panel 5 71 Close Check 5 106 Coconut Code 2 35 2 36 2 37 Columns 5 85 Combine Price with Base Item 5 26 Combo 6 27 Combo Check Name 6 28 Command buttons Delete 1 4 Edit 1 4 Comp 5 107 Comp Items Eligible 6 25 6 43 Company Code 3 24 Component Name 6 36 Comps function tab 6 37 Comps subtab 6 38 Check 6 38 Eligible Items 6 38 Manager Needed 6 39 Maximum 6 38 Must Enter Amount 6 40 Must Enter Name 6 39 Must Enter Percent 6 40 Must Enter Unit 6 39 Must Select Items 6 39 Open Drawer 6 39 Percent Off 6 38 Index l 3 Print Check 6 39 Report As 6 39 Restrictions subtab 6 42 Allow Prior for Check 6 42 6 43 Allow Prior for Table 6 43 Allow Subseq for Check 6 43 Allow Subseq for Table 6 43 Comp Items Eligible 6 43 Max Per Check 6 43 Max Per Table 6 43 Promo Items Eligible 6 42 Taxes subtab 6 40 Food Cost 6 41 6 42 Guest Pays Tax 6 40 Surcharge Comp Amount 6 41 Tax Comp Amount 6 41 Tax Food Cost 6 41 6 42 Tax ID 6 41 Comps subtab 6 38 Consolidate Items 3 85 Consolidate Like Items on Check 3 52 Consolidate Like Items on Single Chit 3 65 Control Name 5 22 Copy Button 4 42 Cost 5 23 Count to Count 4 38 Count to Guests 4 38 Coupon promotion type 6 28 Create a New Button 5 75 Create Button 5 75 Create New Panel 5 43
187. 9 Copy Panel Menu Path 5 70 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 To copy a panel 1 Select Copy Panel from the Commands menu and select one of the panel types If there is an active or displayed panel on the workspace the com mand copies the last active panel If there are no active or displayed panels the Panel dialog box dis plays a list of existing panels from which to choose Select the panel and click OK or double click the desired panel The Edit Panel dialog box displays for the copied panel The text Copy of nnn where n is the name of the original panel displays in the Name text box 2 Enter a descriptive name for the new panel and click OK The new panel displays in the exact location as the original ary panels that overlay other panels This ensures the correct place 9 We recommend you use the Copy Panel command to create second ment of panels so that blank spaces do not display on the FOH Close Panel Close panels to remove them from the workspace This panel command closes the last active panel if applicable If there are no active or displayed panels on the workspace this command is not available If the workspace has more than one panel displayed or if none of the panels are active the Panel dialog box displays with a list of open panels To close a panel 1 Select Close Panel from the Commands menu If unsaved changes were made a dialog bo
188. Above Subtotal Print this text before tip Text to replace Tip Tie JT Print defined Comp Check lines Store Settings S a A Figure 3 28 Printing Group Check Content1 Subtab Guest Check Totals Subtotals Inset Print a Grand Total Enables the grand total including the total gratuity and tips to print on the closed guest check Print Category Totals Prints sales category totals subtotal and grand total for each category that is rung up 3 48 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Do Not Print Tax Line if Tax Amount is Zero Omits the tax line from the guest check if there are no taxes on the check Print Comps Promos Above Subtotal Prints comp and promo informa tion before the subtotal Print Total Tip and Signature Lines on All Checks Adds the Total Tip and Signature lines to the guest check Print This Text before Tip Line Enter the desired text to display before the tip line in the lines provided For example If Paying by Credit Card Enter Tip and Total Here Text to Replace Tip Replaces the tip line text instead of the standard Tip line on the guest check Defining Comp Information to Print on Guest Check Print Defined Comp Check Lines Enables defined information using a text file to print with a guest check when a comp is applied The printed mes sage can be different based on the applied comp Use this for record keeping purpose
189. Allow Prior for Check Allows multiple promotions on the same guest check 6 42 Payments Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Allow Subseq for Check Allows subsequent promotions on the check to be eligible for the defined promotion Comp Restrictions Inset Comp Items Eligible Allows comp items to be eligible for the defined promotion Allow Prior for Check Allows multiple comps on the same guest check Allow Subseq for Check Allows subsequent comps on the check for the defined promotion Max per Check Defines the maximum allowable number of the defined promotions permitted on each guest check Attempts to apply more promo tions than the number specified in Max Per Check result in a warning mes sage on the order entry terminal This must be at least 1 Verify Type Enables the user to assign a number between 1 and 3 to vali date an employee comp This field requires a file titled COMPVER TXT in ALOHAQS DATA with the following requirements in the text document e Employee Number in positions 1 10 e Employee First Name in positions 11 25 e Employee Last Name in positions 26 41 e Comp Type in position 42 The system validates the employee number against COMPVER TXT The Must Enter Name check box must be selected on the Comps subtab When the comp is selected on the FOH screen it requests a name and validates it with the COMPVER TXT file This feature enables you to assign empl
190. Aloha QuickService User s Guide Copyright Copyright 2003 Aloha Technologies LTD Documentation Services This publication is confidential proprietary information which is not to be repro duced or disclosed to others without written permission from Aloha Technolo gies LTD Documentation Services No part of this document may be reproduced transmitted stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without written permission of Aloha Tech nologies LTD Aloha Technologies LTD is not responsible for any technical inaccuracies or typographical errors contained in this publication Changes are periodically made to the information herein these changes will be incorporated in new editions of this publication Any reference to gender in this document is not meant to be discriminatory The software described in this document is pro vided under a license agreement The software may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of that agreement Aloha Technologies LTD 2003 All Rights Reserved ALOHA is a U S Registered Trademark of Aloha Technologies LTD Microsoft and Win dows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Inc IBM is a registered trade mark of International Business Machines Corporation Other products mentioned are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective com panies Revision 20031126 Table of Contents Introduction What iS QUI
191. Amt 0 00 T GST r Non repeating Breakpoi off of of of of of 0f of gt of gt gt y gt gt of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of o EO EO E E E E O E O E O O O O E r Repeating Breakpoint fof of of of of of fo 0 oJ e 0 fof of of of of of of of of of of of of of of o of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of o To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return NUM 7 Figure 5 135 Sample Canadian GST Record 5 182 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 An example of the primary Canadian Provincial tax is shown in Figure 5 136 7 Aloha Manager QuickService Eie Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Tax Maintenance s i6 Provincia TT a a oU EEN E Incisive Exclusive Vendor l Description Provincial Tar Bate 2 00000 I Seconday AR Tax ID fO Minimum Amt 0 00 r est Non tepeating Breakpoints of of of of of of of of of of of of of o of of of of of of of of of of of of of o of of of of of of of of of of of of of Repeating Breakpoints of of of of of of of of of of of of of o of of of of of of of of of of of of of o of of of of of of of of of of of of of o sae fae Delete To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return TN A Figure 5 136 Sample Canadian Provincial Tax Record An example of a primary tax that includes a
192. Assign Pen ID screen and enables the employee to select an employee number to encoded pen used to log in This is only used with Pen IDs Bitmap Assigns a bitmap to a button and is not used for order entry Any bitmap found or added to the ALOHAQS BMP directory is available Common graphics are company logos Break Opens the FOH Clock Out screen enabling the employee to select a paid or unpaid break Break In Out Opens the FOH Enter Employee Number screen to enable an employee to check in or out from a break even though another employee is assigned to the terminal or drawer Bump Delivery Order Bumps to the next order in the queue This function works in conjunction with remote display systems Calibrate Realigns the pressure point on the POS terminal to coincide with the panel button 5 100 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Chain Opens another panel or collection of panels For example a Burger button might chain to a Burgers panel containing buttons for all available burgers on the menu The Chain function can also be used as a Back button to return you to a previous panel or to access other home screens by selecting multiple pan els To add a chain button 1 Select Chain from the Function drop down list Additional options display as shown in Figure 5 76 Edit Buttons Table Service x Function Chain X Screen View Text Chain p Justify Color C Left
193. BERCFG BAT is a batch file which contains all of the Aloha POS environment variables Ibertech recommends calling this batch file from within the AUTOEXEC BAT batch file so that the environment vari ables are read and set when the system boots up 4 Aloha Glossary Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Item Lookup The Item Lookup function allows the price of an item to be located using its name or SKU Stock Keeping Unit number as defined in Item maintenance The Item Lookup function was created to be used in a retail environment however it is not necessarily limited to retail items only Mag Card Reader or Mag Stripe Reader A Mag Card Reader is a device that reads and interprets the magnetic stripe encoded on a credit card debit card Smart Card or other card used by an employee to log on to the Aloha POS system Master terminal The master terminal acts as a sort of arbitrator among the terminals on the network and manages some important network communica tion tasks The master terminal is responsible for running the EOD process Mastercapable Mastercapable is an environment variable which stipu lates whether a terminal is capable of taking over as the master terminal in the event that the true master terminal is down or cannot be located by other ter minals on the network NEWDATA Directory The NEWDATA directory is the subdirectory of the ALOHA directory which contains data that has been changed or modified
194. BOH users to remember to enter telephone num ber information for all employees include Telephone as a required field The available list of fields display in tab order of the function Select Maintenance gt System gt Required Fields to display the Required Fields function tab as shown in Figure 7 28 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Required Maint Fields Social Security Number Middle Name Initial Last Name Birthdate Marital Status Number of Dependents Sev a Select the option category you are interested in viewing or editing NUM U Figure 7 28 Required Fields Function Tab Currently you can only require fields from the subtabs in Maintenance gt Labor gt Employees Social Security and Last Name display in the Included list box as they are always required You can not make them optional When a field becomes required the text box highlights in yellow Select the fields to be required entries in the Available list box and click gt to move them to the Included list box Select the fields in the Included list box and click lt to move it back to the Available list box therefore they are not required entries 7 30 System Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Order Modes Order modes govern the behavior of menu items when they are ordered on order entry ter
195. C Top Center Center __ Font _ Right Bottom Background Color I Transparent Highlight Panels in Chain Main Floor Main Floor i Delete Chain p Hint Cancel Open another panel or collection of panels Bitmap Figure 5 76 Chain Button Function 2 Enter a unique name that is descriptive of the panel to which you are chaining such as Section One or Bar 3 Click Add The Panel dialog box displays with a list of existing pan els 4 Select the panel you wish to open when this button is selected in the FOH such as a panel for beverages and click OK The Edit Button dialog box returns with a replica of the panel displayed in the Screen Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 101 SsdUeUDzUIEIN nus View box The panel title and name display in the Panels in Chains list box mmm Remember when you work with multiple panels any panel that is partially or fully covered in the Screen View box does not display on the FOH i 5 Click OK To delete a panel in a chain function 1 Select the unwanted panel in the Panels in Chain list box 2 Click Delete 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 to delete multiple panels in this chain command until all the panels you want to remove are deleted 4 Click OK Change Password Opens the FOH Change Password system screen enabling an employee to change their passwo
196. CKSEPVICE ccc cceeseeeceeeeeeeseeneaeeeeeeeeessssentaaeeeeeeeeeene I ix Whats N QW cccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee sees tgeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees I xi How This Book is Organized wxchinsccetccscssadtet caves ened tavencn eset hteaein I xv Conventions Used in This BOOkK eeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeestereneeaee I xvii Aloha Wa G lsc sae sccsiias cence cece nctenareene eeceonesezennseeceeuceueteceton 1 1 Standard Button Functions 0 cc cceseeeseeeseeeceeeeeeeaeeeaaeeaaeeaeeeaeeees 1 4 Securty ACCESS oirinn Ee n na a a et Eo E a 1 5 QuickService File Menu ssesnesseneseeseeeseeeseeerreetrrerrrrrrrrrrrerererrrent 1 5 QuickService Screen Components ccccesecceeeceeeeseeeaeeeeeeeeeeees 1 8 FUNCTION TADS smise enmana eN aE 1 8 Function Tab Title Bar cccccccccccecccececcecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 1 9 Function SUDtADS cccccccsecceecceecceceeeeeeeceeeceeeecaeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 1 10 Perform Database Edits Using Right Click seeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeena 1 11 Database Editing CommandS iiicccticssictisiecignicccicttenetieneee 1 11 Navigation Options casi ceecccesctiediteta decide sdatderedcishlentusdant dddeluadettadenclaee 1 15 Navigation Bariri oeiia naea i o cena ua ae erase 1 15 Customize the Navigation Bar eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeerrrrrrssesrrrrene 1 16 Keyboard Support c cccccscccscccccccsccceceeeceeaeeeeceaeceeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeees 1 21 AT
197. Calculate Overtime by Average Rate Calculates employee s overtime pay by that employee s total pay earned for all shifts worked during the cur rent pay period divided by the employee s total hours worked for all shifts during the current pay period Calculate Overtime by Shift Rate Calculates employee s overtime pay by the shift rate of the job code the employee is logged in as when overtime begins accumulating 3 22 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Electronic Payroll Settings Subtab This subtab enables you to create a file for ADP or other third party software to read and process for payroll processing Select the Electronic Payroll Set tings subtab from the Labor group as shown in Figure 3 11 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Store Settings Maintenance Group Labor 7 Scheduling Employee Settings Clock In Out Electronic Payroll Settings Breaks Shifts PayUSA T Use PayUSA Pay Period Days Company Code a a r Paychex I Use Paychex Pay Period Days 0 ADP Version 0 T Omit Credit Card Tips T Omit Control Totals I Don t output primary rate or jabeode TF Output sales as whole dollars T Output Cash Tips Paychex Branch 0 Paychex Client 0 Paychex Sitecode J IF Use Realworld Payroll I Use Payroll One Store Settings Create Payroll file for ADP
198. Comp Amount Applies a secondary tax to the amount of the comp Vendor Tax Tax Comp Amount Applies the vendor tax to the full amount of the comp Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Payments Maintenance Functions 6 41 aoueUsUleW sjuowAeg Tax Food Cost Uses the percentage defined in the Food Cost text box to apply a vendor tax amount to a calculated food cost only Food Cost Defines a tax percentage entered as a decimal to use to calcu late an approximate food cost when the VTax Food Cost check box is selected Restrictions Subtab The Restrictions subtab defines the limitations on the comp Select the Restrictions subtab from the Comps function tab to define the limitations as shown in Figure 6 19 7 Aloha Manager QuickService BEE File Functions Reports Maintenance Ulilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Mai femur ett Crete Employee Number ooo X Comps Taxes Restictions Maintenance Promo Restrictions Comp Restrictions I Promo Items Eligible I Comp Items Eligible Allow Prior For Check Allow Prior For Check I Allow Subseq For Check Allow Subseq For Check Max Per Check 33 Very Type 0 To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return NUM y Figure 6 19 Comps Restrictions Subtab Promo Restrictions Inset Promo Items Eligible Eligible items already defined as promotions are eligible for inclusion in the promotion being defined
199. Company Name Gift Certificates Inset The following check box is used with the Aloha Gift Certificate software interface Gift Certificate Designates this tender as a gift certificate used with Gift Certificate Manager Delivery Inset The following check box is used with Aloha Delivery Frequent Buyer Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 CS Refer to the Aloha Gift Certificate Manager User s Guide for more informa tion on gift certificates Payments Maintenance Functions 6 15 aoueUusUleEW sjuowAeg Use Saved Credit Card Enables the system to store credit card informa tion for customers in a delivery operation Refer to the Aloha Deliv mye gs ery Frequent pe Ha s Reconcilia tion Sub tab Guide for more informa tion i 5 The Reconciliation subtab sets up an over or under amount for tenders used in the Payment Reconciliation function If any of these are selected the tender is included in the Payment Reconciliation process Select the Reconciliation subtab from the Tenders function tab to set up payment reconciliation require ments as shown in Figure 6 7 7 Aloha Manager QuickService of x File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Tender Maintenance Maintenance Tender Type Identification Authorization Back Office Reconciliation Variance Variance Amount Allowed 0 00 C Enter Details Enter Totals M Auto Fill To
200. Confirmation Start Front of House Starts the FOH manually This selection is unavail able while the FOH is active in the system or while the FOH is actually run Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Utilities 10 15 sonian ning The system displays a message asking if you want to start the Front of House as shown in Figure 10 10 Aloha Manager X 7 Are you sure you want to Start Front of House Cancel Figure 10 10 Start FOH Confirmation Click OK to start the FOH The system displays a message informing you the FOH has been started as shown in Figure 10 11 Aloha Manager N Front of House Started Figure 10 11 FOH Started Confirmation The FOH terminals may require rebooting at this point The Stop Front of House command places a STOP marker file in the ALO HAQS TMP subdirectory The Start Front of House command removes the STOP marker file If the FOH fails to start determine if the Start Front of House command is available on the Utilities menu and if it is select it to restore the system to operation ge The STOP file itself has no useful contents Starting and stopping the FOH depends on the absence or presence of this file 10 16 Utilities Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Force End of Day The End of Day EOD process is a foreground procedure that closes out the day s business activity and resets the system for business activity on the new day Typically the E
201. Day Invokes the End of Day process The accidental selection of this button at the FOH starts a End of Day is usually performed as a scheduled event er new day of business Eject Cash Card Ejects a cash card from a cash card device Enter Advance Order Refer to the Advance Orders feature in the Spe Exit cial Features Guide for more information on set ting up advance orders Displays the FOH Enter Advance Order screen to allow you to enter guest and order information for advance orders Logs the employee out of the system and returns to the logon screen Menu Maintenance Functions 5 113 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Ss UeUDIUIEIN nus 1 Refer to the Advance Orders feature in the Spe cial Features Guide for more information on set ting up advance orders Force Tender Enables the entry of credit card information without having to make a phone connection through the modem to receive credit card authorization This is used when the file server goes down and you must tender a guest check Get Check Opens the FOH Enter Check Number screen enabling the employee to get an open check for tendering Item Lookup Invokes an item look up screen used for searching through all items whether they are defined on a panel or not When the employee touches the Item Lookup button a list of items and a keypad display As the employee enters the item number or description the list displays only ite
202. Ds Select the access level to which the manager is assigned Select the Employee subtab Select Assign Pen ID s Click Save Se iS A button must be added to a screen to which the manager has access for the purpose of assigning pen IDs If the panel is one to which managers have exclusive access the remainder of employees never see the button When a manager touches the button the system checks the access level granted to the individual manager If this function is enabled in his or her profile the pen ID assignment process begins After all settings are in place you must select Utilities gt Refresh Data to transfer the new information to the FOH terminals After the data refresh is complete the manager may assign pen IDs and employees may clock in for work or log in to the Aloha system using the identification pens to which they are assigned 8 22 Hardware Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Cash Drawers Due to hardware considerations cash drawers are attached to printers or to computer terminals When the system accesses a cash drawer it sends a signal to the assigned cash drawer in one of two ways e When the cash drawer is connected to the printer designated for the order entry terminal the printer signals the drawer after receiving the initial signal from the terminal e When the cash drawer is connected directly to the order entry termi nal the terminal signals the drawer
203. Guide v5 3 31 Set Gst Check Footer Msg by Term The Set Guest Check Footer Message by Terminal event sends a guest check message on a per terminal basis When set this event prints any messages defined in Maintenance gt Messages gt Main Screen along with messages already defined in Maintenance gt Messages gt Guest Check The dialog box shown in Figure 7 22 displays z D Message SPECIALS 2 O e D Terminal foot BAR x 5 NACHOS with BEEF 8 WRANGLER STEAK STRAWB ERRY CHEZCAKE Figure 7 22 Set Check Footer Message by Terminal Terminal Specifies the terminal associated with the message as defined in Maintenance gt Hardware gt Terminals ID Select the message as defined in Maintenance gt Messages gt Main Screen Message Displays the message selected from the ID drop down list This message cannot be edited in Events Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 System Maintenance Functions 7 23 wa SAS 33 Reroute Tax The Reroute Tax event reroutes one tax to another The dialog box shown in Figure 7 23 displays From Tax To Tax Cancel Figure 7 23 Reroute Tax From and To Tax Specifies the tax rerouted from and the target tax as defined in Maintenance gt Menu gt Taxes This event is supports the Centralized Database Management CDM feature in that it enables the corporate data manager to assign a generic tax id to items no matter which tax record th
204. Guide v5 3 Labor Maintenance Functions 4 7 SOUBUDIUIEIN 1oqe 1 Refer to Chap ter 8 Hardware Maintenance Functions for more information on the use of electronic thumb scan ners Must Use Thumb Scanner Clock In Requires the employee to place their thumb on the scanner hardware for identification to clock in This option is specific to each employee and is suited to employees who must clock in but do not enter orders Must Use Thumb Scanner Log In JIT Requires the employee to place their thumb on the scanner hardware for identification to log in This option is specific to each employee and is suited to order entry employees who log in frequently and to managers who must approve certain functions Use this fea ture alone or in conjunction with the Must Use Thumb Scanner Clock In check box Mag Card Password Button Click Mag Card Password to assign a mag card to an employee You have the option to update mag cards in the FOH immediately or after the next system refresh To add an employee s magnetic card information 1 Click Must Use Mag Cards to force the employee to use a mag card with the Aloha system Mag cards can be used even if Must Use Mag Cards is cleared 2 Click Mag Card Password The Read Magnetic Card dialog box shown in Figure 4 3 displays Read Magnetic Card Please Swipe Magnetic Card Now Cancel Figure 4 3 Read Magnetic Card Dialog Box 4 8 Labor Maint
205. Information Subtab This subtab enables you to enter your location s name address and phone number s Select the Store Information subtab from the System group as shown in Figure 3 54 74 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Store Settings Maintenance Employee Maintenance Group System 7 Aloha Settings Disk Maintenance End Of Day Date Time Licensing Store Information Interfaces Unit No Unit Aloha Burger Business Num Address 1320 Tennis Dr Telephone 1 817 252 9499 Bedford Texas 76022 Telephone 2 Mailing City Town adess SCS Stef ooo Moo PostalCod SS E Save Cancel rs Enter store number used by restaurant chains Figure 3 54 System Group Store Information Subtab Unit No Enter a unit number up to six digits This is optional and is use ful for chain operators with unique store numbers for each location Unit Enter the store name Business Num Enter the business contact number Address Enter the physical street address city state and zip code on the two address lines Mailing Address Denotes the street address city state and zip code in which to receive mail Telephone 1 Denotes the phone number at your store Telephone 2 Denotes an alternate phone number for your store Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 99 s6uiy9as 910 S
206. Labor group as shown in Figure 3 16 jer QuickService MEE Store Settings Maintenance HE Group Labor x Scheduling Employee Settings Clock In Out Electronic Payroll Settings Breaks Shifts Labor Policies m Use Shift Rules Split Shifts Employee works a split shift add 0 00 hour s at Minimum Wage rate Shit TimePay Ist Shift Reporting ha Employee works less than half their scheduled work hours 000 minimum hour s but no more than 0 00 hours at Minimum Wage rate Shift Not Scheduled Add minimum hori employee werk less than 0 00 hour s I 2nd Shift Reporting Employee works less than 000 hour s pay 0 00 hourts at Minimum Wage x rate Save Cancel Enable Shift Pay Rules J C NM Z Figure 3 16 Shifts Subtab Use Shift Rules Enables you to specify parameters to apply to the shift rules Check the wage and payday laws for your state to ensure your policies and procedures are in compliance Split Shifts Inset The split shifts rule enables you to pay an additional wage if an employee works a split shift when the defined criteria is met A split shift is recognized as two clock in clock outs in one work day The references to 1st reporting and 2nd reporting that follow refer to an employee s 1st shift and 2nd shift Split Shift hour s Represents the number of hours added as Other Wages if the employee
207. ME PAG cetera ss aientteecetetda ota allie E dan iadhdeteectretes E I S 1 23 FP NCHONS spsiictecissicietevncctel cetera ata candevadinstadetels santatoessacsvarntateds 2 1 Edit IDG POSINS wes ssssszecicassnessnasteadeeas aE aa iA 2 4 Edit PUNCHES peiriera aa aE EAE EERE ARERR EREE ERR RRT 2 6 Edit Pror Days TIME s siese pna a a EE 2 7 Other WAGES scisdstateriiveavicicnascasnnamne ican sie ea aa a a RE 2 12 Basic Labor SCHSUUIGM istcsasisyaciartaiucinnicvstinsandinnsdsdsabstextibebitneiies 2 17 File MON EEEE E T 2 18 Edt MENU eno a a rete een 2 18 Print Schedule Reports cccsccccccccccceceeeeeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 21 Table of Contents FIOUSE AGCOUMTS tanana Rete beet tan Ponte reluctesasdasad etait 2 24 Payment Reconciliation c c cccceeecestececeeceeeeesecteceeneeeeeeeeeneeenete 2 29 Exporta iiaia teed ieerensntent na Maas a a a a A a 2 30 Create ADP Pay File ciic eipcceisssatescalsshenvessaiaateetenensndecesneeeketeieece 2 31 Create ReMACS RealWorld Pay File 2 32 Create ReMACS Menu File cesseceeeeceeeceeeeaeeeaeeeeeeeeeeees 2 33 Create Coconut Code Payroll File n 2 35 Create Coconut Code Daily Sales Files 1 0 0 eee eee eeee 2 36 Create Coconut Code Sales Mix File aeee 2 37 Create Paychex Extract File 000 cccesceccceeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeneeeeces 2 38 Create PayUSA Extract File 20 eee ceeecneeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeetee 2 39 IG VOTITY ARE ESE E aoe anette 2 40 Se
208. Maintenance gt Menu gt Taxes to apply to the surcharge from the drop down list Tax ID Button Click Tax ID to access the Taxes function tab and create new taxes if neces sary Changing tax information in the function tab changes the tax for all items assigned to that tax Calculate as Percentage Calculates the surcharge as a percentage When selected the Percentage text box is available If not selected the surcharge is a fixed amount which is entered in the Amount text box Amount Holds a decimal number representing the flat rate in dollars and cents to apply to the price of items requiring a surcharge In the case of a sur charge of 13 50 per gallon of liquor the amount could be based on the appor tioned amount of liquor served in a single drink one ounce of liquor would require a surcharge of 10 55 cents to recapture the surcharge amount This surcharge could then be assigned to all appropriate liquor menu items requir ing a surcharge Amount is available when Calculate as Percentage is not selected Percentage Enter a percentage of the item amount to use as a surcharge such as 7 5 for 7 5 percent Percentage is available when Calculate as Per centage is checked 5 192 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Special Pricing The Special Pricing submenu contains Fixed Item Pricing and Quantity Pric ing These are just two of the pricing methods available
209. N11 BMP ICON12 BMP S M ICON13 BMP ICON14 BMP ICON15 BMP ICON16 BMP Figure 4 12 Customized Job Code Icons Group Designates a two digit number used in conjunction with the Event Scheduler located in Maintenance gt System gt Events Assign a different num ber to each job code To group certain job codes together assign them the same number Then use Event Scheduler to assign specific menus to desig nated Job Groups Use this feature when different job codes need to access different menus Export Code Associates a secondary job code used by a third party soft ware system or the labor report with the equivalent job code in the Aloha sys tem This text box holds 10 characters Labor Maintenance Functions 4 19 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SOUBUDIUIEIN 1oqe Order Entry Signifies that order entry screens are displayed for all employees with this job code If this check box is cleared employees with this job code do not have access to order entry screens and cannot ring sales or close checks This option requires the Shift Required check box to be selected It also labels the employee as a server in regards to menu assign ment events and customer polling functionality Training Signifies the employee is in a training status Employees with this job code have access to all rights and privileges provided by o
210. Name CASHIER Group 1 Descipion nen Expo Cade Icon fe T Order Entry I Manager must checkout M Training I Manager must clockout I Shift Required I Ignore labor schedule I Display Threshold Message I Allow Paid Breaks M Allow Unpaid Breaks IT Allow Item Lookup Cash Drawer Je Allow Rest Pencd Breaks Te Allow Adaiiten I Use Count Screens T Allow Meal Penod Breaks IV Uses Password I7 Multiple Drawers I Enforce 30 Minute Breaks Password Expires T Can Get Checks Renew after E Days T Do not print jobcode I Do Not Update Flash Hourly Sales Report Cancel Edit pen Does this jobcode have to declare wages NUM ZA Figure 4 11 Job Codes Function Tab Number Holds the name and a unique number that identifies each job code To add a new job code enter an unused number from 001 to 999 and press Enter To edit an existing job code scroll through the Number drop down list select the job code and press Enter Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Labor Maintenance Functions 4 17 SOUBUDIUIEIN 1oqe Revenue Center Attaches a job code to a specific revenue center Select a revenue center from the drop down list if the Hourly Sales and Labor report needs to be determined on a per revenue center basis for each job code When you generate the Hourly Sales and Labor report select the Split Hourly Sales and Labor by Revenue Center check box Revenue center information is entered in Maint
211. None 0 z None Ao None 0 v fi Jea Ao hg None 0 z Jo oo ive a here a Jom To edit press Retur to add type unused ID and Retum __NUM og Figure 4 6 Job Codes Subtab mme Job Codes and Access Levels must first be defined on their respec tive function tabs before assigned to an employee These are dis cussed later in this chapter ll Job Codes Button Click Job Codes to access the Job Codes function tab and create new job codes if necessary Changing job code information in the function tab changes the job code information for all employees assigned to it 4 10 Labor Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Job Codes drop down list Determines the set of functions the employee performs Assign up to 10 job codes for each employee Use these lists for employees with several job positions Select the job codes in descending order starting with the most used job code first Access Levels Button Click Access Levels to access the Access Levels function tab and create new access levels if necessary Changing access level information in the function tab changes the access level information for all employees assigned to it Access Levels drop down list Determines the set of functions the employee can perform without manager intervention Select the access level to associate with the corresponding job code Rate Holds the base level hourly rate for the associated job
212. North American custom is to use a comma as the thousands separator European custom is to use a period Print Check Total in all Currencies Prints the check total in all curren cies in use Inclusive Taxes Subtab This subtab enables you to set various tax policies such as whether to exempt inclusive tax print tax breakouts etc Select the Taxes subtab from the Inter national group as shown in Figure 3 61 Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Maintenance Group Intemational fd Intemational Special Currency Inclusive Taxes Intemational Date GST I Do Not Print Subtotal and Tax on Check I Exempt Inclusive Tax Indicator SS Inclusive Tax Breakout F Use Inclusive Tax Breakout Printing Inclusive Tax Breakout Pre Text Tax Text BecTet Do Not Print Tax Breakout Section on Guest Check NUM Figure 3 61 International Group Taxes Subtab Do Not Print Subtotal and Tax on Check Disables printing the subtotal and tax on guest checks Use this option with Use Inclusive Tax Breakout In European countries only a total amount is required to print on checks Exempt Inclusive Tax Removes inclusive taxes from the item price 3 110 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Indicator Denotes the character or text to appear on the printed receipt to indicate the inclusive tax has been backed out of the price Inclusive Tax Breakout Inset Use
213. OCC124 Med 4an Sanc iaa ller 3 OCC125 Lg llam Serd Merr 4 JULLUU Mone 1 Maialcnaice Mer i ACTON Mane lerr G OCCOO None ed Neer 7 JULLUU None gt lier 8 OCCOO None ki licr 9 OCCOD None Herm 1U OCCOO None jake Gaycel Lica Delete lo adt prese Ketur to add type anused anc Halurn Figure 5 145 Size Groups Function Tab ID Holds a five digit number that together with Description uniquely identifies each category record To create a new record enter an unused num ber and press Enter To edit an existing record scroll through the ID drop down list select the record to edit and press Enter Description Enter a descriptive name to identify the size group Item 1 through Item 10 Select an item from the item record in descend ing or ascending order of their size For example Small Ham Medium Ham and Large Ham from the smallest to the largest The item must coincide with its corresponding modifiers in the same order of size 5 190 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Surcharges Surcharges are different from regular taxes in that a surcharge is based on the quantity of the item sold instead of on the price of the item Restaurants in some jurisdictions require a method to recapture surcharges on certain menu items In many of these cases the surcharges are actually additional flat rate taxes levied on alcoholic beverages on a vol
214. OD routine is scheduled to occur at a specified time each day usually late at night after the restaurant has closed When allowed to run at the scheduled time the EOD procedure is activated by and run on the master terminal For this reason the master terminal must be running for EOD to begin processing All activities such as closing checks and clocking out should be completed prior to the EOD process At the specified time the EOD procedure stops the FOH on all other order entry terminals on the network closes open sales to cash clocks out any remaining employees and begins the EOD routine The EOD events in their order of execution are 1 An EOD indicator file is created in the DATA subdirectory of the ALOHAQS directory tree This stops all order entry terminal activity except the master terminal 2 All open sales are closed to cash and remaining employees are clocked out 3 A subdirectory named in the format YYYYMMDD for the current date of business is created in the ALOHAQS directory tree 4 The transaction log and all system configuration files for the current day are copied from the DATA subdirectory to the newly created dated subdirectory If the copy is successful the log files LOG are deleted from the DATA subdirectory 5 The current Date of Business is updated with the new Date of Busi ness The Date of Business displays in the System group located in Maintenance gt Store Settings 6 Database and c
215. OPOS text box Coin Changer Inset Type Defines the comparable type of coin changer attached to the termi nal Select the type of coin changer from the drop down list Port Specifies the port where the coin changer is connected Select the port from the drop down list Aloha Spy Server Inset The Aloha system has the capability of interfacing with the TVS security sys tem The TVS environment must be set up on the file server before the inter face parameters are specified here Maintenance gt Store Settings then select Security from the Group drop down list Select Use Aloha Spy on the POS Security sub tab 1g The TVS security system must be enabled in Store Settings Select Port Enter the TCP port value using the same value that was established for the TVS security system on the file server IP Enter the IP address or the name of the computer being used as the file server 8 16 Hardware Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 PIN Pad Inset The settings in this inset configure the system to use a keypad for accepting a PIN number as input by the customer This type of keypad works in conjunc tion with debit cards Type Identifies the specific type of equipment attached to the terminal Currently the Aloha system supports the Verifone 1000 Everest and Everest Plus Everest and Everest Plus uses the same emulation so they are not listed as separate devices Selec
216. Order Entry Terminal Designates the defined terminal as an order entry terminal The number of terminals is not restricted by the Aloha system license However the number of order entry terminals is limited to the number permitted under the license agreement for the restaurant Interface Terminal Designates the selected terminal as an interface termi nal The license agreement for the restaurant must include a specific number of order entry terminals When the selected terminal is designated as an inter face terminal an order entry terminal must be defined as its output terminal Interface Server Defines the file server as an order entry terminal as well to run the Aloha FOH application without a user interface The FOH applica tion then functions to receive order information from other order entry devices such as hand held input devices and distributes that information to other devices such as printers display screens and cashier terminals The file server when used in this manner performs FOH functions without the need for an order entry terminal license Interface Host Designates an order entry terminal to receive the output of an interface terminal Screens Inset This inset enables you to define a specific screen to display on the selected terminal QS Screen Specifies a previously created screen that is to display on the selected terminal Select the desired screen from the drop down list 8 10 Hard
217. Pay for funeral leave Jury Duty Pay for jury service Training Pay for time spent while employee is in train ing Cash Tips Dollar amount or hours employee is given for tips Adjustments Pay adjustment to correct a previous error deduct an authorized deduction or any other adjustment needed Check the wage and payday laws for your state to ensure your policies and procedures are in compliance It is recommended that any adjustments to wages be authorized in writing by the employee and the supervi sor Labor Maintenance Functions 4 43 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SUeUDIUIEIN 1oqe cS Refer to the Edit Punches section in Chapter 2 Func tions for more informa tion about managing PTO Establish wage types in Maintenance gt Labor gt Other Wages The Other Wages dialog box displays as shown in Figure 4 24 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help i Wage Typett MIRERETET Wits Ei 7 C Hours Manns Description Vacation Amount Short Name fVac G Both Export ID 0 Other Wages To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return NUM 7 Figure 4 24 Other Wages Wage Type Holds the description and a unique four digit number that identifies each wage type To create a new type enter an unused number and press Enter To edit an existing type scroll through the ID drop down
218. Printing The Aloha system now supports the Cyrillic Russian code page needed to print certain international monetary symbols Cyrillic joins the Euro in the supported list of code pages by the Aloha system Refer to Code Page on page 8 29 for instructions and more information Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Introduction xiii Clarified Check Reduction Qualifications We have clarified existing functionality in regards to qualifying items for a Check Reduction promotion If you select Qualify with a qualifying cate gory all items within the category are eligible for the promotion If you clear Qualify with a qualifying category all items excluded from the category are eligible for the promotion Refer to Qualify on page 6 33 for more informa tion Clarified Pricing Hierarchy We have clarified the order of the Pricing Hierarchy for the Aloha system Refer to Pricing Methods and Pricing Hierarchy on page 5 5 for more infor mation xiv Introduction Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 How This Book is Organized This book is designed to help you familiarize yourself quickly with Aloha QuickService It is organized as follows Chapter 1 Aloha Manager This chapter discusses functions necessary to establish a foundation for understanding the Aloha system Discussions about security customization and modifying the appearance of Aloha Manager are included Chapter 2 Functions This
219. QuickService select Login from the File menu The Aloha Man ager Login dialog box displays as shown in Figure 1 1 Aloha Manager Login x Username ohn Password Figure 1 1 Login Enter your user name and password and click Login The Aloha Manager interface displays with the options defined in your security access level avail able to you Change Password Use the Change Password command to change your password for security This command requires that you know your current password Select File gt Change Password and the Change Password dialog box displays as shown in Figure 1 2 OldPassword fo New Password DO O yO Cancel Re enter Password Poo Figure 1 2 Change Password Enter your old password and enter a new password in the New Password and Re enter Password text boxes and click OK If the text entered in these two text boxes does not match exactly the system displays an error and you must try again or click Cancel to exit the Change Password function 1 6 Aloha Manager Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 If you have forgotten your current password an employee with access to Maintenance gt Labor gt Employees can delete your old password using the Clear Back Office Password button located on the Back Office Security sub tab Once the password is cleared select File gt Login Enter your user name and click Login The New Password dialog box displays as shown in Figure 1 3 New Pass
220. S 910 S Quick Count The Quick Count group enables Quick Count functionality and Projection Reports and to build the projections database This group is only listed if you 1 ee oe are set up to use Quick Count which is an Aloha add on Aloha Quick Count Count User s Guide for is a simple inventory and reporting package allowing you to track items and detailed instructions on usage on a daily basis Features like opening counts add usage and waste setting up and using the rate tracking as well as a complete reporting package enable you to manage Quick Count functionality p your operation more efficiently and effectively 3 118 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Video The Video group enables you to define remote display system setup display options and keypad bump codes This group will only be listed if you are set up to use remote display systems Aloha RDS can complement or replace remote order or chit printing in the kitchen or food preparation areas Menu items that are entered by a server in the FOH can automatically be displayed in the kitchen or other food preparation areas within seconds Items on order can be assigned to more than one preparation area depending on the restau rant s preference After preparing an order employees in the kitchen or prepa ration area can bump orders off the video screen by using a connected keypad or bump box Bumped orders can be recalled as needed Alo
221. SMALL MEDIUM LARGE KID ea a BES Der Figure 5 109 Sample FOH Smart Item and Smart Select For each new beverage only one more button is required therefore the larger the variety of soft drinks that are offered the more beneficial this feature becomes The Smart Select button function defines the assorted sizes in the group Smart Item specifies the items associated with each beverage button and designates the default size to order if the Smart Select button is not selected first When a beverage is ordered in the FOH touch the size button Menu Maintenance Functions 5 143 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Ss UeUDIUIEIN nus then touch the desired drink If you do not touch a size button first the size established as the default is ordered Place Smart Selects and Smart Items with the same Smart Group number on the same panel The following setup depicts the requirements to create Smart Selects for the Beverage Sizes Smart Group as shown in Figure 5 110 Edit Buttons Quick Service EJ Edit Buttons Quick Service x Function Smart Select gt Function Smart Select xl Tent Smart Group i D Smart Group T sMaLL Smart Element 1 Eom Smat Element T mea a Justiy Color Gie C T eo C Top Center Center ite nels Er Right C Bottom Font C Right C Bottom p Backgound Background Color I Transparent _ Highlight Color I Transpare
222. SUBUDIUIEIN nus 2 Select the modifier item to place on the button from the Item drop down list 3 Enter the selection value to use when determining if the Max number of modifiers have been selected in the Weight text box For example if the Max for a vegetable modifier group is set to 3 and a salad with a weight of 2 is selected only one more vegetable item with a weight of 1 can be selected The selection value is usually one S 4 Select one of the following pricing options Refer to the Pricing Meth gd mea Price Designates the button price should be used to price the item section at the beginning of Enter the button price in the text box to the right this chapter to determine when pricing entered here is nd Use Item Price Designates the price of the item as entered in Item Maintenance is used to price the item Price Level Designates the price established in the assigned price level should be used to price the item Select the price level from the drop down list to the right 5 Click OK The modifier item displays on the modifier button To delete a modifier from a group 1 Right click the button containing the unwanted modifier 2 Select Delete The modifier is deleted from the modifier group To move a modifier to a different button position 1 Place the cursor on the button and hold down the left mouse button 2 Drag the modifier to a different button position and release the lef
223. Settings gt Labor group gt Employee Settings subtab li Rest Period total work time Represents minimum total work time required to receive a rest period break A valid range is 1 00 to 24 00 The following table shows examples of results generated by the criteria you may set for rest periods Criteria 10 minute net rest time for every 4 hours worked 1 hour paid at Regular rate unless shift ends at less than 3 5 hours Scenario Result Bob works 3 25 hours Bob gets paid actual hours worked Bob works 3 75 hours Bob gets paid actual hours worked plus 1 hour of Rest Period bonus at the regular rate since he was not given a Rest Period break The sys tem generates an Other Wages entry as Sys tem Rest Period Premium Bob works 4 00 hours Bob gets paid actual hours worked plus 1 hour of Rest Period bonus at the regular rate since he was not given a Rest Period break The sys tem generates an Other Wages entry as Sys tem Rest Period Premium Figure 3 13 Rest Period Table 1 Refer to the Other Wages section of Chapter 2 Functions for more information on Other Wages pay Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 27 s6uly9as 910 S Meal Periods Inset The meal period rule enables you to pay the employee for a first and or sec ond meal period when the defined criteria is met First Meal Period Meal period work hours Represents the minimum
224. Shared Navigation Bar subtab 1 19 Shift Required 4 20 Show Cursor 3 78 Show Entry Fields in Inverse 3 72 Show Modifier Independently 5 30 Show Panels for Screen 5 72 Show Redundant Mode Indicator 3 79 Shutdown Term 4 33 5 142 Sign In Out Driver 5 142 Single Chit Only 3 64 Single Print Only 3 58 Smart Select and Smart Item 5 143 Sort before Cut 3 68 Sort by Revenue Center 3 61 Sort Items According to Priority 3 68 Space Evenly Side to Side 5 91 Space Evenly Up and Down 5 93 Start Date 6 20 Start Level 4 41 Start Time 4 16 Store 5 144 5 148 Store Settings Credit Card 3 114 EDC Setup subtab Enable EDC 3 114 Number of ICVerify Terminals 3 114 Store Settings Delivery 3 116 Store Settings Financials House Accounts subtab 3 44 Search Account and Then Account Name 3 44 Search Using Account Only 3 44 Search Using Account Name Only 3 44 Reports subtab 3 41 Exclude Open Sales from BOH Reports 3 41 1 10 Index Include Comps in Net Sales 3 41 Include Promos in Net Sales 3 41 Include Zero Priced Items On FOH Pmix Rpt 3 41 Taxes amp Surcharges subtab Enable Surcharges 3 40 Guest Pays Surcharge 3 40 List All Surcharges as a Single Surcharge 3 40 Surcharge Text 3 40 Use Secondary Taxes 3 39 Store Settings Gift Cards 3 117 Store Settings Gift Certificate 3 117 Store Settings Hotel 3 120 Store Settings International 3 106 International Date subtab 3 112 International subtab 3 106 All Tenders Round
225. Store Settings as shown in Figure 8 12 7 Aloha Manager QuickService Of x File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Store Settings Maintenance Group Printing a Other Chis Employee CheckoutCig Reports Chit Appearance Check Content Check Content2 Check Style Chit Content Chit Style Leading Lines Jo Max Lines per Chit J 93 Trailing Lines BE Max Items per Chit 4 a Expedite even when items only route Fosse Pinter REN r Egee Sort Options I Sort Items according to Priority JT Print a separator line between Priority I Always use maximum modifier priority Modifier Sorting None z Store Settings Expediter printer if any CONSULT DOCUMENTATION NUM 7 Figure 8 12 Enable Expedite Printer Using this method only orders that are split to multiple printer groups print to the expediter printer for quality control Note This method eliminates the need to include the expediter printer in printer groups Reroute Timeout Defines the amount of time in seconds that the system will wait before rerouting the print job from the defined printer to the Backup printer as defined on the Setup subtab Beeps Sets the number of audible signals emitted by the printer each time a chit is printed This feature is only available on some printer models Some printers use an annunciator connected to the cash drawer port on the printer to create the be
226. Subtab Use the Functions subtab to define checkout details for a selected job code such as whether an employee must declare their cash at the end of a shift Select the Functions subtab from the Job Codes function tab to select check out options as shown in Figure 4 14 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help _Employes Mai _ FAT perenne F Number IT MANAGER 7 __ Bevenue Center None 0 zj Biotec Job Code Quick Service Functions Delivery Maintenance Job code must declare Cash or Reconcile All Tenders at Checkout NUM h Figure 4 14 Functions Subtab Must Declare at Checkout Requires employee to declare cash from the FOH at the end of each shift Checkout Details Inset Declare Cash Only Requires employee to declare cash only at the end of each shift This is for over short calculations Reconcile All Tenders Requires employee to reconcile all cash and non cash tenders at the end of each shift of Attempts Sets the number of attempts at reconciliation allowed to declare tenders before manager intervention is required Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Labor Maintenance Functions 4 25 SUeUDIUIEIN 1oqe Delivery Subtab Use the Delivery subtab to define the delivery tasks for a selected job code and to interface with Delivery Frequent Buyer Refer to the Delivery Frequent Buyer manual for mo
227. Test screen click the right mouse button and select End Test Panel Editor Button Click Panel Editor to open the Panel Editor function Panel Type and Included on Screen The Panel Type and Included in Screen selection lists are used to define the panels to display on the screen The Panel Type list contains a list of the available panels as defined in Main tenance gt Menu gt Panel Editor The Included in Screen list contains the panels currently selected to display on the screen To include a panel in the screen 1 Select the panel type from the Panel Type drop down list All panels defined for the selected type display in the left list box 2 Click the panel and then click gt The panel is moved to the Included in Screen list box To add more than one panel at a time hold down Shift to select consecutive panels or Ctrl to select non consecutive panels and use the mouse to select multiple panels in the Panel Type list box To remove a panel from the screen 1 Select the panel type from the Panel Type drop down list All panels defined for the type displays in the left list box 2 Click the panel and then click lt The panel is removed from the Included in Screen list box To remove more than one panel at a time hold down Shift to select consecutive panels or Ctrl to select non consecutive panels and use the mouse to select multiple panels in the Panel Type l
228. Tools View Help Store Settings Maintenance Group Printing 7 Check Content 1 Check Content2 Check Style Employee Checkout Ctg Reports Prefix Lines Hard Check Postfix Lines Prefix Lines o Lines Per Sheet 0 Item Tax Indicator Font Options I Use large font for Check I Use large font for the Check Total I Use large font for Check Name Auto Print Checks p Auto print when food is ordered Store Settings Blank leading lines for guest check to adjust check size NUM A Figure 3 31 Printing Group Check Style Subtab Prefix Lines Indicates the number of blank lines to appear at the top of the guest check This positions the guest check on the page when it is printed Postfix Lines Indicates the number of blank lines to appear at the bottom of the guest check Item Tax Indicator Designates the character to print next to any taxable item on the guest check or receipt This is a one character field and is useful in a retail environment when wanting to differentiate between taxable and nontaxable items Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 55 s6uiy9as 910 S Hard Check Inset Prefix Lines Specifies the number of lines to skip down when printing checks on a slip printer Lines Per Sheet Specifies the total number of printable lines on the check not including lines skipped when printing checks on a slip printer Font Options Inset Use L
229. Total 41 Burrito Dix 3 85 Sub Total 3 85 Tax 0 32 Dine In Total 4 17 Balance Due JAA DINE IN TAKE OUT Figure 5 43 Last Open Check Example Check Font Button Click Check Font to display the Font dialog box Figure 5 34 and select the font attributes for the panel heading Queue Panel Use the Queue Bar option to create one or many queues for operations that require order queues with different sizes or locations The queue is the only panel that displays without a border For example a cashier s screen may have limited space and utilize a small queue but an expediter who typically does not ring sales utilizes a much larger size queue All queues show the same orders for a terminal Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 65 SUeUDIUIEIN nus To create a new Queue Bar panel select Create New Panel gt Queue from the Commands menu The Edit Panel Queue dialog box displays as shown in Figure 5 44 Panel Name MGEnetentTe Panel Screen Title FC O O I Fixed Position OK Cancel Figure 5 44 Edit Panel Queue Dialog Box Panel Name Designates a unique name for the panel according to the function it performs Approximately 30 alpha and or numeric characters can be entered The text Unnamed Queue is the default panel name Panel Screen Title Designates the text used as the title for the panel The text entered her
230. a Figure 2 23 Export Menu 2 30 Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Create ADP Pay File Select create ADP Pay File The ADP dialog box as shown in Figure 2 24 prompts for the date s to use for creating the export file Select Dates Figure 2 24 ADP Pay File Select the date or range of dates to export and click OK The message You must now run the ADP validation program displays Click OK and run the ADP validation program The EXTPAYxx yyy file is created where xx is the ID and yyy is the company ID This file is placed in the ALO HAQS PCPERS subdirectory Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Functions 2 31 suonoun4 Create ReMACS RealWorld Pay File Select Create ReMacs Realworld Pay File The RealWorld Payroll dialog box shown in Figure 2 25 prompts for the date s to use for creating the export file RealWorld Payroll ix Select Dates Figure 2 25 RealWorld Payroll Select the date or range of dates to export and click OK The PAYROLL FLT file is created and placed in the ALOHAQS directory 2 32 Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Create ReMACS Menu File Select Create ReMacs Menu File The Menu Item Sales File Creation dialog box shown in Figure 2 26 prompts for the date s to use for the export file Menu Item Sales File Creation x Settings Select Dates N4272 fh
231. a Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Printer Group Maintenance Group D ES gt Name RECEIPT 1 Printers Guest Check 01 z None 00 z None 00 z None 00 z None 00 zj To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Retum NUM Vi Figure 8 13 Printer Groups Group ID Holds a three digit number that together with Name uniquely identifies each printer group To create a new record enter an unused number and press Enter To edit an existing record scroll through the Group ID drop down list select the record to edit and press Enter Name Enter a descriptive name for the printer group Printer group nam ing conventions are entirely up to the user However it is suggested that the name be descriptive or reflect printer group tasks Printers Select one or more of the previously defined printers to assign to the printer group from the drop down lists Each printer group can have up to five assigned printers Printers Button Click Printers to open the Printers function tab Here you can perform mainte nance in the Printers function including add new records if the one you need is not there Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Hardware Maintenance Functions 8 35 S UeUDdIUIEN alemMpieH Labels An important feature of any take out or delivery restaurant is the ability to know what is in a container witho
232. a group of buttons using the rubberbanding technique and select Format Buttons The Format Buttons dialog box displays for the corresponding button 2 Select an available bitmap from the Bitmap drop down list 3 Select Left Center or Right for the horizontal justification of the bitmap 4 Select Top Center or Bottom for the vertical justification of the bit map 5 Click OK Preview of First Button Inset The Preview window displays with a replica of the first created button selected in the rubberband before it is saved Select OK to format the buttons on the panel Refer to the rest of this chapter for further information regarding the properties of buttons 5 96 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Delete a Group of Buttons This command displays on the Button submenu when you right click a panel to perform maintenance To delete a group of existing buttons 1 Select the buttons using the rubberbanding technique The button submenu displays 2 Select Delete Button A confirmation message displays 3 Click OK to delete the button or click Cancel to end the procedure Menu Maintenance Functions 5 97 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SUBUDIUIEIN nus Button Functions The Edit Button dialog box Figure 5 53 defines the function performed by the button and its properties The function determines the behavior of the but ton and how the FOH operates regar
233. a third party credit card processing company Aa Define the number of IC Verify terminals in the Number ICVerify F Terminals check box on the EDC Setup subtab located in Mainte nance gt Store Settings gt Credit Card group Select Functions gt ICVerify from the menu bar as shown in Figure 2 31 er QuickService u Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Edit Deposits Edit Punches Employee Scheduler Post to House Account Payment Reconciliation Settle Current Batch P Print Settlement ig 4 A f ltem Maintena Figure 2 31 IC Verify Menu 2 40 Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Settle Current Batch When you are ready to settle your batch select Settle Current Batch from the IC Verify submenu A confirmation dialog box displays to verify the settle ment as shown in Figure 2 32 Aloha Manager Ea Q Are you CERTAIN you want to settle batch now Cancel Figure 2 32 Settle Batch Confirmation Click OK to run the batch settlement Print Settlement The Print Settlement feature enables you to print a report of the batch you have just settled Click Print Settlement and a confirmation dialog box dis plays to verify printing as shown in Figure 2 33 Aloha Manager Ed Are you CERTAIN you want to settle batch now i Cancel Figure 2 33 Print Verification Click OK to print settlement Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5
234. ab 3 97 Store Information subtab 3 99 Store Settings User Interface Order Screen subtab Modifier Screen 3 83 POS subtab 3 78 FOH Theme 3 79 Qwerty 3 79 Show Cursor 3 78 Show Redundant Mode Indicator 3 79 Quick Service Layout subtab Consolidate Items 3 85 Height 3 84 Prioritize Items 3 85 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Prioritize Modifiers 3 85 Width 3 84 X Coordinate 3 84 Y Coordinate 3 84 Store Settings Video 3 119 Straight Sales 4 38 Stub Text 3 59 Submenu Index 5 40 Substitute Group 5 40 Suffix 6 48 6 49 Summary Chit 3 64 Summary Chit with Single Chit 3 64 Suppress Bar Code Printing 3 59 Surcharge 5 24 Surcharge Comp Amount 6 41 Surcharge Promotion Amount 6 22 Surcharge Text 3 40 Surcharges 5 189 Symbol 3 110 6 47 Synchronize POS Time with Back Office Time 3 96 T Tables function tab 7 46 tare weight 8 48 Target Category 4 38 Tax Applied before Promotion 6 23 Tax Applied before Promption 6 23 Tax Comp Amount 6 41 Tax Exempt 5 148 Tax Food Cost 6 23 6 41 6 42 TaxID 5 155 5 192 6 23 6 41 Tax Rate 5 155 Tax Text 3 111 Taxes 5 154 Taxes subtab 6 22 6 40 Team Tip Distribution 2 24 Tender 5 148 Tenders function tab 6 3 Authorization subtab 6 13 Allow PreAuth with EDC 6 14 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Authorize Using EDC 6 13 Print on Check 6 13 Prompt 6 13 Require Authorization 6 1 3 Back Office subtab 6 14 Accounts Receivable 6 15 AR Field on Receipt 6 15 Gi
235. ab from the System group as shown in Figure 3 53 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Mai Store Settings Maintenance gE Group System i pln S Aloha Settings Disk Maintenance End Of Day Date Time Licensing Store Infomation Interfaces Security Key Information Line 1 97F3DDDBC234286 Line 4 7F378 Line 2 D32841 D5FA8C7C Line 5 54ADD9863F 412 Line 3 2C6FF6C3EF76 Line 6 Jee28eD1 78 Security Key Code line 1 NM 4 Figure 3 53 System Group Licensing Subtab Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 97 s6uiy9as 310 S Security Key Information Inset When entering the security key information enter the codes exactly as printed on the key Enter only zeros there are no letter O s in the code Line 1 Represents the numbers labeled SEC1 on your security key infor mation sheet Line 2 Represents the numbers labeled SEC2 on your security key infor mation sheet Line 3 Represents the numbers labeled SEC3 on your security key infor mation sheet Line 4 Represents the numbers labeled SEC4 on your security key infor mation sheet Line 5 Represents the numbers labeled SECS on your security key infor mation sheet Line 6 Represents the numbers labeled SEC6 on your security key infor mation sheet 3 98 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store
236. advance orders for future days Refer to the Aloha QuickService Special Features Guide for full docu mentation on Advance Orders Also refer to the Advance Orders Subtab on page 3 11 Enter Advance Order on page 5 113 and Manage Advance Orders on page 5 114 for more information Enabling Sub Orders You can now enable the system to divide the guest check into sub orders as you enter the order and communicate to the kitchen how to properly package the items This accommodates drive thru environments where several guests in a car want to see their separate totals and receive separate bags Guests must pay all at once as one payment rather than separately If the guests want to pay separately we recommend not creating sub orders and entering the orders as separate checks To use this feature you must also set up tray chit printing Refer to the Aloha QuickService Special Features Guide for full doc umentation on Sub Orders Also refer to Next Seat on page 5 118 Use Next Seat for Guest Counts on page 3 6 and Tray Chits Inset on page 3 76 for more information Printing Check Stubs You can now use the Print Check Stub feature to support QuickService envi ronments where a guest orders as they walk into the restaurant The person taking the order enters the items into the system without ordering them and a check stub prints for the guest to take with them to the table The guest will then hand the check stub
237. ain Menu displays as shown in Figure 10 1 7 Aloha Manager QuickService Eile Functions Reports Maintenance Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Refresh Data Preferences ia Verity Data Eenes View Debugging Fil A Debugging File Mak Create Diagnostic Files Stop Front of House Stet Rront Gh Buse Force End of Day Database Upgrade Regrind Subdirectories Fileserver Recovery r Item Maintena Member Maint Figure 10 1 Utilities Main Menu Programs that run in the foreground such as End of Day and Refresh Data take control of the system and temporarily close down FOH order entry termi nals Conversely background processes run without affecting FOH opera tions and are transparent to the user The daily activities on FOH order entry terminals such as sales cash receipts cash disbursements and the recording of labor activities normally generate and collect raw data Most of the activities provided in the Utilities menu involve organizing that raw data into usable form Collecting and organizing data is a key concept in the operation of Aloha QuickService and thus the programs launched from the Utilities menu are essential to the management of restaurant operations Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 sonn In this chapter you learn how to e Make database changes such as price or menu changes take effect in the FOH e Set sort preferences for database files alphabetically or by ID number e Check the
238. airness reasons The delay time which approximately equals the signal prop agation time on the cable allows the silence to reach the far end so that all nodes consider the net idle Jitter Instability in a signal wave caused by signal interference or an unbalanced FDDI ring or Token Ring LAN Local Area Network A data communications network which is geo graphically limited typically to a 1 km radius allowing easy interconnection of computers within adjacent buildings Ethernet and FDDI are examples of standard LANs Because the network is known to cover only a small area optimizations can be made in the network signal protocols that permit data rates up to 100 Mbps Lana The NetBIOS LANA LAN Adapter number identifies the trans port driver network interface card NIC driver and adapter that will be used to send and receive NetBIOS packets Each transport driver protocol net work interface card driver and adapter will use a different lana number LLC Logical Link Control The lower sublayer of the data link layer The interface between a node s Logical Link Control and the network s physical layer The MAC differs for various physical media LMHOSTS File that contains mappings between NetBIOS computer names and their IP addresses Latency 1 The time it takes for a packet to cross a network connection from sender to receiver 2 The period of time that a frame is held by a net work device
239. al properties such as text color button function and more Click the desired button to make it active 5 82 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 To copy a button 1 Right click the desired button The right click menu displays 2 Select Copy 3 Right click on an empty space on the panel The right click menu displays 4 Select Paste The new button displays on the panel Delete Button Delete a single button to remove it from the Aloha system To delete a button 1 2 Select the button to remove Select Delete Button from the Commands menu A confirmation prompt displays asking if you want to delete the button as shown in shown in Figure 5 58 Delete Button x Delete the button i Cance Figure 5 58 Delete Button Confirmation 3 Click OK Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 83 SOUBUDIUIEIN nus Group Buttons Use Panel Editor to define and place groups of buttons on panels If the panel to contain the buttons is not displayed select Open Existing Panel gt Button Functions from the Commands menu The Panel dialog box displays Select the panel and click OK Create a Group of Buttons To create a group of buttons on a panel select Buttons gt Layout Panel Buttons from the Commands menu The Layout Panel Buttons dialog box displays as shown in Figure 5 59 Layout Panel Buttons Enter values Blank values will y
240. ame category This text box specifies the number of items that must be purchased from the Req d Items category Item Limit When the Discount Off Selected Items Only check box is selected this determines the maximum number of eligible items that can be selected at any one time from the Select items prompt when applying the pro motion If more items are selected than the number specified here an error message displays If Item Limit is set to zero the FOH automatically applies the discount to all eligible items on the check therefore the Select items prompt does not dis play If the number of eligible items on the guest check is less than the item limit the FOH automatically applies the coupon If it is more the items must be chosen from the Select items prompt Aa If Item Limit is set to zero or the number of eligible items on the T check is less than the item limit the system automatically selects the items for you when this combo is applied on the FOH terminal If the selection dialog should be displayed instead enter an item limit of 1 and enter more than one item on the check For example the promotion states buy any entree for 10 off If the guest check has three entrees for 10 00 each the discount is calculated based on 10 of 30 00 and a 3 00 discount is applied to the check If the promotion states buy one entree and get 2 00 off and the guest check has three entrees for 10 00 each the disc
241. amp Employee Maintenance Group Intemational fed International Special Currency Inclusive Taxes Intemational Date ast p Date Format Separators Onei Twof Digits Order Month 2 C YMD o Go Yearf4 Sample Date 12 31 1999 This character seperates the first and second date part O NM Z Figure 3 62 International Group International Date Subtab Date Format Inset Separators specify the character to use for separating the month day of the month and year Each separator is one character the separators do not have to be the same character One Denotes the character to separate the first two fields such as or Two Denotes the character to separate the last two fields Month Digits Specifies the number of digits to display The default num ber is two Day Digits Specifies the number of digits to display The default number is two 3 112 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Year Digits Specifies the number of digits to use for the date Set this to two or four digits The default is four digits YMD Order Displays the date with the year first followed by the month then the day of the month DMY Order Displays the date with the day of the month first followed by the month then the year MDY Order Displays the date with the month first followed by the day of the month and then the year This is the default setting Sample Da
242. an 5 176 Item Lookup 5 114 Item Tax Indicator 3 55 Items function tab Item subtab 5 22 Chit Name 5 22 Control Name 5 22 Cost 5 23 Flex Tax 5 23 5 24 Member of Category 5 25 Primary Tax 5 23 Print on Check 5 32 Secondary Tax 5 23 Surcharge 5 24 Vendor Tax 5 24 Miscellaneous subtab 5 28 Ask for Description 5 31 Ask for Price 5 31 Cash Card 5 29 Delay Time 5 30 Do not show when item 5 30 Do not show when modifier 5 30 Highlight if Item 5 32 Label ID 5 31 Show Modifier Independently 5 3 0 Modifiers subtab 5 25 Apply Surcharge 5 26 Combine price with base item 5 26 Highlight if Modifier 5 26 Print Independently 5 26 Price subtab 5 27 Price Level 5 28 J Job Codes function tab Delivery subtab 4 26 Functions subtab 4 25 Declare Cash Only 4 25 Must Declare at Checkout 4 25 Number of Attempts 4 25 Reconcile All Tenders 4 25 Job Code subtab Allow Item Lookup 4 22 Allow Paid Breaks 4 20 Allow Unpaid Breaks 4 20 Cash Drawer 4 23 Do Not Print Jobcode 4 22 Do Not Update Flash Hourly Sales Report 4 21 Export Code 4 19 Go Directly to Close and Get Check 4 22 Group 4 19 Icon 4 18 Ignore Labor Schedule 4 22 Indirectly Tipped 4 21 Manager Must Checkout 4 21 Must Declare Tips 4 22 Number 4 17 Order Entry 4 20 Password Expires 4 22 Revenue Center 4 18 Shift Required 4 20 Training 4 20 Uses Password 4 21 Quick Service subtab 4 23 No Default Screen 4 24 Order Entry Queue 4 24 Order Entry Screen 4 24 Self Assign
243. an entree or a combo For example french fries salad or vegetables are side mod ifiers These groups are usually forced with a Min 1 Max 1 5 38 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 e Preparation A way in which an item is prepared or cooked For example a steak temperature These groups are always forced with a Min 1 Max 1 e Quantity Size A size portion or an amount For example a small or a cup size for soup These groups are always forced with a Min 1 Max1 Select Maintenance gt Menu gt Modifiers to display the Modifiers function tab as shown in Figure 5 23 7 Aloha Manager QuickService Of x File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Mai J ITALICI Group Maintenance a4 Modifier Group Burger Mods 10003 z Ketchup Employee a oa amo Fars Maintenance Short Name Burger Mods Lona uae Onion Bacon Portion Plain unf om oo Substitute Group asia Portio Ei Slice maa None 0 x a 050 maa ona Bui Spe Jelly aap Tartar Sauce Sp an gt Use Modifier Rane I Show Kevpadion Panel Modifier Panel None 0 z Cancel Edit Delete Items _ Categories Modifiers C N A Figure 5 23 Modifiers Function Tab Modifier Group Holds a five digit number between 10 000 and 19 999 that together with Long Name uniquely identifies each Modifier Group record To crea
244. anadienne 3 44 Add Charges Subtab cesece tinct eaten a de aban eet a ch shan Sones 3 45 Printing eeri i oero eoki nas day FAAA AAA RANAN Sket 3 48 Check Content 1 Subtab 20 0 0 cee ceesceeseeceeeeeeeeaaeeaaeeaeeeaeenaeeees 3 48 Check Content 2 Subtab 0 0c cccceeessesseeeseeeeeeeeaeeaaeeaeeeaeeeaeeees 3 52 Check Style Subtab sesisssesisessssersssi rininis 3 55 Multi Part Checks Subtab 0 c cccccsseceecceeeceeeeaeeeaeeaeeeeeeeeeeees 3 57 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Employee Checkout Cfg Subtab ccc cccceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeenaaees 3 59 Reports Subtab a merere ei erien eee are E eeh e E EEEE EE ine 3 62 Printing AG IGS erse a A a ae 3 63 Chit Content Subtab ce ccecccceecsseeeesueeseuuesesuaeesuaeeenaaees 3 63 CIES IE SUD EAD acsearle Muieite 3 67 Chit Appearance Subtab 0c eeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeneeenseenseeteenaes 3 70 Chit Fields Subtab ccc ceccceecccseessseeeesueeseuuesesuaeeeuaaeenaaeees 3 73 Other Chits Subtab 0 occ ccc ecccseessueeeesueeesueeseuuaeeeuaaeenaaes 3 76 User Interface ick aio Fix eee lec fechas ee vecdai diet Aotieh die BT dead keane de 3 78 POS SUD aD ETENE AE E E ees Aen I a BRAS 5 Gs 3 78 Order Screen Subtab wen fact tase eit volts ete ETG 3 83 QuickService Layout Subtab eccccecccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessnes 3 84 Pole Settings Subtab sh a8 ssasetestehentabdaielatescusnadeecdeduededeadiawhnd 3 85 Volume Levels Subtab ou cece c
245. and or edited once they have been created Aa An employee scheduler such as Basic Scheduler is a required fea F ture when Use Punctuality is enabled on the Scheduling subtab located in Maintenance gt Store Settings gt Labor group If the Use Schedule check box is selected on the Scheduling subtab located in Maintenance gt Store Settings gt Labor group Employee Scheduler or Aloha Labor Scheduler must be in use If Use Schedule is not selected the Basic Labor Scheduler feature can still be used to create schedules if the manager has access to this feature although it would not affect employees on the FOH mmr Giye managers access to Employee Scheduling in Back Office Secu nae rity Levels located in Maintenance gt Labor gt Back Office Security Levels Select Functions gt Basic Labor Scheduler to access the Employee Scheduling menu as shown in Figure 2 11 ioj xi 4 904 Employee Scheduling File Edit Report Help jeady M R NU Figure 2 11 Employee Scheduling Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 p Refer to Chap ter 3 Store Set tings for more information p Refer to Back Office Secu rity Levels on page 4 40 in Chapter 4 Labor Mainte nance Functions for more information Functions 2 17 suoipun4 File Menu The File drop down menu contains two available choices Print Setup and Exit Print Setup opens a standard Windows Printer Setup dialog box so tha
246. and redeem them There is no need for forms or man ual design and it lets you create or inventory preprinted gift certificates easily The system tracks each certificate you issue and redeem to reduce the risk of missing certificates and compromising security Aloha eCard is a feature of the Aloha Enterprise product to sell and redeem plastic gift cards It provides an extensive list of features such as providing the ability to overpay when redeeming requiring employees to enter gift cards with a mag card reader and more With Aloha eCard you do not need a credit card processor to transfer transactions Paymentech is used as a host to sell and redeem plastic gift cards as well as its own credit card processor It provides a variety of features for gift cards such as entering a range of gift cards using the Range feature offline transac tions and more ValueLink is used as a host to sell and redeem plastic gift cards using either the CES First Data South or Nabanco First Data North credit card proces sors It provides a variety of features such as enabling preauthorization offline transactions and more p Refer to the Aloha Gift Cer tificate Manager User s Guide for more information p Refer to the Aloha Quick Service Special Features Guide for more informa tion on setting up gift cards with Aloha eCard Paymen tech or ValueLink Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 117 s6uly9
247. ands menu The Order Entry Check dialog box displays as shown in Figure 5 39 Edit Panel Order Entry Check x Panel Name MMEM TAGE Panel Screen Title I Fixed Position Title Color Check Font Background Bitmap None pe OK Cancel Figure 5 39 Edit Panel Order Entry Check Dialog Box Panel Name Designates a unique name for the panel according to the function it performs Approximately 30 alpha and or numeric characters can be entered The text Unnamed Check is the default panel name Panel Screen Title Designates the text used as the title of the panel The text entered here displays on a system generated portion at the top of the panel The width of the panel should be considered when selecting a title Normally the Order Entry Check has no title Fixed Position Locks the panel in a fixed position on the screen therefore you can not accidentally move it to another part of the screen Menu Maintenance Functions 5 61 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SUBUDIUIEIN nus Title Color Button Click Title Color to display the Color dialog box and select a color for the title only if you enter title text Check Font Button Click Check Font to display the Font dialog box and select the font attributes of the panel heading only if you enter title text Background Bitmap Displays a list of all defined bitmaps held in the ALOHAQS BMP directory The bitmap display
248. any steaks to prepare based on preparation time 3 Ribeyes 2 MR 1 Soup 1 Salad 1MW Soup Print in Bold Prints the item in bold on the chit Justification Specifies the printing justification on the guest check for the item Available options are left centered and right with left being the default Menu Maintenance Functions 5 33 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SUBUDIUIEIN nus Categories The Categories feature of the Aloha menu system combines like menu items into groups that can be tracked for reporting purposes to promote special items on the menu or to modify other parts of the menu system Categories are used extensively with Promotions Comps Order Modes Labor Groups and Performance Measures A maximum of 950 categories can be defined Up to 40 of these can be used for sales and 910 can be used for non sales catego ries 9 A category cannot be deleted if it is assigned to a promotion comp order mode or a performance measure Category Rules Categories can be as simple or as complex as required but there are several rules governing the creation of new categories e Include every item in either a sales or a retail category e Items cannot be in more than one sales or retail category e Non sales categories are useful if used properly but not required e Anitem may be in one sales or one retail category and none one or more non sales or suggestive categories e Items not
249. ard Routing screen and enables the employee to alter display board routing Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 133 Ss UeEUDIUIEIN nus To add a reroute display board button 1 Select Reroute Display Board from the Function drop down list Additional options display as shown in Figure 5 100 Edit Buttons Quick Service Function Reroute Display Board he m Text Define Reroute i eroute nDisplay nBoard Prompt Reroute Justify Display Board Color C Left C Top Center Center E C Right C Bottom Display from Terminal jy Background Local M Color I Transparent Highlight r Bitmap T Route current order only 1E ETE splay Tey eee iar ere E Default Order Mode None 1 Justify N eft Top aap None Genter Genter Up None z Fight Botton Down None x m Preview m Hint Cancel le the routing to the selected Display oar Figure 5 100 Reroute Display Board Function Button 2 Select one of the following options Prompt Reroute Requires the system to display the FOH Display Board Routing screen so you can reroute display boards Define Reroute Allows you to preset a display board routing des tination 3 Select the display board to route from the drop down list excluding PCD 101s 4 Select the terminal from which the display board d
250. ared expediter chits print when an order is routed to two or more kitchen printers Sort Options Inset Sort Items According to Priority Causes menu items to print on the chit in the assigned priority Items are sorted before printed and according to prior ities assigned in Maintenance gt Menu gt Items Always Use Maximum Modifier Priority If a modifier has a higher pri ority than the item it is modifying the entire item takes on the priority of the highest modifier priority Print a Separator Line Between Priority Prints a separator line between menu items with different priorities This works in conjunction with Sort Items according to Priority 3 68 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Modifier Sorting Sorts the modifier on the chit according to the method selected in the drop down list Select one of the following sorting methods None Displays modifiers in the order you enter them for the item Priority 1 Sorts based on the priority defined for the modifier in Maintenance gt Menu gt Items 2 If modifiers have the same priority then sorts based on the order of the modifier groups attached to the menu item 3 Sorts in alphabetical order Priority Only 1 Sorts based on the priority defined for the modifier in Maintenance gt Menu gt Items but identical modifier items are kept together 2 Sorts by alphabetical order Modgroup 1 Sorts based on the o
251. ares tips less than the defined threshold or minimum amount The tips threshold is user defined in Store Settings gt Financials gt Reports lh 4 22 Labor Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Cash Drawer Inset Cash Drawer Enables assignment of a cash drawer to the employee Use this setting for employees who manage cash drawers such as cashiers The most employees you can assign to a cash drawer is one Use Count Screens Enables the employee to use a money counter to enter or confirm their starting bank Multiple Drawers Enables assignment of the employee to more than one cash drawer at a time Select Cash Drawer to enable this check box QuickService Subtab The QuickService subtab allows you to further define the functions and tasks for a selected job code Select the QuickService subtab from the Job Codes function tab to assign order entry screens and queues and other job code tasks and functions as shown in Figure 4 13 74 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Job Code Maintenance e Number j MANAGER M Revenue Center None 0 X Enee Job Cade Quick Service Functions Delivery Maintenance Coane fascn sl Order Entry Queue None 0 z Self Banking I Self Assign Drawer T Enter Starting Bank T No Default Screen s _ Lancel Edit Delete Bring Up Screen Maintenance E
252. arge Font for Check Uses a larger font size on the guest check Use Large Font for the Check Total Prints the guest check total in a larger font size Use Large Font for Check Name Prints the guest check name in a larger font size Auto Print Checks Inset Auto Print When Food is Ordered Enables guest checks to print auto matically when food is committed to an order mode or sent to the kitchen 3 56 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Multi Part Checks Subtab The Multi Part Checks subtab enables the Print Check Stub feature and defines how and what prints on the output Select the Multi Part Checks sub tab from the Printing group as shown in Figure 3 32 7 Aloha Manager QuickService m zioi xi File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Store Settings Maintenance Group Printing gt Check Content 1 Check Content 2 Check Style Multi Part Checks Employee Checkout Cfg Reports I Paint Check Stubs I Use Guest Check Heading T Print on Check Exit T Single Print Only J Suppress Barcode Printing Stub Text es Store Settings Figure 3 32 Multi Part Subtab Print Check Stub The Print Check Stub feature supports environments where a guest orders as they walk into the restaurant The person taking the order enters the items into the system without ordering them and a check stub prints for the guest to tak
253. ario 2 Enter an item that will be sent to the kitchen send the item with an available order mode then name the order with the Name Order function The table tent prompt displays Force Sequence Retains the original numbering sequence as defined in the minimum and maximum tent numbers You can not manually enter a table tent number but you can skip the offered table tent number and accept the next available number in sequence Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 p Refer to Chap ter 5 Menu Maintenance Functions for more information on the Name Order function Store Settings 3 75 sBuiyes 910 S Other Chits Subtab The Other Chits subtab enables you to specify various chit settings for other types of chits you may print such as tray chit printing order taker chits and void chits Select the Other Chits subtab from the Printing Chits group as shown in Figure 3 42 7 Aloha Manager QuickService 5 x File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools Yiew Help Store Settings Maintenance Group i eas Chit Content Chit Style Chit Appearance Chit Fields Other Chits Copies of Cash In Out Chit 2 J Print Void Chits at Remote Printer JT Print Void Chit when an item is voided Tray Chits Order Taker Chits Print Tray Chits Print Order Taker Chits None 00 x I Exclude specific category None 0 7 T Exclude all modifiers Max Seats per Tray Chit 4 Save
254. ary panel Ps gee TAD 10 House Account to COMPS PROMOS Figure 5 10 Tenders Panel Example Comps and Promotions Panel Contains the available comps created in Maintenance gt Payments gt Comps and Promotions created in Maintenance gt Payments gt Promotions Comps and Promos are sometimes combined with the Tenders panel but depending on the number of comps and promos available they might warrant their own panel The Comps and Promotions panel Figure 5 11 is created as a second ary panel in various shapes and is usually located off of or close to the Ten 5 14 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 ders panel Most comps and promos require additional tendering before closing the check BOGO Free Taco Coupon Dessert Figure 5 11 Comps and Promotions Panel Example Employee and Manager Functions Panels Contains various functions available to the employee such as Checkout Break In Change Password etc These panels can consist of button functions that affect current checks but are usually not related to ringing sales We rec ommend creating a separate panel for employee functions and manager func tions based on security and the button functions themselves Depending on the access levels the Manager Functions panel could have up to three times as many functions as the Employee Function panel sometimes having to pass through even more secondary panels to access such things as
255. as shown in Figure 5 75 Format Buttons x Apply these checked button attributes to the banded buttons r Text M 1 5 Justy gt Vv Color MC Left C Top Center Center C Right Bottom M T Transparent M Highlight r Bitmap M T Tile M I Transparent N I Display Text Justy OnV urcen x M C Let C Top CA Center Center Up None X Down fv None X Preview of first Button C Righ Bottom OK CJ oe Figure 5 75 Format Buttons Dialog Box Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 93 SUBUDIUIEIN nus Text Inset Text Applies the button text to all rubberbanded buttons Select the check box to apply the button text of the first created button in the rubberband or enter the text in the text box Color Designates the text color for all rubberbanded buttons Select the check box to apply the text color of the first created button to all selected but tons in the rubberband Color Button Click Color to display the Color dialog box and set the color of the button text for all buttons in the rubberband Font Applies the button font to all rubberbanded buttons Select the check box to apply the same button font of the first created button in the rub berbanded buttons Font Button Click Font to display the Font dialog box and set the font attributes for all but tons in the rubberband Text Justify Inset The j
256. ass using light beams to transmit large amounts of data Resistant to interference Speeds of between 100Mbps 200 000Mbps File server Hardware and software that together provide file handling and storage functions for multiple users on a local area network Storing files on a file server saves having multiple copies stored on individual computers thus economizing on disk space and also makes administrating and updating the files easier Flow control The collection of techniques used in serial communications to stop the sender sending data until the receiver can accept it This may be either software flow control or hardware flow control The receiver typically has a fixed size buffer into which received data is written as soon as it is received When the amount of buffered data exceeds a high water mark the receiver will signal to the transmitter to stop transmitting until the process reading the data has read sufficient data from the buffer that it has reached its low water mark at which point the receiver signals to the transmitter to resume transmission Fragment A piece of a packet When a router is forwarding an IP packet to a network that has a maximum packet size smaller than the packet size it is forced to break up that packet into multiple fragments These fragments will be reassembled by the IP layer at the destination host Fragmentation The IP process in which a packet is broken into smaller pieces
257. at provides a means to dynamically allocate IP addresses to computers on a local area net work The system administrator assigns a range of IP addresses to DHCP and each client computer on the LAN has its TCP IP software configured to request an IP address from the DHCP server The request and grant process uses a lease concept with a controllable time period DNS Domain Name Services A general purpose distributed replicated data query service chiefly used on Internet for translating hostnames into Internet addresses Also the style of hostname used on the Internet though such a name is properly called a fully qualified domain name DNS can be configured to use a sequence of name servers based on the domains in the name being looked for until a match is found DSR Data Set Ready DSU Digital Service Unit DTE Data Terminal Equipment Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Networking Glossary 9 DTR Data Terminal Ready DVM Digital VoltMeter Uses voltage tests for continuity or short Datagram A self contained independent entity of data carrying sufficient information to be routed from the source to the destination computer without reliance on earlier exchanges between this source and destination computer and the transporting network Data Link Layer The third lowest layer in the OSI seven layer model The network layer determines routing of packets of data from sender to receiver via the data
258. ate as much as possible and to make the title descriptive of the function it performs When dealing with multiple screens that use different panels always enter a preceding indi cator or prefix such as DR for dining room or MGR for manager This tech nique groups panels together in a list when displayed inside dialog boxes 5 54 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Title Inset Title Text Designates the text used as the title of the panel Add text to the title of the panel if desired The width of the panel should be considered when selecting a title The text entered here displays on a system generated portion at the top of the panel The background color of the system generated portion displays according to the Windows display configuration If Title Text is left blank the panel displays without a system title bar An unassigned button can be used in place of a title heading if desired Refer to the Button Functions section later in this chapter Title Color Button Click Title Color to display the Color dialog box and select a color for the panel heading only if you enter title text To add or change the text color of the panel title 1 Click Title Color The Color dialog box displays as shown in Figure 5 33 Color BE Basic colors Ef 8 Bie BE eee EERE oT Custom colors BEBE eee pepe pe N Define Custom Colors gt gt Cea Figure 5 33 Color Dialog Bo
259. ations at the bit level which are not normally described as bitwise include shift and rotate Boolean The type of an expression with two possible values true and false Also a variable of Boolean type or a function with Boolean arguments or result The most common Boolean functions are AND OR and NOT Bit mask A pattern of binary values which is combined with some value using bitwise AND with the result that bits in the value in positions where the mask is zero are also set to zero Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Networking Glossary 5 Bridge A device which forwards traffic between network segments based on data link layer information These segments would have a common net work layer address Broadband A transmission medium capable of supporting a wide range of frequencies typically from audio up to video frequencies It can carry mul tiple signals by dividing the total capacity of the medium into multiple inde pendent bandwidth channels where each channel operates only on a specific range of frequencies Broadcast A transmission to multiple unspecified recipients On Ether net a broadcast packet is a special type of multicast packet which all nodes on the network are always willing to receive Broadcast storm A broadcast on a network that causes multiple hosts to respond by broadcasting themselves causing the storm to grow exponentially in severity Bus Topology Bus consists of
260. avail able for selection Wage Type Displays predefined wage types in a drop down list Defaults to the first defined wage type Wage types can represent sick time vacation jury duty or any other predefined type designated by your establishment Store Determines the store location to be charged with the employee s hours This field can only be changed if you are licensed for SuperSite This displays as the first store defined if using SuperSite or Default Store for non SuperSite Review Designates a system generated entry if populated with an asterisk Designates a user applied entry if blank The asterisk remains until the user edits or reviews the record s Before you add a record for other wages you must set up the corre sponding wage type in Maintenance gt Labor gt Other Wages 2 14 Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Add or Edit Buttons Select a date from the Date drop down list at the top of the Edit Punches function tab Figure 2 9 Select a record to edit and click Edit or click Add to add a new record for that date The Edit Other Wages dialog box displays as shown in Figure 2 10 Edit Other Wage Data Ea Employee AMEE Store Default Store 1 od Wage Type Vac 1 7 Hours j jao Job Code SERVER 20 X Pay Rate E 50 Iota 24 75 Cancel Figure 2 10 Edit Other Wage Data Pay Rate Displays the pay rate for the selected job c
261. ax that becomes active when the terms specified in the Conditions inset are not met The flex tax specified in this field applies only if the specified conditions fail Conditions Inset Is Item Quantity Less Than Designates taxation by an item quantity threshold below which tax will apply When Quantity 1 is selected as the flex type this text box is enabled Is Check Subtotal Less Than Designates taxation based on check subto tal threshold below which tax will apply When Subtotal 2 is selected as the flex type this text box is enabled 5 176 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Do any items in this category appear on the check Designates taxation based on an item category When Category 3 is selected as the flex type this text box is enabled Refer to the section immediately following on Example of Category Flex Tax for more information about this feature Category Button Click Category to open the Categories function tab and add a new category or edit an existing category if necessary Changing a category changes it for all items to which it is assigned Example of Flex Tax with Category and Always Conditions To set the system to charge no tax on a coke when it is ordered individually and tax the same coke at 7 when it is combined with other food items you need to create two primary tax records and three flex tax records Once all the tax records are in place associat
262. b from the Order Entry group as shown in Figure 3 4 ers feature in the Special ua Caide Tor more FEE information on setting up File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools view Help pizza Store Settings Maintenance Group OrderEny x GuestCounts Options Pizza Advance Orders p Pizza Pizza 10 Z Left Half 000997 lt lt LEFT HALF hi Bight Half ooo998 RIGHT HALF gt gt x r Pizza Portion Pricing Percentage Pricing soo x C Average Pricing Higher Priced Item Charged Whole Price for Topping Save Store Settings Figure 3 4 Order Entry Group Pizza Subtab Pizza Select the predefined category that includes all the pizza menu items from the drop down list A category must be selected or the Pizza Modifier screen will not display when ordering those items on the FOH terminal Pizza Button Click Pizza to access the Categories function tab Here you can perform main tenance in the Categories function including add new records if the category you need is not already there 3 8 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Left Half Select the item to represent the left half of the pizza from the drop down list Items are set up in Maintenance gt Menu gt Items The name of this item is displayed on the guest check when using the Pizza Mod feature Left Half Button Click Left Half to access the Items function tab Here you can perform
263. base upgrade This selection would be appropriate for creating an Enter prise ID for an individual restaurant Central Site IDs Creates Enterprise IDs for central sites during the data base upgrade This selection would be appropriate for creating an Enterprise ID for a facility serving as a central site for a group of restaurants Assign Security Levels Assigns security levels to employees during the database upgrade Force Upgrade Bypasses version checking during the database upgrade Configuration Data Only Upgrades the configuration data only not the historical data This function applies to systems using relational database Do Not Copy DBF Files Performs the upgrade without copying identical database files Force Security Forces security conversion to proceed even if data errors occur Upgrade DBF Index Files Upgrades only the CDX index files Every selection is active and selectable independently except for Upgrade DBF Index Files All other selections become unavailable and are cleared when Upgrade DBF Index Files is selected The only exceptions are the two Messages selections The text boxes containing information about directory locations also remain unaffected Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Utilities 10 21 sonn Grind Status The Grind Status function is available when you are using the SuperSite add on or a relational database RDB Information provided in this secti
264. be activated at cer tain times The dialog box shown in Figure 7 24 displays Activate Store Specific Item Xx ltem to Activate Figure 7 24 Activate Store Specific Item Item to Activate Select the inactive item configured with the tilde symbol in the short name as defined in Maintenance gt Menu gt Items Item Name Select the new name of the item to be implemented at the store 7 26 System Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 36 Activate Panel Button The Activate Panel Button event activates a button on a panel at a specific time This event is commonly used in a Centralized Data Management CDM environment where the central site sends items on a button to select stores to be activated at certain times The dialog box shown in Figure 7 25 displays Activate Panel Button xi Panel Breaktast Menu 3 Button adaincon 71 x OK Cancel Figure 7 25 Activate Panel Button Panel Select the panel as defined in Maintenance gt Menu gt Panel Editor Button Select the button located on the panel as defined in Maintenance gt Menu gt Panel Editor Set Button as Inactive Disables the button when selected or activates when selected System Maintenance Functions 7 27 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SoUeUDdIUIEIN wa SAS 37 Reroute Secondary Taxes by Revenue Center The Reroute Secondary Taxes by Revenue Center
265. be entered This text prints on the guest check Exempt Items Inset The Exempt Items inset enables you to identify a specific category for which you want the items to be exempted from the GST tax Category Button Click Category to access the Categories function tab to add or edit a category Changing a category changes it for all items assigned to it Category Specifies the category in which to assign exempt GST tax status All existing categories display in the drop down list The default value is None which applies the GST to all items on the guest check GST Tax Text on Guest Check Inset Text Enables you to define what prints on the GST line on the guest check The default text is GST Tax This is a 20 character field GST Inclusive Taxes If you define the GST tax as an inclusive tax the tax is included in each item price hereafter referred to as the full item price Item prices should be set up in Item Maintenance with a price that includes tax as well as the value of the item The GST tax is applied to every item on the guest check 5 164 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 The formula the system uses to calculate the GST inclusive rate is amount rate 1 all percentage rates added together excluding the GST tax rate W If the GST tax is set as inclusive the primary taxes must be set as inclusive also or the rates are ignored by the system To configure a GST inclusive
266. before it is forwarded Two of the most important parameters of a communications channel are its latency and its bandwidth MAC The lower sublayer of the data link layer The interface between a node s Logical Link Control and the network s physical layer The MAC dif fers for various physical media 16 Networking Glossary Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 MAN Metropolitan Area Network A data network intended to serve an area the size of a large city Such networks are being implemented by innova tive techniques such as running optical fiber through subway tunnels Mbps Megabits per second Millions of bits per second A unit of infor mation transfer rate For example Ethernet can carry 10 Mbps Mesh Commonly used in WAN configurations Routers are connected to multiple links for redundancy and to give the ability to determine the quickest route to a destination Mnemonic A shortened version of a command word such as TXD for Transmit Data Multiplexer Mux Combines several separate data channels for transmis sion over a single line NDIS Used to bind multiple protocols to a network adapter NIC Network Interface Card An adapter circuit board installed in a com puter to provide a physical connection to a network NRZ Non Return to Zero NWLINK Microsoft version of IPX SPX NetBEUI NetBIOS Extended User Interface The network transport pro tocol used by all
267. ber e Department number e Regular hours worked e Overtime hours worked e Pay rate e Tips due e Declared tips e Gross Wages To create the Paychex Pay File select Functions gt Export gt Create Paychex Pay File The Aloha Grind Program dialog box displays enabling the Grind program to process the Paychex Pay File When Grind is through processing the Pay File a Notice message box displays Click OK 2 38 Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Create PayUSA Extract File The Create PayUSA Extract File command creates two files The first file contains the following information e Employee number e Hours worked code e Hours worked e Job cost e Account number e Rate The second file contains the following information e Employee number e Deduction Earning code e Hours e Rate e Declared tips To create the PayUSA Extract File select Function gt Export gt Create Pay USA Extract File The Aloha Grind Program dialog box displays enabling the Grind program to process the PayUSA Extract Pay File Running the Pay USA Extract File extracts data for the days selected in the pay period to the PAYUSA folder in the ALOHAQS directory Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Functions 2 39 suonoun4 1 Refer to the Aloha EDC User s Guide if you are using Aloha EDC for credit card processing ICVerify The ICVerify submenu is used to interface the Aloha POS system with IC Ver ify
268. ble for assignment to the shared group Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Aloha Manager 1 19 1 peuew eyoly To customize the shared group 1 Log in to QuickService 2 Select Tools gt Customize from the menu or right click in the nav bar area and select Customize The Customize Properties dialog box dis plays 3 With the Shared Navigation Bar subtab selected click New Group The text New Group displays in the Groups and Group text text boxes 4 Select the New Group text in the Group Text text box and type a descriptive name to assign to the shared group 5 Press Tab Do not press Enter The entered text displays in the Groups and Group text text boxes 6 Click New Shortcut The text New Shortcut displays in the Short cuts and Shortcut Text text boxes 7 Select the function to add to the shared group from the Function drop down list Remember the functions displayed in this list are determined by the security level to which you are assigned The func tion name is placed in the Shortcuts Shortcut Text and Function text boxes 8 Click Apply The record is saved 9 Repeat steps 3 through 7 until the desired functions are added 10 Click OK to exit the Customize function and add the new functions to the Shared nav bar User Tools Subtab Click the User Tools subtab to add access in QuickService to applications that are available on the back office computer or network Microsoft
269. buted between the concepts for reporting purposes Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 System Maintenance Functions SoUeUDdIUIEIN wajsks p Refer to Chap ter 4 Labor Maintenance Functions for more information about Access Levels Void Reasons The Void Reasons function tab enables you to maintain a database file that is useful for auditing and reporting purposes in tracking the types and character istics of voids recorded by the system Voids can be marked as affecting or not affecting inventory Aa Ifan employee is assigned to a job code with Allow to void own F items selected Void Reasons do not display on the screen and no password is requested The Void Report will show Void Reason UNKNOWN When an employee attempts to delete an item that has been sent to the kitchen from a guest check a reason for the void must be selected If the employee is assigned to an access level with Void Items selected they can enter their password at the Enter manager password prompt select a reason for the void and complete the transaction If they are not a manager is required to com plete the transaction If the employee is assigned to a job code with Allow to void own items selected no password message or void reasons will display Select Maintenance gt System gt Void Reasons to display the Void Reasons function tab as shown in Figure 7 35 oi 10 TEED Description Wrong Item I Affects Inve
270. button on the FOH screen that displays for a manager override Convert Break into a Paid Break Changes the unpaid break to a paid break Select this to display the Convert Break into a Paid Break button on the FOH screen that displays for a manager override Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 15 s6uly9as 9103S Remove Break Removes the break time Select this to display the Remove Break button on the FOH screen that displays for a manager over ride Enforce Unpaid Break Time Feature The Enforce Unpaid Break Time feature enables you to enforce the unpaid break time an employee takes to a set break time frame based on a defined number of minutes If the employee returns from an unpaid break too early the manager can override the enforcement and allow the employee to return to work We discuss the following procedures for the Enforce Unpaid Break Time feature e Activate the Enforce Unpaid Break Time feature and select approve break return options Define the number of minutes to enforce unpaid breaks e Define who can approve an unpaid break return e Operate the Enforce Unpaid Break Time feature from the FOH Approve break return options enable you to control how the break is recorded or if it should be paid or unpaid You must select at least one approve break return option or the system will not save your information With each selec tion the option appears on the FOH Break O
271. cashier has to select a cash drawer function and perform a drop Select the Banks subtab as shown in Figure 3 25 tities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee mai RSS eee amp Employee Maintenance Group Financials Tares amp Surcharges Reports Banks House Accounts Add Charges a 0 00 Initial Prompt for Cash Drop at Subsequent Prompts for Cash Drop Every Required Cash Drop at 0 00 Store Settings Value for Initial Cash Drop Prompt now Figure 3 25 Banks Subtab Initial Prompt for Cash Drop at Designates the amount that must be in the drawer to initiate the first message prompt for a cash drop Subsequent Prompts for Cash Drop Every Determines the amount that must be in the drawer to display subsequent message prompts for a cash drop This number must be greater than the number entered in the Initial Prompt for Cash Drop text box Required Cash Drop at Designates the amount that must be in the drawer to display a message prompt for a required cash drop This number must be greater than the numbers entered in the Initial Prompt for Cash Drop and Subsequent Prompts for Cash Drop Every text boxes Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 43 s6uiy9as 910 S House Accounts Subtab This subtab enables you to specify how the system searches for house accounts Select the House Accounts subtab from the Financials group as shown
272. category to identify in this scenario You want to charge tax on a coke when an item from the category is ordered with food or when an item from the category appear s on the check as the help text on the Flex Tax function tab suggests The text boxes in the Chaining inset become available when a flex type other than Always is selected enabling you to specify the conditions to apply and when In this example select the Tax Coke flex tax as Flex Tax ID 1 to ensure when the category condition is met or is successful and food items are sold with the coke tax on the coke is charged Select No Tax Coke as Flex Tax ID 2 to ensure when the category condition is not met or fails no tax is charged on the solo coke An example of the Tax Coke Always flex tax record is shown in Figure 5 132 Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Maintenance Conditions Flex Tax ld 06 Tax Coke x fetem quanity lee thar 0 Description Tax Coke Is check subtotal less thar 0 00 Flex Type Always 0 z Do ary items in this category Tax lal Tax Coke 10 7 Category _ appeat on the check Chaining Flex Tax Id 1 Condition Success Flex Tax Id 2 Condition Fails To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return NUM hi Figure 5 132 Sample Tax Coke Always Flex Tax Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 179 SUBUDIUIEIN nus An example of
273. cccssceccseeeeseeecseeeeseeeeeeueeeeeenees 3 86 DOCUMMOY eiee eieae anien unana KAKAA Eeu sedi AEEA ANEKERE TAEAE EENG ESS 3 88 POS Security Subtab ai srtcenditte recs cheats tet nhc attaching stoned wand ila 3 88 POS Password Settings Subtab cccceeeeeeeeeeeeennneeeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 89 Restrictions Subtab ccc ccc ccsceecesseeeseeeceseeeceeeeceseeeseeeeeeeeaees 3 91 Cash Drawer Subtab 0 0 0 0 ccc ccc ecccceecsueecesueeeeueeseuuaeeeuaaeesaaeees 3 92 System ne ie Raa Shae tice aa een seats T a ean eet teens 3 94 Date Time Subtab uu ccc cccccccceecsseecsseeceeeeecesueceseeuseueaeeueaees 3 94 Licensing SUDA Aviad tewnde daieninces ceva lecivds ectiaehag cane asas 3 97 Store Information Subtab cece cceeeceseseeeesesueeesueeeeeaees 3 99 Interfaces SUbDtab cece cccecceueesesueeesuueseuuesesueaeeauaeeeaaeeeas 3 100 Aloha Settings Subtab seca nscale tvne eel ou aceasta Gare oa 3 101 Disk Maintenance Subtab ccc ccecseceseeeesseeeeeseeeeeneaeeeaes 3 102 End Of Day Subta D oe haeie aean aKa inde E div ales aiaia 3 104 international ccs eisccesns See ea OAAR AR I 3 106 International SUbtaD eee c cece eccceeeeeueesesueeeeueeeeueeseeaaeeees 3 106 Special Currency Subtab c ccccceeeeeesseccceeeeeeeeeseeceeeeeeneenenees 3 109 Inclusive Taxes Subtab cece ceecceceecseeeseueesseueeseuuesesaaeeeus 3 110 International Date Subtab ou ccc ecccceeceseeeesueeeeueeeesaeeeees 3 112 GST SUDtAD a4 02 a ise ei
274. ccidentally move it to another part of the screen Fixed Button Layout Locks the button layout in a fixed position on the panel itself You can not accidentally move buttons to another position on the panel or add or delete them Background Inset Add colors to the background of the panel if desired In addition the back ground can display as transparent for a distinctive 3 D effect System gener ated borders on panels are also optional No Border Displays the panel with no borders This also disables all options in the Title Text inset The right panel example shown in Figure 5 35 displays without a border Options Et Cone spog apoa Help y E cy 205 Panel with Border Panel x 330 y 135 cx 250 cy 285 Figure 5 35 Panels with and without a Border Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 57 aoueUDdIUIeIN nus Transparent Displays the background of the panel as the same color or bitmap of the screen in which the panel resides creating a 3 D effect This effect is useful when a color is defined or when bitmaps are attached to the screen in Maintenance gt Menu gt Screen Editor The panel displays as transparent as shown in the left example of Figure 5 36 Panel with Transparency Panel without Transparency Panel x 455 y 135 cx 290 cy 285 Figure 5 36 Panel Background with and without Transparency Color Button Click Co
275. ccount 1D TAS Tender None 0 To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Retum NUM 4 Figure 7 38 Petty Accounts Function Tab ID Holds a five digit ID number that together with Name uniquely iden tifies each petty cash account record To create a new record enter an unused number and press Enter To edit an existing record select it from the ID drop down list and press Enter Name Designates the name of the petty cash account 7 50 System Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Tender Applies to cash out accounts only Only non cash tenders are dis played for selection If a cash out account has a non cash tender attached the cash out does not show on the regular Paid Out section on the Server Check out This amount displays in the non cash transactions section in the audit sec tion of the checkout report Affects Deposit Used to note whether activity in the defined account affects bank deposits If money is simply being moved to or from the safe the deposit is not affected If the money is paid to a vendor the deposit is affected When using the Tip Out functionality and creating a petty cash account make sure Affects Deposit is not selected Cash Accounts Inset Cash In Account Used to mark the account as an account that receives cash payments The Tenders drop down list becomes unavailable when Cash In Account is selected Cash Out Acco
276. ce x Function MERAMA Tet Order Type Orderintype Justify Color C Left Top F Center Center om Right Bottom m Background Color I Transparent Highlight r Bitmap I Tie I Transparent R Display Tert Cene Up None z Fight Bottom Down None x r Preview OK Order T m Hint Type Cancel Specifies the order mode for the current order Figure 5 90 Order Type Button Function 2 Select an order mode to designates the order type to assign to the button 3 Click OK Other Wages Opens the FOH Other Wages screen to define hours or a dollar amount for such things as vacation time for the current day Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 121 SUeUDIUIEIN nus Play Video Activates an available AVI video clip most commonly used for training pur poses To add a play video button 1 Select Play Video from the Function drop down list An additional option displays as shown in Figure 5 91 Function AEREE Edit Buttons Quick Service m Text Play nivideo Justify Color s C Top Center Center Font Right Bottom r Background Color I Transparent Highlight m Bitmap M Tile I Transparent Display Text Justy N 7 C Let f Top O W Center Center Up None zj Fight Bottorn Down None x Preview
277. cessed The employee hours are posted to the next business day and can then be edited by selecting this date from the selection list Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Click a column heading to sort the information on the screen by that heading p Refer to the Employee Settings Subtab on page 3 13 in Chapter 3 Store Settings for more information Functions 2 7 suo uny If the 24 Hour Operation check box is selected on the End of Day subtab located in Maintenance gt Store Settings gt System group the EOD clocks out all employees who are clocked in and then clocks them back in when the EOD is complete Therefore even if Auto Clockout is not selected if an employee forgets to clock out the employee s hours reflect in the Edit Punches function tab on the Employee Settings subtab located in Maintenance gt Store You can edit an employee s time for the number of prior weeks set Settings gt Labor group Date Specifies the date in which you need to make adjustments to time and attendance information from the drop down list All time and attendance information for the selected date displays Employee gt Edit Clock In or Edit Breaks button from the FOH screen You must have the appropriate access level to perform this function 9 To edit punches for the current day select the Special Functions gt When you click Add or Edit the Edit Shift Data dialog box displa
278. ch has an OK and Cancel button and an optional keypad for ordering in quantities If buttons are placed on the blank panel they are combined with the items in the modifier group Refer to the Modifiers section later in this chapter Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 17 sUeUDIUIEIN nus User Defined Modifier Panels Use modifier panels creating in Mainte nance gt Menu gt Panel Editor as shown in the example The Modifier panel is displayed either by touching a corresponding chaining button or the panel is forced through a script configuration This method usually must have another chaining button enabling you to return to the menu item panel as explained earlier in the Secondary Panels section Menu Building Methods There are several methods you can use to build the menu system The recom mended method is to build menus from the bottom up beginning with tax methods then building the menu items and modifiers Attach the items to but tons on a panel and then assign the panels to screen s using Screen Editor Or you can reverse the process and build the menus from the top down Regardless of the method you choose to build the menus the interdependen cies of database files must be remembered Some files must be revisited in order to complete the records such as to add a modifier group to an item However building menus from the bottom up reduces the amount of revisit ing required
279. ch it resides For example if a bitmap image of an arrow against a yellow background is placed on a panel with a black back ground the yellow background of the bitmap displays as black to match the color of the panel as shown in Figure 5 38 Panel Bmp No Trans Panel Bmp Trans Pane Bmp Tile CLCC titctctctctictctictictctct A QBAD D BAA LAO OAD OLA Figure 5 38 Panel Bitmap Examples Justify Inset The justification setting determines how the bitmap is displayed on the panel Select Left Center or Right to horizontally align the bitmap on the panel Select Top Center or Bottom to vertically align the bitmap on a panel Center is selected as the default for both of these To select a bitmap and define the justification on the background of the panel 1 Double click the desired panel or right click and select Edit Panel The Edit Panel dialog box displays for the corresponding panel 2 Select an available bitmap from the Bitmap drop down list 3 Select Left Center or Right for the horizontal justification of the bitmap 4 Select Top Center or Bottom for the vertical justification of the bit map 5 Click OK 5 60 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Order Entry Check Panel Use the Order Entry Check option to create the guest check window for dis playing the current order To create a new Order Entry Check Panel select Create New Panel gt Order Entry Check from the Comm
280. ch the video signal may be routed 8 40 Hardware Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Video Queues The Video Queues feature enables you to sort orders and send them to differ ent preparation queues depending upon their source and the type of order The following capabilities are among the features included in video queues Multiple video queues are allowed Input from video keypads is supported Display orders on split screens Random or directed order bumping Load balancing queues are supported by number of items or orders Bumping between video groups is supported Video queues is part of the Aloha Remote Display Systems add on to the Aloha system Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 p Refer to the Interfacing RDS with Aloha User s Guide for more information about the capabilities of this feature Hardware Maintenance Functions 8 41 s UeUDazUIEIN oJeMpJeH 1 Refer to the Interfacing RDS with Aloha User s Guide for more informa tion about the capabilities of this feature Video Devices Video devices provide excellent ways of making your employees more pro ductive by facilitating the quick accurate filling and delivering of orders with rapid clear communication within the restaurant This capability is available to you by purchasing a license for remote display systems an add on to the Aloha system This package gives you instant access to adding and config
281. change clear the Active check box and F click Set If you do not click Set before saving the price change will still be active Upsell Specifies an additional amount to charge if the customer requests an upsell for a Quick Combo promotion This text box is only active for the Quick Combo promotion type Set Button Click Set to accept the price level change entered in the Price text box and update the price in the selection list with the temporary price Do not press Enter before clicking Set If you do Edit mode is exited and the list is not updated An x displays to the left of each item price level or promotion in which Active is selected Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 201 SUeUDIUIEIN nus 5 202 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Payments Maintenance Functions This chapter discusses creating and setting up payment tenders pro motions comps gift certificates house accounts and foreign curren cies Is 010 5s 6 4 PIPOMOUONSevo 2ccshcceiice ee aa ieee Add eee eels ee 6 18 Promotion FOSS vs szaeric ceveozancectaccatatseveinctcascacctcureis staieueeciaeanceaue 6 25 COMPS herini nether tin a a Eaa Es 6 37 House ACCOUN S eccna akini iia 6 44 Foreign Currencies icieiaxiicatacvecdansasvinacntavestacalsdbabeebtntekekivacuetiarendivte 6 46 6 2 Payments Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s G
282. ciyes mi Fe amp Employee Maintenance Group International hd Intemational Special Curency Inclusive Taxes Intemational Date GST Number of Digis f0 Symbot fr Decimal Separator Thousand Separator I Print Check Total in all Currencies Store Settings Use a different currency other than the US dollar ss N A Figure 3 60 International Group Special Currency Subtab Use Special Currency Indicates you are using a currency other than the U S dollar The system overrides the standard decimal and monetary settings and uses values entered on this subtab Values entered in the International options are ignored unless this check box is selected Number of Digits Specifies the number of digits to the right of the deci mal Although two is the standard for North America many nations require three digits to the right of the decimal Decimal Separator Denotes the character used to separate whole values from fractional values dollars versus cents for example If custom dictates that the separator is a period such as in the United States enter a period in this field Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings s6uly2S 910 S Symbol Denotes the symbol that indicates the amount is monetary North America uses a while England uses a Thousand Separator Denotes the customary character that is used to sep arate numbers in thousands For example
283. ck 12 Click Save tax is defined as a GST it is no longer available on the tax drop 9 Unlike a primary tax a GST tax is not attached to an item When a down list in Item Maintenance Additional Charges When you select Use Additional Charge from Maintenance gt Store Settings gt Financials gt Add Charges the system checks for an inclusive GST tax If one is used the system selects and disables both the On Comps and On Pro mos text boxes and adds additional charges to the full item prices In addi tion the system disables the Amount text box so a flat rate cannot be used for the additional charge Comps and Promos Comps and promos are taxed at their full item prices when the GST inclusive tax is applied A primary tax on comps or promos can be defined so that either your establishment or your customer pays the tax However a GST tax is always paid by the customer Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 167 Ss UeUDIUIEIN nus Secondary Taxes Secondary taxes cannot be used with an inclusive tax because secondary taxes are exclusive by nature and cannot be calculated by the inclusive tax formula The system checks for secondary taxes and if found ignores them when cal culating inclusive GST taxes Surcharges and Order Mode Charges Surcharges and order mode charges cannot be used with an inclusive GST tax because they are both applied on an
284. ck has multiple noncash tenders the change due is allocated to the first noncash tender found on the check Separate Tips and Grat in Tip Tracking Splits the non cash tips from the auto gratuity in the Tip Tracking section of the checkout report Use this setting in environments where tips are paid each night but auto gratuities are paid on the employee s paycheck Print PTD Tips Prints the day part and charged tips on the employee checkout The sales for the current day and the percentage of sales are also printed Print Checks Inset Print Checks Prints a separate listing for tendered checks Sort by Revenue Center Sorts guest checks by the revenue center in which they originated Revenue center information is listed with the check detail information Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 61 sBuiyes 9103S Reports Subtab The Reports subtab enables you to define settings for the FOH Flash report and Sales by Revenue report Select the Reports subtab from the Printing group as shown in Figure 3 34 7 Aloha Manager QuickService loj x File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Store Settings Maintenance Group Printing M Check Content 1 Check Content 2 Check Style Employee Checkout Cig Reports EOH Flash Report time interval Si z TX Print Flash Report I Suppress FOH Labor Report Wages Number of minutes per interval f
285. code to the left Enter the rate as a decimal number or in fractional cents Zap Subtab Use the Zap subtab to terminate employees in the Aloha system and enter a reason for an employee s termination as well as add comments as to why an employee is leaving Select the Zap subtab from the Employees function tab to enter or edit employee termination information as shown in Figure 4 7 7 Aloha Manager QuickService od File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Maintenance Employee Job Codes Zap Delivery Tax Back Office Security M Terminated Reason 1 Excessive Tardiness Last Day 0070070000 T Eligible for Rehire Explanation B T Will Employee Move Leave ch AGserce E Retum Date 00 00 0000 Transfer to Unit 0 To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Retum NUM 7 Figure 4 7 Zap Subtab Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Labor Maintenance Functions 4 11 soueUaUIeIN 1oqe 1 The Termina tion Reason function tab is discussed in detail later in this chapter Terminated Identifies the employee as no longer working at your restau rant Reason Identifies the reason for leaving Reason Button Click Reason to display the Termination Reason function tab to add or edit termination reasons Last Day Holds the employee s last date worked Enter the date in mm dd yyyy format E
286. combination of both Canadian GST and Canadian Provincial tax rates is shown in Figure 5 137 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Tax Maintenance Employee Fla cen GST EPCs Dak Type Maintenance t Con GST amp Piola E msc E woth Description Can GST amp Prov Tas Bate 1500000 I Seconday AR TaxiD 0 Minimum Amt 0 00 F gst Non tepeating Breakpoints of of of of of of of of of of of of of o oo A A ofof of off o of oy of of oy of oJ o o Repeating Breakpoints oi of of of of of of of of of of of of cf of o of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of o of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of o Save Delete To edit press Retum to add type unused ID and Return M NUM 4 Figure 5 137 Sample Combination of Canadian GST and Provincial Taxes Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 183 aoueUDazUIeIN nus An example of a tax record that specifies no tax or a tax rate of zero percent is shown in Figure 5 138 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Tax Maintenance s wanes i di Eo raat Exclusive Vendor Description Nors Tax Rate 0 00000 IM Seconday ARTaxiD j0 Minimum Amt 0 00 I cst Non tepeating Breakpoints of of of of of of of oj o o o o 0 ofl
287. count Sales to Sales Compares target category sales to base category sales Sales per Check Calculates sales per check of items in the target category 4 38 Labor Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Termination Reasons Use the Termination Reasons function tab to establish up to 50 termination reasons which are used in the Employee function tab to document why an employee left the company Select Maintenance gt Labor gt Termination Reasons to display the Termina tion Reasons function tab as shown in Figure 4 21 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Mai__ Pe Cen etait Employee Maintenance Reason memnon a Type m Termination z I Voluntary Reason termination Item Maintena Member Maint Termination Reasons Termination explanation i a Figure 4 21 Termination Reason Function Tab Reason Holds the reason and a unique three digit number that identifies each termination reason To create a new termination reason enter an unused number and press Enter To edit an existing termination reason scroll through the Reason drop down list select the reason to edit and press Enter Type Contains a selection list of reason types such as Termination Leave of Absence and Transfer Voluntary Indicates the listed reason is a voluntary termination Reason Represents the long d
288. creen for a particular order entry queue without having to press the New Order button This is done using the Auto Open New Order check box located in Maintenance gt System gt Order Entry Queues To add a new order button 1 Select New Order from the Function drop down list An additional option displays as shown in Figure 5 86 Edit Buttons Quick Service x Function New Order 7 Text New nOrder ot Color C Left C Top Center Center Font Right Bottom Background Color I Transparent Highlight r Bitmap F Tile Transparent J Display Text eS N gt Lef C Top Bap Nove C Center C C Up None z Right Botton Down None z m Preview OK New m Hint Order cae Opens a blank new order screen Figure 5 86 New Order Button Function 2 Ifdesired select Supress Already on New Order Error Message to eliminate the FOH error message You are already on a new order from displaying when New Order is touched and you are cur rently on a new order 3 Click OK Menu Maintenance Functions 5 117 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 sUeUDIUIEIN nus Next Seat Activates the Sub Order feature and enables you to divide a single guest check into several orders each with the appropriate subtotals taxes and totals To add a Next Seat button 1 Select Next Seat from the Func
289. d 3 46 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Category Button Click Category to access the Categories function tab Here you perform main tenance in the Categories function including adding new records if needed Category drop down list Designates a category to exempt from the addi tional charge items sold from that category are exempted from the If you select a category on the Add Charges subtab the er additional charge Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 47 sbuiyes 9103S Printing The Printing group enables you to set up various check print styles and con tent as well as employee checkout configuration and report settings To access the Printing group options select Maintenance gt Store Settings Select Printing from the Group drop down list The corresponding subtabs display with Check Content 1 as the default subtab Check Content 1 Subtab The Check Content 1 subtab as shown in Figure 3 28 enables you to select subtotals and totals that print on guest checks 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Store Settings Maintenance Group Printing hd Check Content 1 Check Content 2 Check Style Employee Checkout Cig Reports Guest Check Totals Subtotals T Print a Grand Total T Print Category Totals T Do not print Tax Line if Tax amount is zero T Print Comps Promos
290. d ID and Return NUM Figure 8 5 Terminals Other Subtab Pole Display Inset Use Pole Display Indicates a pole display is physically attached to the defined terminal Select the type of pole display from the drop down list If a pole display is not used this setting should be cleared Type Defines the standard types of pole displays supported by the Aloha system Select the pole display type from the drop down list Port Specifies the port where the pole display is connected to the termi nal Select the port from the drop down list The system uses the pole port set ting when the Use Pole Display check box is activated Hardware Maintenance Functions 8 15 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 S UeUDdIUIEN alemMpieH OPOS If an OPOS Line Display is selected for the pole type the OPOS text box becomes available This text box must contain the name of the OPOS driver file as it appears in the Registry Editor Note The driver files must be installed first For example the OPOS name for a Panasonic Pole Display would be JS 9000LD To determine the OPOS name access a DOS command line type REGEDIT and press Enter The Registry Editor displays Click the sign to the left of HKEY LOCAL MACHINE Continue to click the sign to the left of SOFTWARE OLEforRetail ServiceOPOS and LineDisplay The installed drivers display under LineDisplay Determine the name of the driver file to be used and enter it into the
291. d background Print in Large Font Prints the chit in a larger font Print Double Height Text Doubles the height of the text Print Native Items in Bold Prints items used as modifiers in bold For example a salad used as a modifier for a steak prints in bold Print Chit Time in Bold Prints the time the order was placed in bold Print Irregular Items in Bold Prints No Side Extra and Sub in bold Print Irregular Items in Red Prints No Side Extra and Sub in red Print Typed Item Indicators Prints the preceding and succeeding excla mation point indicators when you enter the item using the QWERTY key board Print Typed Items in Red Prints the entry in red when you enter the item using the QWERTY keyboard Wraparound Modifiers Inset One Line Per Modifier Prints one line per modifier under the item being modified This setting is the default for normal operations Contiguous on Same Line as Item Prints modifiers as one single line along with the item being modified 2 TBone Rare Salad Beans Contiguous on Next Line Following Item Prints modifiers as one single line under the item being modified 2 TBone Rare Salad Beans 3 72 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Tab Stops Specifies the number of characters used to separate each modi fier Chit Fields Subtab The Chit Fields subtab enables you to define certain fields to print on the kitchen chit You
292. d break returns 1 Gv Ge tS Select Maintenance gt Labor gt Access Levels The Access Levels function tab displays Select a manager access level from the Level drop down list Select the Employee subtab Select Approve Unpaid Break Returns Click Save To override an early unpaid break return in the FOH 1 Log in to the FOH after starting an unpaid break The Clock In screen appears Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 17 s6uly9S 9103S 2 Touch End Break The manager approval screen appears with the number of minutes remaining for the break as shown in Figure 3 8 You have 5 minute s remaining on your defined break time Approval is required to end break early Enter manager password Figure 3 8 Manager Approval Screen 3 Enter a manager password using the numeric keypad and touch OK The Break Options screen appears with the appropriate approve break return options as shown in Figure 3 9 Break Options Select an option from the list below Keep break as an Unpaid Break Convert break into a Paid Break Remove break Cancel Figure 3 9 Break Options Screen F Ifonly one approve break option is configured then this screen does not display 3 18 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Touch one of the following available approved break return options to return from the break and begin ordering Keep Break
293. d federal regulations regarding the col lecting and reporting of all taxes by your establishment As with any tax created in Aloha you must first set up a basic tax record in Maintenance gt Menu gt Taxes Figure 5 117 before you configure it as a GST tax Use the procedures outlined earlier in this chapter on how to set up a basic primary sales tax record Unlike primary taxes set up in Aloha it is not neces sary to attach a GST tax to each item 5 162 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Select Maintenance gt Store Settings gt International group to access the GST subtab shown in Figure 5 121 74 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Mai 1 Neneh E CE k Employee Maintenance Group Intemational X Intemational Special Currency Inclusive Taxes Intemational Date GST f Goods and Service Tax m Tax Invoice Threshold PEST TSE x CEST TaD rone z Amount 0 00 ae I On Comps T On Promos Exempt Items Category None 0 fi r GST Tax Text on Guest Check Text GST Tax Store Settings SRE ET ERTS en wee NN 7 Figure 5 121 GST Subtab GST Tax Button Click GST tax to access the Taxes function tab and add or edit an existing pri mary tax record All taxes with GST selected in the Taxes function tab dis play in the drop down list Canadian GST taxe
294. d others The themes and corre sponding bitmaps must be installed from the installation disk The four avail able themes are e Blue Stone e Fabric e Marble e Wave Logo Screen Contact Information Displays the text for contact informa tion on the Floating Logo screen Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 79 sBuiyes 9103S Enhanced Graphics Interface EGI The Enhanced Graphics Interface EGI feature enables you to use gradient shadowing and texture enhancements on buttons on the FOH The computer running the interface must be set for High Color 16 bits or greater and have 64 MB of RAM or greater For new installations Aloha Technologies auto matically enables the Enhanced Graphic Interface on any system meeting these requirements If the system does not meet these requirements the regu lar default screen appearance displays For upgrades you must enable this feature and select a scheme You can select from the schemes provided by Aloha Technologies or define your own EGI scheme You can not use this feature with any of the cool interface FOH themes Graphic Theme Specifies the enhanced graphic interface scheme to use on the FOH and BOH Leave this set to Default to display the basic inter face or select a scheme designed by Aloha Technologies such as Lemon Lime or Pineapple You can also custom design your own schemes This is done using EGI2 CFG All schemes you d
295. d settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 115 s6uly9S 9103S 1 Refer to the Delivery Fre quent Buyer User s Guide for details on how to configure delivery setup Delivery The Delivery group enables you to establish delivery order types and policies for operations that offer delivery service This group will only be listed if you are set up to use Delivery Frequent Buyer which is part of the Customer Management Solutions package Delivery Frequent Buyer is a program used to track customer s sales history It also provides the ability to set up different programs to reward the guest and encourages guests to buy more frequently with the use of coupons and bonus plans 3 116 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Gift Card Certificate Sales Use the Gift Card Certificate Sales group to establish the type of gift cards or gift certificates you will be selling The Aloha system supports the following types e Basic Gift Certificates e Aloha Gift Certificate Manager e Aloha eCard e Paymentech e ValueLink Basic Gift Certificates is an internal feature within the Aloha system used to track paper gift certificates The Basic Gift Certificates feature does not require a security key license Aloha Gift Certificate Manager is an Aloha BackOffice product and requires a security key license You can set the rules for gift certificates in advance making it easier to sell
296. de 3 25 Use ADP 3 23 Use Paychex 3 24 Use Payroll One 3 24 Use PayUSA 3 24 Use RealWorld Payroll 3 24 Employee Settings subtab 3 13 Auto Clockout 3 14 Can Edit Clock In Out 3 15 Employee Minimum Age 3 14 Min Wage 3 14 No PTD Hours on Clock out Chit 3 15 Punch Edit Limit Job Codes 3 14 Punch Edit Num Prds 3 14 Scheduling subtab 3 12 Allow Clock In Early 3 13 Allow Clock In Late 3 13 Allow Employees Only One Shift Per Day 3 13 Number of Minutes for Al low Clock In Transaction 3 13 Prompt for Manager Password if Unscheduled 3 1 3 Schedule is Not Required 3 13 Use Punctuality 3 13 Use Schedule 3 13 Store Settings Order Entry 3 5 Guest Counts subtab 3 7 Pizza subtab 3 8 Left Half 3 9 Right Half 3 9 Store Settings Printing 3 48 Check Content 1 subtab 3 48 Do Not Print a Total Line 3 49 Print a Grand Total 3 48 Print Category Totals 3 48 Print This Text Before Tip Line 3 49 Print Total Tip and Gratu ity Lines on All Checks 3 49 Check Content 2 subtab 3 52 Consolidate Like Items on Check 3 52 Do Not Print Voided Items 3 52 Maximum Order 3 53 Minimum Order 3 53 Print Bar Code 3 53 Print PMS Guest Name 3 52 Print PMS Info 3 53 Print Revenue Center 3 52 Use Store Wide Order Numbering 3 53 Check Style subtab Auto Print When Food is Ordered 3 56 Item Tax Indicator 3 55 Postfix Lines 3 55 Prefix Lines 3 55 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Use Large Font for Check 3 56 Use Large Font for
297. dify other menu items in the same way that lettuce modifies hamburgers For example if Hamburger menu item is entered in the Item file then an item for lettuce onions and pickles ingredient modifiers for a hamburger and meat temperatures such as Rare Medium and Well Done preparation modi fiers must also be created in the Item file Buttons are the basic building blocks of the user interface Buttons are placed on panels and either contain items or perform other functions The button s size shape color text and position are user definable as well as the button s behavior For example a button can be used to chain to another panel sec ondary screen that also consists of buttons that either contain items or per form other functions A panel s shape color screen position and title are also user definable thus creating a customized user interface to meet the exact needs of your establishment Used in conjunction with your imagination the freeform nature of the menu system provides unlimited power when configur ing the user interface 5 8 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 We recommend you sketch a design of the order entry screen you want to emulate before attempting to create the necessary panels and screens for your user interface A forgotten panel or feature could result in major alterations The Home Screen The home screen is the main screen you see when you log in to a FOH termi
298. dit press Return to add type unused ID and Return NUM Yi Figure 8 6 Employees Thumb Scanner Setting On the Employee subtab to make use of the thumb scanner mandatory enable one or both of the settings that relate to the thumb scanner Must use Thumb Scanner Clock In Requires the selected employee to use the thumb scanner to clock in The employee clocks out in conjunction with check out and other policies 8 18 Hardware Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Must use Thumb Scanner Log In JIT Requires the selected employee to use the thumb scanner to log in to the Aloha system each time If the employee touches Exit to let another person use the terminal or to perform other tasks the thumb scanner must be used to return to active use of the ter minal These settings are mutually exclusive with regard to the Must Use Mag Cards setting You can use one or both of the thumb scanner settings or you can enable the mag card setting but you cannot use both types of equipment at the same time Access Levels In addition to enabling the hardware and defining which employees must use thumb scanners at least one manager must be given access to enroll new thumb print images in the system This permission setting is located in Main tenance gt Labor gt Access Levels as shown in Figure 8 7 7 Aloha Manager QuickService ioi x File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Sc
299. dless of any text bitmap and color selec tions When you select a function the button text assumes the name of the function Every new button has an Unassigned function as default Select a function and click OK To add a basic function to a button 1 With the necessary panel active select New Button from the Com mands menu The Edit Button dialog box displays 2 Select the button function A prompt asking if you want to change this button s function displays 3 Click Yes to continue or No to cancel the procedure 4 Enter a unique name as the Text or accept the default description 5 Complete the available button attributes on the left side of the Edit Button dialog box such as color font and more 6 Click OK The button displays on the panel This is the basic procedure for adding a function to a button Some functions provide additional options on the right side of the Edit Button dialog box When additional options are available a procedure specific to the function is provided immediately following the function description This procedure assumes the necessary panel is active you have selected New Button from the Commands menu and you have completed the button attributes on the left side of the screen using the information provided earlier in this section 5 98 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 The following lists each button function and its purpose Denotes functions we r
300. double digit entries For example to ring up 12 burgers touch 1 and 2 The Quantity panel Figure 5 6 is usually created as a vertical or hori zontal bar and is placed on the home screen oy ets ist si el 7 Tes Figure 5 6 Quantity Panel Example Submenu Panel Provides access to different menu groupings such as Beverages Sandwiches Grill Station etc Submenu panel buttons have chaining functions and follow either a strict color scheme or can be decorated with colorful graphics or bit maps provided by the Aloha POS system Without this necessary tool a large database is difficult to operate The submenu panel Figure 5 7 is usually created as a vertical or horizontal bar and is placed on the home screen ae Figure 5 7 Submenu Panel Example Check Functions Panel Contains a group of button functions such as repeat delete exit etc that take action on the current check The buttons on this panel vary Each job code may have a different Check Functions panel For example a drive thru cashier could use the full range of recall functions or managers could have printer and remote display system rerouting or reporting functions at their fin gertips However this is not the usual setup Without this necessary tool it is difficult to alter current orders and perform certain tasks subsequently slow ing down service The Check Functions panel Figure 5 8 is usually created 5 12 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickSe
301. dule Days of Week Determines the day of the week in which you are working Select a day of the week from the row of days at the top left of the screen Job Holds predefined job codes in the drop down list Related buttons for job codes display next to the list Employees assigned to the selected job code display in the list box on the left of the screen 2 20 Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Hours Displays a running total of the hours for the selected day and week Wages Displays a running total of the wages for the selected day and week Schedules are set up by day and job code Time Slice Represents each employee s schedule using a horizontal bar To create a time slice position the cursor using the mouse to the right of the employee s name at the desired start time Click the left mouse button and drag the cursor to the right until it is aligned with the desired end time and release the mouse button The time slice appears in blue for the selected employee A time slice can be modified in length or it can be moved to another employee Click the time slice to modify The color turns to green indicating it is selected and in edit mode To modify the length place the cursor on the start or end time until it becomes a double arrow then click and drag to the left or right to lengthen or shorten the time slice To move the time slice to another employee place the cursor in the middle of the
302. dware gt Ter minals gt Other and select the correct device and port e To enable a Cash Back button to appear on the FOH tender screen and allow an employee to enter an overpayment amount select Allow Overpayment and clear Allow Tips e You must enter debit cards using a magnetic stripe reader to capture the card information They can not be entered manually If the card is declined you can re initiate the entry e You can not void force or adjust a payment applied with an approved debit card To remove a charge you must refund the amount by swip ing the card and entering the PIN number again You can not refund the amount from the BOH e You can not perform a debit card transaction when Aloha EDC is in spool down e We do not support the Canadian Debit card Gift Card Defines the tender as a gift card Select gift card and a host pro cessor from the drop down list Credit Card Defines the tender as a credit card Select credit card and a processor from the drop down list You can mask the full or partial debit card number from appearing on the voucher with the Credit Card Number Mask drop down box in Store Settings gt Credit Card gt EDC Setup CS Refer to the Aloha EDC User s Guide for further information on the NDC and Visanet processors p Refer to the Aloha QuickService Special Features Guide for more information on gift cards Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3
303. e 5 72 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Test Screen To test a home screen select Test Screen from the Commands menu Select from the dialog box displaying a list of the available home screens This panel command is a limited testing tool for viewing the properties of buttons and the chaining links between panel relationships Panels and buttons cannot be edited in the Test Screen mode To exit the Test Screen mode select End Test Screen from the Commands menu to display a list of options shown in Figure 5 51 Restart Test Screen End Test Screen Exit Help Figure 5 51 Test Screen Dialog Box Select Restart Test Screen to run the test again or End Test Screen to clear the screen Save All Panels To save all displayed panels at the same time select Save All Panels from the Commands menu Use this panel command when you want to save multiple panels which have unsaved changes Close All Panels To close all displayed panels at the same time select Close All Panels from the Commands menu A prompt displays asking if you want to save any changes made to the panels Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 73 SOUBUDIUIEIN nus Single Buttons When you create a panel place buttons on the panel after clearing the Mark as Template and Fixed Button Layout check boxes You can move rear range and resize buttons in several different ways You
304. e Member of Category No Category Button Click Member of Category to access the Categories function tab and create new categories if necessary including adding new categories and changing the category to which an item is assigned Changing a category to an item affects all comps promos and reports assigned to the item Aa The Member of Category button displays the name of the sales or F retail category in which the selected item is assigned For example if an item in the Food category is selected the button displays the word FOOD All items are assigned to either a sales or retail cate gory Auto Menu Inset Not available in QuickService Modifiers Subtab The Modifiers subtab establishes the modifier groups to attach to the item as well as rules to apply to the item when it is used as a modifier Select the Mod Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 25 Ss ueUDzUIEI nus ifiers subtab Figure 5 18 from the Items function tab to set specific settings for modifiers 74 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Item Maintenance Item Modifiers Price Miscellaneous Print If Used As Modifier Modified By I Apply Surcharge Modia Mod 1 None 0 7 I Combine price with base item Groups Mod2 None F Se a Mod4 None 0 y Mod 5 Lg Sand Mods 10 ModB None wd ModZ None wd Mod8 None 0 Mod3 None I Mod 10 in
305. e Group Printing 7 Check Content 1 Check Content 2 Check Style Employee Checkout Cig Reports T Print Only Custom Checkout IT Print Zero Lines On Checkout T Change Due Detail for Non Cash Tenders Ckout Cash IV Print Check Count I Print Non cash Tenders I Separate Tips and Grat in Tip Tracking T Inc tax in Perf Measures Sort By Revenue Center I Print PTD Tips Save Cancel Store Settings Figure 3 33 Printing Group Employee Checkout Cfg Subtab Print Only Custom Checkout Prints only the custom checkout when an employee performs a checkout Print Zero Lines on Checkout Prints all lines on the checkout report even though some may be zero When cleared lines with zero values do not print Ckout Cash Prints an alternate cash calculation on the checkout The nor mal cash calculation adds all sales and subtracts all noncash payments to arrive at the cash amount An extra section prints showing cash sales less charge tips to arrive at a cash owed figure Print Non Cash Tenders Prints a separate listing for noncash tenders Inc Tax in Perf Measures Includes taxes in the totals printed for the Per formance Measures report 3 60 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Change Due Detail for Non Cash Tenders Prints by tender the total amount of change received from a noncash tender gift certificates travelers checks etc If a guest che
306. e Label ID to print when the item is ordered Select Maintenance gt Menu gt Item to add the Label ID to items requiring printed labels Select the item then select the Miscellaneous subtab Make the label active in the Label inset by selecting the appropriate Label ID from the drop down list Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Hardware Maintenance Functions 8 39 SUeUDdIUIEIN oJeMpJeH Video Groups Video groups are useful for routing video signals to display devices located in specific areas of the restaurant as a group Select Maintenance gt Hardware gt Video Groups to display the Video Groups function tab as shown in Figure 8 15 7 Aloha Manager QuickService iof x Eile Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Video Group Maintenance Number m z Name Videos Queues oo tnone 00 none hs oo none z oo none z fo none z Gave Gancel Delete To edit press Retur to add type unused ID and Return NUM Vi Figure 8 15 Video Groups Group ID Holds a three digit number that together with Name uniquely identifies each video group record To create a new record enter an unused number and press Enter To edit an existing record select it from the Num ber drop down list and press Enter Name Holds a descriptive name for the video group Videos Select up to five video display devices to whi
307. e Select the date to adjust from the drop down list Click OK and the Edit Deposits screen displays as shown in Figure 2 3 Edit Deposits Ea 875 46 Lunch Deposit 1200 35 Dining Room 675 26 Drive Thru Lunch 985 14 Drive Thru Dinner Delete Done 3736 21 Total Deposits Figure 2 3 Edit Deposits All deposits for the selected date display in the Edit Deposits window The total dollar amount of the deposits for that date displays at the bottom of the Edit Deposits dialog box 2 4 Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Add Button Click Add to add a deposit for the selected date The Edit Deposit Entry dia log box displays as shown in Figure 2 4 Edit Deposit Entry x Amount HEU Description Lunch Deposit Figure 2 4 Edit Deposit Entry Amount Holds the deposit amount Description Holds a description for the deposit Enter an amount and a description and click OK The new deposit is automat ically added to the selected date Edit Button Select the deposit in the Edit Deposits window and click Edit The Edit Deposit Entry dialog box displays Figure 2 4 Edit the amount and or the description of the deposit Click OK to save the change Delete Button Select the deposit to delete in the Edit Deposits window and click Delete The deposit is automatically deleted Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Functions 2 5 suonoun4 p Refer to Other Wage Types on
308. e File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Printer Maintenance Employee Maintenance Setup Options Name Front Left Send Non Checks None 00 7 Terminal 000 none z To Pot om2 a Preloaded Logo 135 x Backup Front Right 03 z Code Page Defaut 0 z Type Epson TM 80 z OROS NEMNE Windows Pinter Name EEGs To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return NUM 7 Figure 8 10 Printers Setup Subtab Number Holds a three digit number that together with Name uniquely identifies each printer record To create a new record enter an unused number and press Enter To edit an existing record scroll through the Number drop down list select the record to edit and press Enter The Printers function tab provides the following subtabs which are used to maintain printer records Setup and Options 8 26 Hardware Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Setup Subtab The Setup subtab enables you to configure the printer to take maximum advantages of the features and flexibility built into the printer Select the Setup subtab from the Printers function tab Figure 8 10 to configure a new printer or to modify the configuration of an existing printer Name Enter a descriptive name for the printer Printer naming conven tions are set by the user However it is suggested that the printer name be descriptive or reflect its physical
309. e Compressed copies of all dated subdirectories selected during the diagnostic file creation process e A compressed copy of the ALOHA DATA directory e Acompressed file containing information about the configuration of the EDC program e A compressed file containing the contents of the ALOHA TMP directory at the time of diagnostic file creation e Text files containing information about the computer the environ ment defined in the computer and the Aloha program This information is used to capture the state of a system immediately after experiencing difficulties for easy diagnosis and correction 10 14 Utilities Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Start Stop Front of House Start Front of House and Stop Front of House are used to manually start up or shut down the FOH order entry terminals These selections are typically used during maintenance or troubleshooting activities Stop Front of House Shuts down the FOH manually This selection is unavailable after FOH has been stopped The system displays a message ask ing if you are sure you want to stop the Front of House as shown in Figure 10 8 Aloha Manager X Are you sure you want to Stop Front of House i Cancel Figure 10 8 Stop FOH Confirmation Click OK to stop the FOH The system displays a message informing you that the FOH has been stopped as shown in Figure 10 9 Aloha Manager IN Front of House Stopped Figure 10 9 FOH Stopped
310. e Functions 5 91 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SUeUDIUIEIN nus Align Tops To align the tops of a group of buttons select the buttons using the rubber banding technique The button submenu displays Select Align Tops The selected buttons align with the topmost button as shown in Figure 5 72 Unnamed Panel Unnamed Panel DE Figure 5 72 Align Tops Align Bottoms To align the bottoms of a group of buttons select the buttons using the rub berbanding technique The button submenu displays Select Align Bottoms The selected buttons align with the bottommost button as shown in Figure 5 73 Unnamed Panel Unnamed Panel ft tf Figure 5 73 Align Bottoms 5 92 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Space Evenly Up and Down To place an even amount of space between a group of vertical buttons select the buttons using the rubberbanding technique The button submenu dis plays Select Space Evenly Up and Down The selected buttons space evenly in a vertical row based on the outermost button as shown in Figure 5 74 Unnamed Panel Unnamed Panel Figure 5 74 Space Evenly Up and Down Format a Group of Buttons To format a group of buttons or copy the attributes of the first created button within a selection select the buttons using the rubberbanding technique The button submenu displays Select Format Buttons The Format Buttons dialog box displays
311. e Settings Round Cash Tenders Only NUM YW Figure 3 59 International Group International Subtab The International group provides the following subtabs International Special Currency Taxes and International Date International Subtab The International subtab enables you to define international formats check counter settings and to define rounding indicators International Field Formatting Allows up to nine alphanumeric charac ters to be entered in the Social Security Number field This is important for International countries that do not use the standard nine digit social security number format 3 106 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Print Cash Drawer Serial Number Prints the cash drawer serial number on top of the cash in out chit Print Check Counter Inset Use the Print Check Counter inset to set up the perpetual check counter func tion available to international sites This function prints a perpetual check number in the top left corner of the guest check Once set up the counter is automatically activated when a guest check is entered on a FOH terminal A binary file COUNTER BIN in created in the root directory C on the terminal in which the guest check is generated All sales information is stored in this file The system tracks the following items on each terminal when the counter is activated e The total sales generated on a terminal e The total number of checks
312. e displays on a system generated portion at the top of the panel The width of the panel should be considered when selecting a title Normally the queue bar has no title Fixed Position Locks the panel in a fixed position on the screen therefore you can not accidentally move it to another part of the screen Other Panel Commands Once you create and save a panel you can open edit copy close and delete it When more than one panel is open you can save and close all of them at once 5 66 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Open Existing Panel Open existing panels to display them on the workspace Use this command when you want to view and open panels There is an option for each panel type as shown in Figure 5 45 TE Panel x 413 y 146 cx 200 cy 140 Close All Panels Buttons gt Options Copy Panel Close Panel Delete Panel Show Panels for Screen Test Screen Save All Panels New Button Edit Button Delete Button Show Coordinates Exit Help Button Functions Order Entry Check Review Check Queue Bar 413 ox J200 x heg ofog Unnamed Panel Figure 5 45 Open Existing Panel Options Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 67 SsoUeUDazUIEI nus To open an existing panel 1 Select Open Existing Panel from the Commands menu and select one of the panel types The Panel
313. e just one of the flex tax records with the coke item in Menu gt Items The two primary tax records are created in Maintenance gt Menu gt Taxes Figure 5 117 Set up one primary tax record for Tax Coke with a tax rate of 7 as shown in the example Figure 5 130 Fle Functions Beports Maintenance Utities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help gE Employee Mannens Tax D 10 Tax Coke esata Tex Coke Tax Rate 7 00000 T Secondary AR Tax ID 0 Minimum Amt 0 00 M Gst Tax Type C Inclusive Exclusive C Vendor A AC CC O O A E O A a a fof of of of of of of of of of of of of o mcd Od DDD Repeating Breakpoints of of of of of of of of of of of of of o fof of of of of of of of of of of of of o of of of of of of of of of of of of o Delete al l AEA ll olo To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return M NUM Z Figure 5 130 Sample Tax Coke Record Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 177 SsoUeUDazUIEIN nus Set up the second primary tax record for No Tax Coke with a 0 tax rate as shown in the example Figure 5 131 tities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Maintenance Iate C Inclusive Exclusive C Vendor TaxID 11 No Tax Coke m Description No Tax Coke Tax Bate 0 00000 I Seconday ARTaxID 0 Mirimum Amt 0 00 F gst r Nonepeating Breakpoi EU M M N M M of 0 o 0 of gt f of of of of o
314. e number of hours an employee can work per week before going into overtime This is typically set to 40 After _ Hrs 7th Day Denotes the number of hours an employee can work on the 7th consecutive day worked before going into overtime if appli cable The second After __Hrs 7th Day text box must be greater than or equal to the number of hours in the first text box Employees receive overtime pay for the 7th consecutive day worked regardless of the number of hours worked that same week After a defined number of hours are worked on the 7th con secutive day employees can receive additional overtime pay Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 21 s6uly9S 9103S For example an employee who worked five hours a day for seven days and using 1 5 as the overtime multiplier rate the overtime is calculated as follows Number of Hours Rate of Pay Overtime Rate Total Pay 30 0 hours 5 00 150 00 5 0 hours 7 50 1 5 37 50 If that same employee worked 10 hours on the 7th consecutive day worked using 2 0 as the additional overtime multiplier rate overtime is calculated as follows Number of Hours Rate of Pay Overtime Rate Total Pay 30 0 hours 5 00 150 00 8 0 hours 7 50 1 5 60 00 2 0 hours 10 00 2 0 20 00 Mult Specifies the multiplier rate used by the system when an employee s hours exceed the hours per day and or the hours per week limits Typically the rate is 1 5 Overtime Calculation Inset
315. e specific store uses When CDM is being used the corporate data manager is able to set up events which are specific to a store Since taxes vary by area a Reroute Tax event can then be set to reroute the generic tax id to the correct tax for the area From Tax is used to specify the generic tax id and To Tax specifies the correct tax id for the area To use this feature the corporate data manager creates the following standard tax records 1 Default Food 2 Default Liquor 3 Default Beer 4 Default Wine 5 Default Retail 6 Default Inclusive Food 7 Default Inclusive Liquor 7 24 System Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 8 Default Inclusive Beer 9 Default Inclusive Wine 10 Default Inclusive Retail 11 Default Secondary Food 12 Default Secondary Liquor 13 Default Secondary Beer 14 Default Secondary Wine 15 Default Secondary Retail These are suggested names The corporate data manager can use any name desired to represent the standard tax records It is suggested however that each tax record have a self documenting name so that selection from a list that contains only the Tax Name and Number is not an issue Tax records 16 20 should be reserved for special taxes such as the tax on the To Go order modes etc These special taxes may not be used now but it is nice to set aside the first tax Ids as the default taxes so you can easily differentiate between default taxes and the actua
316. e subtotal of the guest check including the amount of the promo s If Amount is selected the check box becomes disabled and you are unable to change the setting while a fixed amount is used If you change the setting to a percentage at a later time the check box becomes fully enabled again On Comps Indicates whether the additional charge is applied to comp s If selected the additional charge is applied to the subtotal of the guest check including the amount of the comp s If Amount is selected the check box becomes disabled and you are unable to change the setting while a fixed amount is used If you change the setting to a percentage at a later time the check box becomes fully enabled again Print on Reports Enables you to report additional charges on the FOH and BOH Sales and Sales by Revenue Center reports cS Format Inset For more information on excluding additional Amount Displays a numeric value which represents the flat charge the charges in specific order system automatically adds to each guest check The default value is 00000 00 Modes refer to Chapter If this check box is selected the Percentage text box is disabled System Maintenance Functions Order Modes g A as Percentage Displays a numeric value which represents the multiplier used in concert with the subtotal on the guest check The default is 00 0000 If this check box is selected the Amount text box is disable
317. e with them to the table The guest will then hand the check stub to the server The server verifies the order accesses the guest check in the system and begins the process of ordering the items The server maintains the guest check during the meal and provides the guest with a check when they are ready to leave The guest pays the server or the cashier upon exiting Using the options in the Print Check Stub group box you can define the information to print on the check stub as well as control whether to print a Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings s6uiy9as 910 S check stub at initial order entry or to print a new check stub every time the server modifies the guest check To enable the Print Check Stub feature you must select Disable gt Auto Ordering in Maintenance gt Store Settings gt Order Entry gt Tabs amp Tables An example of a check stub displays as shown in the following example Guest Check Message Address Telephone Stub Text Line 1 Stub Text Line 2 Stub Text Line 3 Employee Name Date Check Number Time Order Items Bar Code Print Check Stub Enables the remaining options in the Print Check Stub group box Use Guest Check Heading Displays two areas of guest check information on the check stub The top area displays lines as defined in Maintenance gt Messages gt Guest Checks The next area displays the
318. e5 10 Mbps Baseband Ethernet specification using Thicknet DIX AUI 50 ohm Baseband coaxial cable Limit 500 meters 10BaseF 10 Mbps Baseband Ethernet specification for the 10BaseFB 10BaseFL and 10BaseFP standards for Ethernet over fiber optic cabling 10BaseFB 10 Mbps Baseband Ethernet specification using fiber optic cabling Provides a synchronous signaling backbone that allows additional segments and repeaters to be connected to the network Limit 2000 meters 10BaseFL 10 Mbps Baseband Ethernet specification using fiber optic cabling It is designed to replace the FOIRL specification Limit 2000 meters 1000 meters w FOIRL 10BaseFP 10 Mbps Fiber passive Baseband Ethernet specification fiber optic cabling Used to organize computers into a star topology without the use of repeaters Limit 500 meters 10BaseT A variant of Ethernet which allows stations to be attached via twisted pair cable 10 Mbps Baseband Category 3 4 or 5 UTP cable RJ 45 One pair for transmitting data and the other for receiving data Limit 100 meters 10Broad36 10 Mbps Broadband Ethernet specification using Broadband coaxial cable Limit 3600 meters 100BaseFX 100 Mbps Baseband Fast Ethernet specification using two strands of multimode fiber optic cabling per link Limit 400 meters 100BaseT 100 Mbps Baseband Fast Ethernet specification using Cate gory 5 UTP cable RJ 45 connectors The 100BaseT link pulses w
319. eakpoints subtract the highest amount in the previous tax range from the highest amount in the next tax range 44 29 15 6 Continue this formula until you reach the first repeating breakpoint 5 160 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 An example is displayed in the table as shown in Figure 5 120 10 14 01 10 15 29 02 4 30 44 03 15 88 1 03 05 07 1 34 1 49 1 93 2 08 2 52 2 67 3 12 3 26 1 48 1 62 2 07 2 22 2 66 2 81 3 25 3 40 3 71 3 85 26 15 3 86 4 09 27 24 4 10 4 14 28 5 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Figure 5 120 Tax Breakpoint Table Menu Maintenance Functions 5 161 7 Once you establish the first repeating breakpoint enter the numbers in the bottom section of the Taxes function tab Figure 5 117 Repeating Breakpoints Figure 5 117 shows the first repeating breakpoint at 4 10 4 14 the 0 10 and 0 14 are the same as the first taxable amounts If the sample table were a complete Tax Bracket Table it would con tinue to 20 00 where the tax would be 1 35 based on 6 75 GST Taxes The Goods and Services Tax GST taxes every item on a guest check unless you have specifically exempted an item The information contained here regarding taxes is intended solely as a guide for use with Aloha software Consult state an
320. ear on the check p Chaining Flex Tax Id 1 Can GST Always i7 Condition Success Flex Tax Id 2 Can GST amp Prov 0 7 Condition Fails ooo NN A To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return Figure 5 142 Sample Canadian GST Subtotal Flex Type An example of the Canadian GST Quantity flex type tax is shown in Figure 5 143 74 Aloha Manager QuickS ci File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Flex Tax Maintenance Conditions FlexTasid i4CanGsT Qu m ena vo EDEN Is check subtotal less than T00 Flex Type Quantity 1 x Do any items in this category Tax Id Category _ F000 any appear on the check Chaining Flex Tax Id 1 Can GST Subto 17 Condition Success Flex Tax ld 2 No Tax Aways 0 Condition Fails To edit press Retum to add type unused ID and Retum rs NN A Figure 5 143 Sample Canadian GST Quantity Flex Type Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 187 SsoUeUDazUIeIN nus After creating all flex taxes that establish the Canadian GST and Provincial tax scenario for donuts you must associate the donuts item to the flex tax Aa Ifan item taxes incorrectly once it has been correctly associated f with a flex tax check the category of the item If the item is not in the category to which the taxes are set to apply you may need to
321. ecomes available This must contain the name of the OPOS MSR driver file as it appears in the Registry Editor Note The driver files must be installed first For example the OPOS name for a Panasonic MSR would be JS 9000MSR To determine this access a DOS command line type REGEDIT and press Enter The Registry Editor displays Click the sign to the left of HKEY LOCAL MACHINE Continue to click the sign to the left of SOFTWARE OLEforRetail ServiceOPOS and MSR The installed drivers display under MSR Determine the name of the driver file to be used and enter it into the OPOS text box Track Two Only Indicates when the magnetic stripe reader uses track two Bar Code Reader Inset Use Bar Code Reader Indicates a bar code reader is physically attached to the defined terminal If a bar code reader is not used this setting should be cleared Port Specifies the port where the bar code reader is attached to the termi nal Select the port from the drop down list The system uses the reader port setting when the Use Bar Code Reader check box is selected Type Defines the type of bar code reader attached to the terminal Select the type of bar code reader from the drop down list Pen Reader Inset The settings in this inset enable you to activate pen readers for use with the system After setting up each terminal as appropriate to use a pen reader you must also enable managers to assign pen readers to individual
322. ecommend for managers or higher level employees to access Most functions are controlled by the employee s access level and job code Refer to Chapter 5 Labor Maintenance Functions for more information on Access Levels and Job Codes Adjust Tender Enables adjustments to the tender information for a guest check that has been closed The check must be recalled and displayed on the screen before the adjustment can be made Adjust Tips Enables adjustments to tip information for a guest check that has been closed This is typically used for guest checks paid with a credit card You must recall the check and display it on the screen before you can make the adjustment Allow Clock In Enables an employee who is not scheduled to work or has clocked out to clock in again if his her job code has the shift required check box selected It also overrides labor scheduling constraints if that program is in use Assign Day Part Enables the employee to change the current day part and opens the FOH Select Day Part screen Assign Drawer Enables the employee to self assign a cash drawer and opens the FOH Select Drawer screen Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 99 SsUeUDzUIEIN nus Assign Driver Opens the FOH Assign Driver screen with a list of the available drivers that may be assigned to an order It is only used with Aloha Delivery Frequent Buyer Assign Pen ID s Opens the FOH
323. ect Single Chit Only or Summary Chit with Single Chit you can consolidate like items on a single chit and specify up to 30 characters to print at the top of each single chit Consolidate Like Items Prints same items with same modifiers in consol idation on the chit For example with single chit printing an order with two Hamburgers and three Snappers prints five separate chits for each item With consolidation only two chits print one with 2 Hamburgers and one with 3 Snappers as shown in Figure 3 38 Printer Name Printer Name Printer Name ere Lee Support up to 30 Character waiter name waiter name table table Order Mode Guests Check 12345 Order Mode 9 00 Cheeseburger TOTAL 50 48 Order Mode TOTAL 50 31 TOTAL 50 31 lt Full Cut gt Order Mode Order Mode Figure 3 38 Consolidated Chit Printing Optional Single Chit Text Prints additional text up to 30 characters at the top of the chit Disable Standalone Chit Printing Disables chit information from print ing to a local printer Standalone chit printing is when the local terminal is the master and no other terminals are in use therefore all chits are routed to the local printer Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 65 sBuiyes 9103S Print Message if Order Contains Items Routed to More Than One Order Printer Prints a message on the chit if an order is sent to multiple printers The message is
324. ect between United States United King dom or Universal Format No Check Rounding Displays check totals as the exact check amount not rounded All Tenders Round to 0 05 Rounds check totals for checks paid by all methods of payment to the nearest nickel This cannot be selected in conjunc tion with Cash Tenders Round to 0 05 Cash Tenders Round to 0 05 Rounds check totals for checks paid by cash only to the nearest nickel This cannot be selected in conjunction with All Tenders Round to 0 05 Display Adjustment Displays the rounding benefit on the guest check The rounding benefit describes the variance between the sales total and the payments total when using check rounding The rounding benefit may also be viewed on various reports in BOH Print Rounded Indicator Prints a mark on the check to indicate that the check total is a rounded amount Method Specifies the rounding method to use on the check total The three specific rounding methods are Nearest Up and Down The Rounding feature is a global setting meaning that it applies to all checks and not by employee or job code 3 108 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Special Currency Subtab This subtab enables you to specify special currency regulations such as the number of digits allowed the currency symbol etc Select the Special Cur rency subtab from the International group as shown in Figure 3 60 Fi Er
325. eeenaaes 5 8 The Home Screen cccccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeneeeseeeseeeess 5 9 Se o daty PANelS eck ialex ster nn a 5 10 Panel E aM OSa i aenar ara E eee aae eae edea Eaa 5 11 Menu Building Method 3 isc sacccsies cesi conc tose deena eeteeastaceeiataete 5 18 WRG IIS Aes aceceecresee E A chaten tata deta studs cteccatetiae cats ioctanctmesteaitaancties 5 21 Categories resorted heat eh ices eh asin beast NE ATE doen daisies 5 34 Cat gory RUGS fac a sacinceercceutestdsee iedee aaa aaen aaa Eaa Ea teeth sectantact 5 34 MOGIPIOMS a e aae eee e tenes dca Ea E E 5 38 Modifier Item Buttons 0 cc ccccseecseeeceeeeaaeeaeeeaeeaaeeaeeeaeeeaeeees 5 41 Panel Editor n e E ea VEE aa eti a 5 43 Panel Editor TOOISi eaaa aae eA a EE 5 44 Panels iesea e e Ea ar are a EEEE 5 52 Single Butt nS krian ionada Taen aa aE a teen aei 5 74 Group Buttons c cece eee e cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeesaaeaaeeaees 5 84 Button FUNCHONS eissa eee RR acetates 5 98 SCreen mo LIKO AA E er Avid aun AE 5 151 Fakes ee aa Male hols e E 5 154 EREE E A A E E E EET 5 162 Flex TAXES nir aa a a E 5 174 SiZ GrOUPS esaa e e E at a 5 189 Surcharges aisiari inae sorasa aer EEEa KEANE TELER Ese eiie 5 191 Special Pricing ssarei u ene enuon aa eh a a a ean they 5 193 Quantity PRICING aissius a i aatia 5 193 Price Levels ame a aa A AEA AE A a EA aa nAi 5 196 Price CHANGES ia svsisnccnceceuecensy Hevkacaienvededieedecesceay ca
326. efine in EGI2 CFG display at the bottom of this list Disable Graphic on FOH Disables the enhanced graphic interface on the FOH screens Disable Graphics in Maintenance Disables the enhanced graphic inter face on the BOH screens representing the FOH such as menus submenus modifiers exception modifiers Panel Editor and the floor plan EGI CFG and EGI2 CFG EGI CGF and EGI2 CFG are configuration files that define the colors and bit maps used by the schemes Although the BOH and FOH read the configura tion files in ALOHA DATA you should store a copy of both of them in ALOHA NEWDATA and in ALOHA DATA and only edit the version in ALOHA NEWDATA EGI CFG is the default configuration file supplied with the Aloha POS sys tem and contains the schemes designed by Aloha Technologies EGI2 CFG is intended for user defined schemes and it is not overwritten during an upgrade We recommend only editing EGI2 CFG 3 80 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Each configuration file is a text based file that contains variables and values that set the configuration Each scheme within the configuration file has a scheme name label Scheme n where n is the scheme number For example EGI CFG contains a Schemel label and others When you create new schemes for EGI2 CFG number your schemes starting with 100 to avoid con flicts with the scheme numbers used by Aloha Technologies in EGI CFG EGI CFG and EGI2 CFG use the
327. ely identifies each house account To create a new record enter an unused account ID and press Enter To edit an existing record scroll through the Account drop down list and select the record to edit Account Name Enter a name to uniquely identify the account number 6 44 Payments Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Inactive Deactivates the account Name and Address Insets The House Account function tab contains insets for entering standard name and address information with an additional text box for a telephone number Unlike most other database files within the Aloha POS system the House Account file does not depend on other files within the system thus there are no drop down selection lists in the dialog box Type information into the text boxes in the insets per your company policies Click Save when finished Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Payments Maintenance Functions 6 45 aoueUsUleW sjuowAeg Foreign Currencies The Foreign Currencies function is used to set up foreign currencies as a method of payment at a restaurant location Using this feature when the FOH presses the corresponding tender button for the foreign currency the exchange rate is converted and displayed on screen Using the numeric keypad the server enters the amount received from the customer and presses OK The amount is converted to the local currency equivalent The name of the foreign currency its
328. em Maintenance Functions 7 9 Ss UeUDdIUIEIN wia shs 5 Reroute Printer The Reroute Printer event reroutes a printer to another printer Use this event for such things as moving item printing to another printer when a station is closed down The dialog box shown in Figure 7 4 displays From Printer To Printer 00 none Joo none is Figure 7 4 Reroute Printer From and To Printer Select the printer rerouting from and the target printer as defined in Maintenance gt Hardware gt Printers 6 Reroute Printer Group The Reroute Printer Group event reroutes a specific printer group to another printer group Use this event for such things as moving item printing normally printed from one printer group to another printer group when a station is closed down The dialog box shown in Figure 7 5 displays Reroute Printer Group x From Print Group To Print Group None 0 None 0 Figure 7 5 Reroute Printer Group Dialog Box 7 10 System Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 From and To Printer Group Select the printer group rerouting from and the target printer group as defined in Maintenance gt Hardware gt Printer Groups 8 End of Day The End of Day event schedules the End of Day procedure Use this event to start a new business day at a particular time The time should be defined dur ing a slow time of operation such as during the time when the establishment i
329. ements The pen reader feature enables the use of an electronic pen styled much like a typical ball point pen for employee identification for purposes of clock in and log in access to the Aloha system After setting up each terminal as appropriate to use a pen reader you must give managers permission to enroll pen IDs into the system and assign them to individual employees Access Levels To enable pen identification enrollment capability select Maintenance gt Labor gt Access Labels to display the Access Levels function tab then select the Employees subtab to gain access to the Assign Pen ID s setting as shown in Figure 8 8 74 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Access Levels Maintenance Level MENA Description MANAGER Reports Financial Employee system M Approve Clock in IV Approve Checkout T Approve Clockout lM Delete Checkout M Delete Clockout I Clear Password IV Assign Pen ID s T Enroll Thumb Prints Job Codes Access Levels To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Retum I Force Reconciliation I Open Any Drawer I Deassign Drawers T Open Items T Quick Count T Enter Other Wages M Downtime es n A Figure 8 8 Access Levels Assign Pen IDs Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Hardware Maintenance Functions 8 21 soueUDIUIEI alemMpieH To give a manager the ability to assign pen I
330. employees 9s This setting is located in Maintenance gt Labor gt Access Levels on the Employees subtab Figure 8 7 Use Pen Reader Enables pen readers in the system Port Defines the port to be used by the pen reader Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Hardware Maintenance Functions 8 13 S UeUDdIUIEN oJeMpJeEH Refer to the Pen Reader Setup Requirements section in this chapter for more information about how to use this type of equipment with the Aloha system and about how the system searches for a match to a pen inserted into the reader Thumb Scanner Inset The settings in this inset enable you to activate and define a thumb scanner for use with the system The Aloha system makes use of biometrics technology so no actual thumb prints are stored in the system A pattern of landmarks is used when comparing an individual against the database The Aloha system uses the identification process rather than verification Identification as a process is potentially faster in that it is a one step process The system reads the scanned image the thumb then proceeds through the previously defined levels in the system to determine the owner of the print Verification is a two step process in which the person seeking access to the system clocks or logs in then presents his or her thumb for verification of identity against patterns stored in the database Refer to the Thumb Scanner Setup Requirements section
331. en a non printer interface cash drawer type is selected OPOS If OPOS Cash Drawer is selected as the Drawer Type the OPOS text box becomes available This text box must contain the name of the OPOS cash drawer driver file as it appears in the Registry Editor Note The driver files must be installed first For example the OPOS name for a Panasonic cash drawer could be either JD 9000CD1 or JD 9000CD2 To determine this access a DOS command line type REGEDIT and press Enter The Registry Editor displays Click the sign to the left of HKEY LOCAL MACHINE Continue to click the sign to the left of SOFTWARE OLEforRetail Servi ceOPOS and CashDrawer The installed drivers display under CashDrawer Determine the name of the driver file to be used and enter it into the OPOS text box Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Hardware Maintenance Functions 8 25 SUeUDdIUIEIN oJeMpJeH Printers The Printers function tab is used to define the physical connections between terminals and printing devices Each printer must be connected to a terminal and should have an assigned backup printer to use in the event of hardware failure After printers are defined they are grouped together logically in Maintenance gt Hardware gt Printer Groups for use by other components of the Aloha system Select Maintenance gt Hardware gt Printers to display the Printers function tab as shown in Figure 8 10 7 Aloha Manager QuickServic
332. enance gt System gt Revenue Centers mmm Fach job code is assigned to a revenue center If a revenue center is pi not assigned the values on the Hourly Sales and Labor Report dis play incorrectly Revenue Center Button Click Revenue Center to access the Revenue Center Maintenance function tab to create or edit revenue centers as needed The Job Codes function tab provides the following subtabs which are used to maintain job code records Job Code Quick Service Functions and Delivery Job Code Subtab Use the Job Code subtab Figure 4 11 to create jobs and to assign functions to those jobs Name Holds the abbreviated form up to 10 characters of a job title Description Holds the full name up to 20 characters of a job code Icon Associates a specific bitmap with a job code Bitmaps display on order entry terminals and serve as a visual representation of the job code This is particularly useful when an employee is assigned to more than one job code The available bitmap images are stored in the ALOHA BMP directory labeled Icon with representing the number to enter in this text box 4 18 Labor Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Customized job code bitmaps can be created for use on order entry terminals Examples are shown in Figure 4 12 ICON1 BMP ICON2 BMP ICON3 BMP ICON4 BMP Ss x ICON5 BMP ICON6 BMP ICON7 BMP ICON8 BMP ICON10 BMP ICO
333. enance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 3 Swipe the employee s mag card You are prompted to re swipe the mag card to confirm the number as shown in Figure 4 4 Read Magnetic Card Swipe Again To Confirm Cancel Figure 4 4 Repeat Mag Card Swipe 4 Re swipe the employee s mag card for confirmation The Update FOH Now message box displays as shown in Figure 4 5 hint4x C Select YES to update Front Of House now Select NO to wait until the next refresh Figure 4 5 Update FOH Now Message Box 5 Click Yes to update the FOH with the mag card information immedi ately The employee can now use the mag card to log in to the FOH Click No to update the FOH with the next refresh SUeUDIUIEIN 1oqe Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Labor Maintenance Functions 4 9 Job Codes Subtab Use the Job Codes subtab to assign job codes access levels and pay rates to an employee Job codes describe what an employee can do and access levels determine if an employee can do it Pay rates display only on selected reports Select the Job Codes subtab from the Employees function tab to enter or edit employee job code information as shown in Figure 4 6 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Maintenance Number MS Employee Job Codes zp Delivery Tax Back Office Security Job Codes Access Levels Rate
334. ep sounds Consult the manufacturer of your printer for more information In all cases the beeps are activated by the same signal that opens a cash drawer If a cash drawer is attached to the printer verify that this setting is 0 to prevent the cash drawer from opening each time a chit is printed Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Hardware Maintenance Functions 8 31 S UeUDdIUIEN alemMpieH Guest Checks Defines the number of guest checks to print Chit Printing Inset The settings in this inset enable you to define the contents of the chit as to what to include or to exclude These settings provide considerable flexibility in designing a chit that contains information necessary for your business but excludes unnecessary information Print item prices Causes the system to print item prices on the chit Print order total Causes the system to print the order total on the chit Print terminal name Causes the system to print on the chit the name by which the order terminal is identified in the system Never print delivery carryout information Prevents the system from printing delivery or carryout information on the chit Never print seat information Prevents the system from printing seat information on the chit Always sort by seat number Causes the system to sort chit information by seat number when seat numbering is in use Printer Configuration Certain interactions take place betwee
335. eports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Store Settings Maintenance amp Group Security hd Employee POS Security POS Password Settings Restrictions Cash Drawer Maintenance Password Min Password Digits 3 e Disabled Max Password Digits 6 C Optional Store Settings Require that employees have a password NUM P Figure 3 49 Security Group POS Password Settings Subtab Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 p Refer to Payment Reconciliation in the Aloha QuickService Spe cial Features Guide for more information Store Settings 3 89 s6uly2S 910 S Min Password Digits Specifies the minimum number of alphanumeric characters permitted for passwords Max Password Digits Specifies the maximum number of alphanumeric characters permitted for passwords Number Employee Defines the number of characters to use when logging in to the system Enter a number from 3 to 9 digits Enter leading zeros when logging in to the system For example if the employee number is 105 and the Number Employee text box is set to 4 enter 0105 on the FOH terminal when logging in Password Inset Disabled Disables the FOH password function that enables employees to log in using only their employee login number If Disabled is selected the Change Password button does not display on the FOH Employee Functions screen The button does not display even if the Uses Password chec
336. er interfaces for the FOH maximum number of items disk maintenance functions and EOD settings Select Maintenance gt Store Settings Select System from the Group drop down list The corresponding subtabs display with Date Time as the default subtab as shown in Figure 3 52 7 Aloha Manager QuickService of x File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Mai Store Settings Maintenance FE Group System Employee Aloha Settings Disk Maintenance End Of Day Date Time Licensing Store Information Interfaces Maintenance Ti es Day of Business 01 18 2000 ine zong i U S Daylight Savings Time Open Time osoo C No Daylight Savings Time First Day of Week m Monday z C Intemational Daylight Savings Time I Synchronize POS Time With Back Office Time Automatically start IBERBOH on startup rr NM UY Figure 3 52 System Group Date Time Subtab The System group provides the following subtabs Date Time Licensing Store Information Interfaces Aloha Settings Disk Maintenance and End Of Day Date Time Subtab The Date Time subtab enables you to define the business date open time first day of week and time zone settings 3 94 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Day of Business Displays the business date as recognized by the system regardless of the actual calendar date The EOD procedure automatically updates this field when the sy
337. erial Interface Inset Compulsory Method Activated only when Serial 223 32000 is selected as the Drawer Type Select one of the following options CTS Clear to Send is pin 8 for a 9 pin serial port and pin 5 for a 25 pin serial port RI Ring Indicator is pin 9 for a 9 pin serial port and pin 22 for a 25 pin serial port Note If using CTS or RI and a drawer is not attached to the selected port or if the drawer does not support this method the system will not allow cashiers to input an order or make a no sale The system detects that the drawer is open Printer Interface Inset Printer Specifies the printer to which the cash drawer is connected This selection is only active when a printer interface cash drawer type is selected Drawer Number Determines the connection order number of the cash drawer device The value for the first drawer connected is 1 and the value for the second is 2 Only two drawers can be connected to any one printer This selection is only active when a printer interface cash drawer type is selected 8 24 Hardware Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Other Interfaces Terminal Defines the terminal number to which the cash drawer is con nected This selection is only active when a non printer interface cash drawer type is selected Port Specifies the serial port corresponding to the physical connection of the cash drawer This selection is only active wh
338. ervice Pack 5 f cre Create Diagnostic Files Ready C NUM Z Figure 10 7 Create Diagnostic Files This function tab provides information about data that is available for conver sion to diagnostic files and the operating system of the host computer Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Utilities 10 13 sonn Dated Subdirectories Lists all dated subdirectories available for use in generating diagnostic files EDC Subdirectories Lists all subdirectories on the system relevant to EDC functions if you are using EDC on the host system OS Version Displays the operating system name type and revision level Generate Button Click Generate to create diagnostic files Select all relevant items available in the list boxes to generate files containing information about those items When you click Generate the inset above the buttons displays as a progress bar This process can take several minutes depending upon the size of the database Cancel Button Click Cancel to discard any selections made and to close the Create Diagnos tic Files function tab After the diagnostic files have been created return to View Debugging File You will notice several additional debout files available for view and analysis However the true function of the Create Diagnostic Files feature is to create a new subdirectory named DIAG directly beneath the ALOHAQS directory The new DIAG directory contains the following
339. ervice User s Guide v5 3 Payments Maintenance Functions 6 39 vsueLeu zuIeN sjuowAeg Must Enter Amount Prompts for the comp amount at the order entry ter minal Used for non percentage comps Must Enter Percent Used to set up a comp where the FOH prompts for a percentage to entered instead of the comp being a fixed percent Aa Dollar Amount comps cannot be set as a fixed amount Select F Must Enter Amount and the FOH prompts for the amount when the comp is applied The system does not allow you to save a comp unless a rate is entered or Must Enter Amount or Must Enter Percent is selected Taxes Subtab The taxes subtab defines the Primary Taxes Secondary Taxes and Vendor Taxes These tax types and amounts must first be defined in Maintenance gt Menu gt Taxes and applied to the menu items in Maintenance gt Menu gt Items contained in the target category for the comp Select the Taxes subtab from the Comp function tab to edit and define the taxes on a comp as shown in Fig ure 6 18 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Comp Maintenance amp Employee Number 7 Comps Tares Restrictions Maintenance I Guest Pays Tax T Surcharge Comp Amount Primary Taxes Secondary Taxes I Tax Comp Amount I Tax Comp Amount Fe Tet Fond East Tae Food Cost 0 0 I Tax Comp Amount TaxlD None 0 Z wm ipase Food Cost
340. es sage board line Verify the length of the message visually before using it Delay Time Inset Change Due Specifies the number of seconds the amount of change that is to be returned to the customer lingers on the display board before being cleared by the system Amount Tendered Specifies the number of seconds the amount of money received from the customer lingers on the display board before being cleared by the system Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Hardware Maintenance Functions 8 47 SUeUDdIUIEIN oJeMpJeH p More detailed information about these features is avail able in the Aloha Accesso ries User s Guide Accessories With Accessories an add on to the Aloha system you instantly gain access to the tools needed to effectively communicate with cash card devices drink dis pensers and scales Cash Cards Provides customers more choices in convenient payment methods Drink Dispensers Assures that every liquor drink poured is accounted for accurately and elimi nates the potential for an employee to over pour a drink or forget to ring up a drink Scales and Tares Allows weight measurements from a scale to be brought forward to the FOH The total price of the product is then calculated based on the weight less the tare weight times the unit price More detailed information about these features is available in the Accessories manual 8 48 Hardware Maintenance Functions Al
341. es the following subtabs POS Security POS Pass word Settings Restrictions and Cash Drawer POS Security Subtab This subtab enables you to activate the use of Aloha Spy and lets you estab lish the location from which Payment Reconciliation will be processed Select the POS Security subtab from the Security group Use Non Reset Totals Carries totals forward without resetting them to zero These figures appear on the BOH sales report 3 88 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Use Aloha Spy Activates the Aloha Spy program Aloha Spy interfaces with the TVS security video in the BOH to pass data from the FOH to display on the TVS camera in the BOH Run Payment Reconciliation From Inset Front and Back of House Provides the ability to run the Payment Recon ciliation process from the FOH POS terminal and from the menu in Aloha Manager on the BOH terminal This is beneficial when several servers need to run the Payment Reconciliation process and the FOH terminal is being used Back of House Sets the Payment Reconciliation process to operate from the Functions menu on the BOH terminal only POS Password Settings Subtab This subtab enables you to define employee password and number digits as well as to enable disable or require a password for each employee Select the POS Password Settings subtab from the Security group as shown in Figure 3 49 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions R
342. escription of the termination number Labor Maintenance Functions 4 39 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SOUBUDIUIEIN 1oqe Back Office Security Levels Use the Back Office Security Levels function tab to create security levels to provide employees access to functions located in the back of house Select various functions in which to give run add edit and delete permissions Select Maintenance gt Labor gt Back Office Security Levels to display the Back Office Security Levels function tab as shown in Figure 4 22 7 Aloha Manager QuickService of x File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Mai Back Office Security Levels Maintenance Start Level 43 1D 0001 Standard Ace No Start Level Copy Employee Name Standard Access Gees Maintenance Screen Timeout 0 Timeout in seconds Set to 1 for no timeout HTML Page E Functions E Edit Deposits E Edit Punches E Employee Scheduler E Post to House Account E Payment Reconciliation AD Export xl F Bon F dd fT Edit F Delete Cancel Edit Delete _ltem Maintena Allow user to execute function NUM 7A Figure 4 22 Back Office Security Levels Function Tab ID Holds the name and a four digit number that together with Name uniquely identifies each back office security level To create a new level enter an unused number and press Enter To edit an existin
343. ess the Categories function tab Here you can per form maintenance on existing categories including add new categories if a new category is needed Report as Enables you to combine comps together for reporting purposes This contains a drop down list of previously defined comps 9 To report a comp as itself save it then access the comp and select j it from the Report as drop down list Active Makes the comp active Comps can also be triggered by the Event Scheduler Refer to Events for more information on how to schedule events Print Check Prints a copy of the guest check when the check is closed Open Drawer Enables the cash drawer to open when the comp is applied Manager Needed Requires a manager to apply the comp Apply Gratuity Enables the system to apply a gratuity to the selected comp Must Select Items Requires menu items be explicitly selected to apply the comp on order entry terminals Must Enter Unit Prompts for a unit number at the order entry terminals This is useful for multi store operations which accept employee comps from other locations Must Enter Name Prompts for a name at the order entry terminal This is often used to track who is receiving employee comps Use Mag Card Only Requires an employee receiving a comp to use his or her mag card instead of entering the number manually You must select Must Use Name to enable this setting Aloha QuickS
344. est application layer Many different specifications exist at each of these layers Networks are often also classified according to their geographical extent local area network LAN metropolitan area network MAN wide area net work WAN and also according to the protocols used Network Address The network portion of an IP address For a class A network the network address is the first byte of the IP address For a class B network the network address is the first two bytes of the IP address For a class C network the network address is the first three bytes of the IP address In each case the remainder is the host address In the Internet assigned net work addresses are globally unique Network card See NIC Network Layer The third lowest layer in the OSI seven layer model The network layer determines routing of packets of data from sender to receiver via the data link layer and is used by the transport layer The most common network layer protocol is IP Network Transparency A feature of an operating system or other service which lets the user access a remote resource through a network without hav ing to know if the resource is remote or local Node An addressable device attached to a computer network More often called a host 18 Networking Glossary Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Null Modem A cable especially an RS 232 cable for connecting serial ports on two computers directly rather
345. estaurant several types of hardware are typi cally attached to the system server and the order entry terminals This hard ware provides communication between the manager and the employees between the restaurant and the customer and between the restaurant and credit card companies Some of the hardware will be output devices such as remote display systems and printers Other devices will be bi directional such as cash card readers In this chapter you learn how to e Define and configure terminals and associated reader and display devices e Set up and define cash drawers Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Hardware Maintenance Functions 8 3 S UeUDdIUIEN oJeMpJeEH e Set up and define printers Define printer groups Define labels e Define video groups e Set up and define display boards 8 4 Hardware Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Terminals Each Aloha system installation is licensed for a specific number of order entry terminals each of which serves as a node or station on the Aloha network Additional nodes are permitted beyond the licensed number of order entry ter minals but the additional nodes cannot be defined as or used as order entry terminals For example a large system licensed for ten order entry terminals might define an additional network node for a file server The file server would function normally on the network but could not be used as an order ent
346. et Price Change The Set Price Change event schedules temporary price changes The dialog box shown in Figure 7 17 displays Set Price Change x Price Change Figure 7 17 Set Price Change Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 System Maintenance Functions 7 19 SoUeUDdIUIEIN wa SAS 1 Refer to Chap ter 5 Menu Maintenance Functions for more information about button placement Price Change Select the price change as defined in Maintenance Menu Price Changes 26 Activate Tender The Activate Tender event activates and disables a specific tender type Use this event for times such as when gift certificates are only accepted during the evening hours the tender can be activated at 5 00 p m each day Add another event to disable the tender To disable a tender type add the event and DO NOT select the Active check box The dialog box shown in Figure 7 18 dis plays Activate Tender x Tender Button Pos fo T Active Figure 7 18 Activate Tender Tender Select the tender as defined in Maintenance gt Payments gt Ten ders Button Pos Enter the button position for the tender Active Activates the tender when selected or disables when cleared 7 20 System Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 27 Set Pole Message The Set Pole Message event activates messages which the Display on Pole check box is not selected It is possible to have
347. et these requirements the regular default screen appears Environment variables Environment variables are strings consisting of environment information such as a drive path or file name associated with a symbolic name that can be used by operating systems including Windows95 Windows98 and WindowsNT The defined environment variables are read and set by the system when it boots up Examples path to the Aloha POS software number of terminals on network whether the terminal is capable of serving as master terminal or server EOD End of Day The EOD End of Day process is a simple proce dure that closes out the sales for a given DOB Date of Business and starts the new DOB with a fresh TRANS LOG transaction log file and fresh PRT LOG printer log files The EOD process is typically scheduled to occur as an automatic process every day at a certain time during a non peak period however the EOD may be run manually from either the FOH Front of House or BOH Back of House Event Many common restaurant procedures for standard operations can be automated using the Event Scheduler The Event Scheduler can be config ured to automatically activate menus reroute printers change meal periods change order entry modes automate the EOD process or any other activity that has an Active option switch as part of the database file record Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Aloha Glossary 3 File server The file se
348. etur to add type unused ID and Retur M NM y Figure 5 17 Item Function Tab Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 21 SsdUeUDzUIEIN nue Number Holds a six digit number that together with Long Name uniquely identifies each record To create a new record enter an unused num ber and press Enter To edit an existing record scroll through the Number drop down list select the record to edit and press Enter The Items function tab contains the following subtabs which are used to define modifiers and price levels Items Modifiers Price Miscellaneous and Print with Item used as the default subtab Item Subtab The Item subtab defines the name of the item that displays on the FOH and in the reports for the BOH Taxes are also defined for the item on this subtab Short Name Holds a short name for the item that is placed on item buttons in submenus modifier groups or exception modifier groups The data entered here is centered on the button therefore length is an issue This can be up to 15 positions but usually anything over 11 can cause it to be truncated on both ends making it too cryptic for servers to understand A two line button is cre ated by entering n at the desired line break in the Short Name text box For example Hot nTamale The n takes up two of the 15 characters Z Capital letters used in the name text boxes take up more space than lowercase
349. event reroutes taxes con trolled by revenue centers The dialog box shown in Figure 7 26 displays Reroute Secondary Taxes by Revenue Center x Revenue Center Restaurant x From Secondary Tax To Secondary Tax None 0 hue Figure 7 26 Reroute Secondary Taxes by Revenue Center Revenue Center Select the revenue center associated with the tax as defined in Maintenance gt System gt Revenue Centers From and To Secondary Tax Select the tax reroute from and the target tax as defined in Maintenance gt Menu gt Taxes 38 Reroute Display Board The Reroute Display Board event reroutes item information from one display board to appear on another display board The dialog box shown in Figure 7 27 displays Display Board ID Display From Terminal foo2 TERM 2 x Figure 7 27 Reroute Display Boards 7 28 System Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Display Board Indicates the display board to reroute as defined in Main tenance gt Hardware gt Display Boards Display from Terminal Indicates the new terminal from which the order will display System Maintenance Functions 7 29 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Ss UeUDdIUIEIN wia shs Required Fields Use the Required Fields function to require the BOH user to enter certain information into the system You define the information you want to require For example if you want all
350. exchange rate the amount tendered and the corresponding amount in local currency displays on the guest check If the amount entered does not equal the amount of the check the change amount or balance due amount also displays in local currency Select Maintenance gt Labor gt Foreign Currencies to display the Foreign Cur rency function tab shown in Figure 6 21 7 Aloha Manager QuickService oix File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Tools View Help Tools Foreign Currency Maintenance as Exchange Rate gs 7 Jo 00000000 T Update Now Decimal Places Prefix Decimal Separator Suffix Thousands Separator p Payment Display I Display In Balance Due Section a I Display In Change Due Section Pref Positive Format Negative Format Sufi Hl foosi 10 fomoz Gaye Canca Dee Tenders Foreign Currencies To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return NUM Ui Figure 6 21 Foreign Currencies 6 46 Payments Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Foreign payment displays on guest checks pole displays and other aot peripheral devices that display foreign payment as follows Name Exchange Foreign Amt Local Equivalent Rate Pound 1 65 8 00 4 85 Currency ID Holds a five digit number that together with Name uniquely identifies each foreign currency record To create a new record enter an unused number and press Enter To edit an ex
351. f all items for the order followed by a full cut and a chit for each ordered item followed by a half cut as shown in Figure 3 37 Printer Name Printer Name Printer Name Printer Name Printer Name Printer Name date Support up to 30 Character Support up to 30 Character Support up to 30 Character Support up to 30 Character Support up to 30 Character waiter name time table 1of1 date date date datel date Order Mode waiter name time waiter name time waiter name time waiter name time waiter name time Guests table 1 of 5 table 2 of 5 table 3 of 5 table 4 of 5 table 5 of 5 Check 12345 Order Mode Order Mode Order Mode Order Mode Order Mode Guests Guests Guests Guests Guests Order Mode Check 12345 Check 12345 Check 12345 Check 12345 Check 12345 Order Mode Order Mode Order Mode Order Mode Order Mode 2 9 00 Cheeseburger 3 21 00 Snapper 1 4 50 Cheeseburger 1 4 50 Cheeseburger 1 7 00 Snapper 1 7 00 Snapper 1 7 00 Snapper TOTAL 50 48 Order Mode TOTAL 50 31 TOTAL 50 31 TOTAL 50 31 TOTAL 50 31 TOTAL 50 31 lt Full Cut gt Order Mode Order Mode Order Mode Order Mode Order Mode lt Partial Cut gt lt Partial Cut gt lt Partial Cut gt lt Partial Cut gt lt Partial Cut gt Figure 3 37 Summary and Single Chit Printing 3 64 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Single Chit Printing Options When you sel
352. f necessary select Show Change Due to prompt a FOH message showing the change due to the guest Applies the specified comp to the guest check Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 107 sUeUDIUIEIN nus To add a comp button 1 Select Comp from the Function drop down list An additional option displays as shown in Figure 5 81 roion Aun Text omp Type C DD Combo a Pome DDeliCom Justify 0ffT Combo Color O Branded pe C Left Top Coupon Center Center Courtesy Font i ue Right Bottom Emp Meal Local Comp x m Background Color I Transparent Highlight r Bitmap Eme Jo Transparent M Display len Sion Cet CiT On None b Center Center Up None 7 C Rigt Boton Down None 7 m Preview Comp _x ceed hen mentary price reducti Applies a complimentary price reduction to the guest check Figure 5 81 Comp Dialog Box 2 Select the comp to assign the button from the Comp Type list box If manager access is required the system displays a password keypad 3 Click OK Customer Information Opens the delivery screen for reviewing information regarding a specific cus tomer if the Delivery Frequent Buyer is in use Customer Reward Report Prints a report with the bonuses a customer has earned if the Delivery Fre quent Buyer is in use 5 108 Menu Maintenance Functio
353. f of of of of of of o fof of of of of of of of of of of o Repeating Breakpoints fof of of of of of of of of of of o fof of of of of of of of of of of o fof of of of of of of of of of of o 0 ARE REE FEE BEB EEA BEE BEE RRE To edit press Retum to add type unused ID and Retum NUM 7 Figure 5 131 Sample No Tax Coke Record After you create the primary tax records select Menu gt Flex Taxes to set up the three flex tax records required to complete the scenario e Create a Tax Coke record with Always selected as the Flex Type e Create a No Tax Coke record with Always selected as the Flex Type e Create a Tax Coke with Food record with Category selected as the Flex Type identifying Food as the item category chaining to Tax Coke record as Flex Tax ID 1 and the No Tax Coke record as Flex Tax ID 2 gt Associate the final flex tax record Tax Coke with Food with the coke item in Menu gt Items When you set up the final example note that when you select Category as the flex type the Tax ID text box becomes unavailable The primary tax rates accessed for this condition are those that are identified by Flex Tax Type 1 and Flex Tax Type 2 5 178 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 The Category flex tax type requires a selection from the Category drop down list allowing you to select the food
354. ffer you the next table number which you can accept or skip Both options accommodate situations when a table tent is lost or not placed in order Print Table Tent Numbers Activates the Table Tent feature and enables the remaining settings in the inset Minimum Tent Designates the beginning number in the series Type a number up to 9998 and lower than the Maximum Tent Leave this text box blank if you want to always manually enter the table tent number in the FOH 3 74 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Maximum Tent Designates the ending number in the series Type a number up to 9999 and higher than the Minimum Tent Leave this text box blank if you want to always manually enter the table tent number in the FOH On screen Prompt Designates the text for the prompt on the FOH Change Due message box such as Tent Guest Check Message Designates the message line to display on the guest check such as Order Chit Message Designates the message line to display on the chit such as Order Suppress Table Tent for Named Orders Does not display a prompt for a table tent number when you perform a Name Order function before you send the item to the kitchen Scenario 1 Enter an item that will be sent to the kitchen name the order with the Name Order function then send the order to the kitchen The table tent prompt does not display Scen
355. fragments to fit the requirements of a physical network over which the packet must pass The inverse is reassembly 12 Networking Glossary Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Frame Relay Point to point system Uses PVC fast packet variable length digital digital leased lines Provides bandwidth as needed Packet switching protocol Gateway Works at all layers Gateways change format of the data to make it conform to the application program at the receiving end Strips packet and rebuilds with new protocol info that is PC connectivity to mainframe Gate way strips PC packet and rebuilds it in mainframe form Proxy server is gate way to the Internet Hexadecimal Or hex Base 16 A number representation using the digits 0 9 with their usual meaning plus the letters A F or a f to represent hexa decimal digits with values of decimal 10 to 15 The right most digit counts ones the next counts multiples of 16 then 16 2 256 and so on Hop One direct host to host connection forming part of the route between two hosts in a routed network such as the Internet Some protocols place an upper limit on the hop count in order to detect routing loops Host A computer connected to a network The term node includes devices such as routers and printers which would not normally be called hosts Host number The host part of an Internet address The rest is the network number Hostname The unique name
356. ft Certificate 6 15 PMS 6 14 PMS Room 6 15 PMS Tender ID 6 14 Print Balance on Receipt 6 15 Verify Customer Data 6 15 Identification subtab 6 11 Digits To Validate 6 12 Maximum 6 12 Minimum 6 11 Numeric On 6 12 Print on Check 6 12 Prompt 6 11 Require Identification 6 11 Validate 6 12 Reconciliation subtab 6 16 Auto Fill 6 17 Enter Details 6 17 Enter Totals 6 17 Variance Amount Allowed 6 16 Tender subtab 6 5 Allow Overpayment 6 7 Allow Tips 6 7 Default Amt 6 6 Excess 6 7 Limit by Percent 6 7 Manager Can Always Overpay 6 7 Maximum Tip 6 7 Open Drawer on Close 6 6 Print Check on Close 6 6 Print Signature Line 6 6 Printer 6 5 Provide Change 6 7 Remove Tip Line if Auto Gratuity 6 7 Report As 6 5 Type subtab 6 8 Cash 6 8 Cash Card 6 8 Check 6 8 Expiration 6 10 Foreign Currency ID 6 10 House Accounts 6 8 Print Expiration 6 11 Use Magnetic Card ONLY 6 10 Verify Expiration 6 11 Term Type 8 9 Terminals function tab 8 5 Aloha Spy Server 8 16 Bar Code Reader 8 16 Coin Changer 8 16 Magnetic Stripe Reader 8 12 Pole Display 8 15 Store button 8 9 Terminated 4 12 Termination Reasons function tab 4 39 Reason 4 39 Voluntary 4 39 Test a Screen 5 73 Test Button 5 154 Thousand Separator 3 110 Thousands Separator 6 47 Tools 1 16 Customize Shared Navigation Bar subtab 1 19 User Navigation Bar subtab 1 16 User Tools subtab 1 20 Track Two Only 8 13 Training 4 20 Transfer Tables 4 30 Transfer to Unit
357. ft arrow Scrolls through open function tabs Ctrl Tab Moves from subtab to subtab within a function Escape Exits a function Tab Moves forward in the settings on a subtab or dialog box Shift Tab Moves backward in the settings on a subtab or dialog box Space bar Click a check box or option to activate deactivate the setting or tab to the desired setting and press the SPACE bar to select or clear it Up and Down arrows Moves forward or backward through the records in the database file In addition to these functions the following keyboard shortcuts common to most Windows based software are available in Aloha Manager Alt A Selects a function on an active menu or menu bar Hold down Alt and press the underlined letter in a menu to select the item Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Aloha Manager sebeue eyolVy Ctrl X Removes cuts highlighted data and copies it to the Windows Clipboard for subsequent use in another location Ctrl C Copies highlighted data to the Windows Clipboard for subsequent use in another location Ctrl V Pastes information from the Windows Clipboard to an active loca tion with the cursor designating the point of insertion 1 22 Aloha Manager Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 HTML Pages QuickService dedicates the center right portion of the Aloha Manager start up screen to host HTML pages and enables you to switch between the ac
358. g between the same two hosts even those from a single message will necessarily follow the same route The destination computer reassembles the packets into their appropriate sequence Packet switching is used to optimize the use of the bandwidth available in a network and to minimize the latency Peer A unit of communications hardware or software that is on the same protocol layer of a network as another A common way of viewing a commu nications link is as two protocol stacks which are actually connected only at the very lowest physical layer but can be regarded as being connected at each higher layer by virtue of the services provided by the lower layers Peer to peer communication refers to these real or virtual connections between cor responding systems in each layer Peer to Peer Networks No dedicated server or hierarchy also called a workgroup Usually ten or fewer workstations Users act as their own admin istrator and security Computers are in same general area Limited growth Parallel Transmission mode that sends a number of bits concurrently over separate wires Path The list of directories the command interpreter searches for executa bles It is stored as part of the environment in the operating system 20 Networking Glossary Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Physical addressing The low level addressing scheme used on Ethernet The 48 bit destination Ethernet address in a packet is compared
359. g level scroll through the ID drop down list select the level to edit and press Enter Name Specifies a unique name and should be descriptive of the type of level 4 40 Labor Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Screen Timeout Denotes the number of seconds before access to the BOH times out from inactivity Once the screen times out employees must log in again to re gain access Enter 1 if you do not want the BOH to time out HTML Page Holds the path to the HTML page if the selected security level is associated with an HTML page Function Contains all BOH security functions Run Enables the employee to access and view the selected function Add Enables the employee to add records to the selected function Edit Enables the employee to edit records in the selected function Delete Enables the employee to delete records from the selected function Start Level Inset Start Level Displays existing security levels to use with the copy function to change the access of existing levels or create new levels To create a new security level choose an existing security level from the drop down list that contains most or all the security access functions the new level should con tain Click Copy The prompt shown in Figure 4 23 displays Back Office Security Levels Maintenance x This operation will copy all security attributes for View Access to Admin Do you wish to contiue
360. gory from which a discounted item may be selected BOGO Modifiers Specify a category from which chargeable modifiers are free when the BOGO is applied BOGO Pricing Method Inset Select one of the available pricing methods Free Indicates the second item is sold at no price Indicates the second item is sold at a discounted fixed price 6 26 Payments Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Indicates the second item is sold at a discounted fixed percentage of its original price Auto Apply The FOH automatically applies the BOGO to all eligible items on the check The Select items prompt does not display This option dis ables Max Per Check and Max Per Table Combo Promotion Type The COMBO promotion type combines items from up to 10 categories and assigns a special reduced price to them For example if the individual price for the sandwich category is 2 99 the sides category 1 99 and the drink category is 1 29 the order total would be 6 27 A combo could be created that allows the customer to order an item from each of these categories for a special reduced price of 5 00 Upon closing the check the server selects the Combo button and the system automatically verifies the presence of qualify ing menu items on the guest check and applies the combo price as shown in Figure 6 12 Promotions Combo Combo Check Name BiaMealDeal Price 3 99 Free Modifiers DRINKS 20
361. gs 3 41 s6uiy9as 910 S Display clock in clock out chit in minutes and hundredths Controls display of hours and minutes on the clock in clock out chit When this check box is cleared which is the default setting the times display in hours and min utes or HH MM If selected times and totals print in the HH MM format and in hundredths or decimals Tip Threshold Specifies the percentage to use when determining if an employee s declared tips are too low This works in conjunction with the Must Declare Tips and Display Threshold Message check boxes located on the Job Codes subtab in Maintenance gt Labor gt Job Codes The employee receives only one chance to enter their declared tips at xa the right percentage Should the amount be too low a warning mes sage displays The manager must delete the employee s clock out to enable them to try again Banks Subtab The Banks subtab enables you to define cash drop thresholds to use to prompt the cashier when it is time to pull money from the drawer and place it in the safe You set the amount you want them to drop for the initial prompt and sub sequent prompts The system checks at log in and after a tender is applied If the criteria is met a message displays at this time These do not force the cashier to do the drop You also set the amount at which a drop is required At 3 42 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 this point the
362. gs Subtab This subtab enables you to establish the maximum number of items that can be stored in the system log actions and to disable the auto grind process Select the Aloha Settings subtab from the System group as shown in Figure 3 56 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Item Maintena Store Settings Maintenance Group fs ystem lt Date Time Licensing Store Information Interfaces Employee Aloha Settings Disk Maintenance End Of Day Maintenance Maximum Number of Items 19 Thousand I Disable Auto Grind Debug Events I Auto Fix Logs Store Settings Maximum number of items that can be created Default is 15 ie 15000 NUM Figure 3 56 System Group Aloha Settings Subtab Maximum Number of Items Specifies the maximum number of items in thousands that can be created and stored in the system The default is 15 000 The maximum number of items that can be defined is 100 000 Disable Auto Grind Disables the automatic data processing and summa rizing of previous day s activities This check box should only be selected dur ing initial setup or when troubleshooting the Aloha installation Debug Events Writes events to the debout log This is found in the C ALOHAQS TMP DEBOUT directory Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 101 s6uiy9as 310 S Auto Fix Logs Enables terminals to automaticall
363. ha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 1 Refer to the Interfacing RDS with Aloha User s Guide for detailed instruc tions on setting up your display options and bump codes Store Settings 3 119 sBuiyes 9103S 1 Refer to the Interfacing PMS with Aloha User s Guide for detailed instruc tions on hotel and prop erty management system settings Hotel The Hotel group enables you to define Property Management System PMS settings This group will only be listed if you are set up to use the PMS Inter face PMS Interface was developed specifically for the hospitality industry to increase the power of Aloha so it is dynamically linked to a hotel s property management system PMS When PMS Interface is installed the Aloha EDC program is automatically installed on the system to assist the Aloha POS sys tem communicate with the hotel s PMS system This enables hotel restaurants and cafeterias using an Aloha POS system to inquire about a hotel guest s sta tus and to charge orders to a room pending hotel approval 3 120 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Labor Maintenance Functions This chapter explains how to create and maintain employee files job codes access levels and other labor related settings EU OY OS ceca tes cccen acta casas T E E E E EOE EEA 4 5 JOD COGES kara adedvetidisi ven a a 4 17 ACCESS LO VEIS ccccccccecccseeccuuecceueeceuueeeeuuaseuueseuuaeeeuaeeeeuaeeeuaeeeeaaes
364. ha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 ARP Address Resolution Protocol A method for finding a host s Ethernet address from its Internet address The sender broadcasts an ARP packet con taining the Internet address of another host and waits for it or some other host to send back its Ethernet address Each host maintains a cache of address translations to reduce delay and loading ARP allows the Internet address to be independent of the Ethernet address but it only works if all hosts support it ATM Asynchronous transfer mode fixed packets Broadband Speeds up to 622 Kbps used mainly for ISP backbones because of cost 53 byte cells instead of packets Packet switching protocol A method for the dynamic allocation of bandwidth using a fixed size packet called a cell ATS Asynchronous Terminal Server ALOHA A system of contention resolution devised at The University of Hawaii Packets are broadcast when ready the sender listens to see if they col lide and if so retransmits after a random time Slotted ALOHA constrains packets to start at the beginning of a time slot Basic ALOHA is appropriate to long propagation time nets such as satellite For shorter propagation times carrier sense protocols are possible Address mask A bit mask used to identify which bits in an IP address correspond to the network address and subnet portions of the address This mask is often referred to as the subnet mask because the
365. ha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Tender Subtab The Tender subtab enables you to determine FOH tender button placement and set overpayments in the Overpayment inset Select the Tender subtab from the Tender Maintenance function tab to edit and enter tender informa tion A cash tender with 0 00 default value displays the FOH cash screen for entering an amount If there are no cash tenders defined with a 0 00 value in Default Amt one must be created Label this tender Cash The FOH does not run unless a cash tender with a 0 00 default amount is defined Name Enter a unique name to identify the record There must be at least one cash tender type defined without a default amount assigned Report as Enables you to combine tenders together for reporting purposes This contains a drop down list of previously defined tenders P To report a tender as itself save it then access the tender and select 7 it from the Report as drop down list Printer Prints an extra copy of the closed check is printed on this printer Select a printer from the drop down list Printer Button Click Printer to access the Printer Group function tab Here you can perform maintenance in the Printer Group function including add printers if the printer is not already there Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Payments Maintenance Functions 6 5 aoueusuleW sjuowAeg Default Amt Defines the amount to display on the butt
366. hange Due screen in the FOH If the Display in Change Due Section check box is not selected for a particular currency that currency still displays change due when it has a payment on a guest check Positive Format Select the format used to display currency in positive numbers For example using the format 00 1 1 all currency with a value of one or greater displays as a positive number followed by a decimal or deci mals Negative Format Selects the format used to display currency in negative numbers For example using the format 01 1 1 all currency with a value less than zero displays as a negative number followed by a decimal or deci mals Exchange Rate Inset Exchange Rate Determines the multiplier used to convert between the local currency and the foreign currency Exchange Rate and should be moni tored regularly It is very important to understand the direction of the currency exchange when entering the rate in this box because the inverse of that rate is the exchange in the opposite direction To ensure the correct direction ask yourself which currency has a greater value then use this logic If the foreign currency has a higher value than the local currency then the exchange rate must be greater than 1 00 If the foreign currency has a lower value than the local currency then the exchange rate must be less than 1 00 Update Now Immediately updates the FOH with information for existing cu
367. hapter 3 Store Settings for more infor mation Labor Maintenance Functions 4 21 SOUBUDIUIEIN 1oqe Allow Item Lookup Enables you to look up any item defined in Mainte nance gt Menu gt Items You must also add a button to a panel with the Item Lookup button function in Maintenance gt Menu gt Panel Editor To order the item after you look it up select the Allow Add Item check box Allow Add Item Enables you to add an item after you have looked it up using the Item Lookup feature You must select this in conjunction with the Allow Item Lookup check box When ordering forced modifiers accom pany the item as normal Ignore Labor Schedule Enables employee to clock in without actually being scheduled to work any specific hours This is often used for managers and other exempt employees Password Expires Sets the password code to expire Upon expiration the employee must select another password for use Can Get Checks Enables the employee to get open checks from other employees Use this primarily in a cashier environment where cashiers close checks opened by another employee Renew After _ Days Specifies the number of days to pass before a pass word must be changed Use this only if Password Express is selected Must Declare Tips Must Declare Tips Requires employee to declare tips upon checking out Display Threshold Message Displays a warning message when employee decl
368. has worked one shift and works a second shift in one work day Valid entries are from 1 00 to 24 00 3 32 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Split Shift pay rate Represents the rate of pay if the employee works a split shift Minimum wage is an option If the regular pay option is selected the rate will be for the job worked on the first shift s Your minimum wage rate can be set in Store Settings gt Labor group on the Employee Settings subtab li The following table shows examples of results generated by criteria you may set for split shifts Criteria Pay 1 hour at minimum pay rate Scenario Result Bob works 1st shift for 3 hours as a cook at 10 hour and 2nd shift for 2 hours as a dishwasher for 6 an hour Bob is paid 3 hours times 10 plus 2 hours times 6 plus hour times minimum wage The extra hour pay does not count toward overtime The system generates an Other Wages entry as System Split Shift Premium Figure 3 17 Split Shift 1 Table Criteria Pay 1 hour at regular pay rate Scenario Result Bob works Ist shift for 3 hours as a cook at 10 hour and 2nd shift for 2 hours as a dishwasher for 6 an hour Bob is paid 3 hours times 10 plus 2 hours times 6 plus1 hour times 10 00 since his regular pay for Ist shift is 10 00 The extra hour pay does not count toward overtime The system genera
369. he employee should be paid a pre defined amount of hours at the regular rate of pay or minimum wage This rule does not rely on the Use Schedule check box but rather checks clock ins and clock outs within a work day When con ditions are met the system generates an Other Wages entry with the wage type System 2nd Shift minimum Works less than hours Represents the threshold number of hours the employee must work less than on second shift to be eligible for additional pay A valid range is 1 00 to 24 00 Reporting pay hours Represents the number of hours to add to Other Wages if the employee works less than the threshold hours on second shift A valid range is 1 00 to 24 00 Reporting pay rate Represents the rate of pay for additional hours if employee is not furnished the set number of hours on his second shift The default is the regular rate of pay Minimum wage is an option Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 37 s6uly9S 9103S The following table shows examples of results generated by criteria you may set for split second shifts Criteria pay rate or regular rate Employee works second shift less than 2 hours Pay 2 hours at minimum Scenario Result Bob returns for his second shift He clocks in and is immediately sent home Bob gets paid actual time worked plus 2 hours either minimum wage or regular rate The sys tem generates an Other Wages ent
370. he Aloha system does not refer to these panels as secondary panels 5 10 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Secondary panels must never partially overlap another panel Each secondary panel must cover edge to edge or the FOH does not display the overlapped panel In Figure 5 5 the Burgers panel will not display on the FOH because it is partially overlapped by the Salads panel Secondary panels can overlap any number of separate panels as long as they are aligned to the edge of the panel BURGERS Figure 5 5 Overlapping Panels A Secondary panels must always have a button enabling you to return 9 to the home screen This is accomplished with a chaining function button either through a single button touch or within a script config uration Panel Examples Panels are created and maintained in Maintenance gt Panel Editor User defined panels should contain groupings of related functions or menu items to provide maximum flexibility in a logical convention The ideal home screen should contain any of the following recommended panels Menu Maintenance Functions 5 11 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SUBUDIUIEIN nus Quantity Panel Provides the ability to order multiples of an item with the press of a single button It should contain numbers 0 9 and with the Append to current quan tity check box selected on each button the function is enhanced with the abil ity to select
371. he Gift Card Certificates group and you are authorized for gift cards Pole Display Timeout Specifies the number of seconds for the pole dis play message to display before disappearing Volume Levels Subtab The Volume Levels subtab enables you to set indicators for the volume of business at a particular time This indicator is shown on the FOH and video status bars To set volume levels a series of levels must be defined in Mainte nance gt System gt Volume Levels that contain a range of dollar values for gross sales high and low and define an interval to be used as a comparison time frame The FOH denotes the level of operation on the status bar based on 3 86 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 the amount of gross sales over the defined interval Select the Volume Levels subtab from the User Interface group as shown in Figure 3 47 Fie Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help ore Settings Maintenance g Employee Maintenance Group User Interface Zi POS Order Screen QuickService Layout Pole Settings Volume Levels POS Volume Reporting The system checks every minutes to update the Volume Level Default Volume Level Slow 1 Minutes Between System Checks for Levels NUM A Figure 3 47 User Volume Levels Subtab POS Volume Reporting Inset The system checks every _ minutes to update the Volume Level Desig nates
372. he item if applicable Only tax records with Vendor selected display in the drop down list Surcharge Button Click Surcharge to access the Surcharges function tab and create a new sur charge if necessary Changing a surcharge changes the surcharge on all items assigned to that surcharge Surcharge Designates the surcharge tax to apply to the item if applicable Print Button Click Print to access the Printer Groups function tab and create a new printer group if necessary Changing a printer group changes the printer group on all items assigned to it Print Designates the printer group to which the item should print Video Button Click Video to access the Video Groups function tab and create a new video group if necessary Changing a video group changes the video group on all items assigned to it 5 24 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Refer to the Interfacing RDS with Aloha User s Guide for more informa Concept Button tion regarding the setup requirements for video applicable The drop down list displays the short name description of the Video Designates the video group in which the item should display if z selected video group Click Concept to access the Concept function tab and create a new concept if necessary Changing a concept changes the concept on all items assigned to it Concept Designates the concept to which the item is associated if applica bl
373. heduler Tools View Help Description MANAGER Reports Financial Employee System I Approve Clock in I Force Reconciliation IV Approve Checkout T Open Any Drawer I Approve Clockout Deassign Drawers I Delete Checkout Open Items I Delete Clockout M Quick Count I Clear Password IT Enter Other Wages I Assign Pen ID s Downtime I Erroll Thumb Prints Cancel Delete To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return NM Figure 8 7 Access Levels Enroll Thumb Prints Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Hardware Maintenance Functions 8 19 S UeUDdIUIEN alemMpieH Managers with Enroll Thumb Prints enabled may add thumb prints po to the system from an FOH terminal by touching the Enroll Thumb Prints button However if a thumb scanner device is not connected to the terminal the Enroll button results in no action To give a manager the ability to enroll thumb prints Select the access level to which the manager is assigned Select the Employee subtab Select Enroll Thumb Prints Click Save a a o A button must be added to a screen to which the manager has access for the purpose of enrolling thumb prints If the panel is one to which managers have exclusive access the remainder of employees never see the button When a manager touches the button the system checks the access level granted to the individual manager If this function is enabled in his or her profile the enroll
374. heese 02004 Super Ch Bacon 02005 Double Big One 02007 Dbl Big One Cheese 02009 Super Junior 02011 Super Jr Ch 02013 Dbl Super Jr 02019 Cheeseburger 02021 Double Hamburger 02023 Double Cheeseburger 02025 Bacon Dbl Cheeseburger 02027 Chicken 02029 Aloha Broiler 02031 Aloha Big Fish 02033 Veggie Super 02034 Veggie Cheese E Hint Adds a menu item to the current order Figure 5 88 Order Item Button Function 2 Select the menu item to assign to the button 3 Click OK Order Modifier Adds a modifier item to the current order This provides modifications to a selected menu item or to the last item ordered Note This does not invoke the forced system modifiers activated by the Modify function Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 119 aoueUDazUIEIN nus To add an order modifier 1 Select Order Modifier from the Function drop down list An addi tional option displays as shown in Figure 5 89 Edit Buttons Quick Service x Function i Text Modifier Item 7 02001 Big One a Order nModifier 02003 Big One Cheese ae _ 02004 Super Ch Bacon Color i 02005 Double Big One ia Left Top 02007 Dbl Big One Cheese Center Center 02009 Super Junior ont C Pi C 02011 Super Jr Ch iok Poom 02013 Dbl Super Jr 02015 Dbl Superr Jr Ch eEeee 02017 Hamburger Color I Transparent Highligh
375. hich are sent when there is no traffic contain more information than those used in 10BaseT 100BaseT4 100 Mbps Baseband Fast Ethernet specification using four pairs of Category 3 4 or 5 UTP wiring Limit 100 meters 100BaseTX 100 Mbps Baseband Fast Ethernet specification using two pairs of either UTP or STP wiring The first pair is used to receive data the second is used to transmit data Limit 100 meters 100BaseX 100 Mbps Baseband Fast Ethernet specification for the 100BaseFX and 100BaseTX standards for Fast Ethernet over fiber optic cabling 100VG AnyLAN 100 Mbps Fast Ethernet and Token Ring media tech nology developed by Hewlett Packard It uses four pairs of Category 3 4 or 5 UTP cabling This high speed technology can be made to operate on exist ing 10BaseT ANSI American National Standards Institute The United States govern ment body responsible for approving US standards in many areas including computers and communications ANSI is a member of ISO ANSI sells ANSI and ISO international standards APDU Application Protocol Data A packet of data exchanged between two application programs across a network This is the highest level view of communication in the OSI seven layer model and a single packet exchanged at this level may actually be transmitted as several packets at a lower layer as well as having extra information headers added for routing and so on 2 Networking Glossary Alo
376. hich display along the bottom of the func tion area in that a subtab enables you to work on different areas within a func tion Function tabs however enable you to change to a completely different program function The sample QuickService screen shows the Items function tab which con tains four subtabs Item the default subtab displayed immediately upon func tion startup Modifiers Price and Miscellaneous When you click a subtab the function switches to the selected subtab and remains in the function with the current record still selected The Save Cancel Edit etc buttons apply to the Item record currently selected you are not required to save information from each subtab 1 10 Aloha Manager Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Perform Database Edits Using Right Click The Aloha system provides a quick method to copy and delete records and ranges of records when performing maintenance in the database files This feature is extremely useful when you are building a database For example create and configure one steak one salad one soup one sandwich one ham burger one non alcoholic drink one beer one mixed drink and one dessert Test each item for correct function in the database After successfully using these single example items in a series of tests use the database editing fea tures to make copies of each one of these proven items to fill out the remain der of the menu Edit each item copy to give it
377. hich they should be created An example of the No Tax Always flex type tax is shown in Figure 5 139 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Flex Tax Maintenance g Employee Maintenance Conditions Elex Taxid 01 NoTax Alwayd Description No Tax Aways Flex Type pwyso T la notna Is item quantity less than E Is check subtotal less than E 00 Do any items in this category Category appear on the check Chaining Flex Tax Id 2 Condition Fails Flex Tax Id 1 Condition Success To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return oo N A Figure 5 139 Sample No Tax Always Flex Type Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 185 Ss ueUDzUIEI nus An example of the Canadian GST Always flex type tax is shown in Figure 5 140 7f Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Flex Tax Maintenance amp Employee Maintenance Conditions Is tem quantity lese than 7 Description Can GST Always A alles ther 0 Flex Type Always 0 Do any items in this category Taxld Canadian GST 17 aeo r appear on the check Flex Taxid 02 Can GST Alwayd r Chaining Flex Tax Id 1 T Condition Success Flex Tax Id 2 T Condition Faits
378. hird party software for electronic payroll processing For example enter the employee ADP number for an ADP interface Address Holds the employee s home address There are two address lines available for entry if needed City Town Holds the city in which the employee lives State Holds the state in which the employee lives Postal Code Holds the zip code or Canadian postal code for the employee s home address Telephone Accepts a standard seven digit telephone number Enter all ten digits for the phone number and area code Prefers Qwerty Keyboard Designates the standard QWERTY typewriter keyboard is preferred by the employee Clear the check box to display an alphabetic keyboard layout These keyboards display on order entry touch screens and used for data entry such as typing the name for a bar tab The QWERTY layout is usually preferred by employees who know how to type Must Use Mag Cards Forces the employee to use a magnetic card when logging in to the FOH and when accepting credit cards for payment The employee cannot manually enter their password or credit card numbers This option is specific to each employee A global setting is available in Mainte nance gt Store Settings gt Labor When selected the Mag Card Password but ton is enabled os Select Must Use Mag Cards or Must Use Thumb Scanners but never in conduction with each other lh Aloha QuickService User s
379. his folder is created with the employee number replacing the N symbols in the folder name The system copies the NAVBAR CFG file from the default user folder DefUsr to the new employee s user folder for use All new User Navigation Bars saved with the default setting active become by default part of new users nav bar configuration New employees can then add shortcuts to their nav bars as needed s New employees only have access to functions defined and made available to them by their security levels To customize the user navigation bar 1 Log in to QuickService 2 Select Tools gt Customize from the menu or right click in the nav bar area and select Customize The Customize Properties dialog box dis plays 3 Click New Group with the User Navigation Bar subtab selected The text New Group displays in the Groups and Group text text boxes 4 Select the New Group text in the Group Text text box and type a descriptive name to assign to the user group 5 Press Tab Do not press Enter The entered text displays in the Groups and Group text text boxes 6 Click New Shortcut The text New Shortcut displays in the Short cuts and Shortcut Text text boxes 7 Select the function to add to the user group from the Function drop down list Remember the functions displayed in this list are deter mined by the security level to which you are assigned The function name is placed in the Sh
380. hould be entered in Repeating Breakpoints until a pattern is established Tax methods are assigned to each item record and before calculating taxes for a guest check the system calculates a total for items assigned to the same tax methods and calculates the tax on the check for each tax type This ensures that items with different tax methods are taxed at the proper rate even when mixed together on a guest check To set up repeating and non repeating tax tables 1 Enter the correct Tax Rate in the appropriate box at the top of the Taxes function tab 2 Locate the Non Repeating Breakpoints section Begin with the box in the top left corner Enter the first amount that will be taxed Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 159 SUBUDIUIEIN nus 3 Place the first amount where the tax will be applied in the first box of the Non Repeating Breakpoints section first number listed in the Amount of Sale column Figure 5 120 The first breakpoint is 0 10 because that is the lowest amount where a sales tax will be charged The second breakpoint is determined by subtracting the lowest amount from the highest amount within that tax range 14 10 4 4 Enter the second breakpoint in the box to the right and continue entries horizontally until you reach the end of the first row Then begin the second row in the far left corner and continue across in a horizontal manner 5 Once you establish the first two br
381. ice User s Guide v5 3 Utilities 10 25 sonian Fileserver Recovery The Fileserver Recovery option is part of the Aloha system s redundancy function The BOH computer normally serves as the file server If an interrup tion in power occurs the system returns to operation in redundant mode The file server and the FOH terminals restart normally when power is restored but one of the FOH terminals assumes the function of the file server When you select the Fileserver Recovery option the BOH computer locates the FOH computer that has been performing as the file server copies the new file infor mation and directs all FOH computers to use the BOH computer as the file server again 10 26 Utilities Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Aloha Glossary BOGO Buy One Get One A type of promotion in which the customer purchases one item at the regular price and receives another of the same item free BOH Back of House The file server from which Aloha Manager is launched This file server also stores the dated subdirectories created during the EOD process Checkout Checkout is a process that generates a printed listing of sales payments comps promos cash due and so on for a specific employee A checkout is performed at the end of the employee s shift in preparation for turning in money due the restaurant prior to the employee clocking out This is only required of employees who handle money Chit A printed
382. icular network protocol operates A network connection may be thought of as a set of more or less independent protocols each in a different layer or level The lowest layer governs direct host to host communication between the hardware at different hosts the highest consists of user application programs Each layer uses the layer beneath it and provides a service for the layer above Each networking component hardware or software on one host uses protocol appropriate to its layer to communicate with the corresponding component its peer on another host Such layered protocols are sometimes known as Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Networking Glossary 21 peer to peer protocols The advantages of layered protocols is that the meth ods of passing information from one layer to another are specified clearly as part of the protocol suite and changes within a protocol layer are prevented from affecting the other layers This greatly simplifies the task of designing and maintaining communication systems Examples of layered protocols are TCP IP s five layer protocol stack and the OSI seven layer model Protocol Analyzer Sniffer Monitors and logs network activities and pro vides guidelines for optimizing RD Receive Data RI Ring Indicator RIP Routing information protocol Uses distance vector algorithms to determine routes RJ11 Modular Telephone Jack Standard 11 A six conductor modular jack that is typically
383. id 1 Select Options from the toolbar The Panel Editor Settings dialog box shown in Figure 5 28 displays Grid Setting E MV Show Grid Figure 5 28 Panel Editor Settings Dialog Box 2 Enter the grid spacing for the Panel Editor workspace with 1 being the default in the Grid Setting text box For example enter 5 to move panels five pixels at a time 3 Select Show Grid and click OK to display the Panel Editor grid based on the settings in the Grid Setting text box as shown in Fig ure 5 29 or clear the check box and click OK to display the work space without a grid Figure 5 27 Cursor x 249 y 284 Figure 5 29 Panel Editor Grid Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 49 SUBUDIUIEIN nus Coordinates Dialog Box The Show Coordinates command provides a tool to move and size panels with precision based on the grid setting defined in the Panel Editor Settings dialog box 5 Z If you select Mark as Template or Fixed Position in the Panel dia log box the Show Coordinates command is not available The Show Coordinates options shown in Figure 5 30 displays when you access Panel Editor or select Show Coordinates from the Commands menu x 424 cx 1200 DE y fig cy Figure 5 30 Coordinates Dialog Box To move a panel using the Coordinates tool 1 Adjust the x coordinate using the scroll bar to move the panel to the left or r
384. ides the following subtabs which are used to maintain Order Mode records Order Mode Order Mode Info and Delivery Info Order Mode Subtab The Order Mode subtab enables you to establish and define the order modes as they appear on the order entry terminal screen Typical order modes include Dine In To Go Appetizers and Express Activate order modes by using one of the programmed events in Maintenance gt System gt Events or by selecting the Active check box on the Order Mode subtab Description Enter a descriptive name for the order mode Enter a new description or edit an existing description as needed Indicator Specifies special characters that are used to mark items when ordered at order entry terminals These special characters such as gt help make it clear to the server that an item has been ordered in a given mode Header Specifies a character string to print on the chit at the beginning of the items sent in that order mode This string can be simple such as To Go or descriptive such as The Following Items To Go for a to go order mode Trailer Specifies a character string to print on the chit at the end of the items sent in that order mode This string can be simple such as To Go or descriptive such as The Above Items To Go for a to go order mode Printer Group Sets the routing for items ordered in the defined order mode The selection in the Order Mode function tab override
385. ight Adjust it higher to move left and lower to move right 2 Adjust the y coordinate using the scroll bar to move the panel up or down Adjust it higher to move up and lower to move down To resize a panel using the Coordinates tool 1 Adjust the cx coordinate using the scroll bar to reshape the right side of the panel The higher the number the wider the panel becomes 2 Adjust the cy coordinate using the scroll bar to reshape the bottom side of the panel The higher the number the taller the panel becomes You can also move and resize panels using the mouse and keyboard The fol lowing procedures depict how to move and resize panels without the Coordi nates tool 5 50 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 To move a panel manually with the mouse 1 Click the left mouse button at the top border of the panel 2 Hold and drag the panel to the desired location 3 Release the left mouse button To move a panel manually with the keyboard 1 Click the left mouse button at the top border of the panel 2 Press the Up Down Left and Right arrow keys until the panel is at the desired location To resize a panel manually with the mouse 1 Place the cursor on any side of the panel until a double sided arrow displays 2 Click the left mouse button Hold and drag the panel border until the panel is at the desired size 4 Release the left mouse button as Aloha QuickService User
386. ilable only when you select Allow Unpaid Break or Allow Meal Period Break For example if company policy dictates all employees take a 20 minute break type 20 minutes The employee can not return from the break until the 20 minute time frame elapses unless the manager has the abil ity to override the early break return Manager Must Checkout Prompts for manager authorization before the employee can perform a checkout Manager Must Clockout Prompts for manager authorization before the employee can clockout or Approve Clockout selected can authorize the employee to per form the corresponding function however these check boxes are normally reserved for manager access levels only Uses Password Requires the employee enters a password at login Do Not Update Flash Hourly Sales Report Prevents the job code s labor hours and dollars from being included in the Flash report and Hourly Sales report in FOH and BOH For example excluding the manager could give the report a more realistic total if their pay is higher than other employees Do Not Print Jobcode Prevents the job code from printing on the follow ing reports ADP export file Coconut Code export file Real World Payroll export file Labor Report OT Warning Report Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 gs Any employee assigned to an access level with Approve Checkout p Refer to the Enforce Unpaid Break Time fea ture in C
387. in Figure 3 26 Employee Maintenance Taxes amp Surcharges Reports Banks House Accounts Add Charges House Account Lookup Method Search using Account only Search using House Account Name and then Id INUM Figure 3 26 Financials Group House Accounts Subtab House Account Lookup Method Inset Search Using Account Only Searches for house accounts by account number Search Using Account Name Only Searches for house accounts by the account name Search Account and Then Account Name Searches for house accounts by the account number then if nothing is found searches for the account name 3 44 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Add Charges Subtab The additional charge feature enables you to add one flat or percentage charge to a guest check In addition you can exempt one category or you can exclude additional charges when using specific order modes If you select a category on the Add Charges subtab the items sold from that category are exempt from the addi tional charge Select the Add Charges subtab from the Financials group as shown in Figure 3 27 74 Aloha Manager QuickService 10 x File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools Yiew Help Store Settings Maintenance Group Financials gt Taxes amp Surcharges Reports Banks House Accounts Add Charges Format 4 Name Additional Charge g Amount 0 00
388. in the system How ever these two methods are at the top of the hierarchy when the price for an item is determined Quantity Pricing and Fixed Item Pricing override all other pricing methods in that order Quantity Pricing Quantity Pricing enables an item to be priced by quantity or weight such as a dozen hot wings or one pound of cole slaw When the item is ordered a prompt displays on the FOH order entry terminal enabling entry of the quan tity or weight of the item The total price of the product is then calculated based on the quantity entered or the weight less the tare weight if applicable times the Unit Price established here in Quantity Pricing wate If the Scales is being used the weight measurement is automatically brought forward to this field Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 193 SUBUDIUIEIN nus Select Maintenance gt Menu gt Special Pricing gt Quantity Pricing to display the Quantity Pricing function tab as shown in Figure 5 147 ce nce Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Quantity Priced Menu Items Eee Ttem _ UnitName Pri Precision Tare Alfect Inv Maintenance E ai as aaa eee a Toae To edit press Retum to add type unused ID and Return NUM 7 Figure 5 147 Quantity Pricing Function Tab The command buttons enable you to add edit or delete items in Quantity Pricing To edit or delete an existing item first select the
389. inals Since the Date of Business increments each time EOD is activated it is not wise to run the EOD process more than once each day Except in special circumstances at the request of the Aloha dealer or technical support representative it is strongly suggested that EOD be permitted to run automatically as scheduled Select Utilities gt Force End of Day to run the EOD procedure The system displays a message asking if you are certain you want to run Force End of Day as shown in Figure 10 12 CTL4X x Are you CERTAIN you want to Force End of Day Cancel Figure 10 12 Force End of Day 10 18 Utilities Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 The EOD procedure normally takes no longer than a few minutes to complete If it takes longer and terminals display Waiting For End of Day To Com plete for an extended period of time read the debugging file first for informa tion as to why the process may have stopped Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Utilities 10 19 sonn Database Upgrade This feature enables the user to upgrade the restaurant database When the res taurant makes numerous major changes to the database or if a corporate office wants to send a new database to each of its restaurants this feature makes it easy to replace the old database with the new one Select Utilities gt Database Upgrade to display the Database Upgrade dialog box shown in Figure 10 13 Aloha Database Upgrade iOi
390. inimum 4 hours maximum at regular pay rate but the employee does not have a schedule Scenario Result Bob is not scheduled and works 4 hours Bob is paid 4 hours at the job code rate Bob is not scheduled and works 6 hours Bob is paid 6 hours at the job code rate Bob is not scheduled and works 3 hours Bob will be paid 3 hours at the job code rate plus 2 additional system generated hours at the job code rate The system generates an Other Wages entry as System No schedule mini 3 mum Figure 3 20 No Scheduled Shift 1 Table Criteria System is set to pay 2 hours minimum 4 hours maximum at minimum wage but the employee does not have a schedule Scenario Result Bob is not scheduled and works 4 hours Bob is paid 4 hours at the job code rate Bob is not scheduled and works 6 hours Bob is paid 6 hours at the job code rate Bob is not scheduled and works 3 hours Bob will be paid 3 hours at the job code rate plus 2 additional system generated hours at the minimum wage rate The system generates an Other Wages entry as System No schedule minimum Figure 3 21 No Scheduled Shift 2 Table Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Shift TimePay 2nd Shift Reporting Inset The second shift reporting rule is that if an employee reports to work for a second shift of a day and works less than a pre defined amount of hours t
391. ion Transmission in which data bits are sent at a fixed rate with transmitter and receiver synchronized Data going in both directions expensive T1 1 544 Mbps Point to point full duplex transmission Voice data and video T3 45 Mbps Point to point full duplex transmission Voice data and video TCP Transmission Control Protocol The most common transport layer protocol used on Ethernet and the Internet It was developed by DARPA TCP is built on top of Internet Protocol IP and is nearly always seen in the combi nation TCP IP TCP over IP It adds reliable communication flow control multiplexing and connection oriented communication It provides full duplex process to process connections TCP IP Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol The de facto standard Ethernet protocols incorporated into 4 2 BSD UNIX TCP IP was developed by DARPA for internetworking and encompasses both network layer and transport layer protocols While TCP and IP specify two protocols at specific protocol layers TCP IP is often used to refer to the entire DoD proto col suite based upon these including Telnet FTP UDP and RDP TD Transmit Data TDR Time Domain Reflectometer Sends pulses down cable Looks for shorts or opens Can give you area of problem 26 Networking Glossary Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 TERMSTR Pronounced term stir An environment setting used to override the default
392. ion MANAGER I Adjust Payments iV No Sale M Cash Refunds M Non Cash Refunds C C Refunds M Manual Card I Force Auth SSE awe A Figure 4 16 Access Levels Financial Subtab Assign Promo Enables employee to apply manager level promotions to guest checks This is generally reserved for managers Delete Promo Enables employee to delete a promotional item directly from the check Assign Comp Enables an employee to apply manager level comps to guest checks This is generally reserved for managers Delete Comp Enables an employee to delete a comp directly from the check Assign Day Part Enables an employee to manually set the current meal period Select Manual Day Parts check box in Maintenance gt Store Settings gt Security gt POS Security subtab in combination with this check box Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Labor Maintenance Functions 4 29 SOUBUDIUIEIN 1oqe Reopen Check Enables an employee to reopen a check that has been closed for any employee Reprint Check Enables an employee to reprint clockouts checkout reports and guest checks Void Items Enables an employee to void ordered items already on a check for any employee The manager password prompt displays If this option is selected the employee enters their own password and then enters the void reason to complete the void If this is cleared a manager enters their pass word and then enter the void
393. ion as shown in Figure 6 9 7 Aloha Manager QuickService Figure 6 9 Promotions Taxes Subtab Guest Pays Tax Requires the guest to pay the tax on the promotion If not selected the restaurant pays the tax Surcharge Promo Amount Applies a surcharge to the promotion amount Select this check box only if using surcharges Surcharges are defined and activated in Maintenance gt Menu gt Surcharges 6 22 Payments Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Primary Taxes Inset Tax Applied before Promotion Applies the appropriate tax to the full amount of the promotion The tax is calculated on the original item price before applying the promo Tax Food Cost Uses the percentage defined in the Food Cost text box to apply a tax amount on the food cost in the promotion Food Cost Defines a tax percentage entered as a decimal to use to calcu late an approximate food cost when the Tax Food Cost check box is selected Tax ID Accepts a number corresponding to a tax method previously defined in Maintenance gt Menu gt Taxes Some jurisdictions require the res taurant to pay the tax on all promotions Thus one way to track promotion tax amounts is to create a special tax method called Promotions gt Comps in Maintenance gt Menu gt Taxes then enter that tax ID in the Tax ID text box Tax ID Button Click Tax ID to display the Taxes function tab Here you can perform mai
394. ion of new schedules To create a new work schedule select Edit Schedule from the Edit menu The Select Week dialog box displays as shown in Figure 2 14 Week 0227 2000 3 7 Cancel Figure 2 14 Select Week A The Day of Business Open Time and First Day of Week set F tings are all located on the Date Time subtab located in Mainte nance gt Store Settings gt System group Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Functions 2 19 suoijoun days of the week cS Refer to Chap ter 4 Labor Maintenance Functions for more information Select the date of the first day of the work week from the Week drop down list and select OK Sunday is the default setting for the first day of the week However the first day of the schedule and the start time should correspond to the first day of the week for the restaurant If the first employee needs to be scheduled at 6 00 a m Open Time needs to be set to 06 00 therefore caus ing the Labor Scheduler screen to start with 6 00 a m If the default setting is used all schedules begin on Sunday and end on Saturday and are saved using Sunday s date Click OK to display the Labor Schedule dialog box as shown in Figure 2 15 Labor Schedule for Week of Monday March 27 2000 Eg Hours Wages Hef tet wed Thuf Fi Saf Sun Job EET Day 29 00 80 00 Week 29 00 80 00 Samuels Mark Pack Guy Tyson Susan Cancel Figure 2 15 Labor Sche
395. ions The light beams do not escape from the medium because the material used provides total inter nal reflection AT amp T Bell Laboratories in the United States managed to send information at a rate of 420 Mbps over 161 5 km through an optical fiber cable In Japan 445 Mbps was achieved over a shorter distance At this rate the entire text of the Encyclopedia Britannica could be transmitted in one second Currently AT amp T is working on a world network to support high volume data transmis sion international computer networking electronic mail and voice communi cations A single fiber can transmit 200 million telephone conversations simultaneously PCMCIA Personal Computer Memory Card International Association Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Networking Glossary 19 PDC Primary Domain Controller Logins permissions scripts securities PVC Permanent virtual circuit Packet The unit of data sent across a network Packet is a generic term used to describe a unit of data at any layer of the OSI protocol stack but it is most correctly used to describe application layer data units Packet Switching A communications paradigm in which packets mes sages or fragments of messages are individually routed between nodes with no previously established communication path Packets are routed to their destination through the most expedient route as determined by some routing algorithm Not all packets travellin
396. ipi ent followed by Cust Info Type the name and GST ID or business ID number or address of the recipient You have 64 character spaces or two lines available for the recipient information The text wraps from one line to the next A blank line separates your store information from the recipient infor mation Click Print to print a copy of the tax invoice If the invoice is printed more than once the text Copy will print 5 172 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Click Done to release the data in the special message box and return you to the Close screen Until you click Done you may reprint additional copies of the tax invoice Reprints print with the word COPY immediately after TAX INVOICE in the heading Menu Maintenance Functions 5 173 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SOUBUDIUIEIN nus Flex Taxes Flex taxes enable tax on items that require conditional taxation This capabil ity permits tax configuration for a variety of circumstances You can set up a flex tax based on the condition that the tax will always be charged You can also set flex taxes based on the quantity of an item the guest check subtotal or the particular category of an item For example it is possible to set the sys tem to charge no tax on a soft drink when it is ordered individually and charge tax on the same soft drink when it is combined with other food items If you select an
397. iquely identifies the Display Board To create a new record enter an unused number and press Enter To edit an existing record scroll through the Display ID drop down list select the record to edit and press Enter Connected To Inset Terminal ID Indicates the terminal to which the display board is attached Hardware Maintenance Functions 8 45 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 S UeUDdIUIEN alemMpieH Port Indicates the port on the terminal to which the display board is physi cally attached When active the display board signal routes to the specified port Displays Orders From Terminal ID Indicates the terminal that is sending orders to this display board Greeting Message Enter the desired greeting message for the display board This text box accepts up to 100 characters but the message truncates at the end of the message board line Verify the length of the message visually before using it The greeting message displays on the display board until the first menu item is ordered Display Type Select the display type from the drop down list Select None to disable the display board Is Display Active Activates the display board and routes the display signal to the board Display Graphics Enables the use of graphics on the display board Display Prices Displays the item price on the display board Hide Zero Tax Suppresses the display of tax information when the value is
398. ir employee number in the Manager Approval screen to approve the addi tion of the item gt To approve the items over the limit a manager must have Override Category Limits selected in their access level If an item is in more than one category the most restrictive category deter mines the number of times you can add the item to the check For example if you place Bud in a category that allows two items per check and in another category that allows five items per check the system enforces the limit of two items per check Category Type Inset Sales Groups related food and beverage items together for tracking and sales analysis The results are available immediately through manager func tion keys on order entry terminals A maximum of 40 sales categories can be created Retail Groups related retail items such as caps and shirts together for tracking and sales analysis These are separated and tracked differently from food and beverage items The results are available immediately through man ager function keys on order entry terminals Non Sales Used primarily by other features such as Order Mode Promo tions Comps or Performance Measures as a qualifying parameter 5 36 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Category Selection Lists The two selection lists in the dialog box are used to define categories The list on the left side of the screen contains those items that are
399. isplays from the drop down list Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 5 134 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 Select Route Current Order Only to route only the order currently in use if desired When the order is complete the routing returns to the pre defined terminal For example terminal has permanent control and terminal 2 invokes temporary control When terminal 2 com pletes the order terminal will regain control If terminal had an order on it that order is immediately displayed to the board 6 Click OK Reroute Printer Opens the FOH Reroute Printers screen and enables the employee to alter printer routing Reroute Printer Group Opens the FOH Reroute Printer Group screen and enables the employee to alter the routing of a group of printers Reroute Video Opens the FOH Reroute Video screen enabling the ability to alter video rout ing This function is used with the remote display systems Reroute Video Group Opens the FOH Reroute Video Group screen enabling the ability to alter the routing for a group of videos This function is used with remote display sys tems Review Lock Locks the displayed order in the review check panel s To unlock the order touch Review Lock again Review Next Displays the next available order displayed in the review check panel for the specified queue Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 135 Ss UeUDIUIEIN
400. ist box Background Color Button Click BackGround button to display the color palette and define the back ground color of the screen 5 152 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Screen Bitmap Inset Screen Bitmap Select the bitmap to display as the background of the screen Tile Displays the background bitmap in a tile pattern Transparent Displays the background bitmap as transparent Menu Maintenance Functions 5 153 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SOUBUDIUIEIN nus 1 Refer to Flex Taxes in this chapter for more informa tion on setting up condi tional taxes Taxes The Aloha system can meet the needs of virtually any taxing jurisdiction Taxes can be calculated using a flat rate or tax breakpoints can be set up and utilized in a tax table You also have the ability to define taxes for use with items that require conditional taxation when purchased in a variety of circum stances For example it is possible to charge no tax on a soft drink when it is ordered individually and charge tax on it when it is ordered with food In addition you can identify a tax as a Goods and Services Tax GST which taxes every item on a guest check unless it is defined as an exempt item You can define up to 999 taxes The information contained here regarding taxes is intended solely as a guide for use with Aloha software Consult state and federal regulations regarding the co
401. ist is not updated An x displays to the Do not press Enter If this key is pressed Edit mode is er left of each item or price level that has been selected A happy hour price change can be activated to modify the price of the appe tizer menu items and also include a change for the price level used for imported beer This is accomplished using the Set Price Change and Disable Price Change events located in Maintenance gt System gt Events Use the Set Price Change event to activate the price change If a Disable Price Change event is not specified for a Price Change the Price Change becomes inactive at EOD il The Event Time and Type dialog box provides you the flexibility of activating the event whenever you want The Disable Price Change event is used to deactivate a price change that needs to end on the same business day in which it was activated but before the EOD 5 198 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Select Maintenance gt Menu gt Price Changes to display the Price Changes function tab as shown in Figure 5 150 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Price Change Maintenance c Employee Price Change 0800 Burgerd v Start Date for 04 2000 Maintenance Name Burgers End Date 0271572000 002001 Big One 002003 Big One Cheese 002004 Super Ch Bacon 002005 Double Big One 002007
402. isting record scroll through the Currency ID field drop down list select the record to edit and press Enter Name Enter a descriptive name to match the Currency ID field Symbol Represents the symbol that displays on the FOH when the corre sponding tender is selected Sometimes it is necessary to cut and paste the symbol from another application such as the Character Map located in Win dows Decimal Places Designates the number of digits to the right of the decimal point Although two is the standard for North America many nations require three digits to the right of the decimal Decimal Separator Separates whole values from fractional values If cus tom dictates that the separator is a comma enter a comma in this field Thousands Separator Accepts the customary character that is used to separate numbers in thousands North American custom is to use a comma as the thousands separator however European custom is to use a period Refer to Maintenance gt Payments gt Tenders for information on setting up tender types and tender buttons for foreign currencies Display in Balance Due Section Forces the foreign currency to always be displayed along with the local currency on the Balance Due screen in the FOH Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Payments Maintenance Functions 6 47 aoueusuleW sjuowAeg Display in Change Due Section Displays the foreign currency along with the local currency on the C
403. item then click Edit or Delete To create a quantity item pricing item 1 Click Add The Quantity Item Price dialog box displays as shown in Figure 5 148 Quantity Item Price x Item 2031 Price per Unit 12 99 Unit Name fib Precision decimal points Jo 0 5 Tare Id None 0 x IV Affects Inventory Eem D Figure 5 148 Quantity Item Price Dialog Box 5 194 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 2 Complete the following information Item Enter the item number assigned to the item in Maintenance gt Menu gt Items Price per Unit Designates the price of the item per unit The price depends on the unit of measure entered in the Unit Name text box Unit Name Enter a descriptive name for the unit of measure For example if the Unit Name is LB pound the Price per Unit is the price of the item per pound If the Unit Name is DZ the Price per Unit is the price of the item per dozen Precision decimal points Designates up to five decimal points that can be used by the FOH when the weight measurement is entered i e a Precision set at 2 enables 2 53 pounds to be entered and a Pre cision set at 3 enables 2 537 pounds to be entered Tare ID Identifies a pre weighed container in which items are to be weighed for sale The weight of this container is deducted from he weight entered in the FOH Select a Tare ID
404. item by item basis and cannot be calcu lated by the inclusive tax formula The system checks for surcharges and order mode charges and if found ignores them when calculating inclusive GST taxes Verify Data If you use a primary tax and an inclusive GST tax select Utilities gt Verify Data to ensure e You have set all primary taxes as inclusive If you have not you receive a warning that Item Name Tax ID must be inclusive when using inclusive GST e The tax is not associated with any item Errors are reported in Verify Data e Additional charges are not configured with a flat rate charge Errors are reported in Verify Data GST Exclusive Taxes If you define the GST tax as an exclusive tax the tax is applied to the subtotal of items primary and secondary taxes and all other charges The GST tax is applied to every item on the guest check The formula the system uses to calculate the GST exclusive rate is amount GST tax rate 5 168 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 To configure a GST exclusive tax 1 11 12 13 14 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Select Maintenance gt Menu gt Taxes The Taxes function tab dis plays Enter an unused two digit number and press Enter Type a short description of the type of tax record you are creating in the Description text box Select the appropriate tax type Type the numeric value in decimals of the
405. item from a particular cat egory to receive a discounted price on the item s specified in Item This check box specifies the number of items that must be purchased from the Required Items category Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Payments Maintenance Functions 6 31 aoueusuleW sjuowAeg Required Items Specifies the category in which a purchase must be made in order to qualify for the item discount The quantity that must be purchased is determined by the value entered in Minimum Required Maximum Allowed Sets the number of promo types that can be applied to the same guest check For example if this is set to 1 only the New Price pro motion can be applied to the guest check No other promotion such as buy an entree get a dessert free can be applied to the same guest check Free Modifiers Specify a category from which chargeable modifiers are free when the New Price Promotion is applied Item Select up to 10 individual menu items from the Items database file for each New Price promotion New Price Enter the price to use for the item when the promotion is applied to a guest check Auto Apply The FOH automatically applies the New Price promotion to all eligible items on the check The Select items prompt does not display This option disables Max Per Check and Max Per Table Check Reduction Promotion Type The Check Reduction promotion permits a guest check to be discounted either b
406. itor You must build a button with this function in order to print a tax invoice You may print the tax invoice prior to or after entering payment information Some Jurisdictions may require your establishment s business ID number or GST tax number print on the guest check and tax invoice Set this up in Main 5 170 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 tenance gt Store Settings gt System group gt Store Information as shown in Figure 5 126 7 Aloha Manager TableService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Store Settings Maintenance Group System x Aloha Settings Disk Maintenance Date Time Licensing Store Information Unit No 1171 Unit IBER CAFE End Of Day Interfaces Business Num 555 5555 Address 1320 Tennis Dr Telephone 1 8172529499 Bedford TX Telephone 2 Mailing City Town Ades SCS Stte O Cs Potae m ea COO N NM A Figure 5 126 Business ID Number Setup Save this Record ol x You must also select the Print Business Number check box in Maintenance gt Store Settings gt Printing group gt Check Content 2 shown in Figure 5 127 74 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance tities LaborScheduler Tools View Help Store Settings Maintenance a Employee Maintenance Group Printing v OtherChits Employee Checkout Cig Check Content 1 Reports Chi
407. k box is selected in the Job Codes subtab The Job Codes subtab is located in Mainte nance gt Labor gt Job Codes Optional Allows employees to choose whether they use a password to log in to the FOH Required Requires employees to use numeric passwords to access the FOH xo If you are using numeric passwords and not magnetic cards Required must be selected 3 90 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Restrictions Subtab This subtab enables you to specify minimum and maximum open item prices the time allowed to void entries and other restrictions Select the Restrictions subtab from the Security group as shown in Figure 3 50 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Store Settings Maintenance Group Security ha POS Security POS Password Settings Restrictions Cash Drawer Allowable Open Item Amounts Time Allowed To Void Entries Min 0 00 T Restrict Void Items Max 2 000 00 of minutes after ordered p Maximum Check Amount 00 I Restrict Open Items By Access Level I Disable Real Time Updates I Disable Petty Cash Accts Store Settings Minimum price for an open item NUM Zz Figure 3 50 Security Group Restrictions Subtab Maximum Check Amount Sets the maximum value of a guest check Enter a dollar amount of 0 01 to 999999 99 Enter 0 if you do not want to
408. k failure hub failure Redundancy provides a system of fault tolerance that allows the restaurant to continue functioning regardless of the type of failure experienced Refresh Refresh is a process which copies all system configuration files from the NEWDATA subdirectory of ALOHA to the DATA subdirectory of ALOHA Changes made to the database are made within Maintenance NEWDATA directory The changes do not take effect on the FOH until a refresh occurs FOH reads the files in the DATA directory Remote printer A remote printer is a printer physically located in the bar or food preparation area of a restaurant and is used to print kitchen chits Revenue center Revenue centers are defined and used for reporting pur poses Typically revenue centers correspond with the areas of the restaurant such as Dining Room Bar Patio Cigar Lounge Banquets and Room Ser vice hotel Serve Time Indicates the time the guest expects to receive or pick up their order Servercapable Servercapable is an Aloha POS environment variable which stipulates whether a terminal is capable of taking over as the file server in the event that the true file server is down or cannot be located by other ter minals on the network SKU Stock Keeping Unit Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Aloha Glossary 7 Tender Valid types of payment that a restaurant accepts as payment for goods and services These include cash credi
409. l lecting and reporting of all taxes by your establishment Tax Subtab Use the Tax subtab to establish such things as the name of the tax the tax rate and type of tax You also set the minimum amount to apply to a check before a tax is applied and whether the tax is a secondary or GST tax Select Mainte 5 154 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 nance gt Menu gt Taxes to display the Taxes function tab as shown in Figure 5 117 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Tax Maintenance Number x Tax Repeating Nonrepeating l Tax Type Description Food Inclusive Tax Rate 6 30000 Exclusive Minimum Amt 0 00 Vendor T Secondary F GST AR TaxID 0 To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return r NM 4 Figure 5 117 Taxes Subtab Tax ID Holds a two digit number that together with Description uniquely identifies each Tax ID record To create a new record enter an unused number and press Enter To edit an existing record scroll through the Tax ID drop down list select the record to edit and press Enter Description Displays a short descriptive name that identifies the tax record Tax Rate Designates the tax rate the system uses to calculate the tax amount The Tax Rate is used to calculate taxes using a flat rate multiplier It cannot be used for jurisdictions
410. l tax records used in the store The default tax records are not actually used in the store so their correspond ing rate can be set to a default rate such as the rate most commonly used 10 or 11 Along with the default tax records all tax records needed to support the orga nization must be created in the corporate tax file When creating items the corporate data manager assigns the appropriate default tax therefore enabling items to be distributed to all stores regardless of their tax specification The corporate data manager then creates tax rate specific event for each tax record The event specifies the default tax record such as Defaulted 1 in From Tax To Tax is used to specify the correct tax record such as 8 Food which might be tax ID 25 in the Tax file For ease of use it is strongly sug gested that the corporate data manager adopt the naming convention above for the default tax records and Tax Type as the actual store tax records i e use 8 25 Retail for an 8 25 retail tax Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 System Maintenance Functions 7 25 Ss UeUDdIUIEIN wia shs 35 Activate Store Specific Item The Activate Store Specific Item event activates a store specific item config ured with a preceding tilde symbol in the short name of the item This event is commonly used in a Centralized Data Management CDM environ ment where the central site sends items to select stores to
411. ld be run only after running Verify Data from the Utilities menu Correct all problems and errors revealed by Verify Data before resuming operations Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Utilities 10 5 sonian Run Refresh Data only when minor changes have been made to the data Never run Refresh Data while the system is in use if substantial changes have been made in the data files For example if employees or menu items have been added unpredictable behavior in the FOH may result if Refresh Data is selected while the system is in use If employees or menu items have been deleted the system may be incapable of running 10 6 Utilities Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Preferences This feature allows you to change the sort order of records in the Items Menus Modifiers Exception Modifiers Submenus and Employees files Records can be sorted alphabetically or by ID number according to need This feature is very helpful when performing maintenance on large database files It is not necessary to run Verify or Refresh Data when changing the sort order of a file Select Utilities gt Preferences to display the Preferences function tab as shown in Figure 10 3 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Preferences k Employee Maintenance Filter Options Alphabetically Employee E A Cc g All z Terminated S A Figure 1
412. le sabessay 9 10 Message Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Utilities This chapter discusses the Aloha POS features that deal with data ver ification controlling the Front of House database upgrade handling data and the End of Day functions PROMS DI ite sect ctionnsiactesat cceas canaccetaatetesanesesadatsauncennsvacteceneuceacseds 10 5 Prefer nce eee eee E ee meer ee re mer nore aren 10 7 Veny Data ae cece oe cn rnain iaaa Eee aa pistes 10 9 View Debugging File iiicicciciaitccrccecsasneeaontccestgcadiaccdcubdeermnreneeasciectsdes 10 11 Create Diagnostic Files essseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeteeeernnrrnnsnsrrrrenneeen 10 13 Start Stop Front Of HOUS isitsinsssicesiscorseciavsicernasannavensnsosarcdenvecansnd 10 15 Force End of Day centers insnis ssc laneascendaduntttnanutessansaccetennatedhasanensemtnaaad 10 17 Database U parade viacniccirtivainsacerterenseavaete nakiancechdduvaacebsoereekendsuadsee 10 20 Grind se Uc UNS ects cent at novo daived sa aaao aaa beanie dad yeadae 10 22 Regrind Subdirectories oi c ccceciessonccnartantentexeccsteadeanecedeansscsenadancaedaana 10 23 Fileserver Recovery sssssessssesesessseeoerssrrrnrrorrrrnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnseeeeeeeeeee 10 26 10 2 Utilities Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 The Utilities menu is used to launch Aloha foreground and background pro grams essential to normal daily business activities Select Utilities from the menu bar The Utilities M
413. le machine code Of course all digital data including characters is actually binary data unless it uses some rare system with more than two discrete levels but the distinction between binary and text is well established Bit b binary digit The unit of information the amount of information obtained by asking a yes or no question a computational quantity that can take on one of two values such as true and false or 0 and 1 the smallest unit of storage sufficient to hold one bit A bit is said to be set if its value is true or 1 and reset or clear if its value is false or 0 One speaks of setting and clearing bits To toggle or invert a bit is to change it either from 0 to 1 or from 1 to 0 Bitwise A bitwise operator treats its operands as a vector of bits rather than a single number Boolean bitwise operators combine bit N of each oper and using a Boolean function NOT AND OR XOR to produce bit N of the result For example a bitwise AND operator amp in C would evaluate 13 amp 9 as binary 1101 amp 1001 1001 9 whereas the logical AND C amp amp would evaluate 13 amp amp 9 as TRUE amp amp TRUE TRUE 1 In some languages such as Acorn s BASIC V the same operators are used for both bitwise and logical operations This usually works except when applying NOT to a value x which is neither 0 false nor 1 true in which case both x and NOT x will be nonzero and thus treated as TRUE Other oper
414. lected into a modifier group called Extras then assigned to the Hamburger item When the Hamburger item is added to a submenu and a server selects it on an order entry terminal a modifier can be selected from the Extras modifier group Using the features available in the Modifier Group function you can control whether the modifier group displays automatically when the item in which it is attached is selected or if the Modify button must be selected to dis play the modifier group You can also control other attributes such as the min imum and maximum number of modifiers that are selected and the number of free modifiers This linked method of building menus permits unlimited con figuration options in the menu system A Modifiers force cashiers to pass through extra screens and slow f down a cashier For example in a cafeteria setting the cashier does not need to modify an item with extra tomatoes unless there is a charge for extra tomatoes The items included in the modifier group must first be created in the Items database They can then be quickly and easily added to a modifier group There are four common types of modifiers e Ingredient An ingredient or topping that can be added or omitted per a customer s request For example onions on a hamburger or sour cream on nachos These groups are hardly ever forced unless encour aged and stated on the menu e Side A side that a customer has to choose to complete
415. les Function Button 2 Ifdesired select Ask for Start and End Time to open the FOH Select Start Time screen and define a specific time for the Server Sales report to run 3 If desired select Select Ask for Occasion to enable the employee to choose an occasion This is only applicable if the SuperSite is in use 4 Click OK Shutdown Term Shuts down terminals running Windows and passes through the Windows shutdown screen This avoids corruption of the terminals Sign In Out Driver Signs a driver in or out on delivery runs if the Delivery Frequent Buyer is in use 5 142 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Smart Select and Smart Item The Smart Select and Smart Item button functions work together to create a panel containing items which are sold by size without having to add each item to the panel This enables smaller less confusing panels to be created For example let s say your Items database contains the following soft drink items Small Coke Small Dr Pepper Medium Code Medium Dr Pepper Large Coke Large Dr Pepper Kids Coke Kids Dr Pepper Small Diet Coke Small Sprite Medium Diet Coke Medium Sprite Large Diet Coke Large Sprite Kids Diet Coke Kids Sprite Without Smart Select and Smart Item 16 buttons are required on the Bever ages panel to accommodate these soft drinks With Smart Select and Smart Item only eight buttons are required as shown in Figure 5 109 a CGE
416. let A sad lew dan bin de eatin Seda oe 3 113 Credit a a EPEE EE AEAEE TTA EER ESETT 3 114 DI GIIV SEY EE vaca veeedaGaeded adeas chia Sauredanaieeeaincses 3 116 Gift Card Certificate Sales o oo ccccccceeesseeseeueeesuueeeuueeeeaaeeeas 3 117 PII 9 Meer rer Cn en oo O 3 118 AAT a EA 2k A gall tc cen teh Sohal Ak a ne Sa ol ne he aN ti 3 119 OTS EAEE EE E O EE EEE E atte tabi 3 120 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Table of Contents iv Table of Contents Labor Maintenance Functions 2 c0scescesceeceeceeceeceeceeeees 4 1 EPPO VCS tec cretctaroriatsttsaectedercaestebaacarsareeoatmetrinchctoteta deat dates tenenctely 4 5 JOD CODSS EE A AA E taeds Gorath ATETEA 4 17 Access Levels rrd eae e O a ed a 4 27 Cabor GrOUPS y a a a a a ea a a a 4 35 Performance Measures ccceccecceececeeaeceaeecaeceeeecaeeeeeeaeenaeeees 4 37 Termination REASONS ccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 39 Back Office Security Levels cccccceecceeeeneeeeeecneeeeeeeeeeesentenees 4 40 Other Wage Types tscnccgcnceccsssgntctectets sfctsgaeccshstacantnass tee ripiani 4 43 Edit Punch RE SONS ccccceccccecceeeceeeceeeeeecceceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeetetess 4 46 Menu Maintenance Functions ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 1 Pricing Methods and Pricing Hierarchy ceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 5 Order Entry Screen User Interface ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee
417. letters Chit Name Holds the name of the menu item that prints on the kitchen chit A chit is a printed stub the kitchen receives once an order is sent to the kitchen The kitchen chit may contain menu items as well as modifiers depending upon how the order is entered in the system Long Name Holds a description of the item that is printed on guest checks This is also used in conjunction with the item Number to create a unique ID for the item Control Name Used by restaurant chains to provide naming consistency across all locations It is a control feature commonly used in situations where geographical or language differences mandate that an item have a different Short Name at different locations yet it is viewed as the same item by the main office 5 22 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Priority Determines the order in which the item displays on the chit The settings range form 01 to 99 with 01 the highest and 99 the lowest An item with a high priority prints ahead of an item with a lower priority Cost Specifies the dollar amount required to produce the item This is optional and should not be confused with an item s price Multiplier Specifies the quantity sold for the product with 1 being the default For example an item 6 Donuts would have a multiplier of 6 This works in conjunction with the PMIX report in Reports gt PMIX Primary Tax Button Click Primary Tax
418. ligible for Rehire Indicates the employee is eligible for rehire Explanation Holds comments such as additional reasons for leaving Leave of Absence Inset Return Date Denotes the date the employee is expected to return to work if the employee is out for a period of time due to a leave of absence Enter the date in mm dd yyyy format Transfer Inset Transfer to Unit Contains the unit number of the location to which the employee is transferring provided the employee is transferring to another res taurant within the company Will Employee Move Indicates the transfer requires the employee to move 4 12 Labor Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Delivery Subtab Use the Delivery subtab to specify delivery fees the driver license expiration date and insurance expiration dates for an employee Select the Delivery sub tab from the Employees function tab to enter delivery information as shown in Figure 4 8 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Maintenance Number ERATA Employee Job Codes Zap Delivery Tax Back Office Security Driver Fee 0 00 Driver Fee fo 00000 Mileage Fee 0 00 DL Exp 0070070000 Insurance Exp 0070070000 To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Retum NUM ZA Figure 4 8 Employee Delivery Subtab Driver Fee Represents the d
419. list select one to edit and press Enter Description Allows user to enter a descriptive name to be used on screens Short Name Allows user to define a descriptive name to be used on reports Export ID Allows user to define a unique code for each wage type for exporting in third party software application interfaces Your wage type parameters and pay procedures should reflect the company policies defined and supported by your establishment 4 44 Labor Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Type Inset Type Enables you to configure a wage type that calculates by number of hours dollar amount or both A lt Ifyou identify a wage type as one that calculates by hours the F Amount text box is disabled when PTO records are added Like wise if you identify a wage type as one that calculates by a set dol lar amount the Hours text box is disabled when PTO records are added If you identify a wage type as one that calculates by both hours and amount both text boxes are enabled when a PTO record for that wage type is added Labor Maintenance Functions 4 45 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SOUBUDIUIEIN 1oqe Edit Punch Reasons Use the Edit Punch Reasons function to define specific reasons to use when editing a punch on the BOH and FOH For example if you commonly edit a punch for employees who forget to clock in you can define an edit punch rea son stating
420. list of bitmaps for different screen resolutions 5 44 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Label bitmaps by their intended screen resolution for easier viewing and con figuration Panel Editor truncates numeric characters at the end of the bitmap file names when you view them from the drop down lists For example if you have a different version of COKE BMP for each screen resolution label them COKE640 BMP COKE800 BMP and COKE1024 BMP and place each file in the corresponding screen resolution s subdirectory When you view the bitmaps from the drop down list you only see COKE Panel Editor selects the correct COKE BMP based on the screen resolution you selected when you opened Panel Editor and properly records the correct file name in the database The following are examples of file names and how they display in Panel Edi tor File Name Display Name COKE BMP COKE COKE640 BMP COKE 640COKE BMP At least two alphabetic characters are required before the numeric characters C640480 BMP At least two alphabetic characters are required before the numeric characters CK640480 BMP CK COKE640XXX BMP COKE Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 45 SUBUDIUIEIN nus To set the desktop size 1 Select Maintenance gt Menu gt Panel Editor to access Panel Editor The Select Desktop Size dialog box displays to adjust and set the res olution of the screen as
421. location such as Kitchen Pantry Patio or Dining Terminal Reflects the physical connection between the printer and termi nal Select the terminal to which the printer is connected from the drop down list Port Specifies the serial and RT Card ports where the defined printer is connected This setting must reflect the hardware configuration Backup Defines a substitute printer for the defined printer in the event of hardware failure When the defined printer fails the system reroutes output to the backup printer after the time interval in the Reroute Timeout text box Type Contains a list of the typical printers encountered in an Aloha sys tem environment Select the printer type from the drop down list mmm For all slip printers define the Prefix Lines and Lines Per Sheet pi in Store Settings gt Printing Group gt Check Style Otherwise only one line at a time prints and feeds the paper until it runs out OPOS Name If an OPOS Printer is selected as the printer type the OPOS text box becomes available This text box must contain the name of the OPOS printer driver file as it appears in the Registry Editor Note The driver files must be installed first To determine this access a DOS command line type REGEDIT and press Enter The Registry Editor displays Click the sign to the left of HKEY LOCAL MACHINE Continue to click the sign to the left of SOFTWARE OLEforRetail ServiceOPOS a
422. lor I Transparent Highlight m y Component4 ne E Applies a Quick Combo promotion to the guest check Figure 5 96 Quick Combo Button Function 2 Select the quick combo promotion to assign to the button from the Promotion list The components associated with the specific promo tion display in the five component drop down lists 3 Select the default item to order when a guest purchases the Quick Combo Use this option when the guest does not have a choice such as a sandwich OR Select the Choose option This option prompts the employee to choose a component providing the guest a choice such as fries or chips ing to the number of choices and the size of the Quick Combo button 9 The FOH system dialog box and the buttons on it are sized accord that invokes it 4 Repeat step 3 for each component 5 Click OK 5 128 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Quick Combo Level Specifies the level at which the Quick Combo is sold and prepared Use this for upgrading and down grading the price and portions of the Quick Combo For example an order for medium fries and a medium drink can be upgraded to large fries and a large drink for 0 39 cents The button function applies to all Quick Combos and the components for each level is defined in Mainte nance gt Payments gt Promotions To add a quick combo level button 1 Select Quick Combo from the F
423. lor of all rub berbanded buttons when you select the FOH button Bitmap Inset To assign a bitmap to a button place a bitmap in the ALOHAQS BMP direc tory The following options are available Tile Displays the bitmap as tiled on all rubberbanded buttons Transparent Enables the background of the bitmap to be the same color as the background of the panel it resides on all rubberbanded buttons Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions Ss UeUDIUIEIN nus Display Text Displays text over the bitmap on all rubberbanded buttons When cleared this option overrides all text properties and only displays the assigned bitmap On Assigns a bitmap if available to display on all rubberbanded but tons This option displays the bitmap on the button If cleared no bitmap dis plays and other bitmap options are unavailable Up Assigns a bitmap if available to display on all rubberbanded buttons when you select the button in the FOH Down Assigns a bitmap if available to display on all rubberbanded but tons when you release the button in the FOH Bitmap Justify Inset Select the horizontal and vertical justification for the bitmap to display on all rubberbanded buttons with Center as the default selection for both direc tions To select a bitmap and define the justification on the background of a group of buttons 1 Select
424. lor to display the Color dialog box and define the background color of the panel To add or change the color of the panel background 1 Click Color The Color dialog box displays Figure 5 33 2 Select a color for the background and click OK You are returned to the Edit Panel dialog box Bitmap Inset Add bitmaps to the background of the panel if desired All bitmaps are stored in the ALOHAQS BMP directory You can utilize the bitmaps located in the installation CD or create your own All graphics must be in bitmap format and placed in the correct directory 5 58 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Bitmap Displays the bitmap as the background of the panel To display your own custom bitmaps such as a company logo create graphic files saved as a bitmap and place them in this directory Once you select a bitmap other options in the Bitmap inset become available Tile Displays the bitmap as the background of the panel in a tiled pattern as shown in the left example of Figure 5 37 Lonmends sfo fo Hop hsa aps Exit Panel with Tiled Bitmap Panel without Tiled Bitmap Panel x 120 y 135 ox 320 cy 285 Figure 5 37 Panel Examples with Tiled Bitmap Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 59 SsoUeUDazUIEI nus Transparent Enables the background color of the bitmap to display as the same color as the panel in whi
425. loyee logs in to the FOH a message displays indicating their password has been cleared and the employee s ID number is used Another password can be assigned using the Change Password button function Clock In Out Clocks an employee in or out after you select them from the FOH Enter Employee Number screen even though another employee is assigned to the terminal An employee that has not checked out can not be clocked out Clock Out Clocks the employee out An employee that has not checked out can not clock out Close Check Closes the guest check 5 106 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 To add a close check button 1 hS 2 Select Close Check from the Function drop down list An additional option displays as shown in Figure 5 80 Function Close Check Text Close nCheck Justify Color C Left C Top Center Center Fot Right Bottom m Background Color I Transparent Highlight Bitmap F Tie arent Display Ter r Justify Olek On None Center Up None x Fiat Down None x m Preview 0K Figure 5 80 Close Check Button Function 3 Click OK Combine Order Enables the employee to combine two checks together and opens the Scan or Enter Receipt Number screen Comp Hint Closes the guest check F The Close Check function is usually included in scripts for tenders I
426. ly defined printer that may or may not be physically attached to the terminal defined in the terminal record To select a voucher printer scroll through the drop down list and select a previously defined printer designated for EDC vouchers Voucher Printer Button Click Voucher Printer to access the Printers function tab Here you can per form maintenance in the printers function including add new records if the printer you need is not there Label Printer Specifies a previously defined printer that may or may not be attached to the terminal for the purpose of printing labels that are to accompany take out orders To select a printer scroll through the drop down list and choose a previously defined printer Label Printer Button Click Label Printer to access the Printers function tab Here you can perform maintenance in the printers function including add new records if the printer you need is not there Label Type Specifies a previously defined label type If a label printer is specified you must also specify a label type Label Type Button Click Label Type to access the Labels function tab Here you can define a label for the printer and the contents of the label Revenue Center Attaches the terminal to a previously defined revenue center 8 8 Hardware Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Revenue Center Button Click Revenue Center to access the Revenue Centers function tab Here yo
427. main tenance to the Items function including add new records if the item you need is not already there Right Half Select the item to represent the right half of the pizza from the drop down list Items are set up in Maintenance gt Menu gt Items The name of this item is displayed on the guest check when using the Pizza Mod feature Right Half Button Click Right Half to access the Items function tab Here you can perform main tenance in the Items function including add new records if the item you need is not already there Pizza Portion Pricing Inset Percentage Pricing Specifies the percentage of the topping price to charge for half toppings For example if 60 is entered as the percentage and the charge for the pepperoni topping on a large pizza is 1 00 the charge for half a portion of pepperoni is 60 The default percentage is 50 Percentage Pricing is the default selection Average Pricing Adds the cost of the toppings on each half of the pizza to the base pizza price as if it were charging for a whole pizza to get a total for each half adds the two totals then divides it by two to get the average For example if a customer orders a Large Pizza with a base price of 12 00 and wants bacon 1 extra cheese 75 and onions 50 on the right half and only green peppers 50 on the left half the average price is calculated based on the following Right Half 14 25 Left Half 14 25 14 25 1
428. matically selected for the queue 7 38 System Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Bitmap Assigns an image to display on the header of each order that visu ally identifies the queue from which the order originated Max Open Orders Defines the maximum number of orders that can remain open simultaneously in the order queue Minimum Order Sets the minimum number that the system will assign to the order Maximum Order Sets the maximum number that the system will assign to the order Order Prefix Sets a prefix that appears in front of the order number Auto Close Credit Cards Closes credit card orders automatically when approval is received Auto Print Prints guest check when the order closes Auto Open New Order Opens a new order when the previous order closes Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 System Maintenance Functions 7 39 Ss UeUDdIUIEIN wia shs Revenue Centers Revenue Centers summarize income from different sections in the restaurant such as the drive thru window a patio dining area a main dining area or a take out service These income sources are reported as revenue centers on the various financial reports available through the Aloha system Select Maintenance gt System gt Revenue Centers to display the Revenue Cen ters function tab as shown in Figure 7 32 74 Aloha Manager QuickService Jor File Functions Repo
429. mes The dialog box shown in Fig ure 7 12 displays Mod Group Position 0 item to Set None 0 Price 0 00 Weight 0 Cancel Figure 7 12 Set Modifier Item Mod Group Select the modifier group containing the item as defined in Maintenance gt Menu gt Modifiers Item to Set Select the item to activate as defined in Maintenance gt Menu gt Items Position Enter the button position for the modifier on the modifier group Price Enter the price of the modifier item Weight Enter the selection weight of the modifier item 7 16 System Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 19 Reroute Video The Reroute Video event activates rerouting for a remote display system The dialog box shown in Figure 7 13 displays Reroute Video x From Video To Video 00 none Joo none v Figure 7 13 Reroute Video From and To Video Select the video routing from and the target video as defined in Maintenance gt Hardware gt Video Monitors 20 Reroute Video Group The Reroute Video Group event activates rerouting for a video group The dialog box shown in Figure 7 14 displays Reroute Video Group x From Video Group To Video Group None 0 gt Figure 7 14 Reroute Video Group From and To Video Group Select the video group rerouted from and the target video group as defined in Maintenance gt Hardware gt Video Groups
430. minals The Order Modes function tab is used to define the dif ferent ways customer orders are received within the restaurant The buttons themselves are created and their primary actions are defined in Maintenance gt Menu gt Panel Editor In the Order Modes function tab the actions of the order mode buttons are refined and specified beyond the basic functions avail able in the Panel Editor Select Maintenance gt System gt Order Modes to display the Order Modes function tab as shown in Figure 7 29 74 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Order Mode Maintenance Employee Maintenance Order Mode Order Made Info Delivery Info Description Dine In I Active P SCS tos T Tippable Sales Hender T Include in Interval Total Trailer Dine In Printer Group Front Cnt Extra 2 z TaD Sales 1 z To edit press Retum to add type unused ID and Return NM 4 Figure 7 29 Order Modes Function Tab Mode Number Holds a three digit ID number that together with Descrip tion uniquely identifies each Order Mode record To create a new record enter an unused number and press Enter To edit an existing record scroll through the Mode Number drop down list select the record to edit and press Enter System Maintenance Functions 7 31 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SoUeUDdIUIEIN wajsks The Order Modes function tab prov
431. mployee Date Time Licensing Store Information Interfaces Maintenance z z z Aloha Settings Disk Maintenance End Of Day Winhook eipper bal M Do not copy CDX files at EOD I 24 Hour Operation Print selected POS reports at End Of Day MV Sales Summary Report M Clock In Out Report Report Printer 03 Front Right Daily Summary M Quick Count _Item Mantena Program to be run after grind NUM 7 Figure 3 58 System Group End of Day Subtab Winhook Contains the name of a custom batch file to launch following the EOD Custom batch files allow the automation of certain routines that are out side the Aloha system but that address Aloha data files such as compressing or zipping data files and copying them to another drive Do Not Copy CDX Files at EOD Prevents CDX files from being copied to dated subdirectories at EOD Two files ADJTIME CDX and GND BREAK CDX are copied regardless of this setting 24 Hour Operation Indicates the restaurant is open 24 hours per day This causes all open sales and labor to carry over from one business day to the next during the EOD process Open checks remain open and carry over to the new business day Employees are clocked out and clocked back in for a new day of 3 104 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 business but are not checked out The Employee Break Report will report the end time as the time that EOD was run Print Selected POS
432. mployees 0800 0899 Other employees 0900 0999 Training positions In this way employees are easily associated with a specific position within the organization To edit an existing employee scroll through the Number drop down list select the employee or employee number and press Enter The Employees function tab provides the following subtabs which are used to maintain employee records Employee Job Codes Zap Delivery Tax and Back Office Security Employee Subtab Use the Employee subtab to enter general employee information such as the social security number name and address SSN Denotes the nine digit employee social security number Hyphens are entered by the system when you advance to the next setting Last Name Holds the employee s last name First Name Holds the employee s first name Middle Holds the employee s middle name Nickname Designates the name printed on the guest check Use this set ting for employees who do not want their real name shown to customers If left blank the employee s first name is used 4 6 Labor Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Birthdate Holds the employee s date of birth Enter as mm dd yyyy Hire Date Holds the date the employee began working Enter as mm dd yyyy This is not necessarily the first day the employee worked Export ID Contains the employee identification number that is recog nized by a t
433. ms that match the characters the employee has entered The employee can keep entering charac ters or choose an item from the list After choosing an item the item number item description and price display Kodiak Entry Makes a COM connection to get required data from a program outside of the Aloha system This function is specific to the Kodiak Company and signifies a charge at a set rate when entering the parking garage Kodiak Exit Makes a COM connection to get required data from a program outside of the Aloha system This function is specific to the Kodiak Company and signifies an hourly rate charge when exiting the parking garage Manage Advance Orders Displays the FOH Manage Advance Orders screen to allow you to view print and edit ordered and unordered advance orders 5 114 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Manage Delivery Drivers Opens the FOH Manage Drivers screen listing the drivers for assigning orders if the Delivery Frequent Buyer is in use Manage Delivery Orders Opens the FOH Delivery Orders screen listing all delivery orders if the Delivery Frequent Buyer is in use Manage Drawers Opens the FOH Assign Cash Drawer screen to assign cash drawers and per form cash in cash out transactions for all available drawers Modifier Code Specifies a preceding preparation code for item modifiers such as No Extra Side etc You must touch this button before an o
434. ms them selves the components of those items the temperature for meat or anything that would be written on a guest check or chit The maximum number of items that can be added is 100 000 however a limit is enforced in the Maintenance gt Store Settings gt System group Increasing the number of menu items to 30 000 uses more memory and should be used only when necessary Once items are created they can be grouped together to form modifier groups The Items file however also requires data from other files in the menu sys tem including Maintenance gt Menu gt Taxes Maintenance gt Menu gt Sur charges Maintenance gt Menu gt Modifiers and Maintenance gt Menu gt Categories in order to complete a record Select Maintenance gt Menu gt Items to display the Items function tab as shown in Figure 5 17 74 Aloha Manager QuickService _ OY x File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Tools View Help Item Maintenance ltem Modifiers Price Miscellaneous Print Primary Tax Food 1 z Short Name CHILIDG Prim Flex Tax None 0 b Chit Name Chii Dog Secondary Tax None 0 7 Long Name crit Dog _See Flex Tax None 0 he Corel Name Vendor Tax None 0 7 Surcharge None 0 z Priority 01 Highest 7 Print Ii Kitchen 2 x 10 0000 C Concept None 0 x Multiplier fi p Mew Priority Member of Category Food Gave Cancel Delete m To edit press R
435. n Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Payments Maintenance Functions 6 13 adueUd UIe sjuewAeg p Refer to the Interfacing PMS with Aloha User s Guide for more informa tion on PMS Allow PreAuth with EDC Specifies Aloha EDC is used for credit card pre authorization Back Office Subtab The Back Office subtab defines Property Management System PMS Gift Certificates Aloha Accounts Receivable and Delivery settings Select the Back Office subtab from the Tenders function tab to define PMS gift certifi cates and accounts receivable as shown in Figure 6 6 7 Aloha Manager QuickService Lox File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Tender Maintenance Number D21 Fink bad z Tender Type Identification Authorization Back Office Reconciiation eMe Setna m ait Wentiticates Dai Gie Gertticate PHS LenderiD p Deive PHS Boom FS Use Saved Credit Bard m Accounts Receivables I Verity Customer Data J Print Reference on Receipt T Print Balance On Receipt AR Field on Receipt None 0 z Save Cancel Edit Delete Is this an Account Receivable tender NUM y Figure 6 6 Tenders Back Office Subtab PMS Settings Inset The following fields and check boxes are used with the PMS Interface add on PMS Ensures this tender type posts to the property management system if a property management interface is being u
436. n Maintenance gt Menu gt Items and is the lowest level of the pricing hierarchy All other pric ing methods overrides Item Pricing Price Level Pricing Price Level Pricing assigns a price to a group of items that carry the same price For example if all medium drinks are 1 15 create a 1 15 price level and attach it to all medium drinks You can change the price of all medium drinks by changing the price of the price level You create the price level in Maintenance gt Menu gt Price Levels and then assign the price level to the item in Maintenance gt Menu gt Items Price Change Pricing Price Change Pricing temporarily changes the price for items price levels or promotions for a specified time frame For example you may want to offer 1 00 off on all desserts ordered an hour before closing You create the price change in Maintenance gt Menu gt Price Changes and then activate a Set Price Change event in Maintenance gt System gt Events Price Change Pricing is either item price changes from items defined in Maintenance gt Menu gt Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 5 SUBUDIUIEIN nus Items price level price changes from price levels defined in Maintenance gt Menu gt Price Levels or promotion price changes from promotions defined in Maintenance gt Payments gt Promotions Button Pricing Button Pricing assigns a price to items usi
437. n Maintenance gt Menu gt Modifiers Price Subtab The Price subtab defines the price for the item Select the Price subtab from the Item function tab to edit or assign a price to an item as shown in Figure 5 19 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help DB Maintenance gt Winword ltem Modifiers Price Miscellaneous Print hy g Brice Levet None 0 z word doc Price pr If Modifier Quantity Pricing Save Gancel Delete m To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Retum NUM Ui Figure 5 19 Price Subtab Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 27 sUeUDIUIEIN nus CS Refer to the Pricing Meth ods and Pricing Hierarchy section at the beginning of this chapter for more infor mation about pricing Price Level Button Click Price Level to access the Price Levels function tab and create a new price level if necessary Changing a price level changes the price level for all items assigned to it Price Level Designates the Price Level to use for the item Price Levels enable a common price to be assigned to items in a group Price Specifies the price assigned to the individual item This price is the lowest level in the Pricing Hierarchy Quantity Pricing Button Click Quantity Pricing to access the Quantity Pricing function tab and create a quantity priced
438. n record the order entry terminal will display Slow Defined time intervals are cumulative and relate to the present moment For example if the time interval is defined as 30 minutes the volume level reported on the order entry terminal will reflect the amount of business on record in the 30 minutes immediately prior to that moment This feature also provides the ability to set promise time for delivery items at specific levels of business Promise times are set for increasing amounts of time as the level of business increases For more information about the features available with remote display sys tems please consult the Interfacing RDS with Aloha User s manual 7 54 System Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Hardware Maintenance Functions This chapter discusses the setup and configuration of hardware that is typically attached to the Aloha system such as terminals cash draw ers printers and remote display system devices TOriminalls 2 cece cece ce cceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 8 5 Thumb Scanner Setup Requirements ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 18 Pen Reader Setup Requirement cccccccccccecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 21 Cash Drawer siririna ei e a ea aa EREA 8 23 PINSI S aean a a cesapats ca 8 26 Printer Configuration scsicvectxcasoseccucicsevieerhicasticecctecauaeenteverterawaeee 8 32 Printer Groups cscec
439. n the promo dialog box Apply Gratuity Enables the system to apply a gratuity to the selected pro motion Bar Code Range Values Using bar codes with your promotions specifically printed coupons assists you with the lookup of the promotion therefore allowing you to apply the promotion to the guest check very quickly Use bar code range values to establish a valid range of SKU numbers for the promotion For example you can set up a range of coupons with the same restrictions and reductions to apply to the check The coupon must have a SKU number and bar code label and the lowest and highest values must have the same number of digits When scanning promotions with a bar code reader the system reads the SKU num ber in Maintenance gt Menu gt Items first then the promotion SKU number Lowest Value Establishes the lowest number in a range to support a bar code scan for the promotion Highest Value Establishes the highest number in a range to support a bar code scan for the promotion k To use bar code scanners access Maintenance gt Terminals gt Reader rail w n and select Use Bar Code Scanner for the terminal with the scanner Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Payments Maintenance Functions 6 21 aoueusuleW sjuowAeg Taxes Subtab The taxes subtab defines the tax applied to the promotion Select the Taxes subtab from the Promotion function tab to edit and define taxes on the promo t
440. n the Aloha system and computer oper ating systems such as Microsoft Windows NT and Windows 95 and Win dows 98 with regard to printers It is very important to make allowances for these interactions before setting a defined printer as active Windows NT Parallel printers are not supported on order entry terminals with Windows NT installed as their operating system If the printer runs out of paper or is off line it will lock up the FOH system Serial printers are recommended for order entry terminals using Windows NT 8 32 Hardware Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Windows 95 and Windows 98 When a printer is attached to a serial port on an order entry terminal using Windows 95 or Windows 98 FIFO must be turned off if this printer is to receive output correctly from the Aloha system Failure to do this results in erratic printing behavior where characters are dropped To turn off FIFO Open the Control Panel function on your computer Double click System Select the Device Manager tab Click the next to Ports to reveal the specific ports Select the specific port that needs to be changed Click Properties Select the Port Settings tab Click Advanced Make sure the Use FIFO Buffers check box is not active 0 After making changes click OK as many times as necessary to close the System Properties dialog box 11 Reboot the computer before attempting to print SUSY ON ee a
441. naming convention for terminals that must be used on all Aloha terminals and file servers For example if TERMSTR is set to TERM then terminals must be named TERM1 TERM2 etc Etymology derived from old Cuban slang term for a traumatized hamster Thinnet 10Base2 185 meters 607 feet 10 Mbps BNC Connector bar rel connector terminator RG58 cable 5 4 3 rule 5 segments with 4 repeat ers but only 3 segments can have computers Thicknet Also known as Standard Ethernet 10base5 500 meters 1640 feet 10 Mbps AUI attachment unit interface connector transceivers transceiver cables connect to thin Top level domain The last and most significant component of an Internet fully qualified domain name the part after the last For example host wombat doc ic ac uk is in top level domain uk for United Kingdom Topology Refers to the configuration of the physical media of a network Transport Layer Host host layer The middle layer in the OSI seven layer model The transport layer determines how to use the network layer to provide a virtual error free point to point connection so that host A can send messages to host B and they will arrive uncorrupted and in the correct order It establishes and dissolves connections between hosts It is used by the session layer An example transport layer protocol is Transmission Control Protocol TCP Transport Protocol Ensures error free transmission Twis
442. nance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Item Maintena IRTA Settings Maintenance amp Group Erect Card M EDC Setup Voucher Printing E mployee Maintenance I Enable EDC Electronic Draft Capture Mag Card Sentinals IV Use Aloha EDC Start a7 Track es Only Read Track Two Field faa End fi 3 I Do Not Allow Force Tenders I Cannot use same credit card twice in a day Number of CVerifyT erminals fi M Mock Authorizations When EDC is Down Maximum CC Refund Allowed 50 00 EDC Floor Dawn 0 00 Assume this Tip for Authorization 20 00 Credit Card Number Mask Ooniy show last 4 digits except on 1st z Store Settings Enable EDC Electronic Draft Capture functionality NUM 7 Figure 3 64 Credit Card Group EDC Setup Subtab p Refer to Enable EDC Activates EDC functionality ICVerify in Chapter 2 Functions for Number of ICVerify Terminals Specifies the number of ICVerify termi more information on 1 Thi t t b t ll t t 1 ICVerify terminals nals to use This text box is typically set to 1 3 114 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 If you are not using the Aloha EDC software Enable EDC and Number of ICVerify Terminals are the only check boxes that you must select or enter a value All other settings refer specifically to the Aloha EDC software Please refer to the Aloha EDC manual for instructions on the EDC settings and other credit car
443. nancial Employee System Maintenance I Restaurant Sales I Server Sales Labor and Clock Reports IV Mar Flash Rpt I Payment Report Gaye Cancel Delete Can reroute printers and printer groups NUM Figure 4 15 Access Levels Function Tab Restaurant Sales Enables the employee to run the FOH Restaurant Sales Report from the FOH terminal Server Sales Enables the employee to run the FOH Server Sales report from the FOH terminal Labor and Clock Reports Enables the employee to run the FOH Labor report and clock in and clock out reports from the FOH terminal Mer Flash Rpt Enables the employee to run the FOH Flash report from the FOH terminal Payment Report Enables the employee to run the FOH Payment report from the FOH terminal This report prints only credit card payments 4 28 Labor Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Financial Subtab Select Labor gt Access Levels gt Financial to display the Financial subtab shown in Figure 4 16 7 Aloha Manager QuickService Access Levels Maintenance Reports Financial Employee System I Assign Promo M Delete Promo Assign Comp I Delete Comp I Reopen Check I Reprint Check M Void Items Cash Drawers T Assign Day Part To edit press Retum to add type unused ID and Return I Override Category Limits File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Descript
444. nd MSR The installed drivers display under MSR Determine the name of the driver file to be used and enter it into the OPOS text box Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Hardware Maintenance Functions 8 27 SUeUDdIUIEIN oJeMpJeH Windows Printer Name Anything that can print in the FOH can also be printed to a printer that has been set up in the Microsoft Windows operating system The Windows Printer must be selected as the printer type from the Type drop down list thus activating the Windows Printer Name text box This text box is used to link an Aloha printer definition to a Windows printer definition It is very important that the printer name input in this field match the printer name assigned in Windows under Start gt Settings gt Printers For Windows 95 all printers and Windows NT local printers the printer name should be entered here as entered under Printers in Windows For example If the Windows printer is called HP LaserJet Plus then the Windows Printer Name text box must contain HP LaserJet Plus On Windows NT systems network printers the printer name includes the server name In this case the Windows Printer Name text box must contain the path For example if the printer name on an NT system is HP LaserJet Plus on Server01 the text box should say Server01 HP LaserJet Plus Note The Windows Printer Name feature works only if the printer drivers for the Windows printer are installed on the
445. nd of Day routine or manually Perform the following steps for the most reliable results Make changes to the database files as required Run Verify Data VERIFY TXT opens using Notepad Print VERIFY TXT from Notepad Correct any errors as listed in VERIFY TXT to the database files Run Verify Data again ie Gh Repeat this process until Verify Data produces a VERIFY TXT file that does not contain errors Once the data is successfully verified and no errors remain in VERIFY TXT two procedures are available to make the new data available to the FOH e Allow the End of Day process to automatically update the files This method is strongly recommended for safety of data and for the mini mum amount of disruption in the day s business e Select Utilities gt Refresh Data from the menu bar to immediately send all modifications additions and deletions to the FOH It is important to note that the second process stops the FOH before updating the data then reboots all FOH terminals when the update process is complete 10 10 Utilities Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 View Debugging File View Debugging File is used to view files containing information about errors or unusual conditions experienced while running or attempting to run the Aloha system All debugging files are plain text files containing system gen erated messages detailing errors experienced by the Aloha system during operation If parts of the system are no
446. nd supported by Your wage types and pay procedures in general should er your establishment 2 6 Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Edit Prior Days Time Select Functions gt Edit Punches to display the Edit Punches function tab as shown in Figure 2 5 Ol x 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help _Employee Mai Edit Prior Days Time and Attendance c Employee Maintenance EmpNo Employee Timeln TimeOut Jobcode Rate Tips 1 Add Edit Delete Edit Punches Member Maint OOo O NN Figure 2 5 Edit Prior Days Time and Other Wages The Edit Punches function tab is split into two sections The Edit Punches for Prior Days section is devoted to punched time functionality Non punched PTO and system generated time for shifts and breaks are managed in the Other Wages section of the function tab If Auto Clockout is selected on the Employee Settings subtab located in Maintenance gt Store Settings gt Labor group and an employee forgets to clock out the employee is clocked out by the EOD process The employee hours reflect in the selection list for the day If Auto Clockout is not selected and an employee forgets to clock out the employee s shift will not reflect in the selection list for the day Before these hours can be edited the employee must clock out and an EOD must be pro
447. necessary select Allow any Checkout not just closed to print the checkout report for the current employee whether all checks are closed or not 3 Click OK Print GST Tax Invoice Prints the guest check as a GST tax invoice if a GST tax is defined in the sys tem If the guest check total is less than the amount entered in the Amount text box located in Maintenance gt Store Settings gt International Group gt Taxes subtab the guest check is automatically reprinted with the title Tax Invoice If the guest check total is equal to or greater than the amount entered in the 5 124 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Amount text box the Special Message screen displays enabling you to enter the customer information to print on the tax invoice Print Receipt Prints a receipt for the current order Promo Applies the specified promotion to the guest check Note If manager access is required the system displays a password keypad To add a promo button 1 Select Promo from the Function drop down list An additional option displays as shown in Figure 5 94 Edit Buttons Quick Service x Function X pie Promo Type Promo 2 BURG COM r Justify Coor C Let Top Center Center Font e Rit Bottom m Background Color I Transparent Highlight r Bitmap F mie T Transperent M Display Text a On None z fe Cee R Cene Up None z Fight m
448. nepeneceedeeeevaentyaeeaeine 5 198 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Payments Maintenance Functions ccccccseeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 6 1 Tenders ceed cats tears a cecbesweatantatsctateiaadesineeen aot eetets 6 4 RrOMOlOnS ss GAc5 ft ere cas ie ee le ie AET 6 18 Promotion Ty OCS mireia anys a oat 6 25 COMPS A scsiied EEE A A A AE E 6 37 HOUSE ACCOUNTS anien a te ceaveels 6 44 Foreign CuUmnenCles ics aise ccextd equvsasheretdensecusecsty acehiadeceentdonstedsal 6 46 System Maintenance Functions ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 1 VEINS 22 heck fe thedetcon tent tiga a a a aa lesen loa sade ddooee tamed oe cedadwtne 7 5 Button Functions aoea aar a E AE e aA 7 6 Add New Events aa e e A O a aa Kaaa EA EaAA 7 7 Required Fields ccccccccceccecceecceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeteeseetes 7 30 Order M des sr earnais enan a eee rhea ees 7 31 Order Entry QUOUGS weisiecceseivs heave sctne cs seaehadbededie spans eehiatenneee 7 38 Revenue CenterS cccccccccecceccceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeesetseeens 7 40 BENA PAIS acne eti A vere cae tacky cat tedeh ce atdeece bend da Yer A ENE 7 42 Concepts n cs vaesncits eee Marita ett ee ae 7 44 VOIG REASONS iisccccesiseesncacetidedasaicaseacastecdssancaincenteaeeadunedesandataasdieias 7 46 No Sale REASOMNS cccccccseccseeeceneaeeeaeecaeecaeeeeceaeceaeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeess 7 48 AERAN ETE 1A A E cx edantng ce taneesuatcntiees 7 50 Routing
449. netary symbol and Cyrillic Russian character sets Aa The Code Page text box specifies the character set for the printer but 9 you must also specify the character set for the terminal To specify the character set for the terminal select Start gt Settings gt Control Panel and double click Regional Options Select the language set ting for the system Use the following table to determine the settings for the corresponding lan guage Supported Code Page Printer Setting Terminal Setting Euro 858 Western Europe and U S default Cyrillic Russian 866 Cyrillic Options Subtab The Options subtab provides configuration settings that relate more to the res taurant environment such as transfer and timeout functions Select the Options subtab from the Printers function tab to complete the configuration of Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Hardware Maintenance Functions 8 29 S UeUDdIUIEN oJeMpJeEH a new printer or to modify the configuration of an existing printer as shown in Figure 8 11 74 Aloha Manager QuickService g Printer Maintenance x x x a a x Figure 8 11 Printers Options Subtab In Kitchen Items routed to a printer group containing a printer that has In Kitchen selected also print at the expediter printer Specify the expediter 8 30 Hardware Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 printer in the Printing group of Maintenance gt
450. ng day To ensure the day s information is posted to the corresponding date of business 01 01 2000 the EOD Event is set to run at 28 00 A time after midnight is specified by adding 24 to the hour therefore 28 00 is the equivalent of 4 00 a m the following day When the EOD has completed successfully the date of business is changed and once again coincides with the system date The date is recognized by the FOH If the FOH date and time is not in sync with the BOH events do not fire correctly lh There are four selections available in this dialog box that are exclusive to each other only one selection is permitted for a given event These selections dis play in reverse order of their hierarchical relationship to the system Each item on the list overrides all items above it in the list Daily Sets the event to happen every day at the specified time Weekly Activates the Weekly drop down list containing the days of the week Weekly events override daily events Monthly Activates the Month text box which accepts the day of the month in which the event should be activated Monthly events override weekly and daily events Special Enter the date in MM DD YYYY format Special events override monthly weekly and daily events 7 8 System Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Other daily events can override a previous daily event For example on Mon day through Saturday breakfast is fi
451. ng modifiers You can assign a dif ferent price to an item at the button level or use the Item Pricing and Price Level methods To set up a button price select Maintenance gt Menu gt Mod ifiers and double click the modifier you want to price A dialog box similar to the one shown in Figure 5 2 displays as shown in Figure 5 2 Modifier Item Weight fi r Pricing Options Price 0 00 C Use ltem Price oaj C Price Level p 7 Cancel Figure 5 2 Button Pricing Example Choose ONE of the following methods for the item e Select Price and type a price for the item This overrides all Item Pricing Price Changes and Price Levels methods e Select Use Item Price to use the Item Pricing method for the item as defined in Item Maintenance however the price is subject to the same hierarchy between the Item Pricing Price Level Pricing and Price Change Pricing methods If you have a Price Level assigned to the item in Item Maintenance then the Price Level is used If you 5 6 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 have a Set Price Change event then the event overrides the Price Changes and Item Pricing methods A Scanners and the PLU function do not recognize button prices If F scanners or the PLU function are in use do not use the button level pricing method Quantity Item Pricing
452. ngs gt Gift Card Certificates Sales group Force Auth Enables an employee to force authorization on credit card and gift card payments Employee Subtab Select Labor gt Access Levels gt Employee to display the Employee subtab as shown in Figure 4 17 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Access Levels Maintenance Description MANAGER Reports Financial Employee system I Approve Clock in I Force Reconciliation I Approve Checkout T Open Any Drawer T Approve Clockout M Deassign Drawers I Approve Unpaid Break Retums fy Open Items M Delete Checkout Delete Clockout M Clear Password T Assign Pen ID s Enroll Thumb Prints Quick Count J Enter Other Wages Downtime To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return NUM YW Figure 4 17 Access Levels Employee Subtab Approve Clockin Enables an employee to approve clockin transactions Approve Checkout Enables an employee to approve checkout transac tions Approve Clockout Enables an employee to approve clockout transac tions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Labor Maintenance Functions 4 31 SOUBUDIUIEIN 1oqe SCS Refer to the Enforce Break Time feature in Chapter 3 Store Settings for more information Approve Break Returns Enables an employee to approve an early break return You define the number of minutes in the Enforce
453. nited States and do observe daylight savings time The DST rules of the local country are followed When assigning INTL international to the TIMEZONE variable TIME ZONE INI which stores the time zone settings on the file server is created The latest versions of data in the DATA directory and the new TIME ZONE INI with the new settings is copied from the file server to the FOH when the FOH terminals synchronize upon boot up Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 95 s6uly9S 9103S Synchronize POS Time with Back Office Time Makes the time setting on your POS terminal correspond to the time setting on your back office ter minal This causes the SYNCTIME EXE file to run every two hours for all terminals on the system which synchronizes the terminal time with the time on the file server It does not interfere with normal operations To set Daylight Savings Time to NO DST or INTL the following procedures must be done It is not adequate to select the No Day light Savings Time check box or the International Daylight Sav ings Time check box without also performing the following procedures On each FOH terminal and on the BOH file server Select Start gt Settings gt Control Panel Double click the Date Time icon Select the Time Zone tab Select the appropriate state or area from the drop down list Select the Automatically adjust the clock for daylight changes check box Note This check box m
454. nments Refer to Regrind Subdirectories on page 10 23 for more information Defining Default Item Weight for Guest Counting You can now define the default weight value of an item when you count guests by category For example you can set the guest count weight of an item named Fajitas for Two so that it increases the guest count by two when a customer orders it This check box works in conjunction with the Use Entrees for Guest Counts check box and the Category selected in Mainte nance gt Store Settings gt Order Entry group on the Guest Counts subtab The default guest count weight is one Refer to Item Weight Inset on page 5 31 for more information Enabling Bar Code Scanning for Promotions The Aloha QuickService software has returned the ability to scan promotions using bar codes This assists you with the lookup of the promotion therefore allowing you to apply the promotion to the guest check very quickly Refer to Bar Code Range Values on page 6 21 for more information Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Introduction xi Enabling Advance Orders You can now enable the system to place orders in advance and specify the time to prepare the order This accommodates environments that accept orders now to be prepared and picked up later In the first phase of this feature you must place and prepare orders in the same business day In subsequent releases the Advance Orders feature will allow
455. nnected to an order entry terminal before you can create it Expediter Printer Reroutes the global expediter printer to another printer The global expediter printer must be set up before using the order mode expe diter printer Set up the global expediter printer in Maintenance gt Hardware gt Printers Select an expediter printer from the drop down list Expediter printers can print bar codes on guest checks if the printer is a ther mal printer Select Maintenance gt Store Settings to activate the bar code print feature Select Printing from the Group drop down list then select the Chit Style subtab to activate the bar code feature Print Bar Code on Expediter Prints the bar code number on the expe diter s chit Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 System Maintenance Functions 7 35 Ss UeUDdIUIEIN wia shs p Refer to Chap ter 3 Store Set tings in the Financial section on the Add Charges subtab for more informa tion about additional charges Non Taxable Except Inset Non Taxable Except Used to treat the selected order mode as nontaxable with the exception of the category selected in the Category drop down list associated with this check box When selected the Category drop down list is activated Category Button Click Category to access the Categories function tab and create a new cate gory if necessary Category Select the exception category that is to be taxed fo
456. not included in net and gross sales For example select this check box for such things as party deposits amusement or slot machines admissions club dues and more Gift Card Specifies the item is set up as a gift card This check box is only available if gift cards are in use and enables the Activate Card and Add p eee Value settings Service Special Features Guide for more informa Activate Card Activates the gift card upon approval tion on gift cards Add Value Activates the gift card upon approval with the ability to add value to the card Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 29 SsUeUDIUIEI nue Video Inset Do Not Show when Item Prevents an item from displaying on the video screens when the item is ordered as an item Do Not Show when Modifier Prevents an item from displaying on the video screens when the item is ordered as a modifier Show modifier independently Displays the modifier on the video screen in the same format as a menu item even though the item is ordered as a modi fier Delay Time Specifies the amount of time in seconds that an item takes to prepare The delay time is an indicator for the food preparer to have items ready at a specific time This is used when one item takes longer to prepare than another ee j7y Orders containing items with delay times are indicated on the video monitor with inverted headings
457. not subject to tipping Round to Nickel Rounds the order mode charges if any to the nearest nickel For example if a To Go charge is 1 98 it is rounded to 2 Include in Interval Total This feature is not available in the QuickSer vice product Order Mode Info Subtab The Order Mode Info subtab provides you with more features to refine the configuration of the defined order mode Define category inclusion fixed charges and non taxable situations on this subtab The voucher and expediter Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 System Maintenance Functions 7 33 aoueUusUleW wia shs printers are also definable on this subtab Select the Order Mode Info subtab from the Order Modes function tab as shown in Figure 7 30 File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help g Employee Maintenance Mode Number MEA Order Made Order Mode Info Delivery Info I Service Charge C Fixed 0 000 Charge Line Text G percen Tax None 0 v I Round To Nickel ExpediterPiinter None 00 z I Print Bar Code on Expediter I Non Taxable Except Category None 0 v I Exclude Additional Charges To edit press Retur to add type unused ID and Retum NUM a Figure 7 30 Order Mode Info Subtab Service Charge Inset Service Charge Enables the use of a surcharge applied to the order mode and activates the options available in
458. npaid Breaks 9 check boxes on the Job Code subtab must be selected to add or adjust breaks These check boxes are enabled only if Use Break Rules is selected in Store Settings gt Labor group gt Breaks subtab To access the Job Code subtab select Maintenance gt Labor gt Job Codes function tab 2 10 Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Edit Breaks Add or Edit Buttons Click Add or Edit to display the Edit Break Record dialog box as shown in Figure 2 8 Edit Break Record X Time In f2 N Joo Time Out fie foo Paid fi Save Cancel Seve Figure 2 8 Edit Break Record Time In Holds the clock in time for the selected employee using a 36 hour clock Time Out Holds the clock out time for the selected employee using a 36 hour clock Paid Indicates whether it is a paid break Enter the information and click Save Edit Breaks Delete Button To delete existing break information select the employee break and click Delete Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Functions 2 11 suonoun4 Other Wages There are two types of other wages user defined and manually applied and system generated and applied You may tell the difference at a glance by look ing at the Review column located at the far right of the Other Wages portion of the screen shown in Figure 2 5 An asterisk displays if the entry is system generated while the column is blank if it is a manual entry The O
459. ns Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Delete Behaves differently in the FOH depending on the context in which it is used If you select nothing on the guest check the last unordered item on the check is deleted If you select an unordered item on the check only that item is deleted If one of these scenarios affects an ordered item it becomes a void prompting for a void reason To add a delete button 1 Select Delete from the Function drop down list An additional option displays as shown in Figure 5 82 Edit Buttons Quick Service x Function Delete bd Text Multi Delete Options Delete a Justify Color F Left C Top Previous Like Item Center Center Feri Right Bottom Background Color I Transparent Highlight m Bitmap i T J Transparent I Display Text Genter Center Up None x Fight Bottom Down None z Preview OK Delete E Dete cacai Removes an item from the guest check depending on the context it is used Figure 5 82 Delete Button Function 2 Select ONE of the following options Previous Item Deletes the last ordered or selected item This is the default selection Previous Like Item Deletes the last ordered or selected item in conjunction with a button assigned with a quantity function This function behaves the same way as ordering items in quantity Ex If 21 cookies
460. nstruct the printer to start using a large font Insert an in the fifth text line to instruct the printer to stop using a large font Ifthe printed guest check is set to use the large font then the comp form will default to the large font You must use a at the beginning of the form to default to the smaller font e Since the paper cutter on the printer is not at the same location as the print head paper cuts may appear several lines above the location defined in COMPFORM TXT You will have to experiment with your printer type and compensate for this in your comp form design The following is an example of aCOMPFORM TXT MSG amp MSG MSG Y MSG MSG MSG COMP SLIP MSG MSG Restaurant MSG MSG Shift MSG MSG MSG Check All That Apply and Print Name MSG MSG ____ Customer Relations MSG Explanation MSG 3 50 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 MSG MSG MSG MSG MSG MSG MSG MSG MSG MSG MSG MSG MSG MSG MSG MSG MSG MSG MSG MSG MSG MSG MSG MSG MSG MSG MSG MSG MSG __ Executive Meal __ Manager Meal ___ 50 Emp Meal Waitperson Emp Customer Employee Signature Manager Signature Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 20 Store Settings 3 51 sBuiyes a10 S Check Content 2 Subtab The Check Content 2 subtab enables you to select additional items to print on guest checks Select the Check Content 2 subtab from the Printing group
461. nt Wage Type otherwise add as Mandatory Wage Type Employee works more than 0 00 hour s without 0 minute Meal period pay 0 00 hours at Minimam Wage Z rate If total work hours are not mae f 0 add as Consent Wage Type otherwise add as Mandatory Wage Type Save Cancel Enable Break Pay Rules ee N A Figure 3 12 Breaks Subtab Use Break Rules Enables you to specify the parameters to apply to break rules Check the wage and payday laws for your state to ensure your policies and procedures are in compliance Rest Periods Inset The rest period rule enables you to pay an employee for a rest period when the defined criteria is met Rest Period net rest time minute s Represents number of minutes of net rest time per set number of hours worked A valid range is 1 to 59 Rest Period hour s worked Represents number of hours worked as basis for set number of rest time minutes A valid range is 1 00 to 24 00 3 26 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Rest Period pay hours Represents the number of hours added as Other Wages if the employee is furnished less than set number of minutes of rest period per set number of hours worked A valid range is 1 00 to 24 00 Rest Period pay rate Represents the rate of pay if employee does not receive rest period break The default is the regular rate of pay Minimum wage is an option The minimum wage rate can be set in Store
462. nt _ Highlight pe Fr ile Avi hy pete On Nore 5 be e Up None 19 is 1 Down None Preview Fie OK SMALL a MEDIUM aa Eomma cou o keee item from the database ef item from the database efficiently Edit Buttons Quick Service Ea Edit Buttons Quick Service x Function Smart Select z qa Smart Group T Function Smart Select eee Smartt Group T LARGE Smart Element F Ko Smart Element 4 p Justify Let Top Center Center C Right C Bottom Justify m C Let C Top Color Background Color I Transparent _ Highlight a auae Eme Se Transparent R Dieplay Text None X None X None X OK LARGE sce ea ETE item from the database efficiently item from the database eff pi with Smart Item to MS the conect ficiently Figure 5 110 Smart Select Configuration The following setup depicts the requirements to create a Smart Item for a 5 144 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Coke button as shown in Figure 5 111 Function Smart Item z Smat Group Element tem Text pe Default 006003 Coke aia Justify fi i 006002SmCoke a C Let C Top 2 oome a i fe 006003 Coke 7 G Center G Center am Font f Right f Bottom fh 3 006004 Lg Coke
463. nte nance in the taxes function including add new tax records if the tax you need to apply is not already there Secondary Taxes Inset Tax Applied before Promotion Applies a secondary tax to the promotion amount The tax is calculated on the original item price before applying the promo Vendor Tax Inset VTax Promo Amount Applies the vendor tax to the full amount of the promotion VTax Food Cost Uses the percentage defined in the Food Cost text box to apply a vendor tax amount on the food cost in the promotion Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Payments Maintenance Functions 6 23 aoueUsUleW sjuowAeg Food Cost Defines a tax percentage entered as a decimal to use to calcu late an approximate food cost when the Tax Food Cost check box is selected Restrictions Subtab The Restrictions subtab defines the limitations on the promotion governs how comp items are handled with the promotion and how other promotions affect it Select the Restrictions subtab from the Promotions function tab to define the limitations on the promotion as shown in Figure 6 10 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help _Employee Mai ESE peer eeeeee ee Employee Maintenance Promotions Taxes Restrictions Promo Restrictions Comp Restrictions Promo Items Eligible I Comp Items Eligible W Allow Prior For Check VV Allow Prior For Check
464. ntered amounts and the system calculated amounts must be within these specifica tions prior to the completion of a checkout If an employee exceeds a speci fied number of checkout attempts a message displays and a manager is required to complete the reconciliation The Payment Reconciliation command is not available unless it is set up to run from the BOH Refer to the Payment Reconciliation section of the Special Features manual for information on running this function Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 p This section discusses the Team Tip Distribution pro cedures Refer to the Quick Service Special Features Guide for setup require ments Functions 2 29 suonoun4 p Refer to the Electronic Payroll Settings Subtab on page 3 23 in Chapter 3 Store Settings for more information Export The Export submenu enables export files for use with third party accounting applications to be created Select Functions gt Export from the menu bar as shown in Figure 2 23 ger QuickService Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Edit Punches Employee Scheduler Post to House Account Payment Reconciliation Create ADP Pay File IC Verify gt Create ReMACS Realworld Pay File Create ReMACS Menu File Create Coconut Code Payroll File Create Coconut Code Daily Sales Files Create Coconut Code Sales Mix File Create Paychex Extract File Create PayUSA Extract File A ltem Mainten
465. nting messages on the guest check and by varying that message at different times and in different places in the restaurant The first guest check message defined in the system becomes the default message if no preprogrammed events are active You can manipulate guest check messages or make them active by scheduling them as specific preprogrammed events in Maintenance gt System gt Events Messages activated by events override the default message Select one or both of the fol lowing events e 16 Set Guest Check Message e 31 Set Guest Check Footer Message by Terminal Select Maintenance gt Messages gt Guest Check to display the Guest Check function tab 7f Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Guest Check Message Maintenance Name CallUs Title fwe Appreciate Your Business Message Please call us if you have comments 1 800 555 1212 To edit press Retum to add type unused ID and Retum NUM A Figure 9 3 Guest Check Maintenance 9 6 Message Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 ID Holds a five digit number that together with Name uniquely identifies each record To create a new record enter an unused number and press Enter To edit an existing record scroll through the ID drop down list select the record to edit and press Enter The text entered in the Name text box does not appear on the guest check Title
466. ntory CHE ees Dele To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return I o NUM Figure 7 35 Void Reasons Function Tab 7 46 System Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 ID Holds an unused two digit number that together with Description uniquely identifies each void reason To create a new record enter an unused ID and press Enter To edit an existing record select it from the ID drop down list and press Enter Description Designates the name of the void reason The name should be descriptive of the reason for the void for ease of reference Affects Inventory Used to characterize each void reason type according to its affect on inventory Void reasons that affect inventory add the item back into inventory and allow the item to be sold again Void reasons that do not affect inventory do not change the inventory count or item availability The system also provides the ability to set a time limit on voids After the specified time interval expires the system no longer accepts a void for a given order Select Maintenance gt Store Settings to display the Store Settings func tion tab Select Security from the Group drop down list Select the Restric tions subtab for access to the setting as shown in Figure 7 36 7 Aloha Manager QuickService BEES File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Mnt Tween A EETA Gr
467. ntroller The Ethernet address is hard wired on some controllers stored in a ROM on some and others allow it to be changed from software It is usually written as six hexadecimal numbers such as 08 00 20 03 72 DC FDDI Fiber Distributed Data Interface 100Mbps Used mainly for MAN technology works in a double ring Like Token Ring only many frames can go on the token not just one FQDN Fully Qualified Domain Name The full name of a system consist ing of its local hostname and its domain name For example venera is a hostname and venera isi edu is Fully Qualified Domain Name An FQDN should be sufficient to determine a unique Internet address for any host on the Internet Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Networking Glossary 11 The same naming scheme is also used for some hosts which are not on the Internet but share the same name space for electronic mail addressing A host that does not have a FQDN which is not domainist must be addressed using a bang path All Internet computers and most UUCP sites can now resolve FQDNs thanks to a large amount of behind the scenes magic and PD software written since 1980 or so Fast Ethernet A version of Ethernet developed in the 1990s that can carry 100 Mbps compared with standard Ethernet 10 Mbps It requires upgraded network cards and hubs The relevant standards are 100baseT 100BaseFX and 100BaseVG Fiber Optic Cable Cable constructed of pure gl
468. nus Review Previous Recalls the previous available order displayed in the review check panel for the specified queue Routing Level Opens the FOH Routing Levels screen providing overall control of where items waiting in a queue route to and from To add a routing level button 1 Select Routing Level from the Function drop down list An addi tional option displays as shown in Figure 5 101 Edit Buttons Quick Service x Function EEA r Text Justify Color o C Top Font Routing Center Center C Right C Bottom m Background Color I Transparent Highlight IE Transparent J Display Ter on Nore z Up Nore J1 Down None gt Preview OK Routing oes Hint Level _ Cancel Provide overall control of where items waiting in a queue route to and from Figure 5 101 Routing Level Function Button 2 Select the routing level as defined in Maintenance gt System gt Rout ing Levels 3 Click OK 5 136 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Run Application Enables the use of another application located on the file server Common applications are Calculator Microsoft Worde and Microsoft Excele To add a run application button 1 Select Run Application from the Function drop down list Addi tional options display as shown in Figure 5 102 Edit Buttons Quick Service x
469. o access the BOH For example the start time may be entered as 08 30 representing 8 30 a m and the end time may be entered as 15 00 representing 3 00 p m If the start time and end time are left at 00 00 the employee can access the BOH at any time Start Time Start time of day when the employee can access the BOH End Time End time of day when the employee can access the BOH Clear Back Office Password Button Click Clear Back Office Password to remove the password used by an employee to log in to the BOH The next time the employee logs in to the BOH they receive a prompt to enter a new password 4 16 Labor Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Job Codes Job codes are user defined job descriptions that categorize employees and tasks into logical groupings They describe what the employee can do Use this function to define the tasks for each job code as you would do when writ ing a job description For example kitchen employees typically do not have order entry privileges the Order Entry check box is cleared Select Maintenance gt Labor gt Job Codes to display the Job Codes function tab which defaults to the Job Codes subtab as shown in Figure 4 11 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Job Code Maintenance Number a CASHIER z Revenue Center None 0 7 Job Code Quick Service Functions Deliver
470. o regrind a dated subdirectory 1 Select the dated subdirectory You can select more than one dated subdirectory 2 Click Active 3 Click Mark to Grind Marked is placed in the Status text box for the selected dated subdirectory If you do not want to regrind a particular subdirectory click Unmark to Regrind You may do this if the regrinding is a timed event 4 Select Restrict Time to place a time frame to regrind the subdirecto ries if necessary If you do not select this check box all the dated sub directories marked to regrind will regrind as soon as you launch the function 5 Enter the Start and End times using a 24 hour clock if you select Restrict Time This determines the time frame for the regrind process to run If a dated subdirectory is regrinding when the End of Day occurs the regrind process continues until it is complete 6 Set the number of grinds in the Num Grinds text box to determine the number of dated subdirectories to regrind at any one time For non SuperSite locations set Num Grinds to one 7 Click Done A confirmation message displays 8 Click OK to regrind and exit the Regrind Subdirectories function 10 24 Utilities Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Settings for the Regrind function are stored in the SQL INI file under the Regrind section The settings include RESTRICTTIME TRUE STARTTIME 2300 ENDTIME 0600 ACTIVE TRUE NUMREGRINDERS 1 Aloha QuickServ
471. o02 15 7 Description i 5 Price fo 5 Gave Cancel Delete To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return E E a Figure 5 149 Price Levels Function Tab Price Level Holds an unused number between 1 and 9999 that together with Description uniquely identifies each Price Level To create a new price level enter an unused number and press Enter To edit an existing price level scroll through the Price Level drop down list select the record and press Enter 5 196 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Description Enter a descriptive name to identify the price level Price Enter a price to be charged for each item in the group Menu Maintenance Functions 5 197 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Ss UeUDIUIEIN nus Price Changes The Aloha POS system provides flexibility in establishing a price for an item The Price Change function further enhances this flexibility by enabling an item s price to be temporarily changed for a specified time frame rather than manually accessing each item record price level or promotion and modifying the price A price change record can include a single selection or it can con tain multiple selections of each type therefore creating a batch price change For example a price change can be used to modify the price of a hamburger promotion that is sold at a reduced price on a certain day of the week exited and the l
472. ob works 4 75 hours Bob gets paid actual hours worked only takes a meal break then works 4 75 hours without a second meal break Bob works 4 75 hours Bob gets paid actual hours worked plus 1 hour takes a meal break then of Meal Period 2 pay The system generates an works 6 0 hours Other Wages entry as System Meal Period 2 Consent Figure 3 15 Second Meal Period Table In the examples in Figure 3 20 employee and employer can mutu ally consent to waive the second meal period if the employee s work period of not more than twelve hours completes his day s work Meal Period 1 rules apply and are mandatory because total continu ous hours in all instances exceed the threshold of six hours Shifts Subtab This subtab allows you to enable and set parameters for split shift and shift pay rules If all criteria is met the system automatically generates a pay record in Other Wages when End of Day is run This record is identifiable as system generated and can either be accepted or deleted when the Other Wages section is reviewed by the manager The system generated records for shifts are Split Shift Premium e Worked lt half scheduled e No Schedule minimum e 2nd Shift minimum Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 p See the Other Wages section of Chapter 2 Functions for more information on Other Wages pay Store Settings 3 31 sBbuiyes 910 S Select the Shifts subtab from the
473. ode p Refer to Other Wage A system generated other wage entry cannot be added by the user You may edit or delete the record However it is recommended that you do not delete any records that pertain to the wage and pay policies supported by your establishment Total Displays the total pay rate for the selected job code times the number of hours entered or displays the amount in dollars entered If more than one day is selected in the date range the calculation of this field will be multiplied by the number of days For example If five days of vacation are added at the pay rate of 5 25 and two days have been selected the total in this field will be 52 50 Types on page 4 43 in Chapter 4 Labor Mainte nance Functions for more information on system generated other wage entries Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Functions 2 15 suonoun4 Delete Button Click Delete to delete an other wage entry An entry could be system gener ated due to defined labor codes common in states such as California If an entry is deleted it is recommended that managers print the entry and have the employee sign it to show an agreement This protects the restaurant from labor disputes 2 16 Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Basic Labor Scheduler Basic Labor Scheduler is a built in feature to the Aloha system that enables the creation of weekly employee schedules Schedules can also be copied
474. of Microsoft s network systems and IBM s LAN Server based systems NetBEUI is often confused with NetBIOS NetBIOS is the applications programming interface and NetBEUI is the transport protocol NetBIOS An application programming interface API which activates network operations on IBM PC compatibles running under MS DOS It is a set of network commands that the application program issues in order to transmit and receive data to another host on the network The commands are interpreted by a network control program or network operating system that is NetBIOS compatible Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Networking Glossary 17 Name resolution The process of mapping a name to its corresponding address The Domain Name System is the system that does name resolution on the Internet Netmask A 32 bit mask which shows how an Internet address is to be divided into network subnet and host parts The netmask has 1s in the bit positions in the 32 bit address which are to be used for the network and subnet parts and zeros for the host part The mask should contain at least the stan dard network portion as determined by the address s class and the subnet field should be contiguous with the network portion Network Hardware and software data communication systems The OSI seven layer model attempts to provide a way of partitioning any computer net work into independent modules from the lowest physical layer to the high
475. of cash cards 4 34 Labor Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Labor Groups Labor Groups are sales categories and job codes combined for reporting pur poses These are used by management as a tracking and analysis tool Only the existing sales categories and job codes are available for selection Select Maintenance gt Labor gt Labor Groups to display the Labor Groups function tab as shown in Figure 4 19 7 Aloha Manager QuickService of x Eile Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Mai IMET Group Maintenance 4 Employee Group ID a Name General Maintenance Sales Categories Select Up to 20 Select Up to 99 CONDIMENTS 25000 SALADS 30000 Select sales categories for use in calculating labor percentage NUM 7A Figure 4 19 Labor Groups Function Tab Group ID Holds the name and a unique two digit number that identifies each labor group To create a new labor group enter an unused number and press Enter To edit an existing labor group scroll through the Group ID drop down list select one to edit and press Enter Name Represents the description assigned to a labor group Labor Maintenance Functions 4 35 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SOUBUDIUIEIN 1oqe Refer to Chap labor group To remove a category from the selected labor group click it ter 5 Menu z 2 Maintenance Functions for
476. oha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Message Maintenance Functions This chapter discusses the features available on the Messages menu These are used to generate messages for communicating with individ ual employees the restaurant staff or the guests Main SCree n e cccececceecccceccecececcneceecececaueceecuecececeaueeeecteeeanueeeneeeensess 9 4 GUEST GEG A ineactigess 9 6 Clock In Information ccceccccecceceececceccecececceeccecuceccneceaseeeeaueeenaeess 9 8 9 2 Message Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 The selections available in the Messages menu allow the creation of different types of messages These messages are displayed on hardware devices such as order entry terminals and display poles Messages on guest checks can also be set from the Messages menu Optimal use of the Messages feature permits the restaurant to target communications to specific areas of the restaurant promote sales and special offerings encourage employees in their daily tasks and add a personal touch to otherwise impersonal machines You can use preprogrammed events available in the Aloha POS system to make messages display or print in desired locations Select Maintenance gt System gt Events to schedule events as needed Select Maintenance gt Messages to display the Messages menu 7 Aloha Manager QuickServi Eile Functions Repor ite ities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Labor Menu Payments
477. ole Dollars 3 24 Overtime Type 3 21 P panel commands 5 53 Close a Group of Panels 5 73 Close a Panel 5 71 Create a New Button 5 75 Delete a Panel 5 72 Edit a Panel 5 70 Move a Button 5 81 Open an Existing Panel 5 66 Resize a Button 5 83 Save a Group of Panels 5 73 Show Panels for Screen 5 72 Test a Screen 5 73 Panels and Panels on Screen View Lists 5 152 Password Expires 4 22 Pay Period Days 3 24 Paychex 2 38 Paychex Branch 3 24 Paychex Client 3 25 Paychex Sitecode 3 25 Payment Reconciliation 2 29 PayUSA 2 39 Percent Off 6 38 Percentage 6 29 6 34 Performance Measures 4 37 Petty Accounts function tab 7 50 Play Video 5 122 PLU List 5 122 PMS 6 14 PMS Inquire 5 123 PMS Room 6 15 PMS Sales Cat 5 35 PMS Tender ID 6 14 Positive Format 6 48 Postfix Lines 3 55 Pre Text 3 111 Preferences 10 7 Prefers Qwerty Keyboard 4 7 Prefix 6 48 6 49 1 8 Index Prefix Lines 3 55 Preopen Cash Drawer 3 93 Price Changes 5 198 Price Levels 5 28 5 196 5 200 Price Levels function tab 5 196 Primary Tax 5 23 Print parentheses for Quantity Items 3 71 Print a Grand Total 3 48 Print a Separator Line Between Priority 3 68 Print All Items 3 78 Print All Items on Each Chit 3 67 Print Balance on Receipt 6 15 Print Bar Code 3 53 Print Cash Drawer Serial Number 3 107 Print Category Totals 3 48 Print Check 6 21 6 39 Print Check Count 3 73 Print Check Counter 3 107 Print Check Number on Chits 3 67 Print Check on Close
478. ollar amount the employee receives for each delivery Driver Fee Represents the percentage of merchandise charges the employee receives for each delivery Mileage Fee Represents the dollar per mile reimbursement the employee receives for each delivery DL Exp Holds the employee s driver license expiration date in mm dd yyyy format It is the manager s responsibility to monitor expired dates Insurance Exp Holds the employee s automobile insurance expiration date in mm dd yyyy format It is the manager s responsibility to monitor expired dates Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Labor Maintenance Functions 4 13 SOUBUDIUIEIN 1oqe Tax Subtab Use the Tax subtab to enter employee information for tax filing purposes and to track additional user definable information Select the Tax subtab from the Employees function tab to enter tax information for the selected employee shown in Figure 4 9 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Maintenance Number BESET Employee Job Codes Zap Delve Tax Back Office Security Job Status jo Full time z Se A Marital Status M Single z g Number of Dependents fo Other Employee Codes Undefined Code 1 Gaye Barcel Delete To edit press Retum to add type unused ID and Return Figure 4 9 Employee Tax Subtab Job Status Denotes whe
479. olume Level Enables the employee to change the Volume Level This meets scenarios where management can alert the kitchen for preparation time when large unexpected parties arrive It is also useful for locations in or around movie theatres This function is used with remote display systems Menu Maintenance Functions 5 149 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SUBUDIUIEIN nus To add a volume level button 1 Select Volume Level from the Functions drop down list An addi tional option displays as shown in Figure 5 115 Edit Buttons Quick Service x Function ESAE Volume m Text Volume nLevel C Left C Top Center Center Right Bottom r Background Color T Transparent Highlight r Bitmap F Tile I Transparent J Display Tet Justify None z Left icp on Genter Center Up None z Fight Botton Down J None 7 Preview OK Volume m Hint Level Cmca Change the current volume level Allows preparation for large unexpected parties Figure 5 115 Volume Level Button Function 2 Select the volume level from the Volume list box Volume Levels are defined in Maintenance gt System gt Volume Level 3 Click OK 5 150 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Screen Editor Once you complete the creation of panels and their buttons use Screen Edit
480. omponent in the Update field and choose the desired item from the drop down list 15 Lines are available for defining qualifying items Upsell Item Select the upsell item from the drop down list For example if the quick combo contains a medium drink the upsell item is a large drink Surcharge Enter an amount for a modifier charge if applicable on the upsell item For example a hamburger combo meal comes with a drink and fries The upsell items would increase the fries and drink to a large fry and large drink If a milk shake is sold with the combo an additional charge of 1 00 would be added 6 36 Payments Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Comps Comps is an extensive feature that allows the definition and configuration of a wide array of comps for use in the Aloha POS system Comps are created using the dialog boxes in conjunction with the categories defined in Mainte nance gt Menu gt Categories Comps are placed on the FOH using the Panel Editor feature accessed in Maintenance gt Menu gt Panel Editor Categories are an important part of comps A full understanding of categories is important in order to get the most from the Comps feature Comps are often defined in terms of a category and depending on the needs of the restaurant it may be necessary to create special non sales non retail categories just for use in comps When setting up a comp do not include revenue items for discount
481. on applies only to installations using RDB The Aloha system supports both SQL Server and Access If you are using the SuperSite please consult the user manual for more information 10 22 Utilities Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Regrind Subdirectories The Regrind Subdirectories function enables you to regrind dated subdirecto ries You can also schedule this function to run within a time frame The Regrind function makes a request to the Grind Manager program to gather all dated subdirectories gathers them together in a list and returns this list to the Regrind function Select Utilities gt Regrind Subdirectories The Regrind Subdirectories func tion tab displays as shown in Figure 10 14 7 Aloha Manager TableService Of x Eile Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee A TPR ce Rs nites citer E Duplicate Directory for Store Employee Store Terminal DOB _ Date Grinded Grind Version Maintenance 20000802 9 18 2000 08 56 5 133 20000803 10 24 2000 11 54 5 136 20000804 10 24 2000 12 05 5136 20000816 8 16 2000 13 14 5 005 20000817 8 16 2000 13 24 5 005 20000818 8 16 2000 13 14 5 005 20000819 8 16 2000 13 24 5 005 20000820 8 16 2000 13 14 5 005 20000821 8 16 2000 14 49 5 005 20000822 8 16 200014 49 5 005 x k On Off I Restrict Time Start ett l Othe Num Grinds fe Mark To Grind Unmark To Grind Cmon Amea m Time Restric
482. on in the FOH But tons for specific amounts can be created when the Cash check box is selected For example a cash tender type with a default amount of 20 00 can be created for a cash bill of this denomination Configuring bills in this man ner saves time at the FOH terminal when applying payments Active Sets the defined tender type to active placing the corresponding tender button on the order entry terminals in the button position defined in Panel Editor Only one tender type can occupy a button position at any one time Track No longer used by the system Can Refund Assigns refund ability to the tender Non cash tenders that require this status must have this selection enabled In the case of credit cards refunds are available without this setting if the Authorize Using EDC setting on the Authorization subtab is not enabled If you are using EDC to authorize and post credit card charges you must enable the Can Refund feature before refunds can be made Affect Deposit Indicates the tender affects the over short calculation of deposits Select this check box for tenders such as cash and personal checks Clear the check box for tenders such as credit cards Print Check on Close Sets the tender type to automatically print a copy of the guest check when the check is closed If Print Check on Close is applied to the default tender Cash it applies to all increments of defined cash tenders For exam
483. onfiguration files in the NEWDATA subdirectory are copied over the existing database and configuration files in the DATA subdirectory This updates the files with any additions and modifications made during the day 7 Ifthe process is successful the system places a file named DONE30 in the dated subdirectory signifying the EOD procedure completed successfully Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Utilities 10 17 sonian 8 The EOD indicator file in the DATA subdirectory is deleted thus permitting the order entry terminals on the network to restart If the 24 Hour Operation check box is active steps are omitted from the EOD process thus shortening it For example all open sales remain open and carry over to the new business day Employees working when the EOD occurs are clocked out and clocked back in by the system but they are not checked out This process allows 24 hour restaurants to continue business without interruption although the Front of House is temporarily suspended for approximately one minute a The 24 Hour Operation check box is on the End of Day subtab v located in Maintenance gt Store Settings gt System group Force End of Day is normally selected only after encountering a problem in the normal EOD process Although not recommended the EOD may be run at any unscheduled time either with the Force End of Day selection from the Utilities menu or from the manager screen on order entry term
484. onfiguration of hardware that is typi cally attached to the Aloha system such as terminals cash drawers printers and remote display system devices Chapter 9 Messages This chapter discusses the features available on the Messages menu These are used to generate messages for communicating with individual employees the restaurant staff or the guests Chapter 10 Utilities This chapter discusses the Aloha system features that deal with data verifica tion controlling the Front of House database upgrade handling data and the End of Day functions Glossary Index xvi Introduction Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Conventions Used in This Book Special graphic symbols are used in this manual to alert you to important points The following symbols are used Highlights a special point of interest about the topic under discussion Alerts you that the operation being described can cause problems if you are not careful Points to a more complete discussion in another chapter of the current book or other reference material Points to a useful hint that may save you time or trouble i iN Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Introduction xvii xviii Introduction Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Aloha Manager This chapter discusses the components and uses of the graphical user interface with which one interacts with the back of house functions in the Aloha system Standard Button Functi
485. ons ccccseeeeeseeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeaaeeaeeeaeeees 1 4 CULPA SS ae dad iiaei ice sores a cine E at 1 5 QuickService File M nu cccccceeesesseessneeeeeeesesensneeeeeeeeneesees 1 5 QuickService Screen Components ccccccceeeceesteceeeeeeesseessaaes 1 8 F ncti n Tabs ee 1 8 Function Tab Title Bar cccccccccccceccceeecceceeceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 1 9 Function SUDtADS ccccccccccceecceeceecceeeeeeceeeeeeeecaeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 10 Perform Database Edits Using Right Click ssssssessneessneeesereneene 1 11 Database Editing Commands ceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeentnaeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 11 Navigation Options a5 ccxs cucsaxeceassacctenseaecutean ctersanan bacthauzeceuseesecdaread 1 15 Navigation e ee eer eee neon perenne ener nner ee rere er ree een 1 15 Customize the Navigation Bar cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennnneeeeeeeeeeees 1 16 Keyboard SUPPO tercina enei nein E aE E R 1 21 PATIO PAG OS rrenen esia eiiean a E N iaaa aiia 1 23 1 2 Aloha Manager Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 This introduces the Aloha system Back of House BOH application Aloha Manager The Aloha Manager application and its interface brings a com pletely integrated feel to the BOH workstation All BOH functions of the Aloha system regardless of their former locations in earlier versions are now accessible from within Aloha Manager BackOffice applications such as Inventor
486. or mational Prompt panels Figure 5 14 meet most requirements where employ ees are required to offer the guest a dessert or drink or the item is free a Figure 5 14 Informational Prompt Panel Example 5 16 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Modifier Panel Modifier panels Figure 5 15 contain all order modifiers which modify menu items for kitchen preparation If there is a limited amount of modifiers some times they are included on the menu panel itself MODIFIERS LIGHT NO s pat eed ADD DC MAYO Sare BACON GIO MUST TiS CHEESE KETCHUP ONIONS TTR LETTUCE Mee Open Food Figure 5 15 Modifier Panel Example There are several variations and methods of using modifiers System Modifier Screen Use the system modifier screen which is invoked by the Modify button function Refer to the Modify button function in the Button Functions section in this chapter Modify Panel Screens Use the system generated screens created by the Modify Panel feature Select the Screen Flow Required and Use Modify Panel check boxes and select a panel from the Panel drop down list in Main tenance gt Menu gt Modifiers The selected panel is a blank panel created in Maintenance gt Menu gt Panel Editor The Modifier Panel feature creates FOH screens with the modifiers attached to a corresponding item The screens are sized according to the number of modifiers and ea
487. or blue text on buttons WHITE 255 255 25 5 RGB value of the color to substitute for white text on buttons BLACK 0 0 0 RGB value of the color to substitute for black text on buttons PURPLE 255 0 255 RGB value of the color to substitute for purple text on buttons MAROON 128 0 0 RGB value of the color to substitute for maroon text on buttons MSGBMPPREFIX Msg The prefix for the default message box animation bitmaps Name the files as the following x1 bmp x2bmp x3bmp and so on where x is the prefix For exam ple Msg1 bmp Msg2 bmp and so on PRTBMPPREFIX MsgPrt The prefix for the printer error message box animation bitmaps Name the files as the following x1 bmp x2bmp x3bmp and so on where x is the prefix For example MsgPrt1 bmp MsgPrt2 bmp and so on ARROWBMPPRE FIX Arrow The prefix for the six scroll button bit maps Name the files as the following xUp bmp xPageUp bmp xDown bmp xPageDown bmp xLeft bomp and xRight bmp where x is the prefix For example ArrowUp bmp ArrowPage Down bmp and so on You must store all bitmaps in the BMP folder If you are not using a setting do not leave it blank Comment it out by using a semicolon at the beginning of the variable Otherwise it will force the value to zero or blank instead of the default Use the RGB value 192 192 193 to specify gray because the usual value of 192 192 19
488. or to combine panels and save them as home screens the main screen that each employee sees when logging in Create as many screens as necessary and S then assign them to specific job codes Perret 4 Labor Mainte nance Functions for more Select Maintenance gt Menu gt Screen Editor to display the Screen Editor information about Job Codes function tab as shown in Figure 5 116 7 Aloha Manager QuickService Eile Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help _ Employee Mai QS Screen Maintenance amp Big One Home 1 Employee Name Bia One Home Maintenance Test Panel Editor Panel Type Buton Functions z Included in Screen Background Color rm Screen Bitmap F Tile T Transparent e De Screen Editor To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return Figure 5 116 Screen Editor Function Tab Screen Holds a two digit number that together with Name uniquely iden tifies the order entry screen To create a new screen enter an unused number and press Enter To edit an existing screen select it from the drop down list and press Enter Name Identifies the purpose of the home screen such as Drive Thru or Counter Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 151 SUBUDIUIEIN nus Test Button Click Test to display the complete home screen as it will appear in the FOH To exit the
489. or Days Time and Other Wages The Other Wages functionality is located in the lower section of the function tab Employee Displays a list of employees for selection in a drop down list Hours Specifies the total hours that employee is due for the corresponding wage type For example a typical entry for one day s pay of vacation time might show 8 hours You must enter five 8 hour entries one for each day to cover a 40 hour vacation Functions 2 13 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 suonoun4 cS Refer to Chap ter 4 Labor Maintenance Functions for more information on wage types Amount Specifies the total dollar amount that employee is due for the cor responding wage type For example a typical entry for an employee who earns 6 00 an hour and who will be paid for four hours of sick time is 24 00 It is possible to enter a negative or debit amount i e 4 00 if you are deducting an amount for a uniform or some other authorized deduction How ever deductions to pay should always be supported by documentation in the form of an acknowledgement by the employee for the dollar amount involved Job Code Displays predefined job codes for employees in a drop down list This is controlled by the Punch Edit Limit Job Codes check box on the Employee Settings subtab located in Maintenance gt Store Settings gt Labor group If this check box is not selected all defined job codes are
490. or feature accessed in Maintenance gt Menu gt Panel Editor Refer to Chap ter 5 Menu n A Maintenance Fimctions for Select Maintenance gt Payments gt Tenders to display the Tenders function tab further information on shown in F igure 6 2 using Panel Editor 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Tools View Help Tender Maintenance Number fo03 Visa x Tender Type Identification Authorization Back Office Reconciliation Name VISA p Overpayment T Allow Overpayment Je Limit By Percent Report As None Excess bo Printer None 00 z Jn Menane can Always OVEA Defaut Amt 00 T Provide Change F Active I Print Check On Close r Tips M Track Open Drawer On Close T Allow Tips W CanRetund I Print Signature Line Mazmantip foo0000 Affect Deposit T Remove Tip Line if Auto Gratuity Save Cancel Dete To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Retum NUM 7 Figure 6 2 Tenders Number Holds a three digit number that together with Name uniquely identifies the tender record To create a new record enter an unused number and press Enter To edit an existing record scroll through the Number drop down list select the record and press Enter The Tenders function tab provides the following subtabs Tender Type Iden tification Authorization Back Office and Reconciliation 6 4 Payments Maintenance Functions Alo
491. or from the QuickService menu Navigation Bar The Aloha Manager navigation bar enables you to launch associated functions as if the corresponding menu item were selected The nav bar is displayed upon login and holds groups which contain shortcuts to specific functions There are three different types of groups user shared and user tools User groups are defined by employees for their own personal use When the employee logs in the user specific groups display on the nav bar Every employee may define user groups to display on the nav bar for their personal use However the functions that can be added to the user group are deter mined by the security level to which they are assigned Shared groups are available to every employee that logs in to the system However the functions to which the logged in employee does not have access display as a padlock Only employees assigned to a security level with the Shared NavBar Configuration function selected can maintain shared groups Use the user tools group to access applications available on the back office system or a connected network Microsoft Word and Excel are examples of user tools Only employees assigned to a security level with the User Tools Configuration function selected can maintain the user tools group Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Aloha Manager 1 15 sebeue eyolVy The advantage of declaring applications as user tools is they can be run directly from the
492. or the FOH flash report Figure 3 34 Printing Group Reports Subtab FOH Flash Report Time Interval Represents the number of minutes per interval for the FOH flash report Print Flash Report Enables the Print button to display on the FOH Entire Day Summary page of the Flash report Suppress FOH Labor Report Wages Does not print wages on the FOH Labor report 3 62 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Printing Chits The Printing Chits group enables you to set up various chit print styles and content as well as other chits To access the Printing Chits group options select Maintenance gt Store Settings Select Printing Chits from the Group drop down list The corresponding subtabs display with Chit Content as the default subtab Chit Content Subtab The Chit Content subtab enables you to specify the items printed on each chit the print mode and how the items are sorted Select the Chit Content subtab from the Printing Chits group as shown in Figure 3 35 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Store Settings Maintenance Group Printing Chits z Chit Content Chit Style Chit Appearance Chit Fields Other Chits Chine I Disable standalone chit printing 9 Chit Cc a 0 p Brint message if order contains Items Ta e routed to more than one order printer T Use Full Paper Cuts Single Chit Printing Options T
493. or to display the Color dialog box and set the background color of the button To add or change the color of the button background 1 Click Color in the Background inset The Color dialog box displays Figure 5 33 2 Select a color for the button background and click OK You are returned to the Edit Button dialog box Transparent Displays the background of the panel as the same color or bitmap of the panel in which the button resides creating a 3 D effect This effect is useful when a color is defined or when bitmaps are attached to the panel The button background displays as transparent as shown in the left example of Figure 5 54 Potions Fa comard a7 x POA Hel shs oy 2053 Button without Transparency Button with Transparency Panel 120 y 135 cw 320 cy 285 Figure 5 54 Background with or without Transparency Examples Menu Maintenance Functions 5 77 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 sUeUDIUIEIN nus Highlight Button Click Highlight to display the Color dialog box and define the highlight color of the button This is the background color to which the button changes when you selected it in the FOH To add or change the highlight color of the button background 1 Click Highlight The Color dialog box displays Figure 5 33 2 Select a color for the background and click OK You are returned to the Edit Button dialog box Bitmap Inset Add bitma
494. ordered and allows the guest to catch any errors before the order is sent to the kitchen Most display boards show a continually scrolling greeting message When an employee begins taking an order the Aloha FOH determines if a display is currently active If so it writes to the display when an item is rung up Items removed from the order are also removed from the display board This enables the customer to see exactly what the kitchen thinks was ordered pro viding them the opportunity to stop the order process if something appears to be incorrect The number of lines showing on the display board at one time depends upon the capabilities of the installed hardware If the order has more lines to display than the capacity of the display board only the most recent lines show up on the display board up to the maximum number supported by the display board Most of the time messages written to the display board are generated from the connected terminal however it is common to have two terminals operating during peak times where one terminal captures the order and the other termi nal captures the payment Then when business slows one terminal is often shut down and the remaining terminal captures both the order and receives the payment To provide the ability to manually reroute the destination of orders to another display board from the FOH add a Reroute Display Board button function to a FOH panel as explained in Panel Editor located in
495. ortcuts Shortcut Text and Function text boxes 8 Select the Apply current settings as default for new user check box if you wish to make this navigation bar available by default for all new employees i e employees who have never logged in before 9 Click Apply The record is saved 10 Repeat steps 3 through 9 until the desired functions are added 11 Click OK to exit the Customize function and add the new functions to the user nav bar 1 18 Aloha Manager Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Shared Navigation Bar Subtab Click the Shared Navigation Bar subtab to establish the functions available to every employee that logs in to the system Figure 1 8 security level only If the logged in employee does not have access Logged in employees have access to functions assigned to their toa shared function a padlock displays on the nav bar Groups Displays currently installed shared groups New Group Button Click New Group to create a new shared group Group Text Holds a descriptive name for the selected shared group or the group that is about to be created Shortcuts Displays currently defined shortcuts in the shared group When defining a new shortcut the text New Shortcut displays New Shortcut Button Click New Shortcut to create a new shared shortcut Shortcut Text Holds a descriptive name for the shortcut to display in the shared group Function Lists the functions availa
496. ot Found to open the FOH Open Item screen for entering a description and a price if the PLU item number is not defined in Maintenance gt Menu gt Items 4 Select an open item to associate with the PLU list function This works in conjunction with the Chain to Open Item if Not Found check box and the list box displays with a list of all items that have Open Item selected in Maintenance gt Menu gt Items 5 Click OK PMS Inquire Enables inquiries about a guest s status to determine information such as whether the guest is registered at the hotel and has the authority to charge orders to his or her room Used with the PMS Interface product Menu Maintenance Functions 5 123 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Ss UeUDIUIEIN nus Print Checkout Prints the checkout report To add a print checkout button 1 Select Print Checkout from the Function drop down list An addi tional option displays as shown in Figure 5 93 Edit Buttons Quick Service x Function Print Checkout x m Text Print nCheckout Justify Color o C Top Center Center om C Right Bottom m Background Color I Transparent Highlight m Bitmap F Tie ent Display Text Justify None z eiei On None Up None x Down None 7 m Preview OK Print Checkout Hint Cancel Prints a checkout Figure 5 93 Print Checkout Button Function 2 If
497. otion cannot be applied Qualifying Items Works in conjunction with the Qualify check box and specifies the category to include or exclude when determining if the promo tion is still valid Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Payments Maintenance Functions 6 33 aoueusuleW sjuowAeg Use the following table to achieve the desired results Qualify Qualifying Items Result Selected Selected Category Compares the amount specified in Check Minimum to the total amount of all ordered items in the Qualifying Items category to determine if you can apply the promotion Cleared Selected Category Compares the amount specified in Check Min imum to the total amount of all ordered items not in the Qualifying Items category to deter mine if you can apply the promotion Reduce by Inset Percentage Reduces the check by a percentage Enter the percentage in the Amount text box Naal z Do not select Percentage if the guest check should be reduced by a fixed dollar amount Amount Treats the value as a percentage for percentage coupons and as a dollar amount for fixed value coupons Percentages are entered as decimals such as 0 50 for 50 100 free is entered as 1 00 Quick Combo Promotion Type The Quick Combo promotion type requires a combination of items to be grouped together for a special price Up to ten items can be combined For instance a burger an order
498. ount is applied to each entree indi vidually creating three entries on the guest check for 2 00 each However if Max Per Check is set to 2 the discount can be applied to 2 entrees only for a maximum discount of 4 00 6 30 Payments Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 New Price Promotion Type The New Price promotion assigns a special promotional price to menu items without affecting prices elsewhere in the system For example an entree that normally sells for 12 50 can be purchased for 9 50 with the New Price pro motion This type of promotion is different in that in sets the price for the item as opposed to calculating a new price based on a percentage or dollar amount discount It is also different in that the item s eligible for discount are speci fied instead of allowing the discount to be applied to any item in a particular category Restrictions can be placed on the promotion For example the customer may have to purchase two entrees to receive a dessert that normally sells for 5 50 at a discounted price of 4 00 An example of a new price promotion is shown in Figure 6 14 Minimum Required Bo Required Items faLLFooD 1 gt Maximum Allowed a Free Modifiers Nonm ltem New Price ltem New Price MV Auto Apply Ok Cancel Figure 6 14 Promotions New Price Minimum Required Used in conjunction with Required Items to set up New Price promotions requiring the purchase of an
499. oup Security x Min 0 01 Restrict Void Items Mag 300 00 of minutes after ordered 5 i Open Item Amounts Time Allowed To Void Entries J Bestict Open Items By Access Level I Disable Real Time Updates Store Settings Number of minutes allowed to void an entry after it has been ordered NUM 7 Figure 7 36 Restrictions Subtab In the Time Allowed to Void Entries inset select Restrict Void Items and specify a time interval in minutes Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 System Maintenance Functions 7 47 SoUeUDdIUIEIN wajsks No Sale Reasons The No Sale Reasons function tab provides the ability to define or change No Sale Reasons When a cash drawer is opened or other actions take place that can potentially impact the interpretation of the daily sales and business reports it is often useful to have that action accompanied by a No Sale Reason message in the daily reports If an employee is assigned to an access level with No Sale selected the Open Drawer button is available otherwise it does not display on the FOH terminal When this button is selected without first entering a sale a reason for the no sale must be selected Select Maintenance gt System gt No Sale Reasons to display the No Sale Rea sons function tab as shown in Figure 7 37 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Empl
500. owing table shows examples of results generated by criteria you may set for split first shifts Criteria Pay 2 hours minimum and 4 hours maximum at regular pay rate Scenario Result Bob is scheduled to work 4 hours but works 3 Bob is paid for his actual hours worked since he worked more than half his scheduled shift Bob is scheduled to work 6 hours but works 2 5 Bob is paid for his actual hours worked plus 3 additional hours for a total of 5 5 hours The 3 hours is due to the fact that he was scheduled for 6 half of which is 3 He received the 3 since he did not work at least that many The system generates an Other Wages entry as System Worked lt half scheduled Bob is scheduled to work 4 hours but works 1 75 Bob is paid for his actual hours worked plus 2 hours for working less than half his scheduled shift for a total of 3 75 hours The system gen erates an Other Wages entry as System Worked lt half scheduled Figure 3 19 Split First Shift Table Shift Not Scheduled Minimum hours Represents the minimum hour s to pay if the employee is not scheduled to work A valid range is 1 00 to 24 00 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 35 s6uly9S 9103S 3 36 Store Settings The following tables show examples of results generated by criteria you may set for split shifts Criteria System is set to pay 2 hours m
501. own list that enables the user to select the modifiers A panel can be created in Panel Editor for the modifiers Typically a blank panel is created in Panel Editor and selected for the modifiers to display This method enables the panel to be used for multiple modifier groups Modifier Item Buttons The Modifiers dialog box contains button positions that are used to add items to the modifier group Click the arrow button s to toggle between the button positions if more items are required for the modifier group Modifier items display on order entry terminals in the order in which they are placed on the Modifiers Group Maintenance dialog box therefore you should consider the order in which order takers typically select modifiers To perform maintenance such as delete cut copy and paste right click the mouse on a button containing a modifier item To move a modifier click and drag the button to a new position To place a modifier item in the modifier group 1 Double click the desired button position The Modifier Item dialog box displays as shown in Figure 5 24 Modifier Item Weight 1 Pricing Options Price 0 00 C Use item Price ooo Price Level 0 im Figure 5 24 Modifier Item Dialog Box Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 1 Refer to Chap ter 1 Aloha Manager for detailed instructions about perform ing maintenenance using right click Menu Maintenance Functions 5 41
502. ox located in Maintenance gt Labor gt Job Codes gt TableService subtab Check text Specifies the text to print on order taker chits This text box is used only if Print Order Taker Chits is selected Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 77 s6uly9S 9103S User Interface The User Interface group enables you to define settings for the FOH touch screen such as screen timeouts screen beeps and order entry screen settings To access store settings for User Interface select Maintenance gt Store Set tings Select User Interface from the Group drop down list The correspond ing subtabs display with POS as the default subtab as shown in Figure 3 43 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help POS Order Screen GuickService Layout Pole Settings Volume Levels IV Show Cursor Qwerty By Employee x IT Show Redundant Mode Indicator oo MO Enhanced Graphical Interface I Use QuickSearch Employee Lookup Graphic Theme Deta T Disable Graphics on FOH T Disable Graphics in Maintenance T No Total Lines on unordered Checks T Accept Keyboard Input Logo Screen Contact Information 1 800 794LOHA ha Store Settings Indicate touches with a large X NUM Z Figure 3 43 User Interface Group POS Subtab The User Interface group provides the following subtabs POS Order Screen QuickService Layout Pole Set
503. oyee Mnt Item Mint Description Make Change To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return NUM da Figure 7 37 No Sale Reasons Function Tab ID Holds a two digit number that together with Description uniquely identifies the record Up to 10 no sale reasons may be entered To create a new record enter an unused number and press Enter To edit an existing record select it from the ID drop down list and press Enter 7 48 System Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Description Designates the name of the no sale reason The name should be descriptive of the reason for ease of reference System Maintenance Functions 7 49 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Ss UeUDdIUIEIN wia shs Petty Accounts The Petty Accounts function tab provides the ability to define a tracking sys tem for petty cash transactions There are two types of accounts Cash In accounts for petty cash Paid Ins and Cash Out accounts for petty cash Paid Outs The system permits up to 20 petty cash accounts Select Maintenance gt System gt Petty Accounts to display the Petty Accounts function tab as shown in Figure 7 38 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Petty Cash Account Maintenance SA Employee Maintenance I Affects Deposit Cash Accounts Name Pus Cash In Account M Starting Bank C Cash Out A
504. oyees three levels of comps For example an employee with 1 year of employment can be given a 50 discount whereas an employee with 1 month of employ ment can be given a 10 discount Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Payments Maintenance Functions 6 43 aoueUsUleW sjuowAeg House Accounts The Aloha POS system enables the definition of house accounts and treats them as accounts receivable within the system when coupled with a correctly defined house account tender type in Maintenance gt Payments gt Tenders When a house account payment is tendered on the FOH the system asks for the account The account number entered must match either the account num ber or account name of a valid house account or the payment is rejected Select Maintenance gt Payments gt House Accounts to display the House Account function tab as shown in Figure 6 20 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help House Account Maintenance amp Employee m Address e ount E Maintenance Account EMI 1320 Tennis Dr Account Name ALEX Name Eirst alexander es MaR Montys SCS Ciy Town Bedor ai State TX Telephone 817 252 9499 Postal Code 76122 T Inactive House Accounts To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return NUM WY Figure 6 20 House Accounts Account Holds a five digit number that together with Name uniqu
505. p Center Center C Bottom C Closing Counts C Bottom I Bitmap Only Text Color Advanced Highlight ghlight Preview Figure 5 98 Quick Count Button Function 2 Select ONE of the following options Opening Counts Opens the FOH Open Counts screen with the list of tracking items with Open Counts selected as defined in Mainte nance gt Quick Count gt Tracking Items Add Counts Opens the FOH Add Counts screen with the list of tracking items with Add Counts selected as defined in Maintenance gt Quick Count gt Tracking Items Usage Counts Opens the FOH Usage Counts screen with the list of tracking items with Use Counts selected as defined in Mainte nance gt Quick Count gt Tracking Items 5 130 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Waste Counts Opens the FOH Waste Counts screen with the list of tracking items with Waste Counts selected as defined in Mainte nance gt Quick Count gt Tracking Items Close Counts Opens the FOH Close Counts screen with the list of tracking items with Close Counts selected as defined in Mainte nance gt Quick Count gt Tracking Items 3 Click OK Recall Opens a FOH selection dialog box after a terminal is selected and permits a guest check to be recalled with authorization To add a recall button 1 Select Recall from the Function drop down list Additional options display as shown in Figure 5 99
506. pace Evenly Side to Side 5 91 Space Evenly Up and Down 5 93 button functions 5 98 Adjust Tender 5 99 Adjust Tips 5 99 Allow Clock In 5 99 Assign Driver 5 100 Break 5 100 Break In Out 5 100 Calibrate 5 100 5 101 Change Size 5 102 Checkout 5 105 Clear 5 105 Clear Password 5 106 Close Check 5 106 Comp 5 107 Customer Information 5 108 Delete All Items 5 110 Delete Checkout 5 110 Delete Clockout 5 110 Delivery 5 110 Delivery Information 5 111 Disable Labor Schedule 5 111 Edit Break 5 113 Edit Time 5 113 Eject Cash Card 5 113 End Of Day 5 113 Exit 5 113 Force Tender 5 114 Get Check 5 114 Item Lookup 5 114 Kodiak Entry 5 114 Kodiak Exit 5 114 Manage Delivery Drivers 5 115 Manage Delivery Orders 5 115 Manage Drawers 5 115 Modifier Code 5 115 Modify 5 116 Name Order 5 116 New Order 5 117 Open Drawer 5 118 Order Item 5 118 Order Modifier 5 119 Order Type 5 120 Play Video 5 122 PLU List 5 122 PMS Inquire 5 123 Print Receipt 5 125 Promo 5 125 Promo Lookup 5 126 Quantity 5 126 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Query Cash Card Balance 5 127 Quick Combo 5 127 Quick Combo Level 5 129 Quick Count 5 130 Recall 5 131 Recall Next 5 132 Recall Next Open 5 132 Recall Previous 5 132 Refund 5 132 Reopen Check 5 132 Repeat 5 132 Report Daily Summary 5 133 Report Flash 5 133 Report PMix 5 133 Report Prep 5 133 Report Quick Count 5 135 Report Restaurant Labor 5 133 Report Restaurant Sales 5 133 Reroute Printer
507. physical location such as Kitchen Patio or Dining 1 This can assist when a terminal fails by reporting a specific location in the error message and is useful when troubleshooting the network Printers Inset This inset enables you to define and direct the output of the terminal to print ers in the restaurant according to your needs This capability provides the flexibility to print kitchen orders labels for take out orders credit card receipts and guest checks on different printers in different locations within the restaurant Default Printer Specifies a previously defined printer that may or may not be physically attached to the terminal This should be the printer that is normally used for local printing by the defined terminal Local printing includes guest checks printed reports and messages The actual physical con nections between a terminal and a printer are set up in Maintenance gt Hard ware gt Printers To select a printer scroll through the drop down list and choose a previously defined printer Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Hardware Maintenance Functions 8 7 SUeUDdIUIEIN oJeMpJeH Default Printer Button Click Default Printer to access the Printers function tab Here you can perform maintenance in the printers function including add new records if the printer you need is not there Voucher Printer Designates the printer for EDC vouchers for credit cards This also requires a previous
508. pieH Readers Subtab Settings on the Readers subtab enable you to define any of several input devices that are used to identify customers or employees and to interface with their credit card companies as appropriate Select the Readers subtab to dis play these settings shown in Figure 8 4 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Terminal Maintenance Term ID MEEA General Readers other m Magnetic Stripe Reader r Bar Code Reader I Use Mag Stripe Reader I Use Bar Code Reader Type Keyboard wedge z Pot RT Card Pot0 oros Type Generic Serial z I Track 2 Only p Pen Reader _ gt Thumb Scanner M Use Pen Reader I Use Thumb Scanner Port RT Card Port 0 z Type Veridicom z Gaye Cancel Delete To edit press Retum to add type unused ID and Retum NUM Za Figure 8 4 Terminals Readers Subtab Magnetic Stripe Reader Inset Use Mag Stripe Reader Indicates a magnetic stripe reader is physically attached to the defined terminal If a magnetic stripe reader is not used this setting should be cleared Type Defines the comparable type of magnetic stripe reader attached to the terminal Select the type of magnetic stripe reader from the drop down list 8 12 Hardware Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 OPOS If an OPOS MSR is selected as the MSR type the OPOS text box b
509. placed in a sales or retail category are automatically assigned to the first sequential sales or retail category New categories can be as general or as specific as desired In the simplest form sales categories could be created for Non Alcoholic Beverages Food Liquor Wine Beer and Other In a more detailed form sales categories could be created for Non Alcoholic Beverages Alcoholic Beverages Coffee Tea Appetizers Soups Salads Burgers Sandwiches Sides and Desserts The more specific the sales category the more detailed the reporting 5 34 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Select Maintenance gt Menu gt Categories to display the Categories function tab as shown in Figure 5 22 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Category Maintenance Category UMME Category Type 2 5 Sales Derin E F Retail C NonSales PMS Sales Cat Jo AR Sales Cat 0 Max per Check 399 000100 lt lt BURGERS gt gt a 000109 Cheddar Burger 000110 Double Checker w c Bemove lt nclude Save Canca Delete To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return NUM A Figure 5 22 Categories Function Tab Category Holds a four digit number that together with Description uniquely identifies each category record To create a new record enter an unused number and press Enter To edit an existing reco
510. play with Scheduling as the default subtab as shown in Figure 3 6 Employee Maintenance Cour mE Break s Shifts Labor Policies Employee Settings Clock In Out Electronic Payroll Settings M aios Enion cn One SAR Fa Dy T Prompt for Manager Password if unscheduled IV Use Schedule IV Schedule is Not Required I Use Punctuality Allow Clock In Early 5 minutes Allow Clockin Late i Number of Minutes for Allow Clockin TE mi Transaction 18 minutes Save Cancel Select the option category you are interested in viewing or editing NM Figure 3 6 Labor Group Scheduling Subtab The Labor group provides the following subtabs Scheduling Employee Set tings Clock In Out Electronic Payroll Settings Breaks Shifts and Labor Policies Scheduling Subtab The Scheduling subtab enables you to define scheduling requirements for each employee such as multiple shift allowances schedule requirements and punctuality control features 3 12 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Allow Employees Only One Shift Per Day Employees can work only one shift per day Prompt for Manager Password if Unscheduled Prompts for a manager s password if an employee attempts to clock in but is not scheduled to work Use Schedule Activates either Aloha Employee Scheduling or Aloha Labor Scheduler depending upon which scheduling program you use Schedule is Not Re
511. ple 5 00 10 00 and 20 00 tenders are all defined as cash tenders on the Type subtab Any guest check closed with these tenders singly or in combination causes the guest check to print if this setting is enabled because they are defined as cash tenders Open Drawer on Close Automatically opens the cash drawer when the check is closed It should not be selected for tender types that do not need the cash drawer opened Print Signature Line Prints a signature line on the guest check This is a useful option for house accounts 6 6 Payments Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Overpayment Inset Allow Overpayment Permits an amount greater than the guest check total to be entered in the FOH when the guest check is closed therefore allowing the customer to receive cash back The excess amount can be limited to a per centage of the guest check or it can be a set dollar amount Limit by Percent Defines the amount entered in Excess as a percentage not a set dollar amount Excess Used in conjunction with the Allow Overpayment check box Enter a decimal percentage if Limit By Percent is selected 20 20 or enter a set dollar amount 10 00 10 00 Manager Can Always Overpay Prompts the manager to enter a password to override the limit defined in Limit By Percent and Excess Provide Change Calculates change for the customer for this tender type Change due is di
512. ppearance before it is saved Hint Line The Hint line is available for helpful tips for each button function Select OK to add the button to the panel Refer to the rest of this section for further information regarding the properties of buttons 5 80 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Single Button Commands Once you create a button you can edit move resize copy and delete it When you save the panel in which the button resides all properties of the but ton are saved Use the Coordinates tool where applicable Edit Button Use the Edit Button dialog box to edit the properties of a button such as text color justification and more Click the desired button to make it active If you do not select a button first the Edit Button dialog box displays for the last active button To edit a button 1 Select Edit Button from the Commands menu or double click the button The Edit Button dialog box displays 2 Make the necessary changes to the properties of the button and click OK Move and Resize Button Move a single button to place it in a different location on the panel Use this command to make button placement flush against other buttons on the panel Click the desired button to make it active To move a button using the Coordinates tool 1 Adjust the x coordinate using the scroll bar to move the button to the left or right Adjust it higher to move right and lower to move left 2 Adj
513. pplied to a guest check The refund mode orders items in negative entries on a new check A Close Check function button usually has to be selected to close the check and revert back to positive entries A refund is performed by opening and ringing up the selected refunded items on a separate check The entries and subtotal display in nega tive amounts Tenders do not read negative amounts so a close check must be performed Reopen Check Reopens a closed order from a closed order queue Repeat Repeats the selected item s on the order 5 132 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Report Daily Summary Displays the FOH Daily Summary Report Report Flash Displays the FOH Flash Report which contains numerous store statistics Report PMix Displays the FOH report of the day s cumulative sales by menu item Report Prep Displays a FOH report of tracking items sold for the day and the time frame in which they were sold This function is used with the Quick Count Report Quick Count Displays the FOH report according to the tracking information Each tracking item and composite tracking item with the FOH Quick Count Report check box selected is included in the report This function is used with the Quick Count Report Restaurant Labor Displays the labor costs by employee Report Restaurant Sales Displays the FOH report on daily sales Reroute Display Board Opens the Display Bo
514. ps to the background of the button if desired To display your own custom bitmaps such as a company logo create the graphic files save them as bitmaps and place them in the ALOHAQS BMP directory Once you select a bitmap other options in the Bitmap inset become available Tile Displays the bitmap in a tiled pattern for the button background as shown in the left example of Figure 5 55 x 455 cx 230 3 Help y hsa cy 285 3 Panel x 455 y 135 cx 290 cy 285 Figure 5 55 Panel Examples with and without Tiled Bitmap 5 78 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Transparent Enables the background color of a bitmap to display as the same color as the panel in which it resides For example if a bitmap image of an arrow against a yellow background is placed on a panel with a black back ground the yellow background of the bitmap displays as black to match the color of the panel as shown in Figure 5 56 Panel Bmp No Trans Panel Bmp Trans Panel Bmp Tile OI Oe Oe OO OOO OO OS On on OO oO 6 6 6 6 oo 6 Figure 5 56 Panel Bitmap Examples Display Text Displays text over the bitmap When cleared this option overrides all text properties and only displays the assigned bitmap On Displays a bitmap on the button All bitmaps in the ALOHAQS BMP directory are available for selection If cleared no bitmap displays and other bitmap options are unavailable Up
515. ptions manager override screen when the employee returns from a break too early If you select only one option the override screen does not appear To activate the Enforce Break Time feature and select approve break return options to appear on the manager override screen 1 Select Maintenance gt Store Settings The Store Settings function tab appears Select Labor from the Group drop down list Select the Employee Settings subtab Select Enable Enforcement of Unpaid Break Returns Select at least one from the Keep Break as an Unpaid Break Con vert Break into a Paid Break and Remove Break options 6 Click Save Ae ca ela 3 16 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 You must define the number of minutes an employee can take for an unpaid break A manager can override the return if an employee returns from a break early To define the number of minutes for an unpaid break 1 6 Select Maintenance gt Labor gt Job Codes The Job Codes function tab appears Select the job code for which the employee works with unpaid breaks from the Number drop down list Select either Allow Unpaid Breaks or Allow Meal Period Breaks Select Enforce _ Minute Breaks Type the number of minutes between and 999 an employee must take for an unpaid break Click Save To override an early unpaid break return a manager must have the ability to approve the return To define the access level to approve unpai
516. quired Specifies that employees can clock in even if not scheduled for the current day If scheduled the employee must clock in at the assigned time Use Punctuality Inset Use Punctuality Enables the Punctuality Control features subject to the limits set in the three Punctuality Control fields Employees must be sched uled to work in the scheduling program or they are not allowed to clock in Allow Clock In Early Specifies the number of minutes before the start of a scheduled shift that an employee is allowed to clock in Allow Clock In Late Specifies the number of minutes after the start of a scheduled shift that an employee is allowed to clock in Number of Minutes for Allow Clock In Transaction Specifies the num ber of minutes that employees have to attempt to clock in before manager intervention is required Employee Settings Subtab This subtab enables you to define employee settings such as minimum wage employee age requirements time clock settings enabling edit punch reasons Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 13 sBuiyes 9103S and break return options and more Select the Employee Settings subtab from the Labor group as shown in Figure 3 7 7 Aloha Manager QuickService _ 51 x File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools Yiew Help Store Settings Maintenance Group Labor gt Scheduling Employee Settings Clock In Out Electronic Pa
517. r 6 47 Display in Balance Due Section 6 47 Display in Change Due Section 6 48 Exchange Rate 6 48 Negative Format 6 48 Positive Format 6 48 Prefix 6 48 6 49 Suffix 6 48 6 49 Symbol 6 47 Thousands Separator 6 47 Update Now 6 48 Foreign Currency ID 6 10 Free 6 26 Free Modifiers 6 28 6 32 function subtabs 1 10 function tabs 1 8 Index l 5 G Get Check 5 114 Gift Card 5 29 gift cards 3 117 Gift Certificate 6 15 Gift Certificates 6 46 Go Directly to Close and Get Check 4 22 Grind Status 10 22 Group 4 19 Group Delete 6 35 Guest Check function tab 9 6 Guest Count Weight 5 31 Guest Pays Surcharge 3 40 Guest Pays Tax 6 22 6 41 H Hide Cash Drawer Amount 3 93 Highlight if Item 5 32 Highlight if Modifier 5 26 Horizontal Spacing 5 85 Horizontal Grow to Largest 5 89 House Accounts 6 8 6 44 house accounts 2 24 HTML Page 4 41 HTML pages 1 23 Icon job codes 4 18 ICVerify 2 40 print settlement 2 41 settle current batch 2 41 Ignore Labor Schedule 4 22 Inc Tax in Perf Measures 3 60 Include Comps in Net Sales 3 41 Include Promos in Net Sales 3 41 Include Zero Priced Items on FOH Pmix Rpt 3 41 Inclusive 5 156 Indirectly Tipped 4 21 Insurance Exp 4 13 Interface Order Entry Terminal 8 10 Interface Terminal 8 10 International Daylight Savings 1 6 Index Time 3 95 International Field Formatting 3 106 Irregular Item Justification 3 71 Is Check Subtotal Less Than 5 176 Is Item Quantity Less Th
518. r entry screens Forces the employee to enter the ID information The check cannot be closed if the requirements specified in this tab are not met Prompt Text that displays on the order entry terminal prompting for the ID information such as Card Minimum Defines the minimum number of digits allowable for the defined credit card Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Payments Maintenance Functions adueUd UIe sjuewAeg Maximum Defines the maximum number of digits allowable for the defined credit card Prefix Checking Inset Prefix 1 through Prefix 4 Defines valid number prefixes for the credit card tender type up to the first eight digits These prefixes are used in the val idation process It is not necessary to enter prefixes for predefined credit card types Digits to Validate Enter a number to define how many digits at the begin ning of a credit card number to validate For example many major credit cards can be recognized by the first four digits Therefore the number 4 can be entered in this field Numeric On Enables only numeric data Clear this check box to enable the numbering system to permit characters of the alphabet Print on Check The ID prints on the guest check Validate Validates the number entered on the order entry terminals against a user defined list of IDs Valid Indicates whether the user defined IDs represent valid IDs or invalid IDs 6 12 Payments
519. r example an item pepper oni is sold only at one concept therefore that concept is attached to the item pepperoni 100 of sales for that item is reported to the concept If items are configured to be shared throughout stores such as beverages a common distribution must be determined to distribute sales to the proper con cept The concept None should be attached to all common items in the mas ter database Common items however is not a recommended technique and should only be administered on an existing master database For new data bases it is recommended to assign individual items per concept 7 44 System Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Select Maintenance gt System gt Concepts to display the Concepts function tab as shown in Figure 7 34 Employee Maintenance IEEE IEE Description Sandwich Shop Common Distibution 3300 To edit press letum to add type unused ID and Retur re IN Z Figure 7 34 Concepts Function Tab Number Holds the ID number for the concept Description Determines the name of the concept The name should describe the concept for ease of reference Common Distribution Determines the percentage of transaction data for common items The total of all defined concepts must equal 100 If the total distribution of all concepts does not equal 100 the system recalculates the percentages as necessary The sales for common items are distri
520. r panels can contain a variety of functions to meet the requirements of a food environment in order to ring close and modify orders Buttons are always formed with four right angles in a square or rectangular shape If the panel to contain the buttons is not displayed select Open Existing Panel gt Button Functions from the Commands menu The Panel dialog box dis plays Select the panel and click OK The Commands menu provides an additional submenu for buttons as shown in Figure 5 52 Ca i EEE 0 en Existing Panel gt Hep ieee gt x ma cx 200 Exit pai ca y fis ofog Delete Panel Show Panels for Screen Test Screen Save All Panels Close All Panels Unnamed Panel New Button Edit Button Delete Button Show Coordinates Options SIZE Horizontal Shrink to Smallest SIZE Horizontal Grow to Largest SIZE Vertical Shrink to Smallest SIZE Vertical Grow to Largest ALIGN Left Sides ALIGN Right Sides Space Evenly Side to Side ALIGN Tops ALIGN Bottoms Space Evenly Up and Down Exit Help Eevee cre fx 413 y 146 cx 200 cy 140 Figure 5 52 Button Submenu 5 74 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Create a New Button To add a new button to a panel select New Button from the Commands menu or hold down the left mouse button and drag the cursor across the panel in a box pattern As the button is formed release the left mouse button
521. r the defined order mode from the drop down list Additional Charges Inset Exclude Additional Charges Indicates additional charges are not included when items are ordered in this order mode The following scenarios illustrate this functionality e Ifall items on the guest check are rung up under an order mode that excludes the additional charge it is not applied to the guest check e Ifthe guest check includes items rung up under two or more order modes and one allows an additional charge that is set up as a percent age the percentage applies only to the order mode set with the addi tional charge e Ifthe guest check includes items rung up under two or more order modes and one order mode is set with a flat fee additional charge the entire amount of the flat fee is applied to the guest check 7 36 System Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Delivery Info Subtab The Delivery Info subtab enables you to establish the way a delivery ticket prints This subtab will only be present if Delivery Frequent Buyer is installed Delivery Frequent Buyer is part of the Customer Management Solu tions package Delivery Frequent Buyer is a program used to track customer sales history It also provides the ability to set up different programs to reward and encourage guests to buy more frequently with the use of coupons and bonus plans Please refer to the Delivery Frequent Buyer manual for details on how to configure the
522. r to NetBEUI only routable IRQ Interrupt Request The following is a list of common IRQ settings e 2 9 EGA VGA e 3 Available or COM2 COM4 e 4COM 1 COM 3 e 5 Available unless LPT2 or sound card 6 Floppy Disk Controller e 7 Parallel port LPT1 e 8 Real time clock e 10 Available e 11 Available 12 Mouse PS 2 e 13 Math Coprocessor e 14 Hard disk controller e 15 Available ISDN Integrated services digital network 128 bits per second 2B D 2 64Kbps B channels amp 1 16Kbps D channel Voice data images signaling and link management 14 Networking Glossary Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 ISO A voluntary nontreaty organization founded in 1946 responsible for creating international standards in many areas including computers and com munications ISO produced the OSI seven layer model for network architec ture Its members are the national standards organizations of 89 countries including the American National Standards Institute The term ISO is not actually an acronym for anything It is a pun on the Greek prefix iso mean ing same Some ISO documents say ISO is not an acronym even though it is an anagram of the initials of the organization s name Internet address IP address TCP IP address The 32 bit host address defined by the Internet Protocol in STD 5 RFC 791 It is usually represented in dotted decimal notation A host s Internet address is sometimes related to
523. ra pay can be waived Scenario Result Bob works 4 75 hours Bob gets paid actual hours worked only without a meal break Bob works 5 hours with Bob gets paid actual hours worked plus 1 hour out a meal break of Meal Period pay The system generates an Other Wages entry as System Meal Period 1 Consent Bob works 6 00 hours Bob gets paid actual hours worked plus hour without a meal break of Meal Period pay The system generates an Other Wages entry as System Meal Period 1 Consent Figure 3 14 First Meal Period Table mmr Jn the table in Figure 3 14 employee and employer can mutually consent to waive the first meal period if the employee s work period of not more than six hours will complete his day s work fi Second Meal Period Meal period work hour s Represents the minimum number of hour s required to work before a second meal break If the employee works more than this set number of hours without a second meal period break of a set number of minutes add additional hour s as Other Wages A valid range is 1 00 to 24 00 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 29 s6uly9S a10 S Meal period break length Represents the length of the second meal period break in minutes for a set number of hours worked A valid range is 30 to 59 Meal period pay hour s Represents the number of hour s entered as Other Wages if the employee works more than a set
524. rd Change Size Changes the item and modifiers associated with the item as defined as a size group in Maintenance gt Menu gt Size Groups For example you can change a small sandwich and the corresponding small portion ingredients defined as modifiers to a large sandwich with large portion ingredients with one button selection 5 102 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 To add a change size button 1 Select Change Size from the Function drop down list Additional options display as shown in Figure 5 77 Edit Buttons TableService x Function METERA r Text Change nSize Increment Size Justify gt Decrement Size Color C Left C Top Center Center Index Offset jo ont Righ Bottom I Transparent Highlight Bitmap I Tie I Transparent R Display Text Justify j C Let Top ee gt tg Aer Up None x Bottom Down None z r Preview Change fae m Hint a Size L Cancel Monies an item and associated modifiers a as defined by the Size Group Figure 5 77 Change Size Button Function 2 Select ONE of the following options Increment Size Increments the item to the next level according to the hierarchy of the size group For example a 12 oz can soft drink Item 1 is incremented to the next size group level of a 16 oz can soft drink Item 2 Dec
525. rd scroll through the Category drop down list select the record to edit and press Enter Description Enter a descriptive name to identify the category PMS Sales Cat Used when a hotel property management system PMS is used in conjunction with the Aloha POS system The PMS Interface enables the Aloha POS system to communicate with the hotel s property management system When this is the case enter a category number usually 1 4 that cor responds to the four Aloha categories in the PMS system PMS categories are usually set up on a hotel s property management system as follows 1 Food 2 Liquor 3 Beer and 4 Wine Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 35 SOUBUDIUIEI nus 1 Refer to Chapter 4 Labor Mainte nance Functions for more information on Access Levels AR Sales Cat Defines the Account Receivable AR sales category field in the Aloha Back Office Accounts Receivable product to which the current category reports Max Per Check Limits the number of times you can add an item from this category to the check Enter a number from 0 up to 999 If set to 999 there is no limit When you exceed the defined amount of the same item on the check the system checks if the employee has a sufficient access level to add more of the same item If the employee does not have sufficient access the Manager Approval screen appears If the manager has sufficient access they can enter the
526. rd balance to appear Select the Pole Settings subtab from the User Interface group as shown in Figure 3 46 7 Aloha Manager QuickService ee ic xi File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools Yiew Help Store Settings Maintenance Group User Interface gt POS Order Screen QuickService Layout Pole Settings Volume Levels Text I Show Subtotal on Pole Display T Display gift card balance on pole display Pole Display Timeout 60 Seconds Save Cancel Store Settings Show custom message on terminals that are not assigned a drawer Figure 3 46 Pole Settings Subtab Display Message on Pole Display When Not in Use Enables text to dis play on the pole display when not in use If employees self assign their draw ers the message displays after the FOH You are now assigned to the bank message Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 85 s6uly2S 910 S p Refer to the Aloha QuickSer vice Special Features Guide for more information on gift cards Text Designates the text to display on the pole display such as Closed or Next Register Show Subtotal on Pole Display Displays the running subtotal on the pole display Display Gift Card Balance on Pole Display Displays the remaining bal ance of a gift card when closing the check to a gift card tender This setting is enabled when you select Use Gift Card Sales in t
527. rder modifier Menu Maintenance Functions 5 115 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Ss UeUDIUIEIN nus To add a modifier code 1 Select Modifier Code from the Function drop down list An addi tional option displays as shown in Figure 5 85 Edit Buttons Quick Service x Function EERTE m Text ModifieninCode Justify Color C Left C Top Center Center ofm C Right C Bottom m Background Color I Transparent Highlight m Bitmap F Tile Transparent K Display Tert Justify EN On l None z C Left Mod Codes Genter C Up None z C Bight Bottom Down None Preview OK Modifier m Hint Code Cance Specifies a preceding preparation code for modifiers such as No Extra Side etc Figure 5 85 Modifier Code Button Function 2 Select a modifier code to assign to the button from the Mod Codes list box 3 Click OK Modify Opens the FOH Modify screen for the selected menu item on the order If no modifiers are attached to the selected menu item the screen displays with no modifiers to select Name Order Displays a qwerty typewriter keypad so that an order can be named Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 5 116 Menu Maintenance Functions New Order Opens a blank new order screen however the FOH can be defined to auto matically display a blank new order s
528. rder of the modifier groups attached to the menu item 2 Sorts based on the priority defined in Maintenance gt Menu gt Items 3 Sorts in alphabetical order Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 69 s6uly9S 9103S Chit Appearance Subtab The Chit Appearance subtab enables you to define the appearance of the chit such as font attributes and how modifiers are printed Select Chit Appearance from the Printing Chits group as shown in Figure 3 40 7 Aloha Manager QuickService Store Settings Maintenance T Print Native Items in Bold J Print Chit Time in Bold J Paint regular Items in Bold T Print Irregular Items in Red I Print Typed Item Indicators T Print Typed Items in Red File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Group Printing Chits z Chit Content Chit Style Chit Appearance Chit Fields Other Chits r 1al I Print Modifiers in Red T Print only Selected Items in Red T Show Entry Fields in Inverse T Print in Large Font T Consolidate items with identical modifiers T Consolidate items with different modifiers TT Print 1 in front of quantity 1 items T Print parentheses for quantity items Default Item Justification fler z Irregular Item Justification Defaut z Wraparound Modifiers C One line per modifier C Contiguous on same line as item Contiguous on next line following item Tab Stops fo Store Set
529. re information on delivery settings 4 26 Labor Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Access Levels Access Levels control security settings and the corresponding rights and priv ileges assigned to each security access code They determine IF the employee can perform a certain function without manager approval In addition to the check boxes in Job Codes these options further define job functions but more importantly they control who can perform certain functions Select Maintenance gt Labor gt Access Levels to display the Access Levels function tab as shown in Figure 4 15 Level Holds the description and a unique two digit number that identifies each access level To create a new access level enter an unused number and press Enter To edit an existing access level scroll through the Level drop down list select the level to edit and press Enter Description Holds the full name up to ten characters for the access level Labor Maintenance Functions 4 27 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SOUBUDIUIEIN 1oqe Reports Subtab Use the Reports subtab as shown in Figure 4 15 to allow employees assigned to the access level the ability to view certain FOH reports 7 Aloha Manager QuickService _ oy x File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Mai Porren A ECE 6 01 MANAGERI Description MANAGER Employee Reports Fi
530. re the order is stored but not yet closed Tax Exempt Opens the FOH Tax Exempt screen to enter a tax exempt number Tender Applies a specified tender to the guest check To add a tender button 1 Select Tender from the Function drop down list Additional options display as shown in Figure 5 114 Edit Buttons Quick Service x Function Tender x p Text Tender ID Tender r Justify Color ge C Top Center Center m C Right Bottom r Background Color I Transparent Highlight T Automatically open drawer F Tite I Transparer IM Display Text 7 On None X Center Up None x i Down None x p Preview Tender Hint cma Applies a payment to a guest check Figure 5 114 Tender Button Function 2 Select the tender to apply to the guest check from the Tender ID list box Tenders are defined in Maintenance gt Payments gt Tenders 5 148 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 3 If desired select Automatically Open Drawer to open the cash drawer when the tender is selected The check box on the Mainte nance gt Store Settings gt Security gt Cash Drawer subtab overrides all tender buttons with this setting 4 Click OK Unassigned Designates there is no function assigned to this button This is the default but ton function and is most often used as a panel heading or for future menu expansion V
531. reate special non sales non retail categories just for use in promotions For example a rib dinner normally sells for 8 99 but using a coupon a discount of 2 00 can be applied Items can only belong to one sales category and if the rib dinner is already included in a sales category it is recommended that a non sales category that includes only the rib dinner be created Select this category when setting up the promo tion therefore limiting the promotion to only the rib dinner 6 18 Payments Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Select Maintenance gt Payments gt Promotions to display the Promotions func tion tab shown in Figure 6 8 7 Aloha Manager QuickService o slot xf File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Promotion Maintenance Number IEVEEETI MEI Promotions Taxes Restrictions Token Distribution Name 29 99 Fun Value Type Quick Combo z IV Active I Do Not Show In Promo List IV Print Check I Manager Needed I Apply Gratuity Start Date 00 00 0000 Bar Code Range Values Type Specifics End Date 00 00 0000 Lowest Value Max Amount p Repot As 29 99 Fun Value 1 amp Highest Value Save Cancel Dete Override token distribution calculation by a set quantity Figure 6 8 Promotions Number Holds a five digit number that together with Name uniquely identifies each promotion record To create a new
532. record enter an unused pro motion ID and press Enter To edit an existing record scroll through the ID drop down list select the record to edit and press Enter The Promotions function tab provides the following subtabs Promotions Taxes and Restrictions Promotions Subtab The Promotions subtab enables you to define the dates of the promotion and the type of the promotion Individual promotion dialog boxes are accessed from this subtab through the Type Specifics button Select the Promotions subtab from the Promotion Maintenance function tab to edit and enter infor mation Name Enter a unique name to identify the record Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Payments Maintenance Functions adueUd UIe sjuewAeg Type Select one of six predefined promotion types from the drop down list The six types of promotions are as follows e BOGO Buy one get one free The customer buys an eligible item and receives another item at a discount or free of charge e Combo Combines menu items and assigns a special price e Coupon Assigns coupon characteristics to a promotion and defines a coupon e New Price Assigns a special promotional price to a menu item without affecting prices elsewhere in the Aloha menu system e Check Reduction Permits a simple check reduction with either percentage or dollar amount discounts e Quick Combo Enables a combination of items to be grouped together for a special p
533. red at 8 A M lunch at 11 A M and din ner at 4 P M Daily Events 1 8 A M Breakfast 2 11 A M Lunch 3 4PM Dinner On Sunday there is a brunch from 8 A M to 3 59 P M A weekly event needs to be fired to override the weekly events however the daily event will still fire on time because of the hierarchy Select a weekly brunch event for Sun day and schedule the event for the same time specified as the daily menu change Schedule another event to override the firing of the regular daily event at 11 A M Daily Sunday Brunch 1 8 A M Brunch 2 11 A M Brunch 3 4 P M Dinner If the second event was not added the 8 00 A M Brunch event would fire but revert back to the daily 11 00 Lunch event In the example given the Brunch event runs up to 3 59 P M then the regular Dinner event fires as usual When events fire for their scheduled time they end when the End of Day occurs and a new business day starts thus reverting back to normal opera tions If scheduled for daily the event fires at the same time every day If a time is not specified for an event the event is active at all times If the event activates a feature another event can be scheduled to disable the feature Programmed Event Types Event Types found in the System Event Maintenance subtab are defined as part of the Aloha system and are not created by the user The Event definitions currently provided are Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Syst
534. rement Size Decrements the item to the next level according to the hierarchy of the size group For example a large pizza Item 1 is decremented to the next size group level of a medium pizza Item 2 Index Offset Changes the item s association based on a preset size group level defined in Maintenance gt Menu gt Size Groups For example an Index Offset of 3 indicates a small sandwich Item 1 can be changed to a large sandwich Item 3 3 Click OK Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 103 Ss UeUDIUIEIN nus Check Info Opens the Check Information screen and adds additional information to a defined text file in DATA This function is used to capture a single line of information for such things as marketing or frequent dining information To add a Check Info button 1 Select Check Info from the Function drop down list An additional option displays as shown in Figure 5 78 Edit Buttons Quick Service x Function MaA m Text Check ninfo Justify Prompt C Left C Top fo Center Center om Right Bottom m Background Color I Transparent Highlight r Bit map I Transparent M Display Text On None x Up None z 1 Down None X gt Hint cma Opens Check Info screen Figure 5 78 Check Info Button Function 2 Enter the text for the Check Information screen prompt in
535. reroute printers and remote display systems activate messages restrict order modes by job codes or many other activities that are set as Active in the database file record Select Maintenance gt System gt Events to display the Events function tab as shown in Figure 7 2 7 Aloha Manager TableService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Mai System Event Maintenance E Employee Mamenace Specify Event Tasks Event Type Set menu for job grp 10 to MANAGER 4 Add Event Set menu for job grp 70 to TO GO 5 Set menu for job grp 11 to TO GO 5 Set left message Check out our new Edt Time Set right message Try using Edit Event Delete _Item Maintena Reading Tenders I NUM 7 Figure 7 2 System Event Maintenance Function Tab Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 System Maintenance Functions 7 5 vsueu zUIeN wia sAs These events display in reverse order of their hierarchical relationship to the system Each item on the list overrides all similar items above it in the list For example if two events are on the list that relate to price changes the system encounters the first one as it reads the list and makes it the active event The system reads the remainder of the list and finds the second event If the second event affects the same items but differs with regard to scheduling from the first event the system makes
536. rice Type Specifics Button Click Type Specifics to access the dialog box specific to the selected type of promotion For example if the BOGO promotion type is selected in the Type drop down list the BOGO promotion dialog box displays For a more com plete discussion of the available promotion types refer to the Promotion Types section in this chapter Start Date Enter the day the promotion begins in the mm dd yyyy format It is not necessary to use the four digit year the last two digits are sufficient End Date Enter the last valid day of the promotion in the mm dd yyyy for mat It is not necessary to use the four digit year the last two digits are suffi cient Max Amount Defines the maximum amount of discount allowable per check Report as Enables you to combine promotions together for reporting pur poses This contains a drop down list of previously defined promotions 9 To report a promotion as itself save it then access the promotion and select it from the Report as drop down list 6 20 Payments Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Active Activates the promotion Promotions can also be triggered by the Event Scheduler overriding the check box setting Print Check Prints a copy of the guest check when this promotion is used Manager Needed Requires a manager to apply the promotion Do Not Show in Promo List Designates the promo not to show up i
537. rints the Room Number and Guest Name lines on the guest check The guest can fill in this information when charging a meal to the room Aa PMS options are used when the Aloha system interfaces with a gt hotel s property management system PMS and the PMS Interface product is installed Suppress Check Number Disables the check number from printing on the guest check mmm Suppressing the check number on the guest check disables competi po tors from learning the number of orders served within a given time period Print Order Mode on Check Prints the order mode on the guest check Print Bar Code Prints the order bar code on the guest check Print Day Part on Check Prints the day part on the guest check Print Business Number Prints the business number on the guest check Use Store Wide Order Numbering Inset Use Store Wide Order Numbering Numbers all checks consecutively Minimum Order Specifies the minimum order number to assign to a guest check This is the starting order number at the beginning of each busi ness day Maximum Order Specifies the maximum order number to assign to a guest check Tax Detail Inset Print Tax Detail Prints and separates taxes by ID number on the guest check When selected the Print Total Tax Line check box is enabled Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 53 s6uly9as 9103S Print Total Tax Line Prints a
538. rk topol ogy or traffic changes Ethernet A local area network IEEE 802 3 recognized as the industry standard Data is broken into packets that are transmitted using the CSMA CD algorithm until they arrive at the destination without colliding with any other The first contention slot after a transmission is reserved for an acknowledge packet A node is either transmitting or receiving at any instant The band width is about 10 Mbps Disk Ethernet Disk transfer rate with TCP IP is typically 30 kilobyte per sec ond Version 2 specifies that collision detect of the transceiver must be acti vated during the inter packet gap and that when transmission finishes the differential transmit lines are driven to OV half step It also specifies some network management functions such as reporting collisions retries and defer rals Ethernet cables are classified as XbaseY such as 10base5 where X is the data rate in Mbps base means baseband as opposed to radio frequency and Y is the category of cabling The original cable was 10base5 full spec oth ers are 10Base2 thinnet and 10BaseT twisted pair which is now very com mon 100baseT Fast Ethernet is also increasingly common Ethernet Address Or MAC address The physical address identifying an individual Ethernet controller board An Ethernet address is a 48 bit number aabbccddeeff where a f are hexadecimal digits The first 24 bits aabbcc iden tify the manufacturer of the co
539. rocesses on different hosts It handles security and creation of the session It is used by the presentation layer Share level security Used in Microsoft Windows 95 to share resources A password is needed to access the resource Sniffer A network monitoring tool that can capture data packets and decode them to show protocol data Star Bus Topology Several star topologies linked with a linear bus Star Ring Topology Star hubs are connected using ring topology as opposed to a linear bus or a central hub Star Topology Computers are connected by cable segments to a central ized hub Signal travels through the hub to all other computers Requires more cable If hub goes down entire network goes down If a computer goes down the network functions normally Static Router Administrator manually sets up and configures routing table Subnet A portion of a network which may be a physically independent network segment that shares a network address with other portions of the net work and is distinguished by a subnet number A subnet is to a network what a network is to an internet Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Networking Glossary 25 Subnet Address The subnet portion of an IP address In a subnetted net work the host portion of an IP address is split into a subnet portion and a host portion using an address mask the subnet mask Subnet mask See Address Mask Synchronous Transmiss
540. romotion type 6 31 Next Seat 5 118 No Check Rounding 3 108 No Daylight Savings Time 3 95 No Default Screen 4 24 No PTD Hours on Clockout Chit 3 15 No Sale 4 30 No Sale Reasons function tab 7 48 Number Copies of Cash In Out 3 76 Number Employee 3 90 Number of Attempts 4 25 Number of Buttons 5 85 Number of Days to Keep On 3 102 Number of Digits 3 109 Number of ICVerify Terminals 3 114 Number of Minutes After Ordered 3 92 Number of Minutes for Allow Clock Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 In Transaction 3 13 Number Required Components 2 10 6 36 Numeric On 6 12 O Omit Control Totals 3 24 Omit Credit Card Tips 3 23 Open an Existing Panel 5 66 Open Any Drawer 4 30 4 32 Open Drawer 5 118 6 39 Open Drawer on Close 6 6 Open Items 4 32 OPOS 8 13 Optional Single Chit Text 3 65 Order Entry 4 20 Order Entry Queue 4 24 Order Entry Queues function tab 7 38 Order Entry Screen 4 24 Order Entry Terminal 8 10 Order Item 5 118 Order Modes function tab 7 31 Delivery Info subtab 7 37 Order Mode Info subtab 7 33 Category 7 36 Category button 7 36 Expediter Printer 7 35 Voucher Printer 7 37 Voucher Printer button 7 35 Order Mode subtab 7 32 Header 7 32 Include in Interval Total 7 33 Indicator 7 32 Printer Group 7 32 Printer Group button 7 32 Round To Nickel 7 33 Tax ID 7 33 Tax ID button 7 33 Tippable Sales 7 33 Trailer 7 32 Order Modifier 5 119 Order Type 5 120 Index l 7 Output Sales As Wh
541. rrencies However new currencies are not updated in the FOH until exiting the Maintenance program and performing a real time update or during a Sys tem Refresh Prefix Specifies the characters to precede the exchange rate on checks Suffix Specifies the characters to follow the exchange rate on checks 6 48 Payments Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Payment Display Inset Prefix Specifies the characters to precede a payment on checks Suffix Specifies the characters to follow a payment on checks Payments Maintenance Functions 6 49 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 aoueUsUleW sjuowAeg 6 50 Payments Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 System Maintenance Functions This chapter discusses the features that relate to adding and creating events order modes revenue centers and tables and defining void reasons no sale reasons and petty cash accounts LEY ye ae no eo nO ee 7 5 Button m0 01611 0 6 7 6 Add New Event iste ees ics oe echt acd eeee Seeks cosa tedeelaee 7 7 Required Fields cccscccscccsccceccceceeceeeeceeeceecceeceeeceeeceesenseseeseaees 7 30 Order MOUS ouiin aa a iecwanadebdcaciadladeadatsecnastess 7 31 Order Entry QUCUES 0 cccceeecceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeenaeeeenee 7 38 Revenue Oko 01 kr 7 40 BA PariS ciin aa aa a aa aa a 7 42 0101010210 C arias ne ied 7 44 Void Reasons ssecte
542. rrupted and in the order they were sent This reliability can be built on top of an unreliable protocol by add ing sequencing information and some kind of checksum or cyclic redundancy check to each message or packet If the communication fails the sender will be notified Transmission Control Protocol is a reliable protocol used on Ethernet Repeater A part of an Ethernet or other network on which all message traffic is common to all nodes that is it is broadcast from one node on the segment and received by all others This is normally because the segment is a single continuous conductor though it may include repeaters Since all nodes share the physical medium collision detection or some other protocol is required to determine whether a message was transmitted without interference from other nodes The receiving node inspects the destination address of a packet to tell if it was one of the intended recipient s Communication between nodes on different segments is via one or more routers Ring Topology Computers are connected on a single circle of cable Each computer acts as a repeater Failure of one computer can affect the entire net work Token passing is used in Token Ring networks The token is passed from one computer to the next only the computer with the token can transmit The receiving computer strips the data from the token and sends the token back to the sending computer with an acknowledgment After verification the
543. rts Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Mai See ca EE amp amp Employee Maintenance Code Options Name Restaurant I Disable Tips JT Wait for Credit Card Authorization Print Receipt on Close Check Default X Revenue Centers To edit press Retum to add type unused ID and Retum ooo NM 7 Figure 7 32 Revenue Centers Function Tab Code Holds a three digit number that together with Name uniquely iden tifies each revenue center To create a new record enter an unused number and press Enter To edit an existing record select it from the Code drop down list and press Enter Name Enter a descriptive name for the revenue center Naming conven tions are entirely up to the user However it is suggested that the name be descriptive or reflect revenue center functions 7 40 System Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Print Receipt on Close Check Used to determine how often to print a receipt when a check is tendered on a terminal linked to the specific revenue center Three selections are available e Never Prevents receipts from printing when a check is closed ona terminal linked to the specific revenue center e Always Forces a receipt to always print when closing a check ona terminal linked to the specific revenue center e Default Disables the Print Receipt option and reverts to the default settings in the Tender functions
544. rver is the BOH computer which launches the Aloha Manager program FOH Front of House FOH is the interface accessed by servers bartend ers managers cashiers and other restaurant personnel to clock in out ring transactions close checks perform checkouts and so on FOH also refers to the hardware used at the FOH workstations GNDDBF30 XXX Marker file created by CTL Control to indicate that the grind process for a given DOB completed successfully Grind The grinder GRIND EXE is a BOH executable program which reads the TRANS LOG transaction log for a given DOB and creates a series of DBF files which contain all relevant information for that DOB This pro gram insulates other system components from the need to understand the encrypted proprietary transaction log The grinder is typically invoked auto matically by the Control program approximately 30 seconds following a suc cessfully completed EOD process If the grinder is successful it creates a marker file GNDDBF30 XXX and places it in the dated subdirectory created during the EOD process House accounts The House Account feature is available for use as an accounts receivable module within the Aloha POS system when combined with a correctly defined house account tender Iber IBER EXE or IBERQS EXE IBER EXE and IBERQS EXE are the executable program files that launch the FOH interface for TableService and QuickService respectively IBERCFGBAT I
545. rvice User s Guide v5 3 as a horizontal or rectangular bar near the guest check window and is placed on the home screen Exit Delete Clear Repeat Print tem Order item Check Figure 5 8 Check Functions Panel Example The buttons placed on the Check Functions panel can determine the speed of service of the establishment lic Menu Panel Contains the menu items available for ringing sales and is accessed by the chaining buttons on the submenu panel Like the submenu panel it follows a strict color scheme and it is the panel most often touched leading to second ary panels The menu panel Figure 5 9 is always created as a square or rect angular shape and is located on the home screen Ss UeUDIUIEIN nue Figure 5 9 Menu Panel Example Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 13 Tenders Panel Contains the available tenders created in Maintenance gt Payments gt Tenders This panel is touched on every transaction so panel location button size and accessibility should be taken into consideration A QuickService environment calls for fast and easy tendering of checks with one screen touch Tenders should be configured within scripts to close checks and return to the home screen so you are ready for the next order The tenders panel Figure 5 10 is created in various shapes and depending on the allotted space and the envi ronment this could be on the home screen or used as a second
546. ry as Sys tem 2nd Shift minimum Bob returns for his second shift He works 1 5 hours and is sent home Bob gets paid the 1 5 hours he worked plus 2 hours at either minimum wage or his regular rate The system generates an Other Wages entry as System 2nd Shift minimum Bob returns for his second shift He works 3 hours and is sent home Bob gets paid his actual hours worked only since he worked more than the threshold Figure 3 22 Split Second Shift Table Labor Policies Subtab This feature is available if you are using Aloha Labor Scheduler Refer to the Aloha Labor Scheduler manual for more information about Labor Policies 3 38 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Financials The Financials group enables you to establish policies for gratuity taxes reports house accounts and members To access the store settings for Finan cials select Maintenance gt Store Settings Select Financials from the Group drop down list The corresponding subtabs display with Taxes amp Surcharges as the default subtab as shown in Figure 3 23 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Tools View Help Taxes amp Surcharges Reports Banks House Accounts Add Charges r Tax Settings Use Secondary Taxes I Enable Surcharges Surcharge Text I Guest Always Pays Surcharge I Use Smart Surcharges T List all Surcharges as a single
547. ry terminal and thus would not exceed the network license limitations The typical Aloha POS network consists of one order entry terminal per license and one computer functioning as a file server for the network The file server is normally located in an area of the restaurant that is only accessible by management personnel Peripheral devices such as printers pole displays bar code readers cash drawers mag card readers and monitors are physically attached to the various nodes to become part of the network Some of these devices such as printers and monitors display only are defined in their own database files and are assigned to a network node while others such as pole displays are defined within a terminal record Printers and monitors although attached to a specific network node are devices shared across the network Pole displays also attached to a specific network node are not shared devices and are available only to the assigned terminal Thus an order entry terminal can have access to a printer in the kitchen but not to a cash drawer at the drive thru window The Terminal function tab allows the user to define and configure each termi nal on the Aloha network in terms of its type its physical characteristics and the attached peripherals Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Hardware Maintenance Functions 8 5 SUeUDdIUIEIN oJeMpJeH Select Maintenance gt Hardware gt Terminals to display the Terminals f
548. s Determines the guest count using the cate gory selected in the entree Category drop down list Each time you order an item from the selected category the guest count increases by one You can Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 5 s6uly2S 910 S assign items to hold more than the default weight of one in Maintenance gt Menu gt Items Aa A revenue item is not a sales item If you have a guest check with gt just a revenue item such as a gift card the guest check for that check remains at 0 zero Use Next Seat for Guest Counts Enables you to count each sub order as a guest when using the Sub orders feature Aa Ifyou select Use Entrees for Guest Count and Use Next Seat for f Guest Counts when you enter a sub order using the Next Seat but ton the system determines the guest count using Use Entrees for Guest Count Category Button Click Category to access the Categories function tab Here you can perform maintenance in the Categories function including add new records if the cate gory you need is not already there Category If guests are counted by entree determines the category to use for entree counting from the drop down list 3 6 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Options Subtab The Options subtab enables you to establish an open item number to use if an SKU that is unrecognized by the system is entered for sale Select
549. s A group could refer to beverage sizes or French Fry sizes Small menus usually have very few Smart Groups 3 Enter the smart element in association with the smart item function buttons A smart element could refer to sizes fluid levels and more Small medium large and mega are all smart elements Each time the smart item is ordered the smart element is cleared to zero when another button is touched 4 Click OK Smart Item Defines an order item based on the Smart Select group and element thereby reducing the number of buttons on a panel This accommodates items sold at various sizes measurements and prices such as small medium and large 5 146 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 To add a smart item button 1 Select Smart Item from the Functions drop down list Additional options display as shown in Figure 5 113 Edit Buttons Quick Service x Function E 3 m Text Group Element ltem Vanilla nShake Default 006083 Med Van Shake Justy 1 fi foosos1 Kids Yan Shake x Color cw fe a fe be 1 f2 006082 Sm Van Shake e enter Q enter Font C Right C Bottom 1 E 006084 Lg Van Shake x r Background z Color I Transparent Highlight m Bitmap H F Tie I Transparent Jv Display Text j x T C Top On None x j x r Center Up None x x Fight Bottom Down None Hm ly ys gt Preview K I E
550. s NUM 7 Figure 4 13 Quick Service Subtab Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Labor Maintenance Functions SUeUDIUIEIN 1oqe Order Entry Screen Button Click Order Entry Screen to access the Screen Editor function tab Here you can perform maintenance to screens and panels Order Entry Screen Indicates the order entry screen the employee receives upon log in Order Entry Queue Button Click Order Entry Queue to access the Order Entry Queues function tab Here you can perform maintenance to order queues including adding a record if the one you need is not already there Order Entry Queue Indicates the order entry queue the employee uses upon log in Self Banking Assigns cash accountability to an employee without being assigned to a specific cash drawer Self Assign Drawer Enables employees to assign themselves to their own cash drawers as well as assign themselves a starting balance at the beginning of their shift Enter Starting Bank Enables an employee who has assigned himself a drawer to enter a starting balance at the beginning of his shift No Default Screen Ensures employees assigned to the selected job code are not assigned to a default order entry screen When an employee assigned to this job code with this option selected logs into the system the terminal s default order screen displays 4 24 Labor Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Functions
551. s all other printer routing in the Aloha menu system This selection must be active only in those cases where specific routing is needed for the defined order mode such as a special printer for To Go orders If no special routing requirements exist for the defined order mode this selection should be set to None Printer Group Button Click Printer Group to access the Printer Groups function tab and create new printer groups if necessary Changing printer group records affects all printers assigned to that printer group and all records that make reference to that group 7 32 System Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Tax ID Overrides all other tax methods in the Aloha menu system and is used if there are specific requirements for the defined order mode If there are no special tax requirements for the defined order mode this selection should be set to None Tax ID Button Click Tax ID to access the Taxes function tab and create new tax records if necessary Changing a tax record affects all items assigned to that tax and all records that make reference to it Active Sets the defined order mode to active and activates the corre sponding order mode buttons on the order entry terminals The order mode can also be activated in Maintenance gt System gt Events Tippable Sales Used to include items sold in the defined mode as tippable sales This check box should not be selected for order modes
552. s are unique to Canada and are best configured in the flex tax module rather than the GST module GST Tax Specifies the primary tax record to be defined as a GST tax On Comps Enables you to apply the GST to the full price of a comp If the GST is set as inclusive the system selects this check box and disables it If you change the GST tax to exclusive the check box becomes enabled but it remains selected therefore retaining a value of TRUE You must clear the check box to apply the GST tax to the reduced amount of the comps Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 163 Ss UeUDIUIEIN nus SCS Refer to the Print a Tax Invoice section in this chapter for more informa tion On Promos Enables you to apply the GST to the full price of a promo If the GST is set as inclusive the system selects this check box and disables it If you change the GST tax to exclusive the check box becomes enabled but it remains selected therefore retaining a value of TRUE You must clear the check box to apply the GST tax to the reduced amount of the promo Tax Invoice Threshold Inset Amount Represents the dollar amount of the invoice threshold which determines printing parameters for the tax invoice This is a seven digit num ber with a default value of zero For example if the threshold is set at 50 00 then when a guest check totals 50 00 or more a prompt displays enabling text to
553. s as the background of the panel To display your own custom bitmaps such as a company logo create graphic files saved as a bitmap and place them in this directory Once you select a bitmap other options in the Bitmap inset become available Review Check Panel Use the Review Check option to create additional guest check windows for displaying previous orders in the queue This is also known as stacker mode To create a new Review Check Panel select Create New Panel gt Review Check from the Commands Menu The Review Check dialog box displays as shown in Figure 5 40 Edit Panel Review Check x Panel Name MMEM E Panel Screen Title I Fixed Position This review check should display 1 behind the current order entry check Check Font the first open check in queue C the last open check in queue OK Cancel Figure 5 40 Edit Panel Review Check Dialog Box 5 62 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Panel Name Designates a unique name for the panel according to the function it performs Approximately 30 alpha and or numeric characters can be entered The text Unnamed Review is the default panel name Panel Screen Title Designates the text used as the title for the panel The text entered here displays on a system generated portion at the top of the panel The width of the panel should be considered when selecting a title Fixed Position Locks the
554. s closed The event is added to the schedule in the Event Time amp Type dialog box Figure 7 3 pad The Aloha system runs on a 36 hour clock For example to run End of Day at 4 a m the event time needs to be set to 28 00 10 Reroute Print by Terminal The Reroute Print by Terminal event reroutes printing for a specific terminal The dialog box shown in Figure 7 6 displays Reroute Print by Terminal x Terminal 000 none From Print Group To Print Group None 0 x None 0 Cancel Figure 7 6 Reroute Print by Terminal Terminal Select the terminal as defined in Maintenance gt Hardware gt Terminals Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 System Maintenance Functions 7 11 SoUeUDdIUIEIN wia shs From and To Print Group Select the printer group rerouted from and the target printer group as defined in Maintenance gt Hardware gt Printer Groups 11 Set Left Message The Set Left Message event activates a message to display on the left side of the log on screen of order entry terminals Use this event to activate special messages such as holiday greetings new specials and more The dialog box as shown in Figure 7 7 displays Activate Left Message x Figure 7 7 Activate Left Message ID Specifies the message as defined in Maintenance gt Messages gt Main Screen Message Displays the message selected in the ID drop down list This message cannot
555. s in restaurants that require a manager to complete a short form for each check containing a comp The comp form only prints when the check is closed and when you apply a comp to the check Configure the comp form layout by creating a text file titled COMPFORM TXT in the DATA folder Only one instance of the comp form prints per check For example if you apply the same comp to a check twice the comp form prints one time The system also supports multiple comp forms Rather than have a COMP FORM TXT which prints any time you apply a comp to a check you can configure multiple comp forms titled CPFnnnnn TXT where nnnnn is the ID number of the comp For example if you apply comp ID 101 to a check and CPF101 TXT is found in the DATA folder CPF101 TXT prints In the event a comp ID number does not have a corresponding comp form file COMP FORM TXT prints Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 49 sBuiyes 9103S Use the following rules when adding content to COMPFORM TXT e Start each line with MSG All other lines are ignored Insert an amp in the fifth text line position MSG plus one space to instruct the printer to perform a partial cut if the printer is capable e Insert a in the fifth text line to insert the system date and the check number on the left side of the form This uses a yyyymmdd 99999 format for example 20010606 10001 Insert an in the fifth text line to i
556. s the locations where the label will print Printer Group ID Button Click Printer Group ID to display the Printer Groups function tab Here you can perform maintenance in the printer group function including add new records if the printer group you need is not there Text Size Defines the default text size printed on the label Text sizes of small medium and large are available on the drop down list Select the text size that best suits your needs Print Area Inset The settings available in this inset enable you to specify the size label you are using and the margin to be reserved on the label Label Width Defines the width of the label This information is provided by the label manufacturer Label Height Defines the height of the label This information is provided by the label manufacturer Margin Defines the desired width of the label margins Information about margin limits is provided by the label manufacturer Label Type Inset The settings available in this inset enable you to specify the type of label to print Item Prints a label that contains information about the item in the intended container If Print Barcode is selected in the Print Options inset the label prints with a barcode that when scanned returns information about the item The system only prints labels for items assigned to a specific label If more than one item is included in the container a label prints for each item in the
557. sed and PMS Interface is installed PMS Tender ID Determines where the tender amount is posted in PMS 6 14 Payments Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 PMS Room Designates a default room number only if all charges to the tender ID are posted to the same account Accounts Receivables Inset The following fields and check boxes are used with the Aloha Accounts Receivable software interface Accounts Receivable Select this switch if this tender is to be used with the Aloha Accounts Receivable software interface When this switch is selected the other accounts receivable settings become available Verify Customer Data Prompts the order entry terminal to verify data when this tender type is used in the FOH Print Balance on Receipt Prints the customer s balance from Aloha Accounts Receivable on the receipt when this tender type is used in the FOH Print Reference on Receipt Prints the reference information entered in the FOH when the guest check was closed This is determined by the Refer ence Entry text box in Accounts Receivable Enter 0 to not display a FOH prompt Enter to display a FOH prompt with an optional entry Enter 2 to display a FOH prompt with a required entry AR Field on Receipt Enables you to select another field from the cus tomer s accounts receivable information for print on the FOH receipt The choices are None Card Number Phone Number or
558. sed for alcoholic beverages Exclusive Added to the price of the item Exclusive taxes are over and above the stated price of the menu item Exclusive tax methods are common for food Vendor Indicates a special tax required in certain jurisdictions This should be set if the primary tax method is a vendor tax To set up a basic primary sales tax record 1 Enter an unused two digit number and press Enter 2 Type a short description of the type of tax record you are creating in the Description text box 3 Select the appropriate Tax Type 4 Type the numeric value in decimals of the tax rate you will use for this type of tax in the Tax Rate text box 5 156 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 5 Enter the minimum sale amount required before a tax is applied in the Minimum Amount text box You may acquire this figure from the tax tables you use to collect tax on sales at your establishment 6 Select the appropriate check boxes to identify Secondary or GST taxes If you select Secondary the Exclusive box is automatically selected in the system If you select GST proceed to additional instructions for configuring inclusive and exclusive GST taxes later in this chapter If you need to set up breakpoints refer to the next sec tion on non repeating and repeating breakpoints al F Secondary taxes must be set as exclusive taxes 7 Click Save and exit the function 8 Select Maintenance g
559. seeeseeseeeseeene 2 41 Print Settlement oo eee ceecccececeeeeseceeecueceeeeseeeseeseeeeeaeeenes 2 41 2 2 Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 The Functions menu accesses such features as editing deposits employee scheduling and posting to house accounts In Functions you also interface with third party accounting applications Select Functions from the menu bar as shown in Figure 2 1 7 Aloha Manager QuickService ports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help it Deposits Edit Punches Basic Labor Scheduler Post to House Account Payment Reconciliation gt Create ReMACS Realworld Pay File Create ReMACS Menu File Create Coconut Code Payroll File Create Coconut Code Daily Sales Files Create Coconut Code Sales Mix File Create Paychex Extract File Create PayUSA Extract File Item Maintena Member Maint Create ADP Pay File NUM 7 Figure 2 1 Functions Main Menu In this chapter you learn how to e Edit and create deposits e Edit and assign punches and paid time off PTO e Edit and create employee schedules e Edit and post to house accounts e Interface with third party accounting applications Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Functions 2 3 suonoun4 Edit Deposits To make adjustments to deposits select Functions gt Edit Deposits A Select Date dialog box displays as shown in Figure 2 2 Select Date Ea Today Figure 2 2 Select Dat
560. select the record to edit and press Enter Name Specifies a descriptive name for the Routing Level 7 52 System Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Queue Scroll through the drop down list select a queue record and press Enter This selection identifies the order queue source that must be rerouted Routes from Scroll through the drop down list select a source record and press Enter This selection identifies the video group to which the queue being rerouted belongs Routes to Scroll through the drop down list select a destination record and press Enter This selection identifies the video group to which the queue being rerouted is to be reassigned Remember to specify queue source video group and destination video group on the same line for each routing If one of these three elements is missing for a given routing the desired action will not take place System Maintenance Functions 7 53 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Ss UeUDdIUIEIN wia shs Volume Levels The Volume Levels feature is available when you are using remote display systems This feature displays a suitable descriptive name on the order entry terminals that relates to the level of business that is taking place in the restau rant in a specified time interval The names are defined by specific gross sales levels For example if a Slow level is defined as 0 01 to 199 00 and if this is the level of sales o
561. separate the but tons vertically Button Width Specifies the number of pixels to use for the width of all buttons on the panel Button Height Specifies the number of pixels to use for the height of all buttons on the panel Click OK to display the button layout design centered in the middle of the panel All buttons default to the Unassigned button function Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 85 SOUBUDIUIEI nus If any buttons are outside the panel in the Preview window when you click OK an error message displays as shown in Figure 5 61 You have buttons which are outside the panel Figure 5 61 Layout Panel Buttons Error Click OK to adjust the numeric values of your settings The Layout Panel Buttons command is only one method to fill a panel with buttons Once proficient most users copy and paste already assigned buttons onto the panel to retain the properties of the button and reassign the function Group Button Commands Use the rubberbanding technique to select the group of buttons to edit format or delete To use this technique hold down the shift key and click the left mouse button on the panel outside of the buttons Drag the arrow that displays across the desired buttons A broken line selection guide rubberband dis plays as a tool to make the button selection as shown in Figure 5 62 Unnamed Panel Figure 5 62 Rubberbanding Buttons 5 86 Men
562. shown in Figure 10 6 i DEBOUT svr Notepad olx Fie Edit Search Help CTLSUR Checking all dated subdirectories CTL CleanupBOHDebugFiles purging DEBBAK files older than 36 days CtlSur CleanupBOHDebugFiles checking DEBOUT files larger than CTLSUR Checking all dated subdirectories CTL CleanupBOHDebugFiles purging DEBBAK files older than 36 days CtlSur CleanupBOHDebugFiles checking DEBOUT files larger than CTLSUR Checking all dated subdirectories Renamed UPDATE STR To UPDATE HLD CTLSUR Detected End Of Day in progress CTLSUR Executing GRIND waiting 1 CTLSUR WINHOOK started C WINNT system32 cmd exe C c aloha52 bin zipper bat 26010569 16 21 43 CTLSUR Detected End Of Day in progress 16 21 45 Renamed UPDATE STR To UPDATE HLD 764 CTLSUR Executing GRIND 16 22 67 waiting 1 16 22 68 CTLSUR WINHOOK started C WINNT system32 cmd exe C lc aloha52 bin zipper bat 26610516 12 16 26 49 Renamed UPDATE STR To UPDATE HLD 12 16 2 CTLSUR Detected End Of Day in progress 12 CTLSUR Executing GRIND 12 16 28 53 waiting 1 12 16 28 54 CTLSUR WINHOOK started C WINNT system32 cmd exe C ic aloha52 bin zipper bat 26010511 Jun 12 16 45 69 CTL CleanupBOHDebugFiles purging DEBBAK files older than 36 days Jun 12 16 45 69 CtlSur CleanupBOHDebugFiles checking DEBOUT files larger than 8666688 Jun 12 16 45 69 CTLSUR Checking all dated subdirectories
563. shows the order as a combo Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Payments Maintenance Functions 6 35 aoueusuleW sjuowAeg Only Print Combo Name on Guest Check Causes the system to print the name of the combo on the guest check omitting item details about the dis counts involved Consolidate Like Components Causes the system to group identical items together on the order and on the guest check Num Required Components 2 5 Enter a number between 2 and 5 for the required number of components that must be purchased for the defined Quick Combo Update Select the component and enter its requirements in the Component Inset For example select Component 1 and then enter the name of the component such as hamburger fry or drink The number entered in Num Required Components 2 5 determines the number of available choices Component Name Enter a name to assign to the component such as Sandwich Side or Drink Exclude Excludes the component from discounting calculations This applies the total discount to only the components not marked with Exclude in the promotion If the price of the discounted amount is greater than the full price of the components not marked with Exclude then you can not apply the promotion Regular Item Select the item for the quick combo from the drop down list The drop down list contains all items in the item record To select an item click the c
564. splayed on order entry terminals Tips Inset Allow Tips Tracks tips for the defined tender type This is usually selected for credit card tender types Maximum Tip Specifies the maximum allowable tip percentage as a percentage of the total sale for the defined tender type Enter 0 50 for a 50 maximum percent figure woe The Maximum Tip is not enforced if set over 100 percent Remove Tip Line if Auto Gratuity Removes the tip line on the receipt if an automatic gratuity has been applied to the check Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Payments Maintenance Functions 6 7 aoueUsUleW sjuowAeg Type Subtab The Type subtab specifies the type of tender you are defining such as cash credit card cash card house account or debit card Select the Type subtab from the Tenders function tab to define the type of tender as shown in Figure 6 3 7 Aloha Manager QuickService E aii xj File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Tender Maintenance Tender Type Identification Authorization Back Office Reconciliation T Cash IT Check I Cash Card T House Accounts F Debit I Gift Card Stored Value Systems z T Credit Card Not Applicable z IVR Phone I r Eoreign Currency Foreign Currencies in None 0 z r Voucher Printing T Do not print vouchers Options I Use Magnetic Card ONLY T Expiration T Verify Expiration J Print Expira
565. ssecseecceeeaaeeaaeeaaeeaaeeaaeeaeceaeeeaeeeeceeaeeeeeeeeeeess 8 34 LabelS iiie a e AEE AEE ERE A EERE RENERE ERRE 8 36 Video GrOUPS cccccccccccceccceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeneees 8 40 Video QUEUES ricci dieeniveritiassep bipaseadnalidmnrdadcendadsadocascenanad aiscetdenetdninses 8 41 Video DEVICES iriiri nenen e in EAE E EE DREE EAE EAE SEA EENE ERE 8 42 Video KeypadS ssnsssssrrrreessrssrsrresseseosssssrrarorernrnnnnunurnnnnnnaneeeeeeone 8 43 Display BO ANS og cearn E a A EEEE 8 44 ACCESSO GS cccccccccccccecccecccecececececccecceecceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeteeeeeeess 8 48 Cash Cards nee a a eer rrre re 8 48 Drink Dispensers c cceeeecceeeceeecceeeaeeeaaecaeecaeecaeceaeeeaeeeeeeeeeeees 8 48 SCAlSS AN Tare S i a a R a aa ENa 8 48 8 2 Hardware Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 The Hardware configuration features available in the Aloha system provide significant flexibility as well as extensive capabilities Select Maintenance gt Hardware to display the Hardware menu shown in Fig ure 8 1 Menu G Payments S Employee re Terminals Les lessages Cash Drawers Quick Count Printers Membership Printer Groups Store Settings Labels Video Groups Video Queues Video Devices Video Keypads Display Boards Cash Cards Drink Dispensers Item Maintena Member Maint Figure 8 1 Hardware Menu In the context of an operating r
566. stem is in operation and the value should corre spond to the calendar date Open Time Displays the daily restaurant opening time First Day of Week Displays the first day of the payroll period Select the appropriate day from the drop down list Time Zone Inset Some countries do not follow the United States rules for DST or do not observe DST at all For example in the Southern Hemisphere DST is observed by springing forward one hour in September or October instead of during April which is the month that DST is observed in the United States Daylight Savings Time for the U S and its territories is NOT observed in Hawaii American Samoa Guam Puerto Rico the Virgin Islands the Eastern Time Zone portion of the State of Indiana and most of Arizona with the exception of the Navajo Indian Reservation in Arizona The TIMEZONE variable is used for these situations U S Daylight Savings Time Sets the system to use United States DST settings This is the default value which uses the United States rules for DST to spring forward in April and fall back in October No Daylight Savings Time Specifies your area does not observe daylight savings time This prevents the Aloha programs from springing forward or falling back Note All terminals and the file server must be set to a state or area that does not observe DST for this variable to work properly International Daylight Savings Time Specifies you are outside the U
567. structions 19900 To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return NUM Figure 5 18 Modifiers Subtab If Used as Modifier Inset Apply Surcharge Applies a surcharge to the item when it is used as a modifier Combine Price with Base Item Combines the price of the item when it is used as a modifier with the modified item s price Otherwise the price is listed separately Highlight if Modifier When the item is used as a modifier it prints the item in reverse type on the chit white on black on monochrome printers and in red on color printers Maintenance gt Store Settings gt Printing group must be selected to 9 The Red Items check box in the Chit Print subtab located in activate the Highlight if Modifier feature on color printers Print Independently Prints the modifier on the chit in the same format as a regular item 5 26 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Modified By Inset Modifier Groups Button Click Modifier Groups to access the Modifiers function tab and create a new modifier group if necessary Changing a modifier group changes the modifier group for all items to which it is assigned Mod 1 through Mod 10 Designates the modifier groups that should be attached to the item Up to 10 modifier groups can be assigned to each item Before modifiers can be assigned to an item however they must first be defined i
568. system to another computer 4 32 Labor Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 System Subtab Select Labor gt Access Levels gt System to display the System subtab as shown in Figure 4 18 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help _Employee Mai _ Access Levels Maintenance G Level TEANA Description MANAGER Employee Reports Financial Employee System Maintenance IM Reroute I End of Day I Shutdown Terminal Calibration T Query Cash Card Gave Cancel Edit Delete To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Retum NUM WZ Figure 4 18 System Subtab Reroute Enables an employee to reroute printers printer groups or remote display systems End of Day Enables an employee to run EOD functions from FOH termi nals Delete Comp Enables an employee to delete a comp directly from the check Shutdown Terminal Closes the FOH then goes directly to the Windows 95 shutdown screen This applies only to terminals running Microsoft Win dows 95 and prevents employees from simply turning off the machine which could cause data corruption Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Labor Maintenance Functions 4 33 SOUBUDIUIEIN 1oqe Calibration Enables an employee to calibrate the touch screen server ter minals Query Cash Card Enables an employee to query the balances
569. t 02019 Cheeseburger 02021 Double Hamburger Bitmap 02023 Double Cheeseburger HA TE TA Weaeeeasri eetan 02025 Bacon Dbl Cheeseburger Ue eee EE 02027 Chicken dusty On None 02029 Aloha Broiler C Let Top 02031 Aloha Big Fish B Center CC Up None v 02033 Veggie Super H Danie JE om Down None if 02034 Veggie Cheese Preview 0K Order A Hint Modifier Cancel Adds a modifier item to the current order Figure 5 89 Order Modifier Button Function 2 Select the modifier item to assign to the button 3 Click OK The Item and Modifier Item list boxes use the same items defined in Maintenance gt Menu gt Items and conform to the pricing hierar chy You can select an item for both an order item and an order mod ifier however you must place an order modifier in a modifier group and the group must be attached to the item it modifies Order Type Specifies the order mode for the current order defined in Maintenance gt Menu gt Order Modes You can assign a default order mode to an order queue in Maintenance gt System gt Order Queues Assigning this eliminates the need to select the same order type for every transaction 5 120 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 To add an order type button 1 Select Order Type from the Function drop down list An additional option displays as shown in Figure 5 90 Edit Buttons Quick Servi
570. t Menu gt Items to associate the new primary tax rate with each item to which it will apply Repeating Subtab Use the Repeating subtab for jurisdictions that use tables to calculate taxes rather than a straight tax rate Non zero values placed in the tables override the value set in Tax Rate If taxes are calculated using a tax rate the values in Menu Maintenance Functions 5 157 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 S UBUDIUIEIN nus Repeating Breakpoints should be set to zero Select Repeating to display the Repeating subtab as shown in Figure 5 118 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Tax Maintenance Number MEZI Tax Repeating Nonrepeating r Repeating Breakpoints ref of of of of of oy oy o sas of of of oy oy of of o wef off of of of of of of o aap of of of of of oy oy weal of of of of of off of o wwf of of of of of oy cys To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return NUM YW Figure 5 118 Repeating Subtab Nonrepeating Subtab Use the Nonrepeating subtab to establish irregular intervals To set the non repeating breakpoints enter whole number values into the boxes beginning from the upper left and reading across the screen The values entered repre sent one cent intervals beginning at zero and counting up The value in the first box represents the number of one cent intervals that have no
571. t mouse button 5 42 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Panel Editor Use Panel Editor to create or modify the panels that make up the order entry screen user interface for Aloha QuickService as shown in Figure 5 25 Use this graphical tool to define panels to position panels on the screen and but tons on the panels and to assign actions and menu items to the buttons You determine the look and behavior of the order entry screen by the choices you make when creating and placing panels on the screen Screen 10002 01 57 AM Layered Panels PANEL TITLE BUTTON BUTTON BUTTON BUTTON BUTTON BUTTON BUTTON BUTTON fon BUTTON BUTTON BUTTON BUTTON BUTTON BUTTON BUTTON BUTTON Terminal Up Figure 5 25 Screen Matrix Menu Maintenance Functions 5 43 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SOUBUDIUIEIN nus Panel Editor Tools Panel Editor provides tools used to ease panel construction and design Use these tools to design the screens panels and buttons to customize the menu for your establishment The following tools are explained in detail e Desktop Size Settings e Workspace Toolbar and Commands Menu e Panel Editor Grid e Coordinates Dialog Box Desktop Size Settings The Select Desktop Size dialog box displays each time you access Panel
572. t Appearance Check Content2 Check Style ChitContent Chit Style FM Consolidate like items on check I Print PMS Guest Name PM Print Revenue Center I Print PMS Info I Print Bar Code I Print Day Patt on Check IT Suppress check number I Print Business Number TF Print Order Mode On Check TF Use Store Wide Order Numbering Tax Detail I Print Tax Detail I Pint Total Tie Line Suppress printing of voided items on quest check ss Figure 5 127 Print Business Number Flag Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 171 eoueus UleI nus Print if Less Than Tax Threshold When you touch the Tax Invoice button the system compares the guest check total to the amount set in the Tax Invoice Threshold text box located in Store Settings gt International group gt Taxes If the guest check is less than the threshold amount the guest check automati cally prints with the title Tax Invoice displayed at the top as shown in Fig ure 5 128 TAX INVOICE CAFE de ROSALINDA 2700 Calle de Rio Azul Tijuana Chihuahua MEXICO BUSINESS ID 3459877 Figure 5 128 Sample Tax Invoice Top Portion Print if Greater Than Tax Threshold If the guest check is equal to or greater than the amount entered in the Tax Invoice Threshold text box a special message box displays prompting you to Enter customer name and GST business number or address of the rec
573. t a defined printer can be selected and the paper orientation source and size can be set Select Exit from the File menu to close Employee Scheduling Edit Menu The Edit drop down menu allows employee work schedules to be created copied and edited If a schedule has not previously been created the Edit Schedule function is used to create a new schedule If there are existing sched ules in the system a copy of one can be made to use as a future schedule Changes and updates can be made to new schedules as well as existing or cop ied schedules To access this feature select Edit gt Edit Schedule as shown in Figure 2 12 4 916 Employee Scheduling OL x File Edit Report Help Copy Schedule Edit Schedule Edit graphical labor schedule NUM 7 Figure 2 12 Edit Schedule Selection 2 18 Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Copy Schedule The Copy Schedule function enables you to copy an existing schedule to be used as a future schedule To copy an existing schedule select Copy Schedule from the Edit Menu The Copy Week dialog box displays as shown in Figure 2 13 Copy Week x From 03 27 2000 To 04 03 2000 Cancel Figure 2 13 Copy Week Select a date in the From drop down list then select a date in the To drop down list and click OK The selected schedule is automatically copied Edit Schedule The Edit Schedule function enables the creation or modificat
574. t cards house accounts and so on Time Slice A time slice indicates an employee s shift using the basic labor scheduler program within Aloha Manager The left end represents the clock in time and the right end represents the clock out time for the shift TRANS LOG The TRANS LOG transaction log is a file stored in the DATA subdirectory of ALOHA It contains all activity and transactions for the current DOB The log stores all FOH activity that occurs during the cur rent DOB in this secure proprietary encrypted format New data is appended to the log It is impossible to lose checks with this system since every change to the system is reflected in the log The log also provides a natural audit trail for monitoring potential misuse of the system by employees Unordered Items Unordered items are items that are entered but not sent to the kitchen The text displays as blue in the guest check window Winhook The Winhook feature is used to launch a custom batch file fol lowing the EOD process Custom batch files allow the automation of certain routines that are outside the system but address Aloha data files such as com pressing or zipping data files and copying them to another drive 8 Aloha Glossary Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Networking Glossary 10Base2 10 Mbps Baseband Ethernet specification using RG 58 thinnet 50 ohm thin coaxial cable with BNC T Connector Limit 185 meters 10Bas
575. t corner enabling you to scroll through the tabs Function Tab Title Bar Each function tab has a title bar at the top containing the following informa tion Function name The function title is left justified and spelled without abbreviations Back button The Back button is on the right side of the title bar Click Back to return to the most recently used function tab For example in the Items function you could click the Printer button on the Item subtab to launch the Printers function then click Back to return to the Items function Close button The Close button H is to the right of the Back button This button closes the active selected function Closing a function tab closes the entire tab It is not possible to close individual subtabs displayed on a function tab Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Aloha Manager sebeue eYolVy Function Subtabs Some functions contain subtabs arranged along the top of a function tab Sub tabs divide and organize related features assigned to the function tab into smaller separate more manageable work areas making it less cumbersome to work with the specific function Subtabs as implemented in the Aloha Man ager interface function the same way as subtabs in other software such as Microsoft Word and Excel Select Tools gt Options in these applications to see an example Click a subtab title to make its features active Subtabs differ from function tabs w
576. t either Verifone 1000 or Verifone Everest Port Defines the physical port to which the PIN pad is attached Order Numbering Inset This inset enables you to determine when a number is assigned to an order as it enters the mix of order queues This ability helps to ensure that an order with relatively few items can be moved ahead of a larger or more complex order The first criterion by which an order may be moved ahead in the queue is the number assigned to the order If the system is configured for load bal ancing queues the nature of the order is considered after the order number At start of order normal Causes the system to assign a number to a new order when the order is initiated Orders receive numbers in sequence as they are opened regardless of the nature of the order Delay until order is sent Causes the system to delay assigning a number to a new order after the order is complete and the order is actually sent to the kitchen for preparation This inset makes it possible to use serpentine drive through order queues with separate cashier and pickup windows In this arrangement drivers place orders in a side by side configuration Drivers with simple orders or orders with few items can move ahead in the line when other drivers are placing large or complicated orders To correctly enable this order scheme you must also disable the Use Store Wide Order Numbering setting in Maintenance gt Store Settings
577. t set up properly and an attempt is made to run the software the system stores information about the subsequent error conditions in one of these files The base name of debugging files is Debout There are several types of files each one containing messages and informa tion generated by the system as the Aloha system operates Each file type designated by a specific file extension contains information about a specific part of system operation categorized by the file name extension Select Utilities gt View Debugging File to display the View Debugging File function tab as shown in Figure 10 5 7 Aloha Manager QuickService Eile Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help View Debugging File Employee Please select a debout from the list Matvsnence oe BOH DEBOUT EDC BOH DEBOUT EOD BOH DEBOUT g01 BOH DEBOUT svr View Debugging File M N A Figure 10 5 View Debugging File Select the desired file from the list box and click View to display the contents of the file in Notepad or click Cancel to close the function tab Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Utilities 10 11 sonian Debout files display in Windows Notepad when selected for viewing Infor mation in these files is entered from the top to the bottom with the most recent information at the bottom Press Ctrl End to move immediately to the end of a file An example of the entries at the bottom of a debout file is
578. te Displays an example of how dates display throughout the system based on the selected order option YMD DMY or MDY GST Subtab This subtab enables you to specify GST tax parameters Select the GST sub tab from the International group shown in Figure 3 63 Group Intemational hd Intemational Special Currency Inclusive Taxes Intemational Date GST Goods and Service Tax r Tax Invoice Threshold GST Tax amount 0a o I On Comps IF OnPromos p Exempt Items Category None 0 z r GST Tax Text on Guest Check Text GST Tax Enable GST tax functionality by selecting a GST tax from the list a ee Figure 3 63 GST Subtab The Goods and Services Tax feature is explained in depth in Chapter 6 Menu Maintenance Functions GST Taxes Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 113 s6uiy9as 910 S Credit Card The Credit Card group enables you to define EDC settings credit card autho rization procedures and voucher printing It provides on line credit card authorization preauthorization verification and settlement of credit card transactions In addition it provides a number of built in management tools such as real time transaction tracking maintaining transaction history files and customized reporting functions Select Credit Card from the Group drop down list as shown in Figure 3 64 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Mainte
579. te a new record enter an unused number and press Enter To edit an existing record scroll through the Modifier Group drop down list select the record to edit and press Enter Short Name Enter a short descriptive name to identify the modifier group The short name displays on the FOH order entry screen Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 39 SUBUDIUIEIN nus cS The Min Max and Free check boxes use weights on items set up in Maintenance gt Menu gt Items in the Default Weight check box Refer to the Items section earlier in this chapter for more information Long Name Enter a longer more descriptive name to identify the modifier group Data in the Long Name text box is used in the reporting features built into the Aloha POS system Min Enter the minimum number of modifiers that can be selected when an item is ordered The value can be 0 zero A number greater than zero forces the modifier selection screen to display regardless if Screen Flow Required is selected The server must select at least the min number of items from the modifier group If Min is not set then Max does not need to be set Max Enter the maximum number of modifiers that can be selected when an item is ordered If both Min and Max are 0 zero an unlimited number is assumed Free Enter the number of items from the modifier group that can be ordered
580. te chit if printing to 1 or more kitchen printers else 2 or more al NUM A Figure 3 39 Printing Group Chit Style Subtab Leading Lines Represents the number of blank lines to appear at the top of the chit This positions the guest check on the page when it is printed Trailing Lines Sets the number of blank lines to appear at the bottom of the chit Max Lines per Chit Sets the maximum number of lines permitted on the chit Max Items per Chit Sets the maximum number of items permitted on each chit Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 67 s6uly2S 910 S Expediter Printer Button Click Expediter Printer to access the Printers function tab Here you can per form maintenance in the Printers function including add new records if the printer you need is not already there Expediter Printer Designates the printer in which a chit containing all menu items for orders will print An order that has been split between two or more printer groups in the kitchen also prints in its entirety on the expediter printer Orders not split between printer groups have no effect on the expe diter This only affects the printers defined with the In Kitchen check box selected in Maintenance gt Hardware gt Printers gt Options subtab Expedite Even When Items Only Route to 1 Printer Prints an expe diter chit when all ordered items are routed to one kitchen printer If this check box is cle
581. ted Pair Standard phone line made up of two insulated copper wires wrapped around each other The twists minimize interference and attenuation Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Networking Glossary 27 UNC Uniform or Universal Naming Convention Used in IBM PC net working to completely specify a directory on a file server The basic format is servername sharename where servername is the hostname of a network file server and sharename is the name of a networked or shared directory Note this is not the same as the conventional MS DOS C WINDOWS directory name such as serverl dave which might be set up to point to C users homedirs dave on a server called server1 It is possible to execute a program using this convention without having to specifically link a drive by running server share directory program exe The undocumented MS DOS command TRUENAME can be used to find out the UNC name of a file or directory on a network drive UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply Power supply to run a computer for a short time in case of power loss UTP Unshielded Twisted Pair At least two pairs of insulated twisted pair and wrapped in an outer cover User level security Used in Windows NT to share resources When you attempt to access a shared resource the server will make sure your user account has been authorized to access the resource Virtual Circuits Logical connections between sending and receiving
582. tes an Other Wages entry as System Split Shift Premium Figure 3 18 Split Shift 2 Table Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 33 s6uly9S 9103S Shift TimePay 1st Shift Reporting Inset The first shift reporting rule is that if an employee works less than half the scheduled hours the employee is paid additionally for half the scheduled hours at the regular rate of pay When this condition is met the system gener ates an Other Wages entry with the wage type System Worked lt half sched uled The system has only one option to compute whether an employee has worked at least half of the hours sched uled The Use Schedule check box must be selected in Maintenance gt Store Settings gt Labor group gt Scheduling subtab Shift Scheduled Pay at least hours Represents the minimum number of hour s to add as Other Wages if the employee works less than half their scheduled hours on first reporting A valid range is 1 00 to 24 00 No more than hours Represents the maximum number of hours to add as Other Wages if the employee works less than half their scheduled hours on first reporting A valid range is from 1 00 to 24 00 but this value cannot be less than the minimum value Pay Rate Represents the rate at which the employee is paid The default value is regular pay Minimum wage is an option 3 34 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 The foll
583. the Options subtab from the Order Entry group as shown in Figure 3 3 7 Aloha Manager QuickService o x File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools Yiew Help Store Settings Maintenance Group Order Entry gt GuestCounts Options Pizza Advance Orders Use this Open Item if the Order Taker enters an SKU that cannot be found Scale Scale Timeout Value g Seconds Manual Weight Message man WT Save Cancel Store Settings Select Open Item to use if SKU not found Figure 3 3 Order Entry Group Options Subtab Use this open item if the order taker enters a SKU that cannot be found Items Designates the item to use when the entered item is not recognized by the system Scale Inset Scale Timeout Value Specifies the number of seconds the system waits for three consecutive identical scale readings When the system exceeds the number you have the option to retry a reading or make a manual entry Enter from three to 99 seconds The default number of seconds is five Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 7 s6uiy9as 910 S Manual Weight Message Text Holds the text to display on the guest check used when you enter a manual weight Enter up to 15 alphanumeric characters The default text is MAN WT Pizza Subtab S This subtab enables you to establish pizza pricing options Select the Pizza Refer to the g i Pioa Modifi subta
584. the intended recipient s Communication between nodes on different segments is via one or more routers Serial Port A connector on a computer to which you can attach a serial line connected to peripherals which communicate using a serial bit stream protocol The most common type of serial port is a 25 pin D type connector carrying RS 232 signals Smaller connectors e g 9 pin D type carrying a subset of RS 232 are often used on personal computers The serial port is usually connected to an integrated circuit called a UART which handles the conversion between serial and parallel data Server A computer that provides some service for other computers con nected to it via a network 24 Networking Glossary Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Server Based Networks Ten or more users Employs specialized servers File and Print Application Mail Fax Communications gateways Central administration Greater security Centralized backup Data Redundancy Sup ports many users Session A lasting connection between a user or user agent and a peer typically a server usually involving the exchange of many packets between the user s computer and the server A session is typically implemented as a layer in a network protocol such as Telnet or FTP Session Layer The third highest protocol layer layer 5 in the OSI seven layer model The session layer uses the transport layer to establish a connec tion between p
585. ther Wages portion of the screen enables manual additions edits and deletions for paid time off PTO as well as edits and deletions for system generated entries that the employee is due Paid time off may include jury duty sick time vacation time or any other time that your establishment may designate This time may be paid in the form of hours dollars or both Sys tem generated entries populate the Other Wages portion of the screen based on the shifts and breaks rules defined in Labor on page 3 12 in Chapter 3 Store Settings for more information System generated entries may include e Split Shift Premium e 2nd Shift Minimum e Meal Period Breaks e Rest Period Breaks Operators in California and other states that have specific laws regulating wages hours and working conditions may find the functionality of the sys tem generated entries particularly useful This functionality is reviewed in more detail in Chapter 3 Store Settings under Labor Group Shifts and Breaks subtab 2 12 Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Select Functions gt Edit Punches to display the Edit Punches function tab as shown in Figure 2 9 7 Aloha Manager QuickService Eile Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Mai Edit Prior Days Time and Attendance ee LEmpNo Employee Timetn TimeOut _ Jobcode Rate Tips Maintenance Oooo N Figure 2 9 Edit Pri
586. ther check boxes but sales and other data are not saved This is an emulation mode and any activity creates temporary data that has no impact on the system Order chits guest checks and checkouts have bold disclaimers identifying them as training mode When an employee is working in this mode checks are dis played in green instead of blue on order entry terminals Shift Required Requires that employee must clock in and clock out at the beginning and end of every shift and gives the employee access to employee and manager functions This check box does not enable order entry capabili ties unless selected in combination with the Order Entry check box Allow Paid Breaks Enables a new button on the FOH Employee Break screen called Start Meal Period Break Allow Unpaid Breaks Enables a new button on the FOH Employee Break screen called Start Unpaid Break Meal Period Breaks Enables the employee to take meal period breaks when activated by the Use Break Rules option on the Breaks subtab in Store Settings gt Labor Rest Period Breaks Enables the employee to take rest period breaks when activated by the Use Break Rules option on the Breaks subtab in Store Settings gt Labor 4 20 Labor Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Enforce _ Minute Breaks Defines a specified number of minutes between 1 and 999 of unpaid break time the employee must take This option is ava
587. ther the employee is Full time Part time Hourly Salary Exempt or Salary Nonexempt The default is Full time Marital Status Specifies the employee s marital status Dependents Denotes the number of dependants the employee claims Sex Inset Male Indicates the employee is male Male is the default setting Female Indicates the employee is female 4 14 Labor Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Other Employee Codes Inset Use the undefined employee codes to track additional information such as whether the employee is a smoker owns a car and other information To define the text to appear on the subtab in place of Undefined code x edit the EMPITEXT through EMPSTEXT variables in the ALOHA INI file For example to track the number of smokers you employ edit ALOHA INI and replace Undefined code 1 in the EMPITEXT variable with Smoker The word Smoker will appear in Employee Maintenance The Aloha system does not use the information on any Aloha reports Undefined Code 1 through 5 Captures additional information about the employee Once you define the undefined employee code the text you set in ALOHA INI becomes the text for the text box Back Office Security Subtab Use the Back Office Security subtab to define the security level of access to logging in to the BOH Assign security levels only to employees who perform BOH maintenance such as managers Select the Back Office
588. tilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Mnt PERR Display on Pole Message Today sSpecils JBicod Buoers89 SSCS Picco Fries 43 S Biggd Diks SCS FriedPies 33 o while SupplesLast To edit press Retum to add type unused ID and Retum NUM A Figure 9 2 Main Screen Messages Maintenance 9 4 Message Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 ID Holds a three digit number that together with the entry in the first mes sage text box uniquely identifies each record To create a new record enter an unused ID number and press Enter To edit an existing record scroll through the ID drop down list select the record and press Enter Message Holds the message that is to display on the main screen of the order entry terminal or pole display The entry in the first line serves as the identification name for the message The additional lines are used for entering the message as it displays on the main screen or pole display Display on Pole Causes the message to display on a pole display if one is attached to the FOH terminal The main screen messages continue to display on the order entry terminal as before Other important points to consider when formulating a main screen message are as follows 1 Only eight lines are available for message text Each line is limited to 20 characters 3 Ifone of the Cool interfaces is being used the message is limited to a
589. time is rounded accord ing to the number entered in this field For example if 5 is entered and an employee clocks in at 7 58 the system rounds the time to the nearest 5 minute interval which is 8 00 Enter 0 for no rounding Clock In Round Threshold Specifies the number of minutes at which the system rounds up the clock in time If set to zero the system automatically rounds down to the nearest time interval listed in Round clock in times Round Clock Out Times Specifies the number of minutes in which to round clock out times When employees clock out the time is rounded according to the number entered in this field Enter 0 for no rounding Clock Out Round Threshold Specifies the number of minutes at which the system rounds down the clock out time If set to zero the system automat ically rounds up to the nearest time interval listed in Round clock out times Overtime Inset Overtime Type Specifies the overtime type used by the policy of the com pany Select from three different types Weekly Overtime Daily Overtime and Extended Daily Overtime Depending upon which type you select the applicable hours and multiplier text boxes are highlighted for entry After _ Hrs Day Denotes the number of hours an employee can work per day before going into overtime The second After __ Hrs Day text box must be greater than or equal to the number of hours in the first text box After _ Hrs Week Denotes th
590. ting for the current DOB is stored in printer log files called PRT LOG with the being a variable corresponding to the record ID for each printer as defined in Maintenance These log files are located in the DATA subdirectory of ALOHA and function similarly to the TRANS LOG containing all printing that has been sent to a given printer on the current day as well as indicators as to the data which has printed successfully Promos Promotions Promotions allow special pricing specific to the promotion being offered Promotions might be defined for discounts specials coupons and combo meals and might be seasonal or always available Six predefined promotion types are offered BOGO Combo Coupon New Price Check Reduction and Quick Combo Punch A punch refers to the clock in and out times of an employee hence the term punching the clock QuickService Aloha QuickService is Ibertech s product offering specifi cally designed for fast food restaurant environments 6 Aloha Glossary Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Receipt printer A receipt printer is a printer physically located in the cus tomer area of a restaurant and is used to print guest checks and credit card vouchers Redundancy Redundancy architecture is designed to retain maximum system functionality in the event of common hardware failures There are three types of failures BOH file server down master terminal down and complete networ
591. tings Print chit using a Double Height text Figure 3 40 Printing Group Chit Appearance Subtab Consolidate Items with Identical Modifiers Consolidates like items on the chit 2 TBone Rare Salad Beans 3 70 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Consolidate Items with Different Modifiers Consolidates items on the chit even if the modifiers are not the same 2 TBone 1 Rare Salad Beans 1 Medium Rare Salad Beans Print 1 in Front of Quantity 1 Items Prints a 1 in front of any quantity 1 item on the chit instead of gt 1 TBone 1 Rare 1 Salad 1 Beans Print parentheses for Quantity Items Prints the total number of like items in parenthesis 6 BBQ Sandwich Default Item Justification Enables items to print with left right or cen tered justification Irregular Item Justification Enables No Side Extra and Sub to print with left right or centered justification Font Inset Print Modifiers in Red Prints all modifiers in red ink when printed on color printers or in reverse type on other printers Print Only Selected Items in Red Prints menu items in red ink when printed on color printers when the Highlight check box is selected or in reverse type on other printers Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Store Settings 3 71 sBuiyes 9103S Show Entry Fields in Inverse Displays text lines in white against a shade
592. tings and User Volume Levels POS Subtab The POS subtab enables you to define the screen display and screen timeout settings Show Cursor Changes the cursor to a large X on the FOH touch screen Normally the cursor is a single dot 3 78 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Show Redundant Mode Indicator Displays a red outline on the logon screen if the system is in Redundant mode Use QuickSearch Employee Lookup Enables a FOH lookup screen for every instance that an employee must be selected With this feature employ ees can be searched alphabetically or by numeric ID No Total Lines on Unordered Checks Does not print the check total line on unordered guest checks Qwerty Determines if and when the Qwerty screen keypad option is enabled The keypad configuration is designated in the employee record but this field can be used to either override or accept that designation This can be set to Never use the Qwerty keypad Always use the Qwerty keypad or By Employee to designate the use of the Qwerty keypad by employee prefer ence xo The Qwerty setting in the employee s record overrides the setting in Store Settings FOH Theme Denotes the pre defined design theme for the Front of House interface instead of the basic Aloha theme shown in this manual For the QuickService product the FOH theme affects the standard screens such as the Clock In screen Log In screen an
593. tings Clock In Out Electronic Payroll Settings Labor Repotting r Overtime M Clock in Report Available Overtime Type Weekly Overtime x I Disable Labor Reporting 5 50 FF Print Clock In After O Hrs Day Mutf 1 50 After O Hrs Day Mult 150 k 30 mi Labor Report Interval mn laf a h w a a E 1 50 Geren m ees e a ea i Round clock out times O min p Overtime Calculation e rene ines nek oe C Calculate overtime by average rate Calculate overtime by shift rate Save Cancel Clock in report available for employees NUM 7 Figure 3 10 Labor Group Clock In Out Subtab Labor Reporting Inset Clock In Report Available Enables the employee to view the clock in report from a FOH terminal Disable Labor Reporting Disables labor reporting functions in both the FOH and BOH When this check box is selected no clock in or clock out chits will print Also labor figures are not included in the Restaurant Sales report for the FOH This option is used in some international operations Print Clock In Prints a clock in receipt for each employee Labor Report Interval Denotes the time interval in minutes that the FOH Labor Report is calculated Labor costs are reported in increments of this interval 3 20 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Round Clock In Times Specifies the number of minutes in which to round clock in times When employees clock in the
594. tion Regrind Subdirectories A ey Figure 10 14 Regrind Subdirectories Function Tab The store name and terminal number column displays NA in a non Super Site environment The DOB column displays the date of business for the dated subdirectory found on the file server The Date Grinded column dis plays when the grind of the subdirectory occurred The Grind Version column displays the version of the Grind program when it was last grinded however the version does not affect regrinding of dated subdirectories if you use a newer Grind version The Status column states Marked when you select a subdirectory for regrinding Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Utilities 10 23 sonian Time Restriction restricts the time the Regrind function runs The Active On Off option determines if the Regrind function is running in the Grind Manager program If Active is turned off the Regrind function does not run Changes made to Time Restriction and Num Grinds do not take place until you restart Grind Manager The Aloha system uses a 3 and Out rule for regrinding If a subdirectory encounters more than three errors the regrind stops with the existence of the NOREGRIND file in the dated subdirectory The subdirectory displays a sta tus of NoRegrind When you mark the subdirectory to regrind the Regrind program removes the NOREGRIND file from the subdirectory and attempts another regrind T
595. tion ssnssnnssnesnensrtnrttrrrtrrrrrrttrrtrntrenttennnnn nenn n ennenen 9 8 Utilities inion E E 10 1 Refresh Dala ea a E E a A E 10 5 PreferenGes n ciceccseccesecss vaste ncetacevideedecsstteneeaciaseveaveuausesweasewcenedeteeaiens 10 7 Verify Data s araa Recueil ale lak E Sot leat eel cat aor ira 10 9 View Debugging File viccsccctiseteneteedesnnemtarlanen te Sete mcrae theasecienedgens 10 11 Create Diagnostic Files ccs detecs A zecpact iguanas ted ammern ead eancent echt ennes 10 13 Start Stop Front of HOUSe 0 ceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeaaeeaaeeaeeeaeees 10 15 Force Bnd 0f Day ien irora aaa a eai eaa 10 17 Database Upgrade i cc5cicc2s stand tiene es atgecencecaeteunteied ian heetgeaeease anthers 10 20 Grind Status seine ee a A one ee ees 10 22 Regrind Subdirectories ccccccccesseccccecceeeensesecceneeeeeseneneeseeenenes 10 23 Fileserver Recovery ecscndsiiindiieiees eran iain 10 26 Aloha Glossary Networking Glossary Index Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Introduction What is QuickService QuickService is software specifically written for the modern fast paced res taurant business QuickService supports the single restaurant environment but also handles the multiple store corporate chain very well QuickService incorporates the redundancy necessary to ensure that no data is lost when a single computer fails or when electrical power fails in the restaurant QuickService also incorporates
596. tion F Disable Masking in Grind Files Save Cancel Delete To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return Figure 6 3 Tenders Type Subtab Cash Defines the tender as a cash tender Check Defines the tender as a check This selection may be used to define personal checks or travelers checks Cash Card Defines the tender as a cash card House Accounts Defines the tender as a house account 6 8 Payments Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Debit Defines the tender as a debit card Debit card charges are immedi ately taken out of the bank account if the account has sufficient funds You can mask the full or partial debit card number from appearing on the voucher and the Payment report with the Credit Card Number Mask drop down box in Store Settings gt Credit Card gt EDC Setup If you are using debit cards you must adhere to the following restrictions for the initial phase of this feature e You must interface the Aloha system with the Aloha EDC package to dial out for verification using either the NDC or Visanet processor e You must interface the Aloha system with either the VeriFone PINPad 1000 VeriFone Everest or VeriFone Everest Plus device to allow the guest to enter their PIN number VeriFone Everest and VeriFone Ever est Plus use the same emulation so they are not listed as separate devices Refer to the PIN Pad inset in Maintenance gt Har
597. tion 6 13 Require Identification 6 11 Required 6 26 Required of BOGO Items 6 26 Required Items 6 32 Reroute Display Board 5 133 7 28 Reroute Printer 5 135 Reroute Printer Group 5 135 Reroute Video 5 135 Reroute Video Group 5 135 Resize a Button 5 83 Rest Sales 4 28 Restrict Open Items By Access Level 3 91 Restrict Void Items 3 92 Return Date 4 12 Revenue Center 4 18 Revenue Centers function tab 7 40 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Revenue Item 5 29 Round Clock In Times 3 21 Round Clock Out Times 3 21 Routing Level 5 136 Rows 5 85 Run Application 5 137 Run Payment Reconciliation from Back of House 3 89 Run Payment Reconciliation from Front and Back of 3 89 S Sales Categories 4 36 Sales per Check 4 38 Sales per Hour 4 38 Sales Summary Report 3 105 Sales to Guests 4 38 Sales to Sales 4 38 Save a Group of Panels 5 73 Save button 1 4 scales 8 48 Schedule is Not Required 3 13 Screen 5 151 Screen Editor 5 151 Panels and Panels on Screen view lists 5 152 Screen 5 151 Test button 5 154 Screen Flow Required 5 40 Screen Timeout 4 41 Script 5 138 Search Account and Then Ac count Name 3 44 Search Using Account Only 3 44 Search Using Account Name Only 3 44 Secondary 5 156 Secondary Tax 5 23 Security Level Button 4 16 Self Assign Delivery Order 5 141 Self Assign Drawer 4 24 Self Banking 4 24 Send 5 141 Separate Tips and Grat in Tip Tracking 3 61 Index l 9 Server Sales 4 28 5 141
598. tion drop down list An additional option displays as shown in Figure 5 88 Edit Buttons Quick Service E x Function PENE Tek Title for Seat Header NEXT nSEAT Order Justify Color C Left C Top Center Center Font Right Bottom r Background Color I Transparent Highlight Transparent IY Display Text On None 7 Up None 7 Down None OK m Hint Cancel Allow user to divide check into sub orders Figure 5 87 Next Seat Button Function 2 Type the seat header such as Order to appear on the guest check window to show a separation between sub orders 3 Click OK Open Drawer Opens the cash drawer Order Item Adds a menu item to the current order 5 118 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 To add an order item button 1 Select Order Item from the Function drop down list An additional option displays as shown in Figure 5 88 Edit Buttons Quick Service Function X m Text Ordernitem Justify Coler C Let C Top Center Center Font C Righ C Bottom r Background Color I Transparent Highlight Bitmap Miti JE Transparent IM Display Text Justify N lett Top gr None Center Center Up None z Fight Bottom Down None 7 gt Preview OK Order Item Cancel 02001 Big One 02003 Big One C
599. tive function tabs and the HTML page associated with your login Use this feature to Provide managers with access to important information such as restaurant policies and procedures or to keep them updated with cur rent news from the corporate office run a local version of the company s intranet provide link to Internet sites assuming the site has Internet access With Enterprise sites are generally limited to accessing the company s aloha enterprise com web site only However if you prefer to give your employees wider access you can add additional links to the employee s start up HTML page You can assign a different HTML page to display for each security level defined in Back Office Security Level maintenance Security Levels are then assigned to employees using the Back Office Security subtab located in Main tenance gt Labor gt Employees For example you can assign a MANAGER HTM page to the Manager secu rity level Corporate can be responsible for updating this file with current news etc and downloading this file to each site This file can also contain links to other HTML pages such as POLICIES HTM and CURRENT NEWS HTM which are also sent to the sites When the manager logs in the MANAGER HTM page displays They click on the Policies link to access POLICIES HTM and CURRENTNEWS HTM to learn any information cor porate wishes to pass on to them Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Aloha Manager 1 23 sebeue
600. to 0 05 3 108 Cash Tenders Round to 0 05 3 108 Display Adjustment 3 108 Fiscal Printer 3 108 International Field Formatting 3 106 No Check Rounding 3 108 Print Cash Drawer Serial Number 3 107 Print Check Counter 3 107 Print Item Count Before Subtotal 3 108 Print Rounded Indicator 3 108 Use Wide Currency Col umns in Reports 3 106 Special Currency subtab 3 109 Decimal Separator 3 109 Number of Digits 3 109 Symbol 3 110 Thousand Separator 3 110 Use Special Currency 3 109 Taxes subtab Base Text 3 111 3 112 Do Not Print Inclusive Tax Breakout On Check 3 111 3 112 Exempt Inclusive Tax 3 110 Indicator 3 111 Pre Text 3 111 Tax Text 3 111 Store Settings Labor 3 12 Clock In Out subtab 3 20 After __ Hrs 7th Day 3 21 After Hrs Day 3 21 After Hrs Week 3 21 Calculate Overtime by Shift Rate 3 22 Clock In Report Available 3 20 Clock In Round Threshold 3 21 Clock Out Round Threshold 3 21 Disable Labor Reporting 3 20 Labor Report Interval 3 20 Mult 3 22 Overtime Type 3 21 Print Clock In 3 20 Round Clock In Times 3 21 Round Clock Out Times 3 21 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Electronic Payroll Settings subtab 3 23 ADP Company 3 23 ADP Store 3 23 ADP Version 3 23 Company Code 3 24 Don t Output Primary Rate or Job Code 3 24 Omit Control Totals 3 24 Omit Credit Card Tips 3 23 Output Sales As Whole Dollars 3 24 Pay Period Days 3 24 Paychex Branch 3 24 Paychex Client 3 25 Paychex Siteco
601. to Items in this chapter for details on creating items 5 Select Menu gt Categories and define all categories Place the appro priate items in them Each item must be in either a sales or retail cate gory Items can be placed in an unlimited number of non sales categories Refer to Categories in this chapter for details on creating categories 6 Select Menu gt Modifiers and create the required modifier groups Refer to Modifiers in this chapter for details on creating modifiers 7 Select Menu gt Items again and attach the appropriate modifier groups to the corresponding items 8 Select Menu gt Panel Editor and define all necessary panels Place the required buttons on them Refer to Panel Editor in this chapter for details on creating panels and buttons 9 Select Menu gt Screen Editor and define all necessary home screens Place the desired panels on them Refer to Screen Editor in this chap ter for details on creating home screens 10 Select Labor gt Job Codes and attach the necessary home screen to the corresponding job code Refer to Chapter 4 Labor Maintenance Functions for details on creating job codes 5 20 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Items Menu items are the building blocks that form the base of the Aloha menu sys tem Every item available from a restaurant must be included in the Items file before it can be used by the system These items can be menu ite
602. to the server You can define what prints on the guest check and when the check stub prints Refer to Print Check Stub on page 3 57 for more information xii Introduction Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Aloha QuickService v 5 2 8 We added the following enhancements in the Aloha QuickService User s Guide for version 5 2 8 Supporting Up to 999 Taxes You can now define up to 999 taxes in Maintenance gt Menu gt Taxes This greatly helps installations for SuperSite and CDM environments which com monly need to define and use a multitude of tax records Refer to Taxes on page 5 154 for more information Enforcing Table Tent Sequence When using the Table Tent feature you can now retain the original numbering sequence as defined as the minimum and maximum tent numbers If enabled the system keeps the same numbering sequence and offers you the next table number which you can accept or touch Try Again to move to the next num ber in sequence You can not manually enter a table tent number Refer to Table Tents Inset on page 3 74 for more information Suppressing Voucher Printing for Non Cash Tenders You can now specify whether an individual non cash tender prints a voucher when you apply a payment Select this option when you do not need a signed voucher from the guest such as meal discount cards Refer to Do Not Print Vouchers on page 6 10 for more information Supporting Russian Cyrillic
603. toes osteo ates a eee eed es ee aie 7 46 No Sale REASONS cceccccecccececcceessseeeesueeeeaueesueaeeeaueesueeeeeeeeeueeeeaes 7 48 Petty Fy CC ONS ienne ange iddat tenet cae enna eects 7 50 Routing IMS VSS ciztectaycarsacssshssascrneedecuteassesieetesd apearnaascasaecuanabenacitoads 7 52 Volume Levels 20 ce cceccceceecceeececeeeeeeecececeeeceeeceseeeseseeeeseeeseeeaeeeanees 7 54 7 2 System Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 The features available on the System menu provide considerable control over the configuration of the restaurant Many functions relevant to the order pro cess the organization of the business day and the grouping of income sources for report purposes are available on the System menu Petty accounts can be defined and configured from the System menu Reasons for voided sales and no sale activities are defined on the System menu as well Select Maintenance gt System to access the System options as shown in Fig ure 7 1 7 Aloha Manager QuickSer Eile Functions Reports e lities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Tools as as equired Fields Messages Quick Count Store Settings Order Modes Order Entry Queues Revenue Centers Day Parts Concepts Void Reasons No Sale Reasons Petty Accounts Routing Levels Volume Levels System Event Maintenance Figure 7 1 System Menu In this chapter you learn how to e Add and configure Events a powerful tool used to
604. ton select the but tons using the rubberbanding technique The button submenu displays Select SIZE Vertical Grow to Largest The selected buttons resize based on the height of the tallest button as shown in Figure 5 68 Unnamed Panel Unnamed Panel Figure 5 68 Size Vertical Grow to Largest Align Left Sides To align the left sides of a group of buttons select the buttons using the rub berbanding technique The button submenu displays Select Align Left Sides The selected buttons align with the far left button as shown in Figure 5 69 Unnamed Panel Unnamed Panel _ Figure 5 69 Align Left Sides 5 90 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Align Right Sides To align the right sides of a group of buttons select the buttons using the rub berbanding technique The button submenu displays Select Align Right Sides The selected buttons align with the far right button as shown in Figure 5 70 Unnamed Panel Unnamed Panel Figure 5 70 Align Right Sides Space Evenly Side to Side To place an even amount of space between a group of horizontal buttons select the buttons using the rubberbanding technique The button submenu displays Select Space Evenly Side to Side The selected buttons space evenly in a horizontal row based on the outermost button as shown in Figure 5 71 Unnamed Panel Unnamed Panel Figure 5 71 Space Evenly Side to Side Menu Maintenanc
605. tories are stored on the BOH file server Day Parts Day Parts are defined to divide the day into parts for reporting purposes such as Breakfast Lunch Dinner Happy Hour and so on The Event Scheduler triggers period changes using only a start time with the sub sequent period start time serving as the end time for the previous period DBF Database files These files have a DBF extension Debout Debugging Output files Debugging output files are created by and used by the Aloha POS system for system troubleshooting A separate debout file is created for each terminal on the network including the BOH file server Debouts are also created for the EOD End of Day process EDC Electronic Draft Capture for credit card processing the grind process and so on DOB Date of Business 2 Aloha Glossary Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 DONE30 Marker file created by the EOD End of Day process to indi cate the EOD completed successfully EDC Electronic Draft Capture EDC is the technology used in the pro cessing of credit card debit card or gift card transactions as payment for goods and or services EGI Enhanced Graphic Interface EGI enables you to use gradient shadowing and texture enhancements on the buttons on the FOH If the com puter running the interface has High Color 16 bits or greater and has 64 MB of RAM or greater the feature is automatically enabled If the system does not me
606. total of the detailed taxes directly below the tax detail on the guest check This check box cannot be selected unless Print Tax Detail is selected The sample guest checks shown in Figure 3 30 illustrate the tax detail print options The guest check on the left was printed with Print Tax Detail selected and shows detail for food and alcohol taxes The guest check on the right was printed with Print Tax Detail and Print Total Tax Line selected and shows the same detail as the one on the left with an additional line for the total of the two taxes Sample Restaurant Sample Restaurant Server Aloha 01 03 2000 Server Aloha 01 03 2000 Table 12 1 10 04AM Table 12 1 10 04AM Guests 8 10014 Guests 8 10014 T Bone Steak 16 95 T Bone Steak 16 95 Chetry Jubilee 475 Chetry Jubilee 475 Margharita 425 Margherita 4 25 Michel ob 3 50 Michelob 3 50 Subtotal 29 45 Subtotal 29 45 FoodTax 1 63 FoodTax 1 63 Alcohol Tax 74 Alcohol Tax 74 Total Tax 2 37 Total Tax 2 37 Total 31 82 Total 31 82 Thank You Thank You Figure 3 30 Sample Guest Checks With Tax Detail 3 54 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Check Style Subtab The Check Style subtab enables you to specify font options postfix and prefix lines and auto print checks Select the Check Style subtab from the Printing group as shown in Figure 3 31 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler
607. trictions Comps Subtab The Comps subtab allows you to define the name button position and the items eligible for comps Select the Comps subtab from the Comp function tab to edit or enter a comp Name Enter a descriptive name to identify the comp Check Descriptive name that prints on the guest check when the comp is used Percent Off Sets the percentage to be discounted when the comp is applied Type the percentage and press Enter For example to set this to 50 type 50 and press Enter It is converted to decimals for you 50 0000 If the comp is a dollar amount set this to zero Maximum Establishes a maximum dollar amount that can be dis counted If Must Enter Amount is not selected the item s to comp must be selected when the comp is applied Neither the item total or the entered amount can be more than the amount specified here For example if the comp is defined as 100 but Maximum is set to 5 00 the customer is responsi ble for the balance if the item total is more than 5 00 Eligible Items Select a category for the comp from the drop down list The categories are created in Maintenance gt Menu gt Categories This can be any of the standard categories such as Sales or Retail or any Non Sales Non Retail Category created specifically for comp purposes 6 38 Payments Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Eligible Items Button Click Eligible Items to acc
608. ttle Current Batch 2 ccc cceccceseeseeeeseeseeeaaeeaaeeaeeeaaeeaeeeeeeeeeeees 2 41 Print Settlementet aaa e a a anaE 2 41 Store Settings H ra eee ae ae Ge 3 1 Order ENY iieri e aE r ase eae 3 5 Guest Counts Subtab tance cipcifir ce ncee dete ccaiel Me dena Gratytacnctantaaie reed 3 5 Options Subtab 2023 4 Saran ae ie en cae ees 3 7 PIZZA SUDIAD ETA EE EA EE sncactaneceanadcesdanearene uceedtars 3 8 Advance Orders Subtab ccccccceeceeeesseseeeceeceeeeneseesseeeeeeeeees 3 11 LAD OF REEE LEA TA segs E E T usa stngnaeseneeneeme tinned T 3 12 Scheduling Subtab sca cceeiwecetes iecehccns sh chveguadaabiatcadannadaaaeersebetetaacaes 3 12 Employee Settings Subtab ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeteceeeeeeeeeeesenenenee 3 13 Clock In Out Subtab 22 0 0 cece ceesseceeeeceeeesneeaaeeeaeeaeecaeeeaeeaaeeeaeeees 3 20 Electronic Payroll Settings Subtab 0 0 0 eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaes 3 23 Breaks SUubtab ss is iccssiiesaciacheededdiaedet guest r a a e EE at 3 25 SSIS UDR AEN Sac afete ad tae leretucte date eet alte vr e eae e aE 3 31 Labor Policies Subtab c ccssccesceseeceeceeeeeaeeeaeeaaeeaeeeaeeeaeeees 3 38 Financials o Saaran a rane arene meen 3 39 Taxes amp Surcharges Subtab cc cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeees 3 39 RGEPOMS SUDIAD in aaea OR a EA ie bdeade Re lvden a E 3 41 Banks SUD a Dinca i ietcarcs Geese cals cn A E T 3 42 House Accounts Subtab ws tansine ciated Sodecavcesdgencbion c
609. u can perform maintenance in the Revenue Center function including add new records if the revenue center you need is not there Store Associates a terminal with a particular store in systems using Super Site This function is active only when SuperSite is installed Refer to the SuperSite User Guide for more information Store Button Click Store to access the Stores function tab This button is not functional in systems not using SuperSite Term Queue Defines the queue from which the terminal is to receive orders Term Queue Button Click Term Queue to display the Order Entry Queues function tab Here you can perform maintenance in the Order Entry Queues function and add new ones as needed Order Mode Defines the type of orders the terminal is to receive Order Mode Button Click Order Mode to display the Order Modes function tab Here you can per form maintenance in the Order Modes function and add new ones as needed Terminal Type Inset The settings in this inset define the type of terminal in the terminal record Select the type of terminal from the drop down list If the type of terminal you are using does not display in the drop down list contact Technical Support for help with selecting an appropriate terminal type from the list Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 CS Refer to the SuperSite User s Guide for more information Hardware Maintenance Functions 8 9 SUeUDdIUIEIN oJeMpJeH
610. u Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 The width and height of the rubberband changes as it is dragged across the buttons Release the left mouse button and the button submenu displays a list of group button commands as shown in Figure 5 63 SIZE Horizontal Shrink to Smallest SIZE Horizontal Grow to Largest SIZE Vertical Shrink to Smallest SIZE Vertical Grow to Largest ALIGN Lett Sides ALIGN Right Sides Space Evenly Side to Side ALIGN Tops ALIGN Bottoms Space Evenly Up and Down Format Buttons Edit Buttons Delete Button Help Figure 5 63 Right Click Rubberband Commands Select a command from the button submenu The buttons adjust according to the selected command Aa To use the rubberbanding feature you must clear the Mark as Tem 9 plate and Fixed Button Layout check boxes for the panel you are editing Menu Maintenance Functions 5 87 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 S UBUDIUIEIN nus Move a Group of Buttons on a Panel To move a group of buttons on a panel select the buttons using the rubber banding technique The button submenu displays DO NOT select from the button submenu Click one of the selected buttons move the selection to the desired location then release the left mouse button as shown in Figure 5 64 Unnamed Panel Unnamed Panel Figure 5 64 Move a Group of Buttons on a Panel Size Horizontal Shrink to Smallest To resize a
611. uest count by two when a customer orders it This check box works in conjunction with the Use Entrees for Guest Counts check box and the Category selected in Mainte nance gt Store Settings gt Order Entry group on the Guest Counts subtab The default guest count weight is one SKU Numbers Inset The SKU text boxes store the item s SKU number s Additional entries allow you to assign more than one SKU number to an item Open Item Inset Ask for Description Forces the FOH to prompt for a description when the item is sold Ask for Price Forces the FOH to prompt for the price when the item is sold When an open item requires a description and a price the FOH prompts for the description first After it is entered a prompt for the price displays Quick Count Button Click Quick Count located at the bottom of the Items function tab to access the Quick Count Tracking Items function This function is available only if using the Quick Count Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 1 Refer to the Aloha Quick Count User s Guide for more information on using Quick Count Menu Maintenance Functions 5 31 Ss UeUDIUIEIN nus Print Subtab The Print subtab defines printing aspects of an item such as check and chit printing and item justification Select the Print subtab shown in Figure 5 21 from the Items function tab 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor
612. uickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 3 SOUBUDIUIEIN nus In this chapter you learn how to e Determine the price of an item using the available pricing methods and their hierarchy e Create required items including menu items and modifiers e Create categories and add items to them e Create modifier groups and attach them to items e Create taxes and attach them to items e Create size groups e Create the FOH user interface using Panel Editor and Screen Editor This includes creating panels for use with menus order modes ten ders and other button functions 5 4 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Pricing Methods and Pricing Hierarchy There are a variety of pricing methods available in the Aloha system Using the different pricing methods you can control the price of an item no matter the circumstances under which it is ordered For example the price of an item when it is ordered as a menu item might be 2 00 but when it is ordered as a modifier to an entree there is no charge associated with it The available pricing methods are Item Level Pricing Price Level Pricing Price Change Pricing Button Pricing and Quantity Item Pricing in that order from lowest to highest Quantity Item Pricing override all other pricing meth ods even when using a scanner or the PLU function Item Level Pricing Item Level Pricing assigns the price to the item record i
613. uide v5 3 Payments can be configured with unlimited payment options such as payment methods customized tenders promotions comps gift certificates house accounts and foreign currencies In addition automatic credit card authoriza tion pre authorization and online approval are set up in Payments In this chapter you learn how to e Create and configure multiple types of tenders e Create and configure promotions e Create and configure comps e Create and configure gift certificates Set up and manage house accounts e Set up and define foreign currencies To access payments select Maintenance gt Payments from the Aloha Manager menu as shown in Figure 6 1 7 Aloha Manager QuickServ File Functions Reports g SEIA Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Labor gt Menu gt a System Promotions Employee Hardware Maintenance gt gt Comps Messages gt House Accounts Quick Count gt Membership gt Store Settings Foreign Currencies ltem Maintena Tender Maintenance Figure 6 1 Payments Main Menu Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Payments Maintenance Functions 6 3 aoueusuleW sjuowAeg Tenders The Tenders function enables you to define up to 999 payment methods for use in the Aloha POS system This function is used to define the characteris tics of each tender and parameters for handling cash and credit card pay ments Tenders are placed on the FOH using the Panel Edit
614. ume basis For example a state may have a surcharge of 13 50 per gallon on liquor The Aloha system allows restaurant owners to recapture such taxes through the Surcharge fea ture nme Exclusive surcharge taxes are combined with the tax on guest po checks even though surcharges look to be applied after the tax is on the check Inclusive surcharge taxes are listed at the bottom of the guest check Select Maintenance gt Menu gt Surcharges to display the Surcharges function tab as shown in Figure 5 146 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employee Mai Surcharge Maintenance amp Employee Maintenance ID oo Surchar z Name Surcharge Do Tadjfasm F I Calculate As Percentage Amount fe 000 Percentage 7 5 Cancel Zia wea Enter the percentage of the item amount to use as a surcharge 7 5 7 5 H NUM 7 Figure 5 146 Surcharges Function Tab Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 191 SUBUDIUIEIN nus ID Holds a four digit number that together with Name uniquely identifies each Surcharge record To create a new record enter an unused number and press Enter To edit an existing record scroll through the ID drop down list select the record to edit and press Enter Name Enter a name that uniquely identifies the surcharge Tax ID Select a tax record as defined in
615. unction tab shown in Figure 8 2 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help A Employee Maintenance Terminal Maintenance Tem ID MEA General Readers Other Name or Order Taker Printess Ae Default Printer DT Order Taker 7 Voucher Printer DT Order Taker Label Printer Labelt 05 Z Revenue Center Restauran E Store Perut Store gt Term Dueue Divet a Order Mode Toco El Screens Qs Screen None 0 z Label Type TO Del 05 pal p Terminal Type Clone z I Order Entry Terminal Fa Irtetace Terminal EDC Info Interface Host z meree Server SRE cme Lisa Delete To edit press Retumn to add type unused ID and Return NUM 4 Figure 8 2 Terminals General Subtab The Terminals function tab contains three subtabs General Readers and Other Settings that define the terminal itself and its output are located on the General subtab Settings that define input equipment attached to the terminal are located on the Readers subtab Settings that relate to pole display or other output devices are located on the Other subtab Term ID Holds a three digit number that together with Name uniquely identifies each terminal record To create a new record enter an unused num ber and press Enter Select a Default Printer Voucher Printer Revenue Center Terminal Queue
616. unction drop down list An addi tional option displays as shown in Figure 5 97 Edit Buttons Quick Service x Function Quick ComboLevel Combo Level a Ups Level Normal Justify Color C Left C Top Center Center __ Font c elie Bottom Background Color I Transparent _ Highlight Bitmap M Tie Sel Transparent M Display Text sa On None z Cene e Up None 7 C Aight Bottom Down None gt Preview Upsell THin Ence Upgrades a Quick Combo promotion for lli upselling Figure 5 97 Quick Combo Level Button Function 2 Select ONE of the following options Normal Designates the normal level of upselling a combo This is for operations where a combo is set up as upsold by default Normal would be selected for downsizing Upsell Designates the upsell level of upselling a combo 3 Click OK Menu Maintenance Functions 5 129 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SUeUDIUIEIN nus Quick Count Configures counting options used with the Quick Count To add a quick count button 1 Select Quick Count from the Function drop down list Additional options display as shown in Figure 5 98 exc ff Text p Bitmap Select the type of Quick Count Quick Count none Opening Counts Left C Left C Add Counts Center 2 Ta c zh gine ial Usage Counts Top Waste Counts To
617. unique characteristics The database editing tools are available only if the function tab is not in edit mode To access the database editing tools place the mouse pointer in a vacant area of a function tab and click the right mouse button A menu dis plays with the following selections available e Copy Item e Copy Range of Items e Delete Range If the function tab is in edit mode the menu displays but all selections on the menu are unavailable Not all menu selections are appropriate for every function in the system If you make a selection that is not appropriate for the active function a message displays indicating the selection is not available for the active function Database Editing Commands The basic processes of database editing are similar among the available func tions Each command displays a secondary dialog box in which you may specify the actions desired Examples of these dialog boxes are provided below Each dialog box contains drop down lists You can select a drop down list and then use the up and down arrow keys on the keyboard to move from item to item You can use the Page Up and Page Down keys to move through Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Aloha Manager sebeue eyolVy the database four items at a time In this section the term item is used to denote a main record on a function tab The Menu Items function tab is used as an example for this section because it is one function for
618. unt Used to mark the account as an account that disburses cash payments Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 System Maintenance Functions 7 51 Ss UeUDdIUIEIN wia shs Routing Levels The Routing Levels feature provides overall control of routing from one place to another for items waiting in a queue You can specify item routing within your restaurant that takes maximum advantage of the strengths of your restau rant staff and facilities Change video group assignments to reroute the dis play of pending orders from one area of the restaurant to another Routings specified in Routing Levels override any other routing specifications To open the Routing Levels function tab select Maintenance gt System gt Routing Levels as shown in Figure 7 39 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Routing Level Maintenance Routing Level MEE Name Slow Queue Routes From Routes To Queue Routes From Routes To FrontLet SAL zow trutee None 0 el None 0 eI None z Save Cares Delete Routing Levels To edit press Retum to add type unused ID and Retum NUM A Figure 7 39 Routing Levels Function Tab Routing Level Holds a number that together with Name uniquely identi fies each Routing Level record To create a new record enter an unused num ber and press Enter To edit an existing record scroll through the Routing Level drop down list
619. uring video display devices to make your opera tions more flexible to you and more attractive to the customer Some of the features of video are as follows e Menu item routing e Expedited order processing e Order recall e Random or directed order bumping 8 42 Hardware Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Video Keypads Video keypads are supported in conjunction with split screen operation With video keypads installed on your system you can easily visualize the status of orders in different parts of the restaurant and quickly bump them from one queue to another to speed up the process of order preparation This capability is available to you by purchasing a license for remote display systems an add on to the Aloha system This package gives you enhanced order handling capabilities to make your operations more flexible and effi cient and more attractive to the customer Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 p Refer to the Interfacing RDS with Aloha User s Guide for more information about the capabilities of this feature Hardware Maintenance Functions 8 43 vsuLeu uUIeN oJeMpJeH Display Boards A display board is a physical stand from which the guest places their order It is commonly used in drive thru environments and provides a visual indication of the guest s order including any modifications to the order and the total purchase The board shows what is being
620. ust be selected on the BOH file server and all FOH terminals 6 Click OK ei od ba On the BOH file server 1 Delete the TIMEZONE INI file located in ALOHA DATA mmm TIMEZONE INI only exists in the DATA directory if the timezone N was set to INTL at one time This file should not be in the NEW DATA directory If it is delete it from this directory also jk 2 Login to the BOH 3 Select Maintenance gt Store Settings to display the Store Settings function tab 4 Select System from the Group drop down list 5 Select the Date Time subtab 3 96 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 6 Select either No Daylight Savings Time or International Daylight Savings Time Click Save and exit the Store Settings function Select Utilities gt Refresh Data Exit the BOH 0 Launch the BOH again with the new time zone settings The TIME ZONE INI file is built if the time zone is set to International Daylight Savings Time 11 Select Utilities gt Refresh Data to update the TIMEZONE INI file on all FOH terminals ree n Licensing Subtab This subtab enables you to enter the security key numbers provided as part of the Aloha system installation Some Aloha products require six security codes The key information is specific to each restaurant and must be entered correctly before the system is enabled Incorrect security key informa tion disables the Aloha POS system Select the Licensing subt
621. ust the y coordinate using the scroll bar to move the button up or down Adjust it higher to move up and lower to move down To resize a button using the Coordinates tool 1 Adjust the ex coordinate using the scroll bar to reshape the right side of the button The higher the number the wider the button becomes Menu Maintenance Functions 5 81 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 SUBUDIUIEIN nus 2 Adjust the cy coordinate using the scroll bar to reshape the bottom side of the button The higher the number the taller the button becomes You can also move and resize buttons by using the mouse and keyboard The following procedures depict how to move and resize buttons without the Coordinates tool To move a button manually with the mouse 1 Click the left mouse button at the top of the button 2 Hold and drag the button to the desired location 3 Release the left mouse button To move a button manually with the keyboard 1 Click the left mouse button at the top of the button 2 Press the Up Down Left and Right arrow keys until the button is at the desired location To resize a button manually with the mouse 1 Place the cursor on any side of the button until a double sided arrow displays 2 Click the left mouse button 3 Hold and drag the button border until the button is at the desired size 4 Release the left mouse button Copy Button Copy a single button to replicate buttons with identic
622. ustification setting determines how the text is displayed on the button Select Left Center or Right to horizontally align the text on the button Select Top Center or Bottom to vertically align the text on a button Center is selected as the default for both of these To select and define the justification of button text on a group of buttons 1 Select a group of buttons using the rubberbanding technique and select Format Buttons The Format Buttons dialog box displays for the corresponding button 2 Select Justify 3 Select Left Center or Right for the horizontal justification of the text 5 94 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 4 Select Top Center or Bottom for the vertical justification of the text 5 Click OK Background Inset Color Designates the background color for all rubberbanded buttons Select the check box to apply the same background color to all selected but tons in the rubberband Color Button Click Color to display the Color dialog box and set the background color of all rubberbanded buttons Transparent Enables the background of all rubberbanded buttons to be the same color as the background color of the panel in which it resides Highlight Designates the highlight color for all rubberbanded buttons to display when you select the FOH button Highlight Button Click Highlight to display the Color dialog box and set the co
623. ut opening it To use this feature in the Aloha system at least one label must be defined and the label ID added to items that require a printed label Select Maintenance gt Hardware gt Labels to display the Labels function tab as shown in Figure 8 14 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Label Maintenance Label ID m z Print tea Label Name Label Width 0 0000 inches Printer Group ID I Nore 0 z Label Height 0 0000 inches Text Size lage z Margin 0 0000 inches Label Type p Fiter by Order Mode ai J Print Label for ALL Order Modes C Guest Check 7 7 Order Mode 1 None 0 7 Print Options gt T Print Barcode Order Mode 2 None 0 z T Print Item Price Order Mode 3 I None zj 0 T Print Name Dider Mods 4 free 7 I Print Address Gaye Cancel Delete To edit press Retum to add type unused ID and Retum NUM Z Figure 8 14 Labels Label ID Holds a two digit number that together with Label Name uniquely identifies each label To create a new record enter an unused number and press Enter To edit an existing record scroll through the Label ID drop down list select the record to edit and press Enter Label Name Holds a descriptive name for the label record 8 36 Hardware Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Printer Group ID Define
624. vail able for selection Rate Displays the hourly wage for the employee Tips Displays any declared tips This amount must be at least as much as the charge tip amount collected by the employee Store Determines the store location to be charged with the employee s hours This field can only be changed if you are licensed for SuperSite Tippable Sales Generated by the system and is not available for edit Add and Edit Buttons Select a date from the Date drop down list Figure 2 5 and click Add or Edit The Edit Shift Data dialog box displays as shown in Figure 2 6 Edit Shift Data xi Employee i50 Pack Time In fe oo Store Default Store 1 X Time Out 5 oo Tippable Sales 0 00 Job Code MANAGER 1 7 Pay Rate 3 00 Tips 0 00 Save Cancel Save Figure 2 6 Edit Shift Data Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Functions 2 9 suonoun4 Here you can add time to the selected employee or edit the employee s time out or time in In edit mode you can only enter information into fields that are active Breaks Button To add or edit a break select the employee s name in the Edit Prior Days Time and Attendance window then click Breaks The Edit Breaks dialog box displays as shown in Figure 2 7 Edit Breaks X Emp 200 CHILDE FRANCES Shift Start 16 55 End 16 55 Start End Paid Figure 2 7 Edit Breaks Aa Either the Allow Paid Breaks or the Allow U
625. ware Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 QS Screen Button CS Refer to Click QS Screen to display the Screen Editor function tab as shown in Figure Chapter 5 Menu Maintenance 8 3 Functions for more information about creat ing and editing order 7 Aloha Manager QuickService t d oi t ti File Functions Reports Maintenance Utiities LaborScheduler Tools View Help entry administrative QS Screen Maintenance and other screens used m in the restaurant Employee Maintenance Screen TS Name Big One Home Test Panel Editor Panel Type Button Functions 7 Included in Screen gt Background Color r Screen Bitmap lt I Ee We Tretsperent Cancel Delete Terminals Screen Editor To edit press Return to add type unused ID and Return INUM ZA Figure 8 3 Screen Editor EDC Info Used when a processor has been configured with multiple indexes in EDC The terminal must be assigned to a particular processor index For example if there is a CES CES2 and CES3 processor defined in EDC and this terminal needs to be assigned to the CES2 processor enter INDEX 2 in the EDC Info text box If there is only one processor index for the processor no entry is required in this text box All configuration of EDC takes place outside the Aloha system Hardware Maintenance Functions 8 11 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 soueUDIUIEI alemM
626. which all selec tions on the database editing menu are available On other function tabs the term item may refer to employees printers or messages depending upon the active function tab Copy Item Copies an item and all selected attributes to a specific destination in the data base Use the Copy Items dialog box Figure 1 5 to specify all attributes and modifiers to copy and the destination to which the item is to be copied You can copy a single item to a single location or to multiple locations You can overwrite existing items or create new items To overwrite existing items select them from the Begin and End drop down lists To overwrite a single item select the same item in both locations To create one or more new items type the beginning and ending numbers in the respective text boxes or select existing items from the drop down lists Any items selected in these text boxes are overwritten Fields to Copy From 002000 NACHOS 7 sh m Modifiers Description C All Modifiers A M Taxes Destination r Selected Mods Begin 030152 EXISTING Mw M Surcharge F Routine MV Mod1 Te nT M Mod2 End MEn gt rit a a Vv dey I Mod3 IV Print On Check M Mod 4 MV Create New ltem s Combine Price T Mod 5 IV Surchg Mod M Mod6 F Highlight I Mod 7 ice I Mod 8 I Mod 9 OK Cancel M Mod 10 Figure 1 5 Copy Items 1 12 Aloha Manager Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Copy Range of Items Copies
627. wired for four conductors One line with the two center red and green conductors being tip and ring RJ14 Modular Telephone Jack Standard 14 Consists of two phone lines One of the lines is the RJ11 line the red and green conductors in the center The second line is the second set of conductors black and yellow on the out side RJ45 Modular Telephone Jack Standard 45 The eight pin connector used for data transmission over standard telephone wire RJ48C Modular telephone Jack Standard 48C An eight position keyed plug with four wires two for transmit two for receive Commonly used in T1 transmission RS232 FIA Recommended Standard 232 Standards specifying electrical and mechanical characteristics for interfaces between computer devices RS449 EIA DB37 and DB9 interlace for DTE and DCE data interchange RTS Request to Send 22 Networking Glossary Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Reassembly Joining back together a previously fragmented IP packet before it is passed to the transport layer See also Fragmentation Redirector All Microsoft products come with a redirector that takes a request from the computer and looks to see if it is local or sends to network Registry A central database where all hardware details software settings and user preferences are stored Reliable communication Communication where messages are guaran teed to reach their destination complete and unco
628. with the receiving node s Ethernet address Physical Layer The lowest layer in the OSI seven layer model It con cerns electrical and mechanical connections and MAC It is used by the data link layer Example physical layer protocols are CSMA CD token ring and bus Presentation Layer The second highest layer layer 6 in the OSI seven layer model Performs functions such as text compression code or format conversion to try to smooth out differences between hosts Allows incompati ble processes in the application layer to communicate via the session layer Protocol A set of formal rules describing how to transmit data especially across a network Low level protocols define the electrical and physical stan dards to be observed bit and byte ordering and the transmission and error detection and correction of the bit stream High level protocols deal with the data formatting including the syntax of messages the terminal to computer dialogue character sets sequencing of messages and so on Protocol stack A layered set of protocols which work together to provide a set of network functions Each intermediate protocol layer uses the layer below it to provide a service to the layer above The OSI seven layer model is an attempt to provide a standard framework within which to describe protocol stacks Protocol Layer The software and or hardware environment of two or more communications devices or computers in which a part
629. word x New Password Re enter Password Cancel Figure 1 3 New Password Enter a new password in the New Password and Re enter Password text boxes and click OK If the text entered in these two text boxes does not match exactly the system displays an error and you must try again or click Cancel to exit the New Password dialog box Logout Use the Logout command to log out of QuickService without closing the application Exit Use the Exit command to log out of QuickService and close the application Ensure all function tabs are closed before making this selection Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Aloha Manager 1 7 sebeue eYolVy QuickService Screen Components QuickService displays the Aloha Manager interface consisting of multiple components that enable and control access to functions and user tools An example of the Aloha Manager interface is shown in Figure 1 4 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Employes Mai TST EE Employee Maintenance Item Modifiers Price Miscellaneous Print Primary t na Shortt Name 1721o Burger Prim Flex Tai None 0 Chit Name fi72bBuge Secondary Tar None 0 Long Name 172b Burser SecFlenTax None I EEA pm Vendor Talne 4 iatiaiia 4 4 gers Surcharge None 0 z Pri 99 z Print None 0 Cost o oo Vi idees None Concept None 0
630. x 2 Select a color for the text and click OK You are returned to the Edit Panel dialog box Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 55 Ss ueUDzUIEI nus Title Font Button Click Title Font to display the Font dialog box and define the font attributes of the panel heading only if you enter title text To add or change the text font of the panel title 1 Click Title Font The Font dialog box displays as shown in Figure 5 34 Book Antiqua H Bookman Old Style gt gt Sample AaBbYyZz Script Westem kd Figure 5 34 Font Dialog Box 2 Select a font font style and size and click OK You are returned to the Edit Panel dialog box Mark as Template Protects the panel as a template and automatically selects the Fixed Position and Fixed Button Layout check boxes The panel is locked in a fixed location on the workspace and the corresponding buttons cannot be edited This also disables some commands on the Commands menu Panel names that are marked as a template display in brackets in the Existing Panels dialog box els to prevent accidental changes to the panel Do not select this 9 We recommend you select Mark as Template on all completed pan option until the panel is complete Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Fixed Position Locks the panel in a fixed position on the screen therefore you can not a
631. x ooo j4 006001 Kids Coke Color I Transparent _ Highight E Bitmap I a F Tenge FF f z Justify X ee me On None aay a Center Ger Up None zT 7 Fight Bottom Down None zT Preview OK COKE Hint om ema Used with Smart Select to select the conect item from the database efficiently Figure 5 111 Smart Item Configuration The Smart Select and Smart Item button functions are dis cussed in the order required for setup not the order in which they display in the list Smart Select Designates the Smart Group and Smart Element associated with a Smart Item Menu Maintenance Functions 5 145 Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Ss ueUDzUIEI nus To add a smart select button 1 Select Smart Select from the Function drop down list Additional options display as shown in Figure 5 112 A Smart Selec El i Smart Group 1 Smart Element 1 Justify m C Let Top Center Center m Right Bottom Background e I Transparent Highlight Bitmap PF Til I Transparent Display Text p Justify None rae On None z G Center Cene UpfNoe Fist Boin Down None ok KID ae xo ea Used with Smart Item to select the conect item from the database efficiently Figure 5 112 Smart Select Button Function 2 Enter the smart group number in association with the smart item function button
632. x displays Figure 5 33 2 Select a color for the text and click OK You are returned to the Edit Button dialog box Font Button Click Font to display the Font dialog box and set the font attributes of the but ton text To set the font attributes of the button text 1 Click Font The Font dialog box displays Figure 5 34 2 Select a font font style and size for the button text and click OK You are returned to the Edit Button dialog box Text Justify Inset The justification determines how the text is displayed on the button Select Left Center or Right to horizontally align the text on the button Select Top Center or Bottom to vertically align the text on a button Center is selected as the default for both of them To define the justification of button text 1 Double click the desired button or right click and select Edit But ton The Edit Button dialog box displays for the corresponding but ton 2 Select Left Center or Right for the horizontal justification of the text 3 Select Top Center or Bottom for the vertical justification of the text 4 Click OK 5 76 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Background Inset You can add colors to the button background if desired In addition the back ground can display as transparent for a distinctive 3 D effect You can also select a color to display on the button when you select it in the FOH Color Button Click Col
633. x prompts to save the changes 2 Click Yes to save the changes or click No to close the panel without saving Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Menu Maintenance Functions 5 71 SUBUDIUIEIN nus Delete Panel Delete panels to remove them from the Aloha system This panel command deletes the last active panel if applicable If there are no active or displayed panels on the workspace or if the panel is marked as a template this com mand is not available If the workspace has more than one panel displayed or if none of the panels are active the Panel dialog box displays with a list of open panels To delete a panel 1 Select Delete Panel from the Commands menu The Delete Panel dialog box displays as shown in Figure 5 50 Delete Panel x Delete the panel Unnamed Panel i No Cancel Figure 5 50 Delete Panel Dialog Box 2 Click Yes to delete the panel or click No to cancel the procedure Show Panels for Screen After you use Screen Editor to combine panels together into a home screen use this command to view how the screen will look to the end user when it displays in the FOH To show panels for screen 1 Select Show Panels for Screen from the Commands menu The Screen dialog box displays with a list of defined screen If the screen is not defined it does not display in the list 2 Select a screen and click OK or double click the desired screen The collection of panels display on the workspac
634. xport and click OK The CCTIME TXT file is created and placed in the ALOHAQS directory Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Functions 2 35 suonoun4 Create Coconut Code Daily Sales Files Select Create Coconut Code Daily Sales File The Coconut Code Daily Sales File dialog box shown in Figure 2 29 prompts for the date s to use for the export file Create Coconut Code Daily Sales Outpu E3 Select Dates Figure 2 29 Cocnut Code Daily Sales Output Select a date or range of dates to export and click OK The following TXT files are created and placed in the ALOHAQS directory e CCGCREDM TXT e CCGCSOLD TXT e CCHOUSE TXT e CCNDPTY TXT e CCPETTY TXT e CCSLS TXT 2 36 Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Create Coconut Code Sales Mix File Select Create Coconut Code Sales Mix File The Coconut Code Sales Mix Output File dialog box shown in Figure 2 30 prompts for the date s to use for a the export file Create Coconut Code Sales Mix Output EG Select Dates Figure 2 30 Coconut Code Sales Mix Output The CCPMIX TXT file is created and placed in the ALOHAQS directory Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Functions 2 37 suonoun4 Create Paychex Extract File The Paychex Pay File created by the Aloha POS system contains the follow ing information in addition to the Paychex branch number client number and site code e Employee num
635. y Control as well as unrelated software such as Microsoft Word and Excel launch from a single location the Aloha Manager main screen g g This chapter contains information about establishing passwords for employ ees and how to navigate within the Aloha system Back of House BOH application Aloha Manager Also included in this chapter is information about how to customize Aloha Manager to make commonly needed functions readily accessible In this chapter you learn how to e Establish and change passwords for all employees including manag ers e Navigate within Aloha Manager to display and use program func tions e Duplicate or delete database records quickly e Add groups and tools to the navigation bar to make commonly used features readily available e Make Aloha Manager the only application available to employees thus enhancing security e Tailor the Aloha Manager screen to display introductory graphics directed at specific employee groups for communication or provide access to other functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Aloha Manager 1 3 sebeue eyolVy Standard Button Functions Several button functions are generally available in Aloha Manager The func tions of these buttons are the same in every case and are similar to buttons used in many Windows applications The Save Edit Delete Cancel and Apply command buttons control action taken on data within function tabs Save
636. y a percentage or a dollar amount Restrictions such as a minimum amount for the guest check can be placed on the promotion For example the guest check total must be at least 50 00 for the customer to receive a 10 discount 6 32 Payments Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 The discount can also be restricted to items from a particular category or it can apply to all items on the guest check as shown in Figure 6 15 Promotions Check Reduction Check Minimum fe 00 Items FOOD 10000 7 ES by V Quality Qualifying Items FOOD 10000 gt Percentage C Amount fio Cancel Figure 6 15 Promotions Check Reduction Check Minimum Specifies the minimum amount for the guest check before the Check Reduction promotion can be applied If Qualify is selected a Qualifying Items category must be selected and Check Minimum pertains to the total value of the items ordered from that category This total must be greater than the amount specified in Check Minimum before the promotion can be applied to items purchased from the category specified in Items Items Specifies the category containing the items that are discounted when the promotion is applied Qualify Works in conjunction with the Qualifying Items category and the Check Minimum text box to place a restriction on the promotion If the item total is less than the minimum amount the prom
637. y fix corrupt transaction printer and video logs If errors appear in these logs a notification message appears in red on the FOH Disk Maintenance Subtab This subtab enables you to control warning messages and purged information Select the Disk Maintenance subtab from the System group as shown in Fig ure 3 57 7 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Store Settings Maintenance amp Group fs system v Employee Date Time Licensing Store Information Interfaces Aloha Settings Disk Maintenance End oF Day Maintenance Warming threshold 2d we Number of days to keep on fis Use the archive bit to purge data Store Settings BOH Disk space at which to receive a low disk space warning NUM 7 Figure 3 57 System Group Disk Maintenance Subtab Warning Threshold Specifies in megabytes the amount of hard drive diskspace left when the low disk space warning is given Number of Days to Keep On Specifies the number of days to store dated subdirectories on the hard drive During the end of day process the system compares the current system date against dated subdirectories and removes the dated subdirectories that are older than the number of days specified in this text box Do not enter a value in this text box if you do want to use the purge function or if you do not perform regular backups 3 102 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s
638. y flex tax record as a secondary flex tax for an item in Item Maintenance you must also select Use Secondary Taxes in Maintenance gt Store Settings gt Financials gt Taxes and Surcharges For a more thorough understanding of how to configure flex taxes please review the two examples contained later in this section Z Before flex taxes can be enabled all applicable primary tax records must be created in Maintenance gt Menu gt Taxes 5 174 Menu Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Select Maintenance gt Menu gt Flex Taxes to display the Flex Taxes function tab as shown in Figure 5 129 74 Aloha Manager QuickService File Functions Reports Maintenance Utilities Labor Scheduler Tools View Help Flex Tax Maintenance g Employee Maintenance a Flex Tax Id Em Is item quantity less than F Description Is check subtotal less than 500 Flex Type Always 0 x Do any items in this category C v a Caeo id appear on the check Chaining Flex Tax Id 1 J v Condition Success Flex Tax a 2 v Condition Fails To edit press Retum to add type unused ID and Return N A Figure 5 129 Flex Tax Maintenance Flex Tax ID Holds a two digit number that together with Description uniquely identifies each Flex Tax record To create a new record enter an unused number and press Enter To edit an existing record scroll through the Flex
639. yroll Settings Breaks Shifts Bunch edit num prds E 4 M Punch Edit Limit Jobcodes Enploves Minmum Age E T7 Auto Clockout Mes Wace 315 IV Can Edit Clock In Out eee TST No PTD Hours on Clockout chit IV Use Edit Punch Reasons Enable Enforcement of Unpaid Break Returns Approve Break Return Options IV Keep break as an Unpaid Break I Convert break into a Paid Break I Remove break Save Cancel Store Settings Employee minimum age Figure 3 7 Labor Group Employee Settings Subtab Punch Edit Num Prds Specifies the maximum number of weeks you can edit in Functions gt Edit Punches Select from one up to four previous weeks Employee Minimum Age Defines the youngest age that is allowed for employees to work Min Wage Specifies the minimum wage rate for non tipped employees Punch Edit Limit Job Codes Limits job codes that can be selected to those assigned to the employee Auto Clockout Automatically clocks out employees who are still clocked in during the End of Day routine If an employee has already run a checkout the system clocks the employee out at the time of the checkout If the job code does not have Order Entry selected it clocks the employee out at the time the EOD is run If Auto Clockout is not selected employees who do not clock 3 14 Store Settings Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 out properly do not appear on the Edit Punches screen until they
640. ys providing the ability to add or edit the following information for an employee s punched time Employee Displays a list of employees for selection in a drop down list Time In Holds the time the employee clocked in hours and minutes using a 36 hour clock Hours 36 Minutes 60 Using a 36 hour clock the date of business is extended by 12 hours so employee hours are accounted for during the same date of business For example the date of business is 01 01 01 After midnight the date of business remains 01 01 01 but the system date becomes 01 02 01 For an employee who clocks out after midnight i e 2 00 a m to ensure the hours are posted to the corresponding date of business 01 01 01 the clock out time must be entered using the 36 hour clock A time after mid night is specified by adding 24 to the hour therefore 26 00 is the equivalent of 2 00 a m the following day When the EOD has completed successfully the date of business is changed and once again coincides with the system date 2 8 Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Time Out Holds the time the employee clocked out using a 36 hour clock Job Code Displays predefined job codes for employees in a drop down list This is controlled by the Punch Edit Limit Job Codes check box on the Employee Settings subtab located in Maintenance gt Store Settings gt Labor group If this check box is not selected all defined job codes are a
641. ze is ordered the function buttons change the size and prices associated with the size For example a sandwich shop has three sizes of sandwiches A small sand wich has two ounces of meat and one pickle on a small bun the medium sandwich has four ounces of meat and two pickles on a six inch sandwich the large sandwich has eight ounces of meat and four pickles on a twelve inch sandwich Each modifier has a separate price associated with it based on the size of the sandwich A size group must be created for each the following components e The menu item that will change size in sequential order e All corresponding modifiers for the menu item All components of the size group must be placed in order of size to properly increment and decrement Size groups can accomplish a multitude of functions such as bulk ordering upselling pizza ordering and more Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 CS Refer to the Panel Editor section in this chapter for more information on placing buttons on the FOH terminal Menu Maintenance Functions 5 189 Ss UeUDIUIEIN nus Select Maintenance gt Menu gt Size Groups to display the Size Groups func tion tab as shown in Figure 5 145 7f Aloha Manager QuickService Bile Funzions 3e mte Maintenance Ltiities LaborSchedule Tools Yew Help Size Group Maintenance x 0 ens X Storz Scttirgs Uaserption Ham Sandack Meer ULLT23 m Ham Sand OS lierr gt
642. zero Font Defines the desired font for the display board Num Columns Establishes the number of display units arranged in col umns as installed in the display board This number should be between zero and 255 and is available from the manufacturer Num Rows Establishes the number of display units arranged in rows as installed in the display board This number should be between zero and 255 and is available from the manufacturer 8 46 Hardware Maintenance Functions Aloha QuickService User s Guide v5 3 Scrolling Messages Inset Num messages to Scroll Specifies the number of scrolling messages to use Acceptable values are numbers from zero to three If the number is zero no scrolling messages are active and no scrolling message text boxes are available If the number is three all three scrolling message text boxes are available Scroll message 1 Holds the first scrolling message This text box accepts up to 100 characters but the message truncates at the end of the message board line Verify the length of the message visually before using it Scroll message 2 Holds the second scrolling message This text box accepts up to 100 characters but the message truncates at the end of the mes sage board line Verify the length of the message visually before using it Scroll message 3 Holds the third scrolling message This text box accepts up to 100 characters but the message truncates at the end of the m

Aloha QuickService User`s Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents